Skip to main content

Full text of "The Geographical journal"

See other formats 


Google 


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world’s books discoverable online. 

Ithas survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover. 


Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 


Usage guidelines 


Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 


We also ask that you: 


+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 


+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 


+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 


+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal, Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 


About Google Book Search 


Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 
atfhttp: //books . google. com/| 



































eQFy a ae) 


\ The 


trie 


2 


Geographical J ournal 


ImcLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE RoYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY 





PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE COUNCIL. 
EDITED BY THE SECRETARY. 


VOL. XVIII.—Joty to Decemszr, 1901. 





LONDON: 
THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHIOAL SOCIETY, 1, Saviut Row; 
EDWARD STANFORD, 12, 13 anv 14, Loxa Acre, W.C. 
1901. 


212831 


PRINTED 3Y 
WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, 
LONDON AND BECCLES, 





CONTENTS. 


Authors are alone reeponstble for their respective statements. 














No, 1. July. » 
rau 
Address to the Royal Geographical meuree By Sir Clements R. Merkien, 
E.C.By ¥.B.8., President .. .. os oe 1 
Considerations respecting Routes for an Antarotio Expedition. By Sir 
Clements R, Markham, x.c.B., F.2.8., President 2.4.8.  .. 13 
ASnrvey in Baffinland, with a Short Description of the Country. By Robert 
Bell, u.D., LL.D., F.B.8., of the Geological Survey, Canada (with 4 Dlus- 
trations and Map)... 26 
Notes on a Journey from Zeila to Khartum. By Oscar 7 Grosby (vith 6 
Illustrations and Sketch-map) .. .. ” «46 
‘The Kafue River and its Headwaters. George Grey (oth Map) 62 
International Oceanic Research .. ..  .. ” 7 
Kant's Oosmogony—Review .. : 80 
‘Admiralty Surveys during the Year 1900 81 
The Monthly Record .. .. .. 83 
Obituary... tee 95 
Obituary of the Year. us 6 
Correspondence je. wads, jgee clon oe 97 
Meotings of the Royal Geographical Society 98 
Geographical Literature of the Month .. 101 
New Mapa 68 ie cab ee 5k abs ae ee we ae eee ae MDB. 
Maps. 
Preliminary Map of the South Cosst of Baffinland .. .. .. .. .. 120 
No. 2. August. 
Central Kurdistan, By Major F. R. Maunsell, z.a. vith 9 Llustrations and 
Map) 121 
Northern, Bolivia and President Pando’ New May By Colonel Gorge Earl 
Church (with Map). Ri -pes 28 ie caes “ae 144 
The National Antarctic Expedition Pe ee ree |. | 
Reviews :— 
Asis—A Sikhim Road-book. The Siberian Railway. Leroy Beaulieu 
on Siberia, Hosie’s ‘ Manchuria.’ Seebohm’s ‘ Birds of Siberia’ » 161 
America—Keane’s ‘ Central and South ‘America “ oo 167 


Oveanography—The ‘Valdivia’ Expedition’... 189 





CONTENTS. 


With the Discovery to Madeira, By Hugh Robert Mill, po, uD... 


Sir William Garstin’s Report as to Irrigation Projedts on the Upper Nile. 
By E.G. Ravenstein (with Map). 


‘The Lake-level of the Victoria Nyanza. By E.G. Ravenstein (with 2 Ilus- 


trations) .. 
On ean in Geographical Science. By Hugh 3 “Robert Mi, Da iD, 





Geographical Literature of the Month” 
New Maps 


Seatchrmap of Danco Land, the Blgica Bist, and Palmer Archipelago 
‘Map of the Babrel Gebel... 


No. 5. November. 


Across the Green Mountains of Oman. By Colonel S. B. Miles (with Sketch- 
map) i 
‘The Orux of the Upper Yangtse. By Archibald Little (wit % Matton) 
Geography at the British Association, Glasgow, 1901 ; 
Colonel Arnold’s Map of the Barue Country (with Map).. .. 
‘The Mean Temperature of the Atmore s and the Causes of Glacial Periods. 
By H. N. Dickson, 2.80. 
Reviews :— 
Asia—Khurasan and Sistan. Western China. Kamchatks. Dr. Futterer’s 
Journey through Asia, Deasy’s ‘Tibet and Chinese Turkestan’ 
The Antarctio—Mr. Bernacchi on the Southern Cross Antarctic Bepedidea 


Correspondence . 
Geographical Literature of the Month. «. . . sn ow nn 
New Maps... ew AY GSES Sete Gotu ene 


Mar. 
‘Map of the Berue Country from Inyanga to the Zambesi River 


No. 6. December. 


The President’s Opening Address, Session 1901-1902 .. 

Surveys on the Proposed Sudan-Abyssinian Frontier. By Major ©. W. 
Gwynn, D.8.0., B.B. (with 7 Illustrations and Map) . 

Notes on the Anthropogeography of Argentina. By Dr. Francisco P. Moreno 

How are we to get Maps of Africa? Br 0 Colonel Sir T. H, Holdich, x.0.1e., 
ox, 2.8. (with Map) 

Lhasa, “By Colonel Sir T.H. Holdich, x.c.1.e., 0-»., 8.8, (with 4 Illustrations) 





rags 


398 


SEFESEERS z 


8 


viti CONTENTS, 


Reviews :— 
Asia—Mr. Lynch’s ‘Armenia.’ Earl Percy’s ‘ Asiatic 


‘McOrindle’s ‘ Ancient India” Merzbacher’s ‘Caucasus’ . 


America—Conway’s ‘ Bolivian Andes’ 


The Monthly Record... Tha veh wb 
Obituary... .. ae + + 
Meetings of the Royal Geographical Society, : 


Geographical Literature of the Month. .. .. 4. 
Mew Mage cis ie \t oc ide, ae ag ah as, we os 
Ordnance Burvey Maps, 1), 


Map of Part of Abyainis and tho Sadan Bat 
Map of Africa. svete 


rar 








2 ADDRARS. TO THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL sociETY. 
ES he 

that this Congress has mot, but the present meeting is probably the 

lorgest and. mest representative that has yet been held. The main 
| purpose thé Conference is to deliberate on the beet means of exploring: 

tho North Atlantic, the North Sca, and the Baltic. Tho primary object 

of thé-wtudy of these seas is ayowedly economic: to devise means for 
1 agetrtaining whether the supply of fish is declining, as is generally 

Sg ved; what is the reason for such declina if it is really a fact, 
.. yd the best means of preventing or checking its progress. Russia, 
“iermany, and Norway have built vessels specially for this purpose, 






| researches. It is very ead to see our own country taking part in the 
| Conference in a half-hearted way. We must still hope that England 
| will not be behind such small States as Norway and Denmark in 
| contributing to.an investigation that will yield rich results to science, 
as well as for the benefit of an important industry. Not only should 
our fisheries profit from the results of this great international enter- 
prise, but it is probable that data may be collected that will enable us 
to forecast the er for a much longer period than is at present 

There is now little doubt that oceanic conditions have a 
marked effect on the weather. 

Onur former able and zealous librarian, Dr. Mill, has left us, to take 
charge of the British rainfall organization. It cannot, I think, fail 
to be gratifying to the Fellows of the Society to know that our late 
accomplished librarian has been selocted by Hia Majesty's Government 
as one of tho specialists to represent this country at the Christiania 
International Conference for the exploration of the ocean, Dr. Mill's 
services to geography in the past are well known, and I sincerely hope 
and trast that he may be long spared to render similar services in 
the future, 

‘Dr, Mill has been succeeded, as librarian, by Mr. Heawood, whose 
experience as a field geographer, literary acoomplishments, and intimate 
knowledgo of our library make him a great acquisition to the Society, 

During the past your considerable progress has been maie by our 
School of Geography at Oxford. The attendance of students is highly 
satisfactory, and the institution of a Geographical Diploma by the 
University cannot fail to have a marked effect on the position of 
geography both at Oxford and at our public schools, There is reason 
to hope that, in the reorganized University of London, geography 
may in time bo given a placo of considerable importance in oxaminations, 
Thoro is a Board of Geographical Studics in conncotion with the 
University, of which our secrotary, Mr. Mackinder, and Mr, Chisholin 
ure members, This Board is at presont considering the place which 
geography should hold in matriculation, intermediate, and degree 
examinations, in cortain of the faculties. If the place accorded to this 
subject is what we should all dosire to soe, there can be little doubt 





4 ADDRESS TO THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


spent in that region. He has made journsys to most parta of the 
country under his charge, and will probably leave for England by the 
end of May. But before sterting he will make the ascent of the great 
extinct rolcaug, Mount Elgon, # mountain region of special interest to 
‘the geographer. Sir Harry will bring home with him about a thou- 
sand photographs and maps; with valaable notes, which will form an 
important contribution to our knowledge of Uganda. I hopo that be 
will give wa a paper on his journeys at the opening meeting of next 
Session, 


A very distinguished African traveller has just returned from 
another part of that continent. General Sir Frederick Lugard has 
had a trying time in Nigeria during the last eighteen months. He is 
strongly with the value of good maps in conducting the 
work of developing such a region as is included in the European 
Protectorate of Central Africa. He has, therefore, devoted especial 
attention to the work of surveying, and I have reason to believe that 
he has returned with a mass of material from which an excellent new 
map of Nigeria may be constructed. 

‘An admirable scheme bas been prepared by the Intelligence De- 
partment of the War Office under Sir John Ardagh, which has issued 
ee peel eee a ae Ere ee os (Poem ths ep ctithe 
world on the one-millionth scale suggested at the International Geo- 
graphical Congress of 1895. All those parts of Africa which have 
been actually surveyed aro shown on the index map. They are, at 
prosont, insignificant in oxtent. The scheme of the Intelligence De- 
partment is to obtain from the various Governments and Geographical 
Societies which have an interest in Africa, the material available for 
filling in the map, and to issue the sheets as they are completed. It 
is « very landable undertaking, but, in order that it may have a satix- 
factory result, sccurate surveying operations will have to be undertaken. 
It is hoped that our Government, in conjunction with the Colonial 
Governments and the local administrations in the African Protec. 
torates, will do all in their powor to carry out the careful surveys 
necessary for the completion of the work. 

We have to lament the loss of moro than one distinguished 
geographer since our last anniversary. Oar science has suffered a 
serious Ines in the death of our Gold Medallist, Dr, George Dawson, 
the Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, His successor, 
‘Dr. Robert Bell, has had many years’ experience in survey work, and 
I feel confident that he will maintain the high level which the 
Canadian Survey bas attained. We also have to mourn the premature 
deaths of our gallant young associate, David Carnegie, of Dr. Schlichter, 
and of Mr. Frederick Pullar, a very promising young geographer, 
‘expecially in connection with lake investigations. I fear that Sir John 
Murray will find it difficult to secure the services of one equally 


me 





8 ADDRESS 'T) THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 


‘the consideration of xo many intricate quostions, I will not deny that 
thore have been differences of opinion. This was inevitable with 
independent minds approaching probleme from slightly different points 
of view. But the application of common senso will always dissolve 
such obstacles to a fall agreement, and now I rejoice to be able to say 
that there is complete accord between the two Councils. 

Our own Society has made great sucrifices for the promotion of a 
work which, I am sure, we all have at heart; and the subscriptions of 
our Fellows have been numerous -and liberal, in one instance munificent. 
1 desire, however, on this occasion, specially to commemorate the help we 
have received from the Government, and the sympathy our officers have 
met with in many directions. As soon as our expedition had received 
such an amount of support as proved that it would be a national under- 
taking, the First Lord of the Treasury took the question into favourable 
consideration. Mr. Balfour soon perceived not only that results of very 
stvat importance were to be expected from tho expedition, but that ite 
support was @ watter of national and even of international consequence. 
‘This onlightencd statesman obtainod for us the grant from the Treasury ; 
and we thus reosived a status which enabled the Admiralty to do some- 
thing more than lool upon our undertaking with favour. 

Aw long ago as April, 1897, I had an interviow with tho First Lord 
of the Admiralty, who expressed sympathy, but could not then hold ont 
any hope of material help, Hoe, however, promised that, if an expedition 
was sent out, the Admiralty would supply the scientific instruments and 
appliances. But the position given to us by Mr. Bulfour’s effectual 
intercession changed the attitude of the Admiralty. In April, 1900, Mr. 
Goshen ised me two excellent officers, and since that time we have 
had to thank the Admiralty for much sympathetic help in many ways. 
Their lordships have lent us the services of no less than four naval 
officers, a8 well as potty officers and mon, who are to receive pay and 
allowances during their absence. Stores at cost prico havo also been 
allowed to the expedition, in addition to the scientific instruments and 
appliances promised in 1897, which have been provided under the 
superintendence of the hydrograpber, Sir Willfam Wharton. Last, but 
assuredly not Teast, wo are indebted to Sir William White for the 
invaluable services of Mr. W. E. Smith, one of the chief constructors, in 
designing the ship, and suporintending the building throughout. The 
Lest thanks aro cortainly due to the Lords of the Admiralty from all 
who are interested in the expedition. 

We also have to thank the chairman and directors of ths P. and O. 
Steam Navigation Company for lending us the valuable services of 
Lient, Armitage, xx.e.; while the acts of kindness and sympathy 
from individusls have been numerous and most gratifying. Firms, 
such as Messrs. Colman and Mesars, Cadbury, have made liberal 
reductions and presents, and the publishers have been most kind in 





8 ADDRESS TO THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY. 


at one of the observatories, either Melbourne or Christ Church, New 
Zealand, and a secondary magnetic base at his winter quarters, Meteoro- 
logical observations will be taken every two hours, and at Greenwich 
noon, throughout the period of the expedition. At the winter quarters, 
which will be south of the 74th parallel, they will have a special 
interest with reference to the anti-cyclone supposed to oxist from 
about 74° sonth to the pole. hese observations will all be undor 
the direct supervision of the commander. 

Deep-sea soundings will be taken, whenever it is possible, with 
serial temperatures, and samples of sea-water at varioux depths will be 
obtained for physical and chemical analysis. ‘Tidal observations will 
be taken at the winter quarters. Drodging operations will be carried 
on whenever the circumstances are favourable, and it is the intention of 
tho commander to dredge at considerable depths, so as to make the 
collection of antarctic flora and fauna as comprehensive as possible, 

At my request, Mr. George Murray has undertaken to edit the 
* Antarctic Manual,’ which will be the work of various contributors, and 
will, as far ag possible, embrace all that is known of the phenomena of 
the Antarctic Regions in the various branches of science. Our assistant 
draughtsman, Mr, Batchelor, hay prepared the maps under my super- 
intendence. The Manual will be most valuable to the officers, and will 
also bo issued, as an extra volume, to our Fellows, The‘ Antarctic 
Manual ' will be dedicated, at Mr. George Murray’s suggestion, to Sir 
Joseph Hooker, the venerable survivor of Sir James Ross's Antarctic 
Expedition. 

The all-important measures, with reference to the conveyance of 
these trained officers and scientific civilians to their destined work, are 
connected with the provision of a suitable ship. This was, of course, 
the first question which engaged our attention. I ascertained the capa- 
bilities of existing vessels belonging to Scotland and Norway, and 
arrived at the conclusion that, effectually to meet and overcome the 
difficulties and dangers of the antarctic pack, it would be necessary to 
build an exploring ship specially designed for navigation in the southern 
ice, On April 5, 1899, in reply to my application, Sir William White 
‘was 80 good as to suggest to me that I might secure the services of Mr. 
W.E. Smith, one of the chief constructors, as architeot of the exploring 
ship, and, most fortunately for the expedition, Mr. Smith was able to 
accept my proposal. I thon called together a ship committee of arctio 
officers, who decided the general lines for the ship, and on April 17 
Mr, Smith completed the plans, It was farther decided, in May, on the 
ropresontation of Captain Creak, that the magnetic observatory should 
have no steel or iron within 30 fect of it. This arrangement involved 
considerable expense and some sacrifice in other respects; but we fool 
aswured that tho valuo of the results will amply repay us. 

‘The only firm in the kingdom that could undertake to build such 


a 





10 ADDRESS TO THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 


Commander of the German Expedition, in Octobor, 1899, that our sphere 
of work should be the Victoria and Ross Quadrants, while the Germans 
undertook the Enderby Quadrant, 

Assuming that the oxploring poriod will consist of two navigable 
seasons and ono wintor, the ice-pack should be sighted in December, 
1901, and the ship should be forced through the ice on a meridian which 
the commander, after carefal consideration of previous voyages, may 
decide upon as likely to be least encumbered with pack-ice, The whole 
navigable season, after reaching the south water, will be devoted to 
exploration in the ship. She will be taken down the cast coast of 
Victoria Land, where open water may be expected, and eastward along 
the famous range of ico-cliffs discovered by Sir James Ross, An oxami- 
nation of this barrier, with a view to discovering the nature and origin 
of the ioc-mass of which it forms the northern termination, is one of 
the principal objects of the expedition. 

For sixty years this astonishing geographical phenomenon has 
been a subject of interest and speculation. It was supposed, by the 
late Mr. Croll and others, that tho ice-cliffs were the termination of 
a vast ice-cap extending to the south pole, Mr. Bernacchi believes 
that the oliffs are one side of a glacial flow from the Parry mountains, 
& buge tongue of ice, and his chief reason for this opinion is that the 
slope is from west to cast, not from south to north. His paper on the 
subject, which was read at an afternoon meeting last March, at which 
Sir Joseph Hooker and Mr. Blanford were present, was interesting 
and suggestive, My own impreasion, indicated in my paper of “con- 
siderations” which will accompany this addross (p, 13), is that the 
ice-cliffs terminate a glacial mass between two mountain ranges, and 
thus fill an extensive sound or gulf. I think Mr. Blanford concurs in 
this view. The solution of this problem would be a brilliant result 
of the navigable season of 1901-2. Captain Scott will probably 
endeavour to advance eastward beyond the point reached by Sir James 
Ross, and it may be hoped that he will either discover the existence 
of Jand, or ascertain that land does not exist in that direction. The 
commander intends, if possible, to add a captive balloon to his equip- 
ment, a course which is strongly advocated by Sir Joseph Hooker. 

But it is desirable that the expedition should retura to the east coast 
of Victoria Land in time to establish the ship in safe winter quarters, 
if Captain Scott, in the exercise of the discretion that will be given 
to him, should consider that course advisable, It is a well-established 
canon, based on all former experionce, that, in order to secure the best 
results for @ polar expedition, the ship must winter, Sir James Ross 
fully intended to winter, and mado a stronuous effort to find winter 
quarters, Tho loader of the Gorman Expedition fully intends that his 
shipshall winter. Indocd, the observations which are among the results 
we s0ek, and tho all-important exploration by land, could only be carried 





Az ADDRESS TO THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 


probably be told off to examine the voleanio region of Mount Erebus. 
But the most important route will doubtless be to the westward, between 
Capes Gauss and Washington, where the land ix low, where no distant 
monntaing can be seen, and in which direction, by a system of carefully 
saree umn antl desnls clsiasuoe anny) ses Naa 
portant discoveries, 

Tn this sledge-travelling I look hopefully forward to paired 
‘No one yet has ever equalled or even approached the achievements of 
British naval officers in polar travelling. It is their own special work. 
Tam taken back in thought to that memorable April day in 1851, 
when Captain Austin addressed the assembled sledge crews on the ice 
off the north-west point of Griffith Island. The distinctive flags of 
the officers were flying in the breeze and enlivening the white land- 
‘scape, and then fourteen sledges started, with crews full of zeal and 
resolution, east, weet, and south. 

Over half a contury will have passed away, and the eye of hope 
sees another gallant band, of another generation, assembled on an 
antarctic shore, with the leaders also flying their distinctive flags, and 
revolved that, in spite of hardships, in spite of dangers, good honest 
work shall be done beneath them. May our friends succeed in all their 
efforte. May they bring back a rich harvest of scientific results. ‘The 
good wishes of thoir countrymen go with them. For apart from war 
there are great and good services for our gallant sailors to perform, 
and other paths to distinction. 

“Yeu! there are paths in which success would shed 

‘Dnfailing laurels on the viotor’s hend ; 

Do yo, by star-eyed soience led, explore 

The iey ocean, the snow-encumbered shore.” 
‘To my wind this is the most important work of the expedition. Our 
explorers will, we earnestly trust, return safely, and without serious 
loss or injury, to the ship. But the difficulties will bo grout, the perils 
numerous, 

‘Then will come the labour of cutting and blasting the ship out of the 
ice, and no better man could be in charge of such on operation than a 
torpedo officer. There is reason to hope that a ship may be out ont of 
the ice at an earlier period of the navigable season than that in which 
she can be expected to reach the land from outside. 

It may be anticipated, therefore, that further exploratory work may 
be undertaken during the seconii navigable season of 1902-5. There 
are discoveries of great interest to be made westward of Cape Adare, 
either by pushing beyond Capo North or by examining the sea near the 
sutarctic cirvle between the meridians of 160° and 110° E. The ques- 
tion whether there is continuous land, or only « group of islands in this 
direction, is a goographical problom of groat interest which still awaits 
solution. The Discovery would roturn to her base station, at Lyttloton 





14 CONSIDERATIONS RESPECTING ROUTES FOR AN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


ake ee ee eee 

the Roys! Society. 
Bes sant glijaets avai to Gstacciinn: ne ‘izian:is qomlslentonceeieet 
and nature of the south polar land, to ascertain the nature of its 
and the condition of the ice-cap, to observe the character 


i meteorological observations, | 
especially to meteorological observations to the south of 74°. Deop-sea 
soundings with temperatures are also to be taken, and biological investi- 
gations are to be made. 

‘The soundings and dredging work, outside tho antarctic circle, can, 
howerer, be done at any time and in any vessel. It is not, therefore, 
main object in a vessel specially built and strongthoned for work 
within the antarctic olrele ; and for magnetic observations. 

Without lesing sight of the main objects of the oxpedition, it is 
desired by the Councils of the two Societies that as large results ms 
possible shall be obtained for all oe eee We 
cannot completely satisfy specialists as regards any 
but all will be done that is Gombe lo satily cack, wish dnonigaraite 
the claims of others. There will be the work on or near the shore, and 
the work at soa.- ‘Tho first class of work includes (1) goographical dix- 
covery and exploration ; (2) geology; (3) glaciation ; (+) magnetic obser- 
vations: (5) meteorological obtervations ; (6) pendulum observations ; 
(7) tidal observations ; (8) inshore and lund biology. Maguetio obser- 
vations are especially important to ascertain the changes that have taken 
place since Ross's survey, and they should be carried to the most southerly 
latitudes attainable. The series of meteorological observations in 
winter quarters south of 74° 8, possess more than ordinary import- 
ance with reference to the beliof of leading meteorologists respecting 
‘an anti-cyclone. The work on board ship st sea includes (1) examina- 
tion and survey of coast-lines; (2) magnetic observations; (3) meteo- 
rological observations; (4) deep-sea soundings; (5) marine biology. 
The subjects for investigation on shore are tho most numerous and 
important. But we must arrange to give due attention to all. If 
the expedition continues its work for two years, and the ship winters, 
there would be ten months for the shore investigations, ten months for 
the work at sea, and four for the voyages out aad home. With regard to 
the navigable period, Captain Larsen found the water on the cast side of 
Graham island opon in Docomber. If the expedition lasts for three years, 
there will be a much longer time for the work at sea, The sea work will 
be continnons throughout the period of the expedition while at sea, what- 
ever direction may be taken by theship. It is, therefore, only necessary 
to consider the route with reference to the exploration of the unknown 
Antarctic lands. ‘Tho exploration of the Antarctic Regions is also the 
object mentioned by the Treasury in announcing the Government grant. 





18 CONSIDERATIONS RESPECTING ROUTES FOR AN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


from about 15° to 90° W. the isotherm is in lat. 63°, pointing to the 
landless Weddell Sea, So that the position of this isotherm possibly gives 
us some clue to the shape and extent of oceans and land masses far to 
the south of it. 

‘The positions of extensive seas and land masses influence the 
position and movements of the polar ice-pack in ite drift to the north, 
"These would be more irregular in proportion to the extent of the sea 
over which they drift, In the Weddell Sea D'Urville found the pack 
in 64°, Ross in 65°, while Weddell himself had not reached it when ho 
was in 74°15. Further east Ross found it in 71°, Bellinghansen in 
69°, Biscoe in 66°. It varies also very much in charactor, in some 
places and times being loose and open, in others very close. There 
is very great difference in the position and character of the antarotic 
ice-pack in different seasons and in different localities; but the main 
difference, as regards navigation, is between a sailing vessel and a 
steamer, a difference which is almost immeasurable, There can be little 
doubt that « steamer might force her way through the pack on any 
meridian when there is open water to tho south. 

We know as yet very little of the antarctic lands, but we must use 
that incomplete knowledge as some guide for fature work, The first 
question that arises is the source of the enormons icebergs which en- 
cumber the antarctic sea in such vast numbers. In the Arctic Regions, 
we know that the icebergs are derived from the discharging glaciers 
at the heads of narrow Greenland fjords. But the antarctic icebergs 
are on a much larger scale. Sometimes 1 and 2 miles in length, 
generally 150 to 200 feet high, they are flat-topped like the ice mass 
from which they are discharged. So far as we yet know, all antarotio 
lands have these ice masses ending in cliffs along their northern faces. 
Sir James Rosé saw a range of bergs which had evidently broken off 
from the ice-cliffs stretching eastward from Mount Terror. 

‘The range of ice-cliffa forming the termination of very extensive 
glaciers appears to be an invariuble feature of the northern faces of 
antarctic lands. There is Enderby Land, which, from Captain Biscoe's 
description, is a long range of ice-cliff, There is Cote Clarie. There 
is the north side of Victoria Land, which Ross and McCormick describe 
as a long range of ice-cliffs stretching westward from Cape North. 
There is the long line of ice-cliffs extending eastward from Mount 
‘Terror, noar the parallel of 78° 8. for upwards of 400 miles. 

‘Those mighty glaciers, pouring their harvests of icebergs out into 
the seas which bound the northern coasts of antarctic lands, appear 
to be flanked on their eastern sides by ranges of lofty mountains running 
north and south— possibly on both sides, like Greenland. Bisnoe 
reported them as black streaks seen through the mist to the east of 
Enderby Land. D'Urville saw them east of Cote Clarice. A lofty range 
of mountains flanks the eastern side of Victoria Land, and Ross was 





18 CONSIDERATIONS RESPECTING ROUTES FOR AN ANTARCTIC EXPRDITION. 


and 4, 1841 (Russell Peak, Smyth Island, and Fronces Island), were 
the same as the Balleny Islands. But Mr. Colbeck tells me there are 
two separate groups, not far from each other. Balleny gave the follow- 
ing names to the five islands he discovered; Sturge, Buckle, Borradaile, 
Young, and Row. 

‘Pho isotherm of 32° Fabr, is as far south as 62° S., from 140° to 80° 
W.—a possible indication that Sabrina and Adelie are only large islands, 
and that any continental land js far to the south. In fact, there is a 
space of 250 to 300 miles in width between these indications of land near 
the antarctic circle and Victoria Land. 

‘The north coast of Victoria Land commences with Capo Adare, the 
eastern point, a lofty headland of volcanic rock, in 71° 30'S. Thence 
the land trends north-west 120 miles to Cape North. In February, 
1841, a solid pack extended for 8 or { miles from the shore near Cape 
Adare, rendering a landing impossible, while in 1895, 1899, and 1900, 
a ship was able to approach close to the shore. This is one example of 
the changes thet take place in the position of the pack. 

‘The next cape westward of Cape Adare is Cape Wood, and between 
there is a deep bay, which Sir James Ross named Robertson Bay. Here 
lofty inaccessible mountains rise almost from the beach. he northern 
extreme of land seen by Ross was named Cape North. The land then 
trends far to the south of west, but off Cape North Ross was stopped 
by a dense body of ice, on February 22, 1841. He was anxious to find 
winter quarters, but all the indentations of the coast were filled with 
ice of great thickness. Beyond, the line of coast consisted of a long 
range of jos-oliffs 200 and more feet high, with a chain of grounded 
bergs some miles in front of them; soundings in 180 fathoms. The 
ice-cliffs probably form a coust-line of considerable extent, and a dense 
pack of ice occupied the space to the north and west, 

‘The Newnes Expedition wintered on shore, in Robertson Bay, from 
Fobraary, 1890, to Febraary, 1900, and a valuable series of magnotic 
and meteorological observations was taken by Mr. Colbeok and Mr. 
Bornacchi. ‘The position, so close under lofty mountains, and whore the 
coast turns abruptly from east and wast to north and south, probably 
has a climate which is quite abnormal, No attempt was made to explore 
along the coast to the westward. 

‘The first route, in the Victoria Quadrant, would pass through the 
pack to Cape Adare, and then westward over the sea which is hounded 
on the sonth by the north coast of Victoria Land. The pack met with 
by Ross might bo rounded, early in the season, at its northern edge, 
it might have moved, or it might be penetrated. Tho results of success 
in this direction would bo of great interest both to geographers and 
magnéticians. The extent of Victoria Land to the westward might be 
ascertained, and the questions connected with the indications of land 
on the antarctic circle between the meridians of 120° and 160° would 





20 CONSIDERATIONS RESPECTING ROUTES FOR AN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


‘Unable to approach very near to inlets or bays for fear of being 
beset, Sir James Koss supposed them all to be filled with ancient ice, 
and to offer no winter quarters, But the Southern Crows was able to 
take refuge from the gales of wind far up Robertson Bay, and Wood Bay 
is also said to offer good winter quarters, Hyon if the ico in some of 
the bays never moves, that very fact will supply the necessary pro~ 
tection to a ship from drifting paok, especially if eome kind of dock 
ie out. 

‘McMurdo Bay is a desirable place for winter quarters, in fall view of 
the great burning voleano. Hore there is probably a better climate 
than at Cape Adare, because it is within the anti-cyclonic region. 
‘Thence journeys of tho utmost importance could be undertaken, which 
would secure some of the main objects of the expedition. The voleanic 
region itself could be explored. A journey due south would enable re- 
searches to be made along the edge of the ice-cap, while a journey west- 
ward into the interior would be of equal importance, and would possibly 
effect co-operation with the Germans working in from the west. Wood 
Bay, however, is the beat winter harbour, so far as we yet know. 

‘This, thon, is the route which offers the best prospect of securing the 
main objects of the expedition with the best chances of complete 
success and the minimum of risk. 


II, Tue Ross Qvapnayt. 
Third Route. 


We will next consider the Ross Quadrant, extending from 180° to 
90° W. south of tho Pacific ocean. In 1842, Sir James Ross entered 
the pack near the antarctic cirelo in 156° 28 W., and, aftor long 
detention from the ice and encountering some danger, he reached the 
ioe-barrior in 161° 27' W, on February 28, From this point, looking 
to the east, mountains of great height wore made out, ocoupying 30° of 
the horizon, with an undulating outline. There appeared to be much 
drifting pack to the eastward. 

Captain Cook reached the odge of the pack in 71° 10’ S., in long. 
106° 34 W., on January 30, 1774. The pack consisted of loose or 
broken ice closely pressed together, and within it ninety-seven bergs 
were counted, like a ridge of mountains rising one above the other 
until lost in the clouds. Sir James Ross, Dumont d’Urville, and others 
have beon of opinion that what Cook saw was land. But Captain Cook 


“himself was much tho best judge on that point, Possibly the bergs 


may have been grounded, and if s0 land would not be very far distant, 
Hut the way the ice was seen to drift from the Belgica, without check, 
when near Cook's farthest, seems to show that there is no land near 
that latitude. 

A powerful steamer might penetrate through the pack between 





22 CONSIDERATIONS RESPECTING ROUTES FOR AN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


north, and a long range of high mountains behind them. These form: 
the backbone of Graham Island, which is long and narrow, extending 
on both sides of the antarctic circle. Further to the south, the Russian 
commander Bellinghausen had discovered Alexander Island in 60" 30'S, 


more than twenty years previously, in 1821. In February, 1898, the 


‘the many rocks and islets extending to a considerable distance from 
the shors; but Alexander Island was inaccessible owing to the ice-pack. 
Arctowski describes the view obtained from a point at the edge of the 
pack. Graham Island seemed to terminate, the land turning towards 
the east. Alexander Island appeared to be a mountain mass, froin which 
Jofty and majestic peaks rose, with lower land to the south. The 
glaciers scomed to fail to reach the sea, but to coalesce together in one 
great ice-foot which discharges numerous tabular icebergs. 

‘The Belgica wintered in the pack to the west of Graliam Island, and 
‘drifted nearly as far as Qook's farthest, from the 75th to the 10ard 
moridian in lat. 70° to 71° 90'S. Over this area there proved to be 
continental shelf 270 fathoms below the surface, and to the north an 
abrupt descent to 800 fathoms. 

: ‘On this ronte there is little chance of penetrating the extensive pack 
in which the Belyiea wintered, or of making any snecessful exploration 
on the western shores of Graham or Alexander Islands, which are likely 
to be encumbered with pack-ies within the antarctic circle. The con- 
tinental land indicated by the shelf discovered by the Belgica is 
ie dwell aa aetacoel aiaas for the isothermal line of 

32° air-temperature in summer here comes down as far as 62° S. 





Fifth Route. 
‘The eastern shore of Graham Island offers a more easily navigable 
sea, caused by the ice drifting away from it, as would be the caso with 
all antarctic lands having eastern aspects. It is 90 far north that it is 
not necessary to force a way through the main ice-pack before reaching 
the navigable lane under the loo of the land. In December, 183, 
Captain Larsen, of the Norwegian ship Jason, got into this lane early in 
the season, und crossed the antarotic circle as early as the rd, reaching 
his furthest south in 68° 10' S.on the 6th. The pack wasdrifted to some 
miles from the coast, which consisted of a lofty ice-foot with high 
mountains above. But several deop fjords penetrated into the land 
through the ice-foot, where seals and king-penguins were abundant, 
Captain Larsen was stopped by pack-ice, and there would be little 
object in penetrating further, bocauso whon the south end of Grabam 
Island was reached, the main pack would be encountered. In this part 
of the Antarotio Regions there is probably an ocean of vast extent. 


a 








inlot, we became surrounded by « wide field of ico, and lost about ten 
days before we got free again. On Jane 22 we reached the entrance of 
Hudson strait, and found the sea thereabouts all clear of ice. In 
steaming up the strait, however, we kept too close to the north shore, 
and got caught in drifting ice ut Big island, which stands boldly out 
from the mainland, and is exposed to the full force of the ice-floe along, 
the shore, After having becn unpleasantly jammed for some time at 
thie place, wo got away and steamed, without difficulty, into Hudson 
bay, which we reached on July 12. 

‘Tho programme laid down for tho Diana by the Department of 
Marine and Fisheries required her to make a voyage completely through 
the atrait as soon as abe should arrive there, then to land the Geological 
Survey parties; after which sho was to make occasional voyages between 
Hudson bay and the Atlantic. In the course of one of these trips she 
was to pick up the geologists and their men and convey them to St. 
John’s, Newfoundland, and then return again and navigate the strait 
till as late a date as possible, 

My yacht and stores were put off the ship at Ashe inlet, Big island, 
on July 20, und it was arranged that ehe should call for me again at the 
same place on September 10. In the mean time, I proposed to examine 
and map as much as possible of the coast, and, if time permitted, I 
intended to do some exploring in the interior. I had already made 
several voyages through Hudson strait, onc by the Hudson's Bay 
Company's barque Ocean Nymph in 1880, and the others by the 
expeditionary steamers Neptune and Alert in 1884 and 148,50 that 
1 was already tolerably familiar with the landmarks and the character 
of the strait, If « chart had existed by which it might have been 
possible to recognize with certainty any point about the entrance to 
Fox basin, I could have met the ship there, and so have saved a long 
return journey in my yacht, but the above inlet was the only locality 
sufficiently well fixed to make a sure rendezvons. 

My main object was to investigate and bring away a record of the 
geology of the coast, and this required « topographical survey of some 
sort to give it apermanent value, On account of the great distance to be 
traversed, the intricacies of the coast, the swiftness of the tidal currents, 
the dangers and interruptions from running ice and other difficulties 
which we encountered, I acon found that it would be impossible 


- 











30 A SURVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


the north sbore of Hudson strait, and this crosses to the south side, in 
current appears to ran constantly castward, On tho northorn side of 
the strait, at cach tide, the current flows longer to the west than to the 
‘east. ‘This is easily seon by the movements of the small icebergs which 
oconsionally pass up on this side. In Greenland, the high land, together 
with the ocean current, having some degree of warmth, which has just 
‘boon mentioned as flowing round the southern part of the great island, 
afford very favourable conditions for the accumulation of its enormous 
giacior. Tho sume current, passing down the eastern coast of Baffinland 
and around its southern extremity, furnishes the necessary marino con- 
ditions, while the extensive high lands adjoining tho sea in these | 
allow the heavy snows of winter to accumulate, On the other hand, 
‘the cold sea surrounding the Labrador peninsula, the dry winter air 
of the interior, and the moderate elevation of the land, all combine to 
prevent the formation of glaciers south of Hudson strait, 

‘The country, for a long distance inland from the south side of 
‘Hudson strait, is not wooded, except at the bottom of Ungava bay, and 
consequently driftwood is almost absent from the greater part of this 
shore. The northern part of the cast coast of Labrador is alee destitute 
of timber, and there the ocean current flows south. No trees of any 
kind grow in Baffinland. The set of the currents in Hudson strait 
would render it impossible for driftwood, evon if present on the south 
side, to cross to the north shore, yet trunks of small spruce trees are 
not uncommonly stranded at high-water mark all along tho latter. 
Whenes has this wood come? The only answer appears to be that it 
has been brought by the current, which, after flowing round Cape 
Farewell and across Baffin bay, passes up this coast. In that caso, its 
original source would probably be in some of the rivers of northern 
Siberia, from which it would be carried by the current that Dr. Nansen 
describes as flowing thence across the polar region and on towards 
Groonland, Some of these small trunks havo the long butt due to 
having grown in alluvial soil, where the tree threw ont fresh roots 
above its original ones, on account of the accumulation of silt around 
its base. ‘This circumstance also points to the earthy banks of the 
Siberian streams, rather than the rocks of Labrador, as the birthplace 
‘of these trees, 

During the Tertiary period, all the land in the north-castern part 
of North America is believed to have stood at an elevation of several 
thousand feet above the present levels. At that time the site of Hudson 
strait and its continuation, Fox channol, formed a land valley, extend- 
ing from the south side of Melville peninsula to the Atlantic oocan, a 
distance of fally 700 English statote miles, with an average breadth of 
100 miles or moro. It probably contained a great river, which had 
mnmerons large branches traversing what ia now the bed of Hndson 


— 


WITH \ SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE COUNTRY. al 


lay, and converging in its north-eastern part, The bottom of this 
great inland sea is vory level, and in most of its area it is covered by 
Tess than 70 fathoms of water. Fow soundings have been recorded in 
Fox basin, and it is likely to prove even shallower than Hudson bay, 
‘The submerged valley of Fox channel and Hudson strait deepens ws it 
goes towards the ocean, and gives soundings of 540 fathoms and upwards 
before intersecting the present line of the Atlantic coast, 

After the close of the Tertiary period, the clevated Jand on cither 
sido of Hudson strait became covered with ice. A study of the glacial 
strieo of these rogions shows that in Baffinland, to the north of the great 
Aepression, the ice moved southward and foll into it, while to the south, 
in Labrador and the northern part of the present bod of Hudson bay, 
it moved northward to the same huge reservoir. The ica from both 





‘TYPICAL VIRW ON SOUTH COAWT OF BAFFINLAND. 


directions, which thus came together, filled the wide valley and moved 
eastward cr down-grade to the ocean, ax shown on either side, by the 
forms of the glaciated rocks, the directions of the stria, and the com- 
position of the drift. 

Takes appear to be scattered everywhere among the mountains in 
southern Baffinland, but there is what inay bo specially designated « 
Great lake region in the central part of this half of the island. ‘I'wo of 
the Jakes which occur there are worthy ofa short notice. The southern 
most, Lake Amadjuak, which I visited, may be 120 miles in longth by 
40 in breadth in the middle, with an clevation of about 290 feet above 
the tea. It lies in a north-west and south-east direction, between the 
Southern snd middle main ranges of mountains, already described 
Wheo I first came in sight of this lake, not fur from its central part, 


32 A SURVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


it was bordered on the south-west side by a apenas oa Sa 
with hummocks of Laurontian rocks, which also partially surrounded 

Lake Mingo, 15 miles in diameter, and Lying quito close to Lake Amad- 
juak. Immodiatoly overlooking these plains, the north-eastern side of 
the southern range rises, mther abruptly, to a height of 700 feet, or 
1000 feet above sea-level. From the top of a hill, which I called 
Mount Mingo, 966 feet, by barometer, above the lake of the same name 
at its base, some high points, covered with snow, were visible a long 
way off to the east in tho mountains of the middle range on the opposite 
or north-east sile of the big lake. 

According to native accounts, Lake Amadjuak discharges northward 
into Lake Nottilling (which may be 140 miles long and 60 miles broad) 
by «short river with no rapids, and up which the Hskimo can paddle 
their kyaks; and Lake Nettilling drains into Fox basin by a large and 
somewhat rapid river, with a course of 50 to 60 miles, and it must there- 
fore have an average descent of about 5 feet per mile. My guide said 
the name of this stream was Nowata, but on Dr. Boas’ map it is called 
Kondjuak. Both of these great bodies of water are larger than any 
lake in the whole peninsula of Labrador, which measures 1000 miles 
each way, and they may almost be compared to Lake Ontario in extent, 
The Eskimo informed me that the country is lovel about the north- 
wentern half of Lake Amadjuak and all around Luke Nettilling ; also 
from both these lakes to Fox basin. The namo Nottilliag means “flat~ 
floor.” Reindeer are plentiful in sammer on these wide plains, but in 
winter they go into the mountains. As already mentioned, this level 
country is no doubt underlaid by horizontal limestone. A 
low tract of similar limestone occurs in the eastern part of Melville 
peninsula, on the opposite sideof Fox basin. Mansfield island is formed 
of flat-lying grey limestones, and these I found to contain fossils of the 
Niagara formation. Drift fragments of the same kind of limestone 
coming from the country on the east side of Fox basin, contain fossils 
of this formation, and I have no doubt the rocks of the two regions are 
correlated. At the head of Frobisher bay, and on its south-eastern side, 
is an isolated hill of limestone, shale, and marl belonging to the Trenton 
or Galena formation of the lower Silurian system. It is called Silli- 
man's Fossil mount, and has afforded over seventy species of fossils, 
many of thom new to paleontology, but, as a whole, they correspond 
to the Manitoba and Minnesota fauns of this berizon, rather than to 
that of the Trenton in the Ottawa and St. Lawrence region. Other 
isolated patches of these rocks and one outlier of the Utica or next 
higher formation ocour in other parts of Frobisher bay. 

Tho general appearance of Baffinland, as viewod from the sea, in 
mountainous, rugged, bleak, and barren. Bare black-looking rocks are 
almost everywhore in evidence, both along the coast and on the sides 
and crests of the mountains. Bnt on going inland in the middle of 





uf A SURVEY IN BAFPINLAND, 


light fair wind, and as s00n as wo had rounded tho cast point, we came 
upon a large camp of Eskimo. They surrounded us in their kyaks and 
omiaks and regarded us with the most unaffected friendship, both the 
men and women shrieking and cheering with delight, like so many 
children made suddenly happy, I now discovered that Twimi’s family, 
consisting of his father, mother,-wife, sister, and several children, were 
among the party camped here. I told him to go ashore and got what 
things he might require for his journey, and to rejoin us at some 
islands which were in sight a few miles off, where I intended to anchor 
for the night, in order not to be troubled by our new-found friends. 
‘He was afraid to quit the yacht, however, in case we wight sail away 
wnd leave him behind, #0 ho asked a couple of young men to come after 
us in their kyaks with certain articles which he enumerated. I was 
lad he had had this chance to communicate with his family, whom he 
had nover mentioned to us. If wo had succeeded in passing up the 
outside of Big island, they would have had no means of knowing what 
had become of him until he could find them on some of their wanderings 
after his return, 

During our entire crnise we tried to find a harbourevery evening, but 
did not always succeed in doing so, and consequently we spent some 
anxious nights, watching the movements of the ice and the rushing 
tides. By constant vigilance we managed to escape any harm, and we 
brought back our yacht without its having suffered the slightest damage. 
‘The whole coast is well supplied with good harbours, In the course of 
our explorations wo discovered twelve, roomy enough for large vessels 
and affording complete shelter with convenient depths of water and good 
holding-ground in every instance, Sketch-charts of several of these 
wore made and lines of soundings run, which may be of use some day if 
Hudson strait should be utilized for navigation to a greater extent than 
it is ut present. 

From Big island to Fair Ness, the outer ridge of the southern range 
skirts the soa-coast. This section is remarkable for six great bands of 
coarsely crystalline white Laurentian limestone which are hore exposed. 
At 12 miles north-west of the oxtromity of Big island, a narrow entrance 
Toads into Crooks inlet, which is from 3 to 4 miles wide and extends for 
20 miles into the land. Good sections of five of these bands may be seen 
in this inlet, the bluffs and hills on either side consisting of these rocks 
together with gneiss in abont equal proportions. The dip here and 
elsewhere along the coast is almost invariably inland or to the north- 
east. Twelve of these enormous limestone bands, besides numerous 
smaller ones, were met with between Icy cape and Charkbagh, and I 
have calculated that their aggregate thicknoss may amount to the 
enormous total of 30,000 feot. One of them, which comes to the coast 
at Wharton harbour, is better exposed than most of the others, and I 
estimated its thickness at 5700 feet, or upwards of a mile, and yet it 


WITH A SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE COUNTRY. 35 


may not be the thickest of these immense bands, ‘The facts 1 was able 
to ascertain prove that these limestones extend from the Lake Amadjuak 
route to the head of North bay, adistance of 150 miles by a breadth of 40 
miles, and from their trend it may be inferred that they will continue 
south-eastward and come out successively to the shore of the strait ut- 
different points between North bay and the Middle Savage islands. In 
no other part of Canada, nor in the United States, has such » volume 
of these limestones beon found. Thoy go far to prove that the newer 
Laurentian rocks are a sedimentary and not a foliated granite series, 
Bobind Fair Neas is a bay running back 20 miles from tho noas, with 
length, parallel to tho strait, of 25 miles, which I named Markham 
bay. It contains many islands and points, and along its north-cast 





MEAD OF NOWTHEUX INLET, NOWTH BAY, BAFFINLAND. 


shore the Iund is lower than elsewhere on the north side of the strait. 
‘The coast is also comparatively low to the northward of Big island. 
From Markham bay, for 100 miles north-west, the main shore is bordered 
by an archipelago of islands about 25 miles broad, embracing all sizes, 
from more rocks up to 1() miles in longth. They seem to be innumerable, 
and there must be many thousands of them. As a rule, tho islands are 
smaller and more widely scattered towards the outside of the urchipelago, 
and progressively larger, higher, and closer together, as we approach 
the solid land. In going towards the main shore, it is impossible for a 
stranger to distinguish the islands from the continuous land. The 
former become Inrger and higher, and tho channels betweon them 
narrower and narrower, ontil at length they terminate among the hills 
without connecting to form islands. The condition may be best under- 
stood if wo imagine a rugged country, like that behind this coast, and 
p2 





86 A SURVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


having a goueral descent to the south, to be continued under the water 
of the strait till it is half submerged. 

My longest journey inland was tho one made northward from the 
head of Amadjuak inlet or fiord, to the shores of Lake Mingo, close to 
Take Amadjuak. We found a perfect and easily accessible harbour at the 
hoad of the fiord. The Alico river dushos into it by a foaming rapid 
past the foot of an isolated conical hill. This river forms the connect- 
ing links between the various lakes of the chain in a valley leading in 
the direction we wished to go. Leaving the yacht in charge of two 
sailors at the harbour, I started on foot with the other two seamen and 
my Eskimo guide, who said he knew the way to the big lake. After 
we had gone part of the distance, we found that he had boon over the 
route only hy kyak, which he “portaged” between the lakes, and in 
trying to steer the best course by land, he was sometimes at fault. 
‘The men’s packs wore comparatively light, as we did not expect to be 
gone more than a week. They contained a tent, blankets, cooking~ 
outfit, and provisions, whilst I carried what instruments were required. 

‘The hills were rugged, steep, and covered with boulders, and we: 
found the best walking along the bottoms or sides of the vallays, 
espovially where these were terraced. But in following the margins 
of the lakes, it was annoying to find our way occasionally blocked by 

® precipice, or a bluff with deop water at the foot. This neceasiteted 

climbihg up high steep hills, and sometimes making a considerable 
ditowr before we could resume our march in the valley. In some 
places, on the sides of the valleys and elsewhere, rounded boulders of 
gneiss were piled in the form of ridges and small hills without any 
fine material among them. At a few localities I saw good examples 
of osars, or ridges of sand and gravel without any boulders, Well- 
marked terraces at various altitudes, up to more than 400 feet above 
the sea, occurred here and there all along the valley of the Alice river, 
Marine shells of a few common northern species were found in several 
localities in the drift of this valley up to an elevation of 110 feet 
above sea-level. At one place the bouldery clay containing these shells 
had been disturbed by ice-pressure, showing that hore there had been 
two periods of glaciation. We left the main valley of this river at 
Stevenson lake, and crossed the hills north-wéstward to Gilbert lake 
on one of its branches, a distance of 24 miles. 

All the streams flowed towards Hudson strait till we came near to 
Winchell Jako, when they began to run northward in the direction of 
Lake Amadjuak. Tho last body of water before reaching Lake Mingo, 
and which I called Waloott lake, lay directly across our course. It 
bas an olovation of 248 foot, by barometer, above Lake Mingo, and 
nearly the whole of this descent is in a uinglo cascade at ita outlet, 
whioh falls directly from a notch at the level of ite surface and at right 
angles to ita straight northern side. We were obliged to go round to 


— 





38 A SURVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


drink the ice-cold water oftener than was good for him, ‘Lhe source 
of all this water seomed to mo to be from the steady thawing of the 
deeply frozen ground, or of the ice among the drift on the higher 
levels during the summer weather. 

Ttook the temperature of six of the lakes we visited by a tested 
Cary thermometer, with the following result: Orton lake, August 11, 
50° Fabr, ; Walcott Iske, 14th, 51°; Lake Mingo, 14th, 48°; Merriam 
lake, 17¢h, 60°; « bouldery lagoon off Greeley lake, 17th, 58°; Gertrade 
Jake, 18th, 50”, ‘The high temperature in the lagoon, which was at the 
mouth of Boulder river, was due to the fact that the water, for some 
distance atove it, spread among a wide and even field of boulders, all 
of which became heated in the sun, and so warmed the water, and 
also to its exposure in the quiet eballow lagoon itself, We happened 
to halt for our mid-day meal at this place, and while it was being pre- 
pared, I took off my clothes and plunged in wine malt 
delight of the Eskimo Twimi, who had never before seen a 

swimming. The whiteness of my skin and the frog-like 
of my body interested him immensely, and he inspected me 






a trip like ours in any similar subarctic region. ‘At Ouciizad 
place, the two sailors and I went off to collect any dead sts 
find of the root-like or creeping dwarf willows, in order to 
stanil fire to boil our kettle, On our return, Twimi said they were 
good. He had in the mean time built a little chimney of stones, ta 
advantage of an angle area epieepr ds 
the large growing tufts of a heath-like plant, very 

NS eorcene leridelnes amen damrsie 
sending a strong flame out at the top. By feeding it in as rapidly as 
it consumed, from » heap with which wo supplied him, ho soon made 
our kettle boil at the top of the chimney. A knowledge of the faot 
that this plant may be thus utilized in a green state, in fine weather at 
any rate, may savo travellers carrying an unnecessary quantity of 
aleohol as fuel. There is a slight objection to its use, from the fact 
that a sticky gum from its smoke condenses on the outside of your 
kettle or pan. 

We got back to the yacht on the eighth day after leaving, or on 
August 18, having spent foar days in going, one day round Lake Mingo 
and three days in returning. Two days were rainy and six were 
fine, and during the latter both mosquitoes and black flies were very 
troublesome. Lake Amadjuak proved to be about 50 miles from our 
harbour. My record of distances was kept principally by pacing and 
time estimate, but four latitudes woro also taken by sextant. I 
obtained a considerable number of photographs on gelatine films, which 
served to illustrate all phases of the scenery. 


WITH A SHORT DESCRIPTION OF THE COUNTRY. 3a 


‘On my return to Amadjuak harbour, I found the fiord nearly clear of 
ice, and we left immediately to resume the survey of the coast to the 
north-west, Wo reached Charkbagh fiord, said to be the longest inlet 
om the north side of Hudson strait, on August 22, and I judgod it best 
to turn back the next day in order to be reasonably sure of keeping 
my appointment to meet the Diana at Asho inlet, on September 10. 
On the way back I made o track-survey among tho islands lying out 
side of thove we had beon among going up the strait, and we anchored 
again in Ashe inlet on Soptembor 1, During the interval botwoon this 
date and tho 10th, Isurvoyed North bay nearly to Toy oapo, and returned 
to the inlet in time for the Diana, which sailed with us for St. John’s, 
Newfoundland, on September 12. 





LOOKING UP CANYON USLNT, DAPFISLAXD. 


Onr general experience during this yachting cruise on the southern 

eoest of Baffinland may deserve a passing notice. As a rule, the weather 
was fine—too fine, perhaps, as there was much dead calm, which hindered 
our progress’ It, however, also included fogs, high winds (sometimes 
“amounting to gales), rains, and some decidedly cold spells. Althongh 
on calm, sunny days wo found the weather quite warm inland, on the 
sea there was « constant fecling of cold or rawness and discomfort, on 
“account of the presence of so much ice. 

‘The tides in Hudson strait are very high, boing fully 30 feet at 
Big island, and considerably moro at the head of Ungava bay; but at 
the entrance of Hudson bay they become, all at once, very moderate, 
“Gwing to the pent-up water being relieved by the sudden expansion 
into Hudson bay to the south, and Fox bay to the north. Noar tho 
‘shore the difficulties incident to the groat rise and fall of the water 


, j 


aa 


40 A SURVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


aro increased by the velocity and uncertainty of the currents generated 
by the high tides. ‘The different depths and directions of the channels 

r islands and tho irregularities of tho coust give rise to crosa- 
currents running to all points of the compass, races, tide-rips, and a 
very rough sea when much wind is blowing. The time over which 
‘my experience extended was so short that it did not enable me to find 


and there in the fiords and among the islands all along the north shore. 
Tn sailing in a small craft in these parts, the swift currents, just 


referred 

manner. oaks cen aap nace} kward and 
and, without select | 

forward, aera stl henetes tt fe ay. a 





species of marine sammals, smue common and some rare, are to be 


a 





42 A SORVEY IN BAFFINLAND, 


is also noticeable, and contributes to the feeling of solitude one ex- 
perionoes in this trooloss region. 

This Dekiag’are'evl cumerdua ia! BeMalassi oi itatebas teal 
soe and learn in 1897, the total native population of the south coast and 
southern interior is only about 170, while that of the west or Fox basin 
side may amount to one hundred mora. The bulk of the population on 
the eastern side of the island has gathered at the two whaling stations 
of Kekerten and Black Lead in Camberland sound, where many of them 
are employed. According to the report of the commander of the Diana, 
they numbered about 400 in 1897. This would give a total population 
of about 670 for the whole of Baffinland. 





KINO KAYAKING NEAR AMADIUAK WAY, WAFPINLAND, 


The old tradition that the Eskimo are a people of small stature still 
obtains in some quarters, but is without foundation, On the contrary, 
in Labrador, Baffinland, and all around Hudson bay, the height of the 
men is probably above, rather than below, the average of the human 
race; but, as a rule, the women, although very strong, are considerably 
shorter than the meo. We always found these people honest, cheerful, 
frank, and friendly. They sre bravo, industrious, provident, and com- 
miunicative, in all of which characteristics they contrast with the northern 
tribes of Indians. heir skins are often greasy or dirty, because it is 
difficult to have them otherwise in cold weather and in the absence of 
soap or warm water or anything to serve as a towel, and because, for 
ages, custom and good form never required anything else ; but wherever 
they have been shown the use of soapand can obtain it, nothing please 
thom more than to wash themselves, 





| 


are learning year by year of the riches of Canada and of the various sources of 
woalth with which the different parts of the country have been endowed. Naturally 


touched, and in that great heart, I believe, will be found riches more vast than In 
any part that haa yet been developed in the Dominion. Exploration has been made 
with a view to reaching Hudson bay from Europe by way of Hudson strait, but 
it is as yet, 1 believe, doubtful whether useful navigation can take place there, 
However, the province of Quebeo—and I am subject to correction by those gentle- 
men who are more familiar with Canada than I am—j« now making efforts to 
reach Hudson bay by rail, and I understand they have before the Government 
to-day an application for a privilege to run a railway northward, and then to make 
‘a little branch to the southern end of Hudson bay, where they can reach about 20 
feet of water for several months of the year, The immense wealth, however 
‘acattored it may be, can thea be taken out to Quebec. Then, if we move westward 
along the Laurentian range of hills, we find a great forest of spruce and trees of 
that nature, which is rapidly being cut for the purposes of building and for pulp 
manufacturing, and a great many mille are being established along that line, All 
that range, about 1500 miles in extent, is covered by a great wooded belt, and I 
think bas also been found to promise to be very rich in minerals, especially copper 
and mineral phosphates, and perhaps other minorals of value. At the same timo, 
instead of ita being a country lacking in agricultural possibilities, it has also been 
found, even on the Hudson bay alope, to be very rich in agricultural land here 
and there. But going west and tapping the very heart of the Dominion north- 
west of Lake Winnipeg, to Fort Simpson on the Pacific coast, we shall find, per« 
haps, a2 fine a wheat-fiold ax there is in the world, I may say it amused me two 











a 


48 NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTUM, 


‘Treating now the region from Gomar westward (see the necom- 
yanying map), it is to he noted that the traveller finds the elevation of 
‘the plateau slowly diminishing, then again rising to the height generally 
maintained; arriving at Wombera, ho sharply and painfully desoends in 
one day's march, changing his level something like 5000 feot, while 
covering a distance horizontally measured of not more than Sor 10 miles. 
Northward from the line of march, as shown on the map, ‘map, the depression 
‘seemed greater until high elevations wore sgain produced by the rise of 
the mountains, whose names, as clearly as could be obtained from the 
native sources, were Bela and Irba. 

‘The plateau seems to have no sharply defined western escarpment 
beyond the northern point of the Boroma range, Boyond this point 
slope of the land towards the Bolassa valley makes the transi- 
from the Abyssinian platean to the flatter Sudan region much 
more than in the neighbourhood of Wombera, which is 
the name given to the southern oxtremity of the range other- 
wise known as Borema. On the south sido of the river, opposite 
Wombern, the land is low; the irregular hills and mountains constitut- 
ing the slope from plateau to plain could be seen to the eastward at 
a distanos varying from 15 to 25 miles. It will be noted, by reference 
to the map, that the Blue Nilo makes a sharper détour southward 
than has hitherto been supposed to be the case; here its course 
was dotormined by compass triangulation of Danjiga and other peake 


westward course following the river more closely seemed to be offered 
at any point. 

‘Two departures from the general line of march were made, leaving 
the caravan on the plateau, and descending partly on mnule-back, partly 
on foot, to the river's edge, whoro ancroid-barometer readings wore 
taken as to its clevation. ‘The deeconts in both cases wore exceedingly 
pifficult; the paths made by mon were supplemented on tho lowor 
slopes by those due to the passages of lion-monkeys, and in the jungle 
at low levels close to the river, by broader paths made by the hippopo- 
tami, in their search for eatable grass. As compensation for these diffi- 
culties, many points of view presented soones of wild magnificence, this 
being the work of the ages during which a curront of water has out its 


seemed, of the whitish rocks above noted; and, farther, these descents began farther 
from the river, abd were sade over succeeding mountains while at the Mugs crossing, 
‘the benches and intervening. nearly vertical surfaces seemei to have been eat out of 
‘wasers more regular in their original arrangement. 

‘At the Mugs cosing = small fossil shell was found embedded in « soft stone, at 
clovation G000 feet Tt character has pot boon determined. 





en 


ileal oclind neti aaeeeellin 








NOTES ON A JOURNEY PROM ZRILA TO KHARTUM, b1 


passed, in all oases very poorly cultivated and not growing luxuriantly 
—nave ono or two patches hidden in the bottom lands near tho rivor 
by unsubjected Shankalis, who hide themselves in the valley jungles 
to escape Abyssinian taxation or servitude, Here they live as best thoy 





DELRA MARKOS, CAVTFAL OF GOJAM, FROM SOUTH-EAST. 


can, depending, I was told, at the time of my visit, on hippopotamus 
meat, Exposed in the market at Gomar and Wombera I saw small 
stocks of the castor-oil bean and of a very black, dirty tobacco. The 
latter plant, however, I did not seo growing anywhore on the route. At 
one point a fow miserable villagers were found living on potatocs, which 
grew as best they could, neither in furrows nor in hills, but on flat 
surfaces under spreading trees. 

Much of tho grass covering great prairies soomed very dry, though, 
wherevar favoured by a slight doprossion of land leading towards a fair 
stream, it seemed to be Iuxuriant enough to have supported goodly 
stocks of cattle. On the heights of Wombera the grass was very green 
and luxuriant, and in the small valleys dark olive and fig trees mado 
as protty a prospect, breaking the rich green of the prairies, as could 
be desired. Tho mimosa, when growing thickly and over wide areas, 
was always called by my interpreter a forest, but, its growth being 
stunted, I should have myself reserved that name to be applied only to 
the splendid groves of firs, cedars, and other trees to me unfamiliar, which 
densely cover the slopes of the plateau leading down to’the lowlands 
west of Wombera. As far eastward as the region of the Durra, ocoasional 
date palms were seen on tho plateau. In the valleys, such as that of the 
‘Durra and the Teaga, these palms were numerous, and bananas were 

s00n wherever a sharp fold in the valley gave them the necessary supply 
of water. Noithor of these growths, which might bo turned to much 
£2 


52 NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTUM. 


account, seemed to add appreciably to the food-supply of the country, 
the natives being too ignorant or too indolent to properly use them. 

Around one group of villages was found a cultivation of red pepper, 
said to be the source of a considerable part of the rather large amount 
of this condiment consumed by the Abyssinians. 4 

As to animals, lions were much talked of, heard once, but not seen. 
‘The caravan passed near, on one day, to two leopards that were stalking 
some near-by deer. Of the latter a number of varieties were seen. I 
use the term generically, not being expert as to the distinctions which 
should be drawn. In several instances the herds grazed very near the 
villages, and seemed to have been but little disturbed save where 
Abyssinian soldiers, having firearms, were stationed. Wild cats, not 
much larger than a good-sized domestic animal, were frequently seen 
dodging from hole to hole in the ground. The hymna, as usual, was 
andible, but rarely visible, whilo his small brother, tho jackal, made 
bolder show. Lion-monkeys, grarier-monkeys, and « variety smaller 
than either of these were seen at Gomar and Wombera. Guinea- 
fowls were frequently seen, sometimes in droves of fifteen to twenty. 
Several varieties of wild duck were shot, from very small to large. 
They, however, are not numerous, the streams being for the most part 
very small. The vulturine was seen around a number of villages, 
apparently much at home. Sheep and goats were about as numerous 
as in the more familiar parts of Abyssinia. Mules and horses were 
scarce, although it was reported to me that in a section of country 





MONKUSSA, A TYPICAL GOUAMAI VILLAGHL 


lying just west of the lino of march from Buri to Gomar, a con- 
siderable region was given largely to stock-raising. Cattle were vory 
rare, #0 rare that the Galla wore found drawing their wooden 

by hand, and it was said at Wombera that the few cattle noted undor 





NOTES ON A JOURNEY PROM 2£ILA TO KHARTUM, 53 


the market troo had been driven from the south of the Nile, This 
scarcity of cattle has already been explained. It was said that the 
samo disease had almost completely destroyed great herds of wild 
buffalo, which ouly a few years ago were reported to have been very 
numerous, especially around Wombera. Unfortunately, I saw none of 
these, but saw some tracks of a few beasts that still hide in the thickets, 
and come to the open only when seeking water. The Abyssinian 
soldiers seoin to be rather keen about hunting these relics of an almost ex- 
tinguished race. Elephants wore often heralded, as they are throughout 
Abyssinia, as being always “a little far” My waning hopes in this 
respect vanished when, on descending the plateau, I was finally told 
that the herds which had been ranging in that region only a few weeks 
before had decamped across the Nile. Again I was forced to seek such 
satisfaction as could be had out of rare, dry tracks. 





MUGGAR RIVER, 


Aw elsewhere on the Abyssinian plateau, tho tomporature during the 
day might rise to 95° or 100° in the #hado, while dropping at night an 
low as 88°—to tho great distrose of the traveller, who had not antici- 
pated such a state of affairs. 

Tho people seen in this region were, first, the dominant Am- 
harie, Abyssinian, or Gojamite. These are, of course, the ruling 
lass. Most of those living west of Gomar seomed to have migrated 
rather recently from tho neighbourhood of Markos. The somitic type is 
strongly marked. I think it would be difficult to find in Europe, taking 
them at random, position for position, five mory handsome and dignified 
mon than these: Has Worke, who governs this district under the king of 
Gojam, and indirectly under Menelik; the Dejasdmach, Hadansh Miriam, 
governor of Damot, a region around Gommer; Ags Faria Adisi, chiof 
of the household of Ras Worke, at Buri; the officer commanding tho 


oF NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTOUM, 


Abyssinian outpost at Wombera ; and, finally, one of my guides, a retainer 
of Ras Worke, humble in station, but of Apollo-like form and feature. 
Next may be mentioned the Galla, who seemed to be the bone and 
sinew of the country, as they aro through so largo a part of Southern 
Abyssinia. Those found in this section were engaged in agriculture, 
‘but seemed to have suffered much from the disasters above referred to in 
past years. In the region around Gomer were found the Aga, who 
impressed mo as being a very poor lot. They are not slaves, but 
seemed to be politically wholly subject to the Abyssinians, and of 
‘a much lower Icvel intellectually. Their dress is only a breech cloth, 
their arnus the usual spear and shield. They are already well known, 
Beginning at the Durra, and scattered at wide intervals along the 
route to Wombera, and further westward in the lowlands of the Blus 
Nile, were found the Shankali, very black, naked save for a string 
around the loine when living within sight of the Abyssinians, and 
throwing this aside as cumbersome when free in the jungle. The women 
wear economically dimensioned fringe dropping from the haunchoa to 
a length of about 12 inches, and, when they can be had, adorn their 
necks with a few bright-coloured beads. While these people are less 
familiar than the Abyssinians and Galla, they have already boen suffi- 
ciently described in their country south of the Blue Nile, to need here only 
identification as being « part of that rather widely distributed people. 
Tt is of this material that the Abyssinians have made slaves, and one 
cannot wonder at it. ‘Those who were seen in servitude to Abyssinian 
families in and around Markos looked quite as happy and botter fed 
than those who maintained a precarious independence in the bush. 
While the escort of Aga men, furnished mo for a time, soomed to stand 
in great dread of constant attack from the Shankalis, the latter always 
took the precaution, on seeing my carayan approach one of their villages, 
to promptly hide themselves, their women, children, and goats in the 
adjacent bush. This, however, need not be called cowardice, as their puny 
equipment of spears and bows and arrows could have been no match even 
for the modest array of fifteon rifles with which my caravan was armed, 
Last, and perhaps most interesting, as being probably not heretofore 
known, was found a tribo called the Shinasha, Thoy aro not numerous, 
the whole number falling inside of six hundred, and live in a few 
villages hetween the Durra and Wombera, These villages are built 
over areas of rough rock, each hnt seeking to Jean against some 
vertical surface of stone, and hide the ontrance to small cavities which 
they use for storing their provisions, the wretched hut itself being bed- 
room, kitchen, dining-room, drawing-room, and everything else com- 
bined. The dross of this tribe is more considerable than that of the 
Shankslis, but this is to be regretted as permitting higher reachos of 
dirtiness, Their faces I thought to be rathor of the semitic type, 
although no suggestion of brotherhood with them would be admitted by 


_ wo 


NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTUM, 55 


the Abyssinians. Intellectually they are evidently superior to the 
Shankalis, with whom they live in close contact, and whom they hold 
im a sort of religious subjection. Claiming groat powers of necromancy, 
by menace of rain or drought, they force the Shankalis to yield up to 
them a part of their scunty store of grain, or moat, or honey. Ench 
village seemed to recognize the considerable authority of a local chief, 
and I supposed this office to be horeditary, since in ono caso it was 
found to be filled by a very young man, probably not more than twenty 
years of age. They were very much frightened at the approach of the 
caravan, but were soon soothed, and enforced by the Abyssinian guide 
ito some show of hospitality. A short vocabulary of their language 
and some Shankali words are given in a note, and these may yield, 
under the treatment of a linguist, some suggestions concerning the 
origin of this strange tribe. As my interpreter spoke only Frenchs 





Ir ‘THE BMH MIYER, TMBUTARY OY BLOX xrLE. 


Ambaric, and Galla, the vocabulary was obtained through rather round- 
about tnethods, and would undoubtedly shock a Shinasha purist, 

| A description of the region of the Bolassa valley extending as far as 

Famaka, whore the firat Sudanese post was found, may be given in a com- 

few words. The general level of the country slopes from the 

" foot of the Wombera mountain rather rapidly to the point shown as Ba- 

“tambo on the map, the drop being from say 4000 foot to 3000 fost elevation. 

Beyond this the drop is much more gradual, and the country begins 

to take on the familiar aspect which tho Blue Nile shows through all 

its coures in tho Sudan. It is true that there are considerable hills, 

" Fising even to the dignity of mountains, close to Famaka, The Bolassa 

" watershed does not oxtend westward to these hills, as the smal) streams 

nf H to flow directly to the Blue Nile at a distance of about 5 miles 

"Westward of the Bolasea, Thoro is, however, no important affluent 





| 


56 NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTOUM, 


of the Blue Nile between the Bolassa and the Rehad, A number of 
large ravines aro crossed, but they are almost all of them dry 
except in the rainy season. The Bolassa itself is a considerable stream, 
pouring into the Blue Nile over rocks, the current being so irregular 
‘as to render difficult any estimate of the output. However, making a 
rough guess, I should say that at the point where I crossed it, half a 
mile from its mouth, it was approximately 50 foot wide by an average 
of 14 foot deop, with a current of 1 mile por hour, ‘The plain was 
almest wholly covered with a thick serub, chiefly of mimosa, through 
which passage was in many places very difficult. The country seemed 
to have been desolated by war; a number of village rains showing 
dostruction by fire were passed, and at one of these a guide who had 
been secured at the Bolassa ssid he had lost, a few years ago, his hut 
and two wives. He now, however, had a home and wives elsewhere, 
and the little mishap seemed to have left no trace upon his genial 


uence we were often forced to make such headway as we could 
in the portion of the bed of the Nilo at that time dry, but in high water 
completely covered. ‘The progress of the caravan was therefore excved- 
ingly slow, and although the mules no longer had the cruel mountain-sides 
of Abyssinia to negotiate, they were considerably used up by numerous 
and exceedingly steep slidings-down and climbings-up in crossing dry 
gulches or in passing into or oat of the high water-bed of the river. 
‘The few inhabitants who were seen in this region were almost on 
the point of starvation; nor was it possible to find grazing-places for 
the animals. In the close neighbourhood of the Bolassa, however, we 
wore able to get some bamboo sprouts, which had been found to be 
4 very satisfactory food for the mules. Moreover, they were able 
to do fair work for two days practically without food. Until we found 
relief by the purchase of dourra from the stores of the Sndanese 
Government at Fomaka, it had also been rather a close question as to’ 
supplying the mon, We, however, got through without hunger on 
anybody's part; nor indeed nocd we have come at any time to grief, 
since there were mauy hippopotami in the stream, easily killed and 
recoverable within twenty-four hours after being shot; at about which 


NOTES ON A JOURNEY PROM ZEILA TO KHARTOUM. 57 


time, as I judged by experience, one may rely on seeing the black hulk 
‘stranded against some rock on the river-side. 
nothing could better indioate the desolation of the country 
than the fuct that for seven or eight days no hywnas were heard sround 
the camp, and, further, that the dead bodies of some black follows, killed 
ina fight with the Abyssinian garrison at Wombera, were found, three 
dayn after the fight, only partially consumed, and that by vultures, not 
by hywnas, and only one vulture to the body, so far as I could note. 
Although I bad been told that the country west of the Bolassa, and 
almost up to Famoka, was under the control of Ras Mangasha, and 
that he had a deputy living in the mountains about 20 miles weet of 
Volwsa, who would demand my authority for being thero, I found, as 





BLUE SILE SRAM TANS 


4 mattor of fact, no evidence of government of any kind beyond Wom- 
bera, until the Sudanese officer at Famaku, commanding that small 
tation, now tho easternmost representative of civilization on the Blue 
Wile, gave a surprised but hospitable welcome to a white man’s caravan 
emerging: from “no-man’s-land.” 

As t vegetation, the domnut palm became frequent from the 
valley of the Bolassa westward, and furnished to the nearly starving 
inhabitants an almost impossible food from its hard outer husk. As the 
stores of grain even at Famaka and Roveires had been brought up from 
far below, and were considered available only for seed purposes, the 
iatives, whon purchasing smal! supplies of this grain, wore commanded 
hot to eat it, but to live yet a little longer on the domnuts and such 
@eeasional goat or sheep as might be sacrificed to their needs. The 
Gate palm was rarely seen; nowhero was it well cultivated. A very 
large spreading tree, bearing a fruit which consisted of an oblong shell 


58 NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTOUM, 


containing many seeds coated with dry sugary substance, was frequently 
leaned alate: ereprnetenced i mamlaiamemeges 
nutriment, ont of this seed, 

Wiisfardiecaxiti zasixy/claces ef a aich ailavial, shacacear Raia 
showed considerablo arcas covered with very brilliant pobblos It 
would be exocedingly expensive to irrigate this land, but happily it 
seems that one good crop can be grown from the moistnre supplied by 
December has given rise to some small beginnings of cultivation at the 
very odge of Sudancso territory east of Famaka, but in that region, 
where only the empty claim of Abyssinian authority is made, it would 
soom that the existing desolation must continue. 

a ne a See te ee eating he NSS a an 
from what must have been their at some distance from 
the river. A very fow also seemed to find subsistence in the jungles 
that sometimes closely bordered the river. Here also was seen. a goodly 
number of Guinea-fowls. 

FT as. soma th « one 
pools and live rapids daring all that Jength of ita course which I saw. 
At the Muga crosing its width was 400 fuot, its average depth 14 foot, 
and by one not very reliable float measurement, its a velocity 


‘was 09 foot per second, ‘The point visited near Gowar is & well- 
known ford; as « caravan including rather small and small 
Shankali children bad crossed it a few hours before I 1 ot fey 


be taken that its depth here is inoonsiderable. At the point near 
Gum, where I noxt reached it, I found, by wading, a depth of about 
5 feet, shoaling rapidly, and a width of about 200 feet, but could 
not get soundings all the way across, as two Shankalis, with bows and 
arrows, the latter of which were said by the guides to be poisoned, stood 
on the southern shore, and, while carefully hiding themselves, seemed to 
object to any crossing being made. I believe it would have been pos- 
sible.to raft down the stream if one had indefinite time for lifting over 
the shallows and patching up the raft after what would necessarily be 
numerous shocks against the rocks of the shore. In the lower reaches, 
that is, below the plateau, the chief difficulties, aside from the con- 
tinuing rapids, would have been mot in the voleanic rocks which here 
for many miles line the bank, and at times are found in mid-stream. If, 
however, there had been another 12 or 18 inches of water, I should 
judge that some sort of down-siroam navigation would have been pos 
sible all along the line. In the long southern elbow of the river, 
although I did not actually soo it, I made caroful inquiry as to whether 
any waterfalls oxisted, and all reports coincided to tho effect that only 
the usual rapids were to be found, The bottom of the stream seome to 
bo pretty well covered with boulders of varying sizes, from that of an 
apple up to that of a wheelbarrow, 


NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTUM, 59 


‘The report of natives was to the offect that high water at the Muga 
crossing was about 40 feet above low-water level. This would bring it 
into tree-tops, and 1 imagine is a condition which has existed only on 
thorarest occasions In order that the alignment of this great stream 
throughout the stretches which are so difficult of access may be known 
accurately, it may be found necessary to have a survoy made by water. 
‘This could be done, I think, at mid-stage between low and high 
water in a strongly-built, small steamboat, which could be carefully 
pushed up from Roscires, to which point steam-navigation now reaches 
regularly during all but tho very low water seasons. There would bo 
some danger in respect to mid-stream rocks which might be covered at 
sch a stago, but ax tho spood of the boat engaged in such work would 





BLUE MILE AT CROENING SEAM ‘TAKHO, 


of comreo be slow, it would soom to mo quite possible to push on in 
spite of an occasional thump. 

Tt would seem to me that such an examination of the stream would 
be a matter of great importanca, since the whole northern central 
tegion of Abyssinia might find a better connection with tho sea in this 
way than as at present by caravan to Addis-Abeba, and thence to Zeila 
or Jibati. 

‘The astronomical determinations, latitude and longitude, were made 
by sextant; time being taken by the half chronometer made in France, 
called the “Montre torpilleur.” This type of chronometer has been 
‘Made for use on French torpedo boats, where it is said excessive vibra- 
tion prevents the use of large chronomoters, I think its service was 
ged, a5 I had an opportunity of establishing with considerable accuracy 
iis rate while coming down the Kod sea, and again during @ ten days’ 
way in Addis-Aboba, and finally, by the courtesy of Colonel Talbot, 


a 








60 NOTES ON A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO KHARTOUM. 


with tho propor standards at Khartum. Mercury was used for artificial 
horison until an originally small stock was exhausted ; then resort wa 
had to strained honey, oil, and, when the wind was entirely atill, to 
water. On tho daily march angles were taken by a compass every 
fifteen minutes, horizontal distances being measured by the known and 
ordinary pace of mule or guide. When the path was particnlarly tor- 
tuous, readings were taken at intervals of five or twoand a half minutes. 
Mountains and other distant objects on either side were located only by 
compass readings taken as frequently as possible. Hlevations wore 
determined by an aneroid barometer. ‘The readings of this instrument 
compared fairly woll with elevations determined by other travellers 
from Zeiln to Addis-Abeba, On arrival at Khartum, however, the read- 
ing was found to differ very considerably from the known elevations at 
that point. ‘The subsequent loss of the barometer has provented further 
checking of its accuracy, It is probable that a reduction of something 
like ten por cent, should be made from ail the elevation figures given 


for the most part, carried in wooden cases. I should have boon glad to 
lave had these with round corners, as the mules were severely 
punished in making the numerous ascents and descents. The gaping 
wounds made on their sides and backs still haunt me a little, but neither 
the mulos themselves nor their native drivers seemed to be as much con- 
cerned as I. The caravan, as made up at Addis-Absbs, consisted 
chiefly of Gala, althongh these were thoroughly Abyssinianized. They 
were excollont mule-men, and better all-round men, except perhaps for 
tho chase, than the Somalis. Of these I had four or five who had come 
up with me from the coast. They felt quite out of place on the high- 
lands, and suffered more than the Abyssinians from the cold nights ; 
differences of raco and religion combined to make their fellowehip with 
the Abyssinians somewhat lacking in sweetness and light. I should not 
now recommend this composite make-up, although it had been advised 
me by those far older and wiser than I, as preventing a complete con- 
spiracy against tho control which one ought to have over his mon. 
Thero seems to be now sufliciont material at a place like Addis-Abeba 
(especially if ono bo aided by the kindly guiding wisdom of Captain 
Harrington and Mr. Baird), in order that a competent lot of men may 
he gotten at that point. There was one other white man than myself 
with the caravan, namely, a young Englishman whom I engaged at 
Aden, and who accompanied me through to Cairo ns a general aasistant. 

On reaching Rosoires the men were sent back, and by happy chance, 
and through the kindness of Lieut, Parker, the solitary British officer in 








( 62) 


THE KAFUE RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS. 
By GEORGE GREY, 

Doria the year 1899, the “Tanganyika Qoncessions Co.” sent a 
prospecting expedition, under my command, into Northern Rhodesia, 
The sole object Gf ula expodition Waa 16 sencoh Yor -valbablel aiiaetls 
and with this end in view its course was directed to those regions 
which I believed to be as yet unprospected, and it travorsed portions 
of some districts in North-Western Rhodesia which had been 
unoxplored, Among other geographical discoveries was that of the 
source of the Kafue river and many of its northern tributaries. 

‘The expedition was organized in Bulawayo during the months of 

and March. The white members of the expedition were five 
in number: Mr. I, H. Crewe, second in command; Mr. J. N. Justice, 

; Mr, Paul Macdonald, a prospector of many years’ experience 
in South Africa ; Mr. M. G. Farquhar, who accompanied the expedition 
for the sake of sport, and the interest of travelling through new 
country; I myself being the fifth. 

Mr. Crewo was killed in March last, while fighting with Qolonel 
Plumer at Ramathlabama. I cannot too much deplore the loss of one 
to whom to a great extent the success of this expedition was dae, 
He was an accomplished native linguist, and thoroughly understood 
the native mind. By his unfailing tact and patience, he did much to 
enable the expedition to guin the confidence of the many native tribes 
through whom it passed, and to avoid in any single instance serious 
misunderstandings or hostilities. 

The natives who left Bulawayo with the expedition numbered 
thirty-eight, and consisted of Zulus, Pingoes, and Matabeles, Twenty- 
five of them carried rifles. Transport was almost entirely done by 
animals, and for this purpose 67 donkeys, 6 oxen, 7 horses, and 2 mules 
were taken. The donkeys and oxen drew three waggons as far as the 
Native Commissioner's camp at the Lubu, which is about 25 miles 
south of the Zambezi river. From that point all the animals were 
packed or ridden, I consider that transport by donkeys is, where 
possible, preferable to the uso of carricrs, mainly because of the great 
diffioulty of feeding a large number of carriors in sparsely inhabited 
districts. 

Tho oxpedition left Bulawayo on April 5, and proceeded along the 
Lubn waggon road to Lubu, from there to Binga’s kraal on the Zambezi 
river, lat, 17° 48'S. Binga’s kraal was reached on May 8, and the river 
crossed on that and the two succeeding days, From the Zambezi river 
the course lay nearly due north to the Kafue river, passing the British 
South Africa Police camp at Monze's, and following the Magoyi river to 
Minengo’s kraal, in the eastern part of the Mashikolaumwo country; 
then from Minenga’s to Ntumiga’s, on the Kafue. ‘The Kafue was 








from temporary camps at which the expedition 
possible was given to survey of the route travelled 





64 THE KAPUB RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS 


and of the country adjoining the route. Observations for latitude were 
taken every day when possible; the average direction of every march 
and its distance were carefully estimated. 

To a South African, travelling north from Southern Rhodesia, the 
first great point of intorest is the Zambezi river, The Zambezi river has 
heen so often described that I xhall only say bore that I found it 
480 yards wide at Binga’s kraal where the expedition crossed it, and 
about 200 yards wide at Walker's drift, some 30 miles higher up, where 
T crossed on my return journey. From May 8 to 10,1 found it still 
rising slightly ; probably it was at about its highest for that season. 
‘No one could fail to be impressed hy the magnificence of the mighty 
river, much less @ Rhodesisn, used to a country in which, during the 
greater portion of the year, running water is the exception, 

The Zambezi valley ie bounded on the north by very rough, ateop 
mountains, which form the southern edge of the Matoka plateau. This 

is now fairly well known; I found it to be betwoen 3100 and 
4250 feet above sea-level. Much of it appears to be an exceedingly fine, 
wollwatered, stock-raising, and agricultural country. Ths soil is 
remarkably deep, and, judging by the splendid crops of Kafir corn and 
tho thick Inxuriant grass we passed through, must be very rich. The 
plateau has tho appearance of a country healthy for man and beast. 
‘The Kafue river ia the northern boundary of the Matoka plateau, 

Tt may be of interest to give « goneral description of the Kafue river 
as known to me from actual observation in the dry season, In and 
immpdiately after the rainy season, which ends in March or April, all 
or mostof the streams mentioned must carry much more water than they 
did at the time that I had the opportunity of observing them. Theére- 
fore my descriptions of fords, etc., must be taken as applying only to the 
winter or season of low water, 

‘The Kafue is # river of many native names. From its source for a 
considerable distance it is known as the Lufubu, At and for some 
distance bolow ils junction with the Lunga it is known as the Loenge, 
Below its wostorn bend it is called the Kavuvu, Kafukwo, or Kavurwe. 
T have nover heard it called the Kafne by any natives, but am told that 
the natives who live on the Zambezi, near the junction of the rivers, 
speak of it as the “Kafue." Kafue is, however, the general name by 
which it is known to Karopeans, and I therefore refer to it by that 
name. The Kafno rises in about lat. 11° 50’ S,, at an elevation of 
4400 feet above sea-level. Its source is similar to the source of all the 
streams I visited on the Congo-Kafue watershed. It heads in a dense 
clamp of trees and bush which grow in a swamp. A rocky ridge about 
200 feet high lies immediately to the north of this swamp, and is part 
of the watershed. The streams on the other side of this ridge ran 
either into the Lufira or Luspula rivers, both of which eventually help 
to form the Congo. 


3 





66 THE KAFUE RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS. 


only falls 400 fect in the next 250 miles. It retains its winding 
character, following between firm low banks, and for 50 miles varies 
from 200 to 600 yards in width, is very deep, and has no percoptiblo 
current, Unfortunately, as it is followed down, it is found that ox- 
tensive rocky ridges cross the rivor, splitting it up into swift narrow 
channels, and destroying all possibility of continuous navigation by 
largo boats. Such granite bars I noticed both at Mbnlembule's kraal 
and at Muyanga’s. 

From the Lunga, lat. 14° 40’ S., to Nkala mission station, lat. 
15° 55'S. (approx.), the general course of the river is slightly west of 
south. It receives in this distance very few tributaries, and those of 
no importance or size. Near the Nkala mission station, after receiving 
the small tributary, the Musa, the Kafue bends sharply to the east, and 
flows for about 150 miles through a wide level valley or plain, which 
bas the appearance of being the bottom of an ancient lako, and ix 
bounded on the east by a prominent ridge of mountains. The Kafue 
has cut through this ridge, and so drained the lake. ‘The expedition 
crossed this valley on its northward journey, and I found the valley at 
the point of crossing to be from 20 to 30 miles wide, and about 3100 
feet above sea-level. At highest water much of the valley is covered 
by the overfiow from the river, This valley is quite treeless, and, until 
the grass is dry enough to burn in July or August, is covered with 
dense grass 6 feot high. 

Such tributarios as run towards the Kafuo from the north and south 
seom to lose any regular defined channel after they enter the valley, 
and either disappear entirely or lose themselves in extensive swamps. 
Owing to these swamps, the river is in this section, I imagine, often 
very dificult to approach. The expedition was fortunate in being sup- 
plied with good guides by the Shukolamwe chief Minenga, who brought 
it over solid ground to a place where there were firm banks on both 
sides of the river. ‘The Kafue there (Ntumiga’s kraal) is only about 
100 yards wide, and has a current of 2 to 3 miles an hour. This is 
probably one of its narrowest points; in some places in this valley, 
I believe it attains to a much greater width. From a little hill on the 
northern edge of the valley, north-east of Ntumiga’s, I overlooked the 
valley, and saw to the south-south-east the river 15 or 20 miles distant. 
‘The course of the river was marked by a long stretch of blue open 
water, and the river must at that point be very wide, We crossed this 
hinge valley in winter, and found the cold very severe, The thermo- 
meter frequently fell below freezing-point at night. Owing to its tree- 
Jess character, we suffered from want of fuel. Small quantities of wood 
could generally be bought from the native kraals, but when it was 
necessary fo camp at any distance from « kraal, tho entire absonco of 
firewood and severe cold caused real suffering among the native mem- 
bers of the expedition. 





68 THE KAFUE RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS, 


and not rapid. Most of the full, then, must take place in a distance of 
from 40 to 60 miles, Such fall must make any kind of navigation 
absolutely impossible. A 

‘The area drained by the Kafue may be described as of oval shape, 
350 miles north to south being ita major axis, and 250 miles east to west. 
its minor axis. The extreme north of this area supplies a much greater 
proportion of water than the southern and central portion ; the rainfall 
in that portion north of lat. 13° must be much heavier than further 
south. The extreme southern portion of this area is the north half of 
what is known as the Matoka plateau. This plateau really extends 
north without a break to the Congo watershed, the slight descent to 
the lower Kafue from the south and the ascent on the northern side 
being so gradual as to be barely noticeable. 

‘The expedition did not explore the Mashukolumwe country, which 
is reputed to be open, high, well watered, and hilly. The course chosen 
ay to the east of that country on the northern journey, and to the west 
of it on the return. 

T found the country immediately north of the lower Kafue to be very 
similar to the Matoka plateau; tho bush perhaps rather thickor, and 
tho proportion of open country leas. Much of it is well watorod and 
fortile. A particularly fine open valley is that of the Luimba, a 
tributary to the Chongwo. North of lat. 15° the country was mostly 
covered with thick bush; it may be described as a rolling or level 
plain gradually ascending as it is followed north, generally covered 
with deop alluvial soil. Streams are numerous, though we found the 
country in the neighbourhood of Chepepo’s to be badly watered. That 
portion between lat. 14° 40’ and 15° 40’ which lies to the west of the 
Kafuo is, I believe, very dry and badly watered. 

‘The Lukanga river intersects this plain, This river is remarkable 
for the immense papyrus swamp through which it runs. Tho swamp 
is often more than a mile wide. Tho expedition followed it for more 
than 20 miles, and nearly reached its source before a ford could be 
found over which the donkeys could walk. A man can cross in many 
places by walking on the denso reeds, which grow so close and thick 
that when bent down they will support his weight. In crossing over 
one of these places, I sounded with a long stick, and found that I was 
walking over the main channel of the river with 7 feet of water below 
me. The Lukanga is also romarkable for the immonso flocks of geese 
and ducks which make thoir home in its swamps. 

North of the Lukanga the country becomes gradually wolter and 
more swampy, and the bush and timber thicker and larger. From lat, 
18° to the Congo watershed, I found tho wholo of the country which ix 
drained by the Kafue and its tributaries to be of a very swampy 
character. We had great difficulty in traversing this country with our 
donkeys. Every little valley contained a swamp, into which the 


em 





Ww THE KAFUE RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS, 


composed of ferrnginous sandstone; ferruginous conglomerate covers 
large portions of the country. 

As the expedition stayed for such a short time in any one place, and 
as all its members, both white and black, were strangers to Central 
Africa, we did not attein to any great degree of intimacy with any 


servant of Mr. Crewo, I never bad any difficulty in freoly communicat- 
ing with any of the native tribes through whoro country wo passed. 
‘This Matabele boy started with a very good knowledge of the language 
talked by the natives on the Zambezi, and, baing a born linguist, avemed 
naturally to pick up the different dialects of the northern tribes, which 
are all akin to the dialect spoken on the Zambezi. Mr. Crewe spoke a 
little of the Batonga language, and was able to talk to the northern 
‘natives, toa limited extent, without the help of an interpreter. Various 
native members of the expedition could talk the language of the Barotse 
and other similar dialects. 

Tho Batongas of the Zambezi are, of all tribes we passed through, 
the most miserable and lowost type. They are lazy and unreliable; 
their habitations are the roughest form of grass huts; they appear to 
have barely any arts or industries, and are most cowardly. ‘The 
Zambezi river has probably been their salvation, as, living on the banks 
of the river, they are always able to cross on to islands or to the opposite 
bank, and #0 have wvoided extermination by raids of Matabele or other 
powerful tribes. The Zambezi native hus a stroug hereditary love for 
the river, which has for generations afforded him protection and 
suppliod him with food in the shape of fish. But in spite of the long 
sojourn of himself and his anoestors on the river-bank, his canoes are 
the eradest productions that can be imagined, Any large tree is used, 
regardless of the irregularities of its shape, and is roughly hewn ont ; 
the result is a heavy hollow block of wood, often far from straight. 
Four hundred pounds is a good loud for the best Zambezi canoe. No 
artis displayed by the Zambezi in making his paddle; it has no width 
of blade, and is generally little better than a stick; in fact, he will 
often work his tedious way across the river with any stout stick when 
a paddle ix not at hand. Still, the Zambezi knows his river well, and 
we Mund the natives most willing to help us in the work of getting the 
animals and goods of the expedition across. 

Mr. Gielgud, the native commissioner, came down from the Lubu 
and camped with the expedition while we were crossing the Zambesi. 
He kindly used his influence with the natives, and made all arrango- 
ments for our passage, getting nine native canoes to work, and lending 
us his boat, The price arranged was 5e, per day for each canoe. Our 
soventy-tight animals and 8000 Ibs. weight of goods wore all safely 
Janded ou the north bank by the evening of the second day after our 


> 








72 ‘THE KAFUE RIVER AND [TS HEADWATERS. 
from the skin of the head upwards, The head-dress is made of hair 


feet in height. ‘The straight upright piece is quite foxible, and waves 
in the wind. The completed heai-dress takes about threo yeans to 
make, and the happy possessor of a 45-inch spike attached to his scalp 
takes great care of it, Whon ho sloops in hut, tho flexible ond is 
tied by a string to tho roof; when sleeping in the open, a 


return journey, but unfortunately passed south just west of the Mashi- 
kolumwe country, and sw no more of this peculiar head-dress. Though 
not tall, the Mashikolumwe are well made and active, and, judging by 
somo who followed me when hunting on horseback, good rnnaers. 

‘We camped one night at a Mashikolumwo kraal betwesn Minenga’s 
and tho Kafuo river, and found that we were the fimt white people 
who had travelled on that path. Mbwire, the chief, had never seon a 
white man, and came to visit us wrapped in the skin of a lion, which 
had been killed in his cattle-krual. I gave him a cup of very sweet 
tea, and was much amused at the way in which, after suspiciously 
tasting it, the old man clutched it tight and drank every drop, while 
his people looked enviously ou, I found the natives at Ntumiga’s kraal 
on the Kafuo rivor to be very oxport boatmen. ‘Their canoce chow much 
greater signs of skill in their manufacture than do those wo saw on the 
Yambexi. They are very much thinner and lighter, It is, however, 
evidently very difficult for them to find trees large enough to make 
canoes of any size, and those can only be fonnd at some distance from 
the river. Some canoes we saw were made out of two trees, one form- 
ing the bow, the other the stern, the two halves being neatly laced 
together with bark. Most of the canoes were more or less patched, and 
numerous leaks had to be constantly plugged with clay. The Mashi- 
kolumwe have much better paddles than the Zambezis; some were seen 
ornamented with carving. The natives, when paddling on the Kafue, 
stand upright in the canoes, and force them throngh the water at a 
considerable 

The Mashikolumwe own more cattle than any other tribe we 
visited. I saw several herds of cattle in the small part of their district 





4 THE KAFUE RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS, 


vatural clothing being mado of tho bark of the machabel, which, when 
new, makes a neat and tidy blanket or loin-cloth, but soon gete ragged 
and torn. Those who have calico wear it in prefarence to the bark. 

‘Though we were never without a safficient supply of grain while 
staying among these northern natives, it did not appear that the natives 
possessed very large supplios of food. A common artiole of food is the 
root called cassava. Very little maize is grown, but a fair quantity of 
‘Kafir corn and sweet potatoes. From the number of fish-traps seen in 
all the smaller streams, I conclude that at certain seasons the natives 
live to a great extent on fish. 

The method of cultivation in this part of Central Africa is as 
follows : The lands chosen are always in thick bush or timber. Over 
a largo area the timber is chopped down, the stumps being left about 
30 inches high. The smaller branches are then chopped off tho trees, 
and are collected and piled thickly in strips of a few yards in width 
throngh the area cleared, care being taken to include all the larger ant- 
heaps, which are very fertile, within these strips. When thoroughly 
dry, these strips of branches and twigs are burnt, and the ashes serve to 
manure the soil beneath them. The fire also probably destroys the 
woods and grass and makes the soil easier to cultivate. Thur a large 
quantity of forest is ont down every year to fertilize a proportion of its 
area. The stumps loft spront ont again, and soon grow up into dense 
thickets of bush. 

The custom of knocking out the four upper front teeth was not 
noticed north of the Mashikolamwe, The tribes in the northern part 
of the Kafue basin file each of the upper front teeth toa point. Indi- 
viduals dress their hair in various eccentric ways, one of the commonest 
being to form it into round knobs, 2 or 3 inches in. diameter; another 
to train it into cones or horns, one on each side of the head. Luena, a 
female chiof, had grown a long plait of hair from her forehead, which 
was decorated with beads, and hung down over her nose to the level of 
her chin. Chiefs of kraals generally wear quantities of beads in their 
hair. 
‘The custom of saluting a chief or important stranger is peculiar, 
‘The men kneel down, clap their hands, aod then, bending forward, rub 
one shoulder and arm on the ground. Bofore a very important chiof, 
they lie on their backs and wriggle on the ground. These antios 
remind one of the cringing submission of a timid dog, which they pos- 
sibly imitate. The women, whon saluting an important stranger, do 60 
by Inllilooing, « word coined by Livingstone to express a peculiar 
shrill scroam, the sound being made to vibrate by hitting the mouth 
with the hand. At one kraal, passed in the Basola country, the women 
expressed submission by lying on their backs on the ground and clap- 
ping their thighs—not a very elegant proceeding. 

We found that the members of the expedition were the first white 


ee 





» hi r t 4 

the thousands of these flies which attacked them 
any of the donkeys used to come in with their logs 
from the bites of these pests, and made raw sores 
ng at the flies, Midges are also partionlarly 


fits 


76 THE KAFUR RIVER AND ITS HEADWATERS. 


virulent, North of lat, 13° I found tho natives suffer considerably from 
the jigger, the small burrowing flea so well known on the West Coast of 
Africa and in Nyasaland. The natives called it maunda. When we 
first found the jigger, and saw many of the natives so lame that they 
could hardly walk in consequence of its attacks, I anticipated that we 
shonld have great difficulty with our Matabelo, who, nover having seen 
we basal ot al dlaget. baie wo0ld, thongs euier seo one 
inexperience than the local native. Most of my boys had at one time or 
another jiggers in their foot, as had I myself and other members of the 
expedition. Iwas relieved to find that, if care was taken, the jigger 
extracted as soon as he was noticed, and the holo he had made treated 
with carbolic oil, the inconvenience caused by the inseot is very slight. 
We had no cases among curselves or our natives serious enough to 
prevent marching. 

Patches of tsetse fly were found to be numerous in most of the 
country explored by the expedition north of lat. 14°, and also on the 
western bank of the Lunga and Kafue rivors 8 far south as the mission 
station at Nkala. There is also “ fly" directly south of Nkala, between 
Nanzela and the Zambezi, I had hoped that, by making careful 
inquiries from tho natives, tho expedition might avoid “fly,” but after 
crossing the Kafue for the second time, I found that native information 
on this subject was eo unreliable, and that the “ fly ” belts were so large, 
that it was impossible to avoid the “fly.” Therefore I pushed on in 
any direction that I wanted to explore, determining to get as much use 
ax possible ont of the stock before the “ fly" killed them. ‘The mortality 
of the expedition’s stock was very much less than my previous experience 
of tsetse fly had led me to expect. This fact, and native reports and 
opinion on the present power of the “ fly," have convinced me that the 
“ fly" in this particular part of Africa is not such a fatal pest as it used to 
be before the rinderpest killed tho buffalo, The natives repeatedly told 
us that since the rinderpest the fly no longer kills, and that they now 
take their dogs with them on hunting-trips with impunity. This story 
was ropeated with variations. Muyanga was said to have made 
medicine and killed the “fly”" Another story told us in that neigh- 
bourhood was that, since the “fly had taken to biting womon, it did 
not kill cattle. Ono way and another, we found a universal belief 
among the natives that the taetse fly had lost ita power. 

‘The domestic animals which tho expodition took across the Zambezi 
wore 5 horses, 2 mules, 5 oxen, 67 donkeys, and 9 dogs. Of these threo 
horwes died, all probably, two certainly, from the results of fly-bite. 
Fourteen of the donkeys died from accident or other causes, but none, 
in my opinion, from the results of the tactsc fly, ‘The mules, oxen, and 
dogs were unaffected by the “ fly.” 

‘The explanation of the decrease of the fly disease in spite of the 
existence of the “fy” is possibly in the fact that the rinderpest was 








78 INTERNATIONAL OCEANIC RESEARCH, 


Thompson of Dundes, Dr. H. R. Mill, and Mr. W. Garstang, of the 
Marino punlsircsl Beaceintion! at Plymouth; Denmark sent threo 

, including Captain Dreobeel and Dr. Martin Knudson ; 
Belgium sont two; Norway two, Prof. Nansen and Dr. Hjort, to whom: 
Profs. Mohn and G. O, Sars wore added in a consultative capacity; and 
one delegate was sent from each of the remaining conntries, Russia, 
Finland, and Holland, the last-named country being ably represented by 
Dr. P. P. O. Hoek. 

‘The work consisted in the revision and completion of the Stockholm 
programme. ‘The occanographical section, having been very fully 
elaborated at Stockholm, was adopted with only a few trifling alterations 
and additions ; but the biological programme was completely recast and 
brought into a form that commended itself to the Conforence as 


practical. 

‘The most interesting feature, from the geographical point of view, 
is the suggested alteration of the proposed “spheres” of the different 
nationalities engaged on the joint work, Instead of the somewhat 
patchy areas allocated to the participating nations in the map published 
in 1899, it is now proposed that in the North Sea south of 58° N., the 
whole area wost of 2° E. shall be allocated to Great Britain, while to the 
east Belginm, Holland, Germany, and Denmark will be responsible for 
the sea lying off their own shores. 

From 58° to 62° N. the investigation of the North Sea and North 
Atlantic will be shared by Great Britain, Norway, and Denmark, while 
the North Atlantic farther north and the Arotic Sea will be investigated 
by Norway and Russia, The Skagerrak and Kattegat are assigned to 
Norway, Sweden, and Donmark; the western Baltic to Germany, 
Sweden, and Denmark; the southern part of the eastern Baltic to 
Germany ; and the northern part, including the gulfs of Finland and 
Bothnia, to Sweden, Russia, and Finland. ‘These divisions are intended 
to onsuro that each nation will be responsible for cortain definite areas, and 
that none shall be left out, but it is distinctly stated that “ the suggested 
boundaries are not intended to hinder any nation from extending its 
researches beyond the special areas agreed upon.” 

The new programme for biological work is divided into three 
sections, dealing respectively with the Biology of Food-fishes, Plankton 
and Bottom Fauna, and Fishery Statistics. Under each hoad there are 
numerous paragraphe specifying the minimum requirements of the 
international schome and the optional extensions which are desirable to 
be made if circumstances permit. In every case it is urged that the 
distribution of fish, fish-food, deposits, etc., should be ascertained with 
sufficient dotail to pormit of charts being drawn, 

In order that the programme may be of service, there must be a 
proper organization for directing the work and funds, as well as ships 
for carrying it on, It is understood that ihe participating nations, by 


- €@é8©6F 





BO KANTS COSMOGONY—REVIRW. 


‘This points to « difficulty arieing from o curious anomaly in the 
political geography of the sea. Evory nation has full power over all 
ships soiling or fishing under its flag, wherever they may bo, and it 
regulations with regard to vessele of any 
‘nationality within the 3-mile limit from shore which bounds torritorial 
waters, but not a yard beyond. For many years Britiah trawlers have 

exclnded from the Moray firth in order to see whether by so 
had been rapidly declining, would revive ; 
forbidden area is more than 3 miles from 
land, it has become a happy hunting-ground for trawlers under forsign 
flags, and of course it is impossible to teat the value of prohibiting 
trawling in such conditions, The guarded oxpreesion of sympathy 
with the difficulties arising from this state of matters will, we may 
hope, facilitate international arrangements for obviating the trouble 
which now frequently occurs, not only in the Moray firth, but in other 
waters where it may be British vessels are sometimes tempted in their 
turn to cross boundaries forbidden to the native fishing fleets, 


t 
i 
i 


g 
: 
i 
i 
& 
a 





KANT’S COSMOGONY—REVIEW.* 


to Cosmogony, and by his very able Introduction, He reminds us that 
Kant was a man of scionce first, a philosopher and metaphysician aftar- 
wards, and he puts in a remarkably clear light the contrast between 
the nebular hypotheses of the origin of the solar system and of the 
nniverse put forward by Kant and Laplace, hypotheses which writers 
of reputation—more familiar, probably, with the titles of the works of 
these originators than with the works themselyee—have very frequently 
confounded or treated as identical. 

From the nature of the treatises selected for translation, the work 
naturally lies in great measure outside the scope of geography, however 
widely that too elastic term may be stretched; but the arguments in 
the memoir on tho retardation of the Earth's rotation are essentially 
googmphical, The idea of tidal friction familiaried by the caloula- 
tions of Lord Kelvin, Prof Tait, and Prof. Darwin, and popularized in 
an almost startling form by Sir Robert Ball, is here shown to be no 
novelty of the later nineteenth century, but to have been presented 
with admirable clearness in the year 1754, 


* ‘Kant's Cosmogony as in bis eaay on the Retardation of the Rotation of the 
Farth, and bis Natural History und Theory of the Heavens, with Introduction, 
Appendices, and a Portrait of Thomas Wright, of Durham. Edited and translated by 
W. Hastic, px. Glasgow: James Muclebove & Sons, 1900, 


— 


"the Shingles Patch wax resounded; it is still slowly 
or portion of tho Humber river was completed. 





fon 


82 ADMIRALTY SURVEYS DURING THE YEAR 1900. 


‘Tho triangulation and coast-line between Scarborough and the terminal point of 
the survey of the Yorkshire coast off Whitby in 1898, was begun, but, on account 
of the prevalence of misty weather, was not completed, 7 

A survey of the river Stour was begun. 

‘The river Tyne was resounded between the eastern end of Jarrow lake and a 
‘polat Just boyond Mossre, Armotrong’s works at Elswick. 

On the west coast of Fngland:—The survey of the approaches to Barrow-in- 
Furness was begun, but not completed. 

On the weet coast of Ireland :—The survey of Blacksod bay was completed. 

‘Tho river Shannon was examined and a shoal not previously charted was 
found, but the changes since the original surrey iu 1941 are small, Bantry and 

harbours wero resounded, 

A survey of Kinsale harbour was finished. 

Ao examination of Kenmare river was made, The discovery of two small 
shoals reveals that a more exhaustive survey is required. 

On the east coast of Ireland :—Uhe report that the Maiden rocks off Larne 
harbour caused serious local magnetic disturbances was investigated, and no such 
‘effect was found. ‘ 

On foreign and colonial shores :—In Newfoundland a thorough search dis- 
proved the existence of a rock shown on the charts to the westward of Belle Isle 
for 140 years, It has now been removed from the Admiralty charts, 

‘The survey of Canada bay was completed, 

A triangulation betwoon Partridge point, St. Barbe islands, and Gull island 
lighthouse was made to enable this part of the coast to be adjusted to the recently~ 
made survey of White bay. 

In Notre Dame bay the whole area between Sunday Cove island, Tickle and 
Badger bay was surveyed; a plan was also made of Pilley island harbour. 

On the west coast of Africa :—Tbe survey of the west covst of Cape Peninsula 
from Cape Point to Lion's Head was completed. 

On the east coast of Africa:—The outer anchorage at Durban, Natal, was 


‘The Pungue river was surveyed. ‘Ibis survey was much needed, as the port 
‘bas rapidly advanced, and is now of much importance in connection with the trade 
of Rhodesia, 


Closely sounded plans were made of Zanzibar harbour. A chain of magnetic 
observations for variation made at sea off the coast showed that considerable altera- 
tion has taken place of late years, in the rate of change of this important magnetic 
clement. 


On the coast of Arabia —The coast was surveyed from Perim to Ran Kanu. 

On the west coast of North Americx :—Surveya were mado of Discovery passage, 
Johnstone strait as far west as Jesse sland, and large-scale plans of Seymour 
narrows, Gowlland harbour, Elk bay, and Otter cove, 

‘The triangulation of the Straits of Georgia was also finished, 

On the, north coast of Austratia;—Unauccessful searches were made for the 
following reported dangers: ‘Two areas in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Indus reef, 
Lyner reef, E] Dorado rocks, and Squaw reef (so often looked for by other survey- 
ing vessels). 

Money shoal, Marie shoal, two reefs situated south-east and south-south-east 
of Cartier island, together with Browse island and its vicinity, were examined and 


On the west coast of Australia:—The survey was completed from north-west 
cape to Ashburton reads. Monte Bello islands and Ritchie reef were surveyed. 


= 





‘specifics a large number of cases in which the above-mentioned changes bare 
occurred; the new glen being in some cases entirely removed from the drift-filled 
channel, in others, as in the case of the Dunnach Burn, having drift-beds on ove 


stated. First, the snow-line deacends rapidly from east to west, from above 1900 
metres in the Czukas to 1600 metres at the other extremity of Wallachia. This 
result, which agrees with that recently obtained by Penck and Gjivic in the 
Balkans, seems to hold good for Europe generally, and its significance can scarcely 
bbe aver-estimated. Socond, in the massifs where the glaciers have attained the 
lowost levels (the Cerna) the moraine deposits are little disturbed, while in those 
where the glaciers terminated at higher levela they bave suffered considerable 
erosion. The finest examples of roches moutonndes are observed in the regions 
where the search for morainic deposits {s least successful, while they are rarely 
discovered under glacial débris, a point of interest as indloating the nature of the 
process of erosion in gradually obliterating traces of glacial action. 


Seiches in the Sternberger See—Herr H. Ebert contributes a paper on 
seiches to the Sitsungsberichte of the Munich Academy of Sciences, The author 
to make an extended series of observations in the Bavarian lakes, and has 
with the Sternberger See, which is remarkable for simplicity of outline. A 
Sarosin limnometer was employed. Tho observations disclose the existence of a 
well-marked sciche of typical form, with simple vibrations, in accordance with Porel's 
theory, having a period of 25 minutes. This is a wave of the full length of the 
lake, baving opposite phases at the two ends, and a nodal line crossing the lake at 
Tutzing. Another wave, having a period of 15{ minutes, is superposed, forming a 
period between quint and sixth; but the period of both is independent of the 
amplitude, Sudden changes of barometric pressure are the most powerful meteoro- 
logical agences causing these selches. 

Fishery and Marine Investigations in Norway.—The fist volume of 
Reports on Norwegian Fishery and Marine Investigations’ has been published 
by the Norwegian Home Office and the Trustees of the Fridtjof Nansen Fund, 
under the editorship of Prof. Hjort, It contains the results of investigations 
carried out during the years 1897-99, with the primary objects of ascertaining the 
influence of ocean currents on the Norwegian fisheries aad the life-history and 
distribution of the fry of fishes at cortain selected points on the coast; and it forms 
& complete account of the work done in Norway from the time when fishery 
investigations were first actively taken up by the Government, until they were 
organized on the larger scale upon which they are being now conducted, and the 
special steamer Michael Sars was built, Eight papers on methods and resulta of 
physical and biological research make up the volume, The authors and short titles 
are as follows: (1) “ Fishing Experiments in Norwegian fjords,” by Johan Hjort 
and Kout Dahl; (2) “Hydrographic-biological Investigations in the Skagerrak 





ly not been explored since Lieut. Lynch’s expedition 











east for 450 feot sod then turns sharply to the south. Ao immense delta extends 
‘out into the sea several hundred foot, The river, which bas s very rocky channel, 
nol ie AR eerie gers oon 
progress being stopped on tho brink of an apparontly Jarge waterfall, A curious 
Piemonte! natin with he Dad So nth aie bang 
of heavy waves on the shore, which, we are told, occurred on three successive 
about 7.30 when no alr was stirring, and lasted for an hour, In a note 
the article, Major-General Sir Charles Wilson points out that this 
may perhaps have boen something in the nature of the seiches, or disturbances of 
level, to which the Lake of Genova is subject. ‘I'he article is illustrated from 
photographs taken by the author. 

Exploration of the Sea of Aral.—A thorough investigation of the Sea of 
Aral has teen undertaken on behalf of the Turkestan branch of the Russian Geo- 
earch Feats no ee denon bee werk otra eee 

the Zemlevedenie for 1900. A short account ale> appears in 


little-known islands of Barea Kilmes and Nikolai, and afterwards landing on the 
‘wost coast, where a geological examination of the Ust Urt plateau was carried out. 
‘After further explorations on the north-west shore of the luke, the leader returned 
to Kasalinsk, but shortly resumed work by an examination of the seichea on the 
lake. Extensive meteorological, hydrographical, and biological observations were 
also made, the depth in the centre being found to be 70 to 80 feet, while along 
the steep west coast depths reaching a maximum of 205 fect were obtained. The 
salinity was found to be very slight, but the water was extremely transparent, 

being visible to a maximum depth of 77 fect. Indications of # consider 
ablo rise in the level were noticed, whereas down to 1880 all travellers spoke of 
arapid drying up of the Inke. Marks were left to facilitate = future comparison 
of levels, 

‘The Morphology of Transbaikalia—Tbe construction of the Siberian 
railway bas iovolved a careful study of this region, and led to a more detailed 
Knowledge of its physical features and structure, which altors » number of current 

x. ‘The great chain of the Yablonoi mountains, ranning from the south 
of Lake Baikal to the Sea of Okhotsk, can no longer be drawn on our maps in this 
way. Mr. Obrucheff, who superintended the explorations cast of Lake Baikal, 
gave an outline of the results attained to the Seventh International Geographical 
Congress at Berlin (Verhandtwngen, pp. 192-206). ‘The valley-lines of the Chikol- 
Ingoda-Chita separates n western from an eastern region. Western ‘Tranabsikalia 
rises to about 4000 to 4600 feet, with valleys which deepen from about 2800 to 
3100 feet in the east to 1800 to 2800 fect in the west. ‘They are rounded hills 
‘with wide water-partings and broad valleys more or Jess marshy, There are many 
forests of larches in the evst and of pines in the west. Everywhere the scenery 
fs like that of the Harz or Black Forest rather than that of the Alps. ‘There are 


_ * 






consisting of a ridge 2300 to 5200 feet above sea-level, 

ir River, Celebes—The Poigar river is, after the Dumoga, the 
“of Bolaiing Mongondo, a distriot nenr the eastern ond af the great 
insula of Celebes. It rises in the Mo¥at lake not very far from the 


flows 
‘and long. 124° 102" E, From a height of 3300 foot it falls over a 
yp elopes, with stretches of deop still water between, to the lake Iloloi. 
wooded mountains, and on the left bank, south of Moloi, there 
Both the river and the Tloloi lake, which is but an ex- 
abound in fish, especially ools as thick asa man’s arm, and 


volcano Ambang, and the country around is covered with 

An island camed Pasig stands on the Inke. Hills surround it, 
side, Tho mouth of the Poigar river marks the boundary 
‘Mondongo, and Minahasa, and derives its name from the young 

to mark boundaries. ‘The river was surveyed in 1899 under the 
i Mr. W. J. Pet, A map and views of the lake Moiiat aro published 
dn the Zid. van het K. Noderl.{Aardr. Genootschap, No. 2, 


- Roti.—The commission of 1899, appeinted to delimit the Dutch 











was very inaccurately represented on existing 
Sitoga sailed to the south coast in search of the Pear! bay of the 
observations of the commission (cf. Journal, vol. xvi. p. 112), From the south- 


cant and north-east tho coast gradually trends inwards, #0 that the breadth of the 
esl ies beers it is only about two-thirds aa large as hitherto. 


i 
a 
F 
i 
E 
z 
F 
i 
[ 
E 


and Water-supply of the Nile—A visit of inspoction to the 
‘upper Nilo has latoly been mado by Sir W. Garatin, who extended bis 


tinued last winter by Lieut. Deony at the southern end of the marshy tract, and 
there now remains 4 space of only 23 miles to be cleared of the obstruction, The 


be expected. The opening of a continuous channel will not immediately prevent 
the loss of water to which the Nile is subject during its passage through the region 
of swamps. In order to offect thie, the creation of firm and well-marked banks to 
retain the water within a definite channel will be necessary, and this has Intely been 
engaging the attention of the Egyptian authorities, The restriction of the stream 
within a single channel will also have the advantage of increasing the rate of the 
current, 0 that in fature blocking by means of sudd will be practically impossible. 
Ivis pointed out in the Mowvement Geographiyuc that the re-opening of the Nile 
route will prove of great service to the worth-oast portion of the Congo State, for 
which it will soon prove the quickest route from and to Europe. Several Belgian 
officers have already made use of the Nile route, and it is pointed out that by this 
means the journey from Brussels to Rejaf can be performed in less time (eighteen 
wo twenty days) than the voyage from Antwerp to Matadi, 

A Fossil Sea-urchin from the Sahara —M. de Lappareut has lately called 
attontion, both in the Comptes Renclus of tha Paris Acsdemy of Sciences (vol. exxxii. 
p. 888) and in Za Géographis (April, 1901), to fact which has been brought to 
ght by him, and which has an important bearing on the goological history of the 
Sahara. The unlooked-for discovery has been made that a fossil brought home by 
Colonel Monteil from a spot in the very centre of the Sahara, in 13° 28’ N., not far 
from the Bilms oasis, represents a marino organism, probably of crotaceous age. 
‘M. do Lapparent’s attention was directed to the subject by the statement of Robifw 
that fossils existed on the caravan route between Bilma and Agadem, and, mention- 
ing the subject to Colonel Monteil, he learnt that a stone apparently bearing the 
imprint of an animal of radiate form had been picked up by him in the sume 
district. On examination by M, V. Gauthler the specimen was pronounced to 
bolong to « genus of Ecbinidw lately catablished by an Indian Government 
geologist under the name Moetlingfa, on the basis of a specimen from Baluchistan, 


fa ‘kb 





iH 
i 
Fe 
iH 
7 
! 
ii 
af 


i 
ik 
é 
4 
a 
S52 
z 
i 
i 
z 


fa 


bao Puli Wilk regard to the Central Railway from 
‘to Mrogoro, only the first 50 kilometres to Kola have been definitely 
A trigonometrical surrey of East and West Usambara has boon made, 
‘of the former (Handoi) ia about: to be printed. Much topographical 
TR also been done in various parts of the colony, ony sO ae 


5 Pi 


Pa 


pared with the returns for the same period of 1899. 
in German South-West Africa.—Attompts mare 


Pervevernnce, 0 that success is all the more gratifying. An account of these 
experiments is given in the Deutsches Kolonialblait (No. 9, 1901), by Herr Sod 
‘by whom they were carried out, It was necessary to choose such plants, aa both 
require but scanty sustenance, and are able to stand considerable changes of 
temperature and to resist the tendency to strong transpiration caused by the 
excossive dryness. Another adverse condition to be guarded against is the strong 
sea-wind which blows at Swakopmund, and as a protection against this Herr Ortloff 
planted a screen of wild tobacco, which fiourished well, though presenting an 
interesting instance of adaptation to altered conditions, he leaves, which at a 
distance from the sea are broad and comparatively thin, became, in their new 
habitat, both narrower and thicker, thus approaching the typical form of leaves 
exposed to desert conditions. Among the trees planted were oaks, pines, juniper, 
eucalyptus, date-palms, vines, and figs, young plants being obtained from various 
quarters, Little succees was attained with these, but on procuring seeds and 

them Herr Ortloff was moro successful, especially with the date-palm and 
Port Jackson acacia (4, Cyanophylla). European grasses did not thrive, but good 
renults wore obtained by sowing the ray grass of the Cape. Large areas of sand 
wore also planted with grass and other plants specially suited for such ground, 
while the results from the cultivation of vegetables were most promising. 

The Production of Kola-nuts in West Africa,—An interesting account of 
‘the present position of the kola-nut trade in West Africa, and of the distribution 
and varieties of the kola tree, is given by Count Zech in the first number of the 
Mitteilungen aus den Dowtechen Schutegebieten for the present year. ‘The species 
which is of most importance from a commercial point of view grows chiefly in 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. a1 


y in the neighbourhood of Tapa. thrive best in forest 
vicinity of watercourses. The trees at ‘Tapa belong 
and it is sald that the original plantations 
from Ashanti. Cultivation 





part uf the subject is of peculiar interest, ‘The distribution of rain- 
io iMlustrated by a map, which shows coast belt with an annual 


¥ ‘the rainfall exceeds 800 millimetres, yielding an abundant supply 
rigation of the inner margin of the steppe. 
Latest Journey in Morocco,—Letters from Prof. Fischer, 
srtaken s third scientific journey in Morocco, are printed in the 
of Petermanns Mitteilungen for the present your. Ftom Mogador 





Pischer bad mado an excursion into the interior and buck to the coast-line of 
, passing through the three wonthera provinces of Shedma, Ahmar, and Abda. 


EY 8 


Each of these has a distinctive character, which seems to secount for the sharp 
division which has always existed between thom. Thus Shedma is a bush-covered 
,fegion in which goats are reared. Abmar is a trooless steppe affording pasture 
to cattle and sheop; while Abda is mainly » tly level plain with black earth 
well suited for agriculture Lake Zyma, the only lake of any size in Morocco, 
wns carefully examined. It ls a typical steppe-lake, becoming in summer little 
moro than a sheet of salt. ‘Tho important geological discorery of fossils, proving 
the eretaceous age of the great tableland of South Morocco, was made. Dr. 
Fischer penetrated a long distance wo the east, everywhere making valuable addi- 
tions to the cartography of the country. He suffered much inconvenience from 
rain and On a subsequent journey he struck the Um-er-Rbia near the 


i 


cold. 

rains of Balaoau, first visited by Lampridre a century ago. 
of its castle is likened to that of Marienburg on the Moselle, 
scale, Following the stroam down, Dr. Fischer passed through a 
Inhabitants had never seen a Christian in their midst, but 
friendly. He executed a completa survey of the lowest part of 
has bere cut out a winding cafion-like valley in the tableland, thus exposing 
water-bearing strata, whence many spriogs take their rise, ‘he proposed 
nation of the Jebel Zerbun near Mex was abandoned pwing to disturbances in the 
country, and Prof, Fischer broke up bis caravan at Casablanca, intending to 
proceed wid Rabat and Tangiera to Marseilles, 


The Centre of Population in the United States —The Census Bulletin 
(No. 62) iggued in connection with the twelfth census of the United States discusses 


i 
i? 
il 


Rt 
it 
any 


centre, and the shortest distances to the parallel of latitude passing through it 
from ench subordinate centre ascertained. By multiplying cach of these distances 
with the total population of the corresponding squares the “ moments” of 

tion north and south of the assumed parallel were obtained, the difference giving 
the required correction in latitude, while an analogous process gave the correction 
in longitude of the assumed centre. In this way the centre of population in 1900 
was found to lie in 89° 9° 36” N,, 85° 48’ 51” W., a point near Columbus, in 
Southern Indiana, In 1790 the centre Jay only a little west of 76°, and since that 
date it has moved steadily west with greater or loss rapidity, with comparatively 
slight shiftings north or south in cessive decades. Some of the southerly 
shillings are accounted for by the addition to the United States of new territory 
in that direction, ey. Louisiana, Florida, and Texas; but other movements, one 
way or the other, are due to increased settlement in various parts of the States, 
‘The extreme variation in latitude has been less than 19', the centro having, during 
its westerly shifting through over 94°, closely clung to the 39th parallel. The 
smallest movement of all was that between 1990 and 1900, A position is also 
assigned for 1880, 1890, and 1900 to the “median point” of the population, 
Le. the point of intersection of the lines dividing the population equally north and 


— i. 











Yosemite Valley.” Dr. Deckert’s paper describes the significant features of the 
highest regions by carefully selected types, chosen specially (as regards the Rocky 
mountains) from the Sawatch mountains, and points out the enormous difficulty of 
distinguishing the work done by glacial streams from that done by glacier ice in 
‘the general modelling of the surface. Special prominence is given to the generally 
uniform level of the mountain peaks, and the marked contrast of this to the case of 
the Alps is pointed out. This fundamental difference is largely to be ascribed to 
difference of geclogionl structure, although the different action of the erosive forces 
also plays an important part. Mr. Turner's paper deals with (L) the pre-pleistooene 
esos Mattes of tsa Beers Nevada; (2) crogonio movements in the pleistooene s 
(3) pleistocene periods, divided into the Sierrayg the glacial, and the recent or post 
ee ee can i) Suerienn ofthe Tommie rally. Tn accounting for the 

‘ossmite valley, the author agrees with Bocker and Branner ia ascribing it to river- 
ay a eee 


AUSTRALASIA AND OCEANIC ISLANDS, 


British Solomon Islands Protectorate.—Mr. CO. M. Woodford’s Report on 
the British Solomon Islands for 1899-1900 (Colonial Reports, Annual, No, 320) 
records © satisfactory increme in the trade of the Protectorate during the year. 
‘Tho export of pearl shell of the gold-edged quality bas nearly doubled in conse- 
quence of the systematic use of diving-gear. A considerable quantity of the 
shell commercially known as “green snail,” used for making battons and for 
ornamental purposes, has been exported during the year. Of imports, tobacco 
continues to hold the foremost place. A marked increase in the area of land 
under cultivation is reported. With a view to the suppression of hend-| 
raids made by the natives of the New Georgia group aud adjacent islands upon the 
natives of Choicoul and Yeabel, a new Government station has been established 
at Gizo, at the western end of the Protectorate. ‘The site is described as elevated 
and healthy, centrally situated for observation, and possesses one of the best 
harbours in the Protectorate. 


GENERAL, 
Livingstone College;—T'he new premises of Livingstone College were for- 
mally opened on May 23 by Mrs. Bruce, Dr. Livingstone’s eldest daughter, « 


For his gallant 


j 
: 
: 








E. W. Parsoné. 


‘Mr. E. W. Pareoné, whoso death at the compuratlvely early age of fifty-two has 
lately been announced, was well known for his excellent work in connection with 
submarine telegraphy. Educated at University College School, Mr. Paraoné served 
for a time on tho staff of the Great Western Railway, until his sorvices were secured 
bg the late Sir Charles Bright for the telegraph undertakings with which his name 
is associated, This, as it turned out, determined the rest of his career, which was 
devoted to work in connection with cable-laying in various parts of the world, 
‘expecially the West Indios, South Americs, and West Africa. For the value of his 
services be had received decorations from both the French and Portuguese 
ents, 


| 





Obituary of the Year. 

The following is a list of the Fellows who bave died during the year 1900~ 
1901 (April 80) >— 

J.S8. Axcoxa; H. 8. Asusex; Dr. Joux Axoxnsox ; Anruvn Avsrix; Gronox 
Attax; Doxatp Axprew; Raven Arptetox ; Wa. Brows; Sir W. Brooxs; Jouy 
Bamp; Sir James Bais; Joux Burien; Josuva Peren Bevu; G. T. Banow; 
Fauxs Booxte ; Hon. Joux Baxen; J. W. Borrow ; Dr. J. C. Bouxerr ; Dr. B.D. 
Bocwaxax; Major Gzonox Buckie; Epwano Case; 'T. A. Coox; J, G. Coors: 
Envesto pe Canvo; J. F. Conxusu; A. J. Connie; Hon. D. Canxzcin; L. 
Converse; Lieut. J. K. Cusioex; Prof. Pact, Ouarx; Rev. James Onavarens ; 
Sie W. Caosemax ; THomas Devas ; Lord Hasuvron or Daueeu.; J. H. Dx Brees; 
‘Sir J. R. Dickeox; Dr. GM. Dawson; Captain P, R. Duxsy; Rionanp Eve; 
‘Viscount Excomme; Wat. Hensrwr Evaxs; C. Gonnow Frazer; Sir M, Paazen : 
‘Dr. A. Free; Sir B. Got pswoermy; A. J.Grawr; Major J, Macruerson Gnayr; 
Peres Gorrrox; H. M. Gonvox; Antanam Gouin; F. A, Gwrxxn; General M. 
Howrsn ; Commander G. Huxtixaronp; Hanny Harvey; Turopore Hannrs; 
Dovaras Hate; L. H. L. Huppawr; Lord Invencuvon; N. A. Jernson; 0. 
Lawsox Jouxsox; Josxra Jouxsox; Gronor Kerry; James Kexpan; E. H. 
Kiso; L. W. Kn Sir Epwano Kyox; J. H. Lescu; J. P. Lestm; Loors 
Laronn; Lord Locn; Epwix Loptow; J.B, Lusa; Wa. Macteas; Sir J. W. 
Mactune; Sir Tuomas Meluwearrn; P. H. McKerure ; ‘Tucs. Manwoon; Rev, A. 
Mansuanc; Sir @.S. Measom; Sir R, Muxpocu-Ssurn ; Nouner Pauntars; Major 
Seara Pixroj Goneral Prex-Itrvzns; F. W.Puestos; J. 8. Poon; B. A, Puoxsce; 
R. Paocron-Sims; Faepk. Pottar; J. B. Renwax; Rev. H. Rrewanps; J, T, 
Rogens; Captain Exxesr Rosk; Arex. Ross; 0. J. A. Ruamonp; Rosewr Ryms ; 
‘The Duke of Saxz-Cosvna-Gorna; Genel G. H. Saxton; Dr. H. Scanicirren; 

















(8) 


MEETINGS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, 
SESSION 1900-1901. 


Anniversary Meeting, May 20, 1901.—Sir CLements MAWKHAM, K.C.5 
ee eee 


place, 

apres ite Dr. Donaldson Smith, said; The Council of the 
Royal Geographical Society had no hesitation in awarding you one of the Royal 
‘Medals, on account of your now memorable journeys on two occasionA across 
‘cnknown parts of Africa, Your first journey was ondertaken, as every one knows, 
under very great dificulties indeed ; then you found your way to the northern 
side of Lake Rudolf, and explored the lower course of the mo, and returned by 
the east wide of the lake and by a previously unknown route. ‘That was a very 
important journey indeed. But, in my opinion, it is almost eclipsed by your second 
Sar rag pe taee Bee oe SLB onlh wl See oe eben eee 

‘when you made your way from tho coast to the upper Nilo over an entirely un- 
known country. Tn my first address to this Society I mentioned three great blocks 
‘on the continent of Africa which were entirely unknown, and that which you have 
Si ugivad: adele teperpante tt anim 

warmest congratulations. But the great utility of your journsy is ieee 
Machaeigth an ordinary explorer, made a common route survey, but you have 
made a scientific survey, a triangulation frequently ehecked by astronomical 
observations with theodolite and chronometer, snd it is that admirable work 
which you have done under considerable difficulties which has inflaeaced the 
Council in deciding that you have well deserved the medal which is now awarded 
to you. Mr. Choate, bis Excellency the American Ambassador, nd promised to 
receive your medal, but the Council has been much gratified that you shoald have 
considered it yourself of such importance that you should have made a journey 
from the United States on purpose to receive it, I have much pleasure in placing 
the medal in your hands, and I may mention that this will be the last time the 
effigy of our late sovereign Queen Victoria will appear on the Patron’s Medal. 

Dr, Doxanpeow Saurm, in acknowledging tho honour, said: Sir Clomonte 
Markham and Follows of the Royal Geographical Society, I wish to thank you 
exocedingly for this, and to express my appreciation of the very high honour the 
‘Geographical Society has conférred upon me. After labours and hardships, it isa 
great pleasure and satisfaction that such a rery great authority as the Royal 
Geographical Society should confer this distinction upon me. As Sir Clements 
Markhnm has kaid, it will appeal to me very much, as I know it will to many 
poople in the United States, to know that this will be the last time the face of 
Queen Victoria will appear on the medal. It is a special gratification to ma that- 
I have received this from the hands of so distinguished an explorer and geographer 
as Sir Clements Markham, 

The Purstoxsr, addressing the ItaBan Ambassador, Signior Pansa, onid: Your 
Excellency Signor Pansa, we have been informed by the Duke of the Abruzai 
that you will be good enough to receive the medal for His Royal Highness, The 
Duke of the Abrozzi hae undertaken two very important geographical explorations 


and that he was obliged to retire on account of having 
| I am vory glad to be able to announce that since his 


: has improved. 
‘Sub-Lieut. Colbeok, the other two awards have been ad- 
excellent work daring your very severo eorvice with Mr, 
on; Mr, Bornacchi made « series of very valuable meteoro- 





4100 MEETINGS OF THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, SESSION 1900-1901. 


‘who wore both extremely intererelin his paper, and who told me that 
‘it had set thom thinking. Sub-Lieut, Colbeck has also done z valu 
copes rarer paiakereny eminence 
and magnetic observations and in the drawing of charts, but also in using his oyes 
to very good effect, and being able to roport many interesting points connected 
with. tho const of Victoria Land. I have great pleasure in presenting the awards 
to Mr. Bernacchi in the form which he wished it to take, with the diploma, and to 
Sub-Liout, Colbeok in the form he wished it to take, alao with the diploma, — 
eee bese Ss li vere Ls Aaclvoy, Addross (¢00 p. A 


“ ‘year 
with. The honorary secretary, Major Darwin, read the report of the 
Sonn 100; wl tw pi i o-oo 0 
‘Tho Prosidont then announced that the Gouncil, as proposed, bad been doly 
elected. ‘The lint is as follows, the names of new members, or those who change 
fe, being printed in aie = 
President: Sic pene sacar her Vice-Presidents: Right 


P. Leopold McClintock, 0.8, 0.0.4 F.R.8.; George S. Mackenzie, on. ; General 
Sir Charles W. Wilson, ne, 0.2, K.c.0.0, Treasurer: Edward L. Somers Cocks. 
Trustees : Right Hon. Lord Avebury, F.n.8 ; Sir Cuthbert E. Peek, Bart, F.e.a5., 
Tid. Honorary Secretaries: Major Leonard Darwin, nt.; James I, Hughes. 
Poreign : Bir Johu Kirk, ¥.0.0,, 0.0.90, Hota Councillors: Major- 
General Sir John C. Ardagh, x.c.u8, 6.0; Lord Belhaven and Stenton ; Prof. 
7. G. Bonney, t1.0., #.2.8.; Sir H. E. G. Balwer,o.c.x.0.; Colonel J. Cecil Dalton, 
4.3 Clinton T. Dent ; Major-Genoral Sir Fmacis W. De Winton, 2.4., 6.0.11. 02, 5 
Admiral Sir R. Vesoy Hamilton, o.0.n.; Colonel D. A. Johnston, nat. ; Colonel 
Augustus Lo Messurier, n.x,, c.t..; L, W. Longstafl; Admiral A, H, Markbam ; 
General. Sir Henry W. Norman, 9.024, 0.0.8.0. 6.1.2.4 Sit George 8. Robertson, 
«.ca.,; Howard Saundors, y.t.a,; Goneral Sir Honry A. Smyth, x.c..c.; Herbert 
Warington Smyth; H. Yates Thompion ; Admiral Sir Richard EB. Tracey, %.0.0. 5 
Colonel J. K, Trotter, 0.91.0., 0.4.; Colonel Charles Moore Watson, Bt, GMO, 





Twelfth Ordinary Mecting, June 10, 1901.—Sir Cieenta Mankeaa, 
¥.0.8., President, in the Chair. 


Exxorons.—R. B. Boyd-Carpenter ; Bertram M. Chambers, Commander RNS; 
Captain Thomas Ashley Cubitt, RA.; 4. G. Hipwoll-Howitt; Captain D. 0, 
Macionald, Scottish Rifles; Henry Reeve, C.M.G.; Captain Eduard Withinaom, 
BN. ; W. Wybergh, 

‘The Paper read was:— 

“ Travels in Search of Waves in 1900." By Vaughan Cornish, 


THE ANNUAL DINNER, 


In the evening, the President, Sir Clements Markham, presided over the anniyer- 
sary dinnor, which took place at the Whitehall Rooms of the H6tel Métropole. 
‘Among those present (€50 in all) were the Duke of Northumberland, Lord Mans- 
field, the Lord Chief Justice of England, Lord Camperdown, General Sir Henry 








GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 


Petermanne M. 47 (1901): 57-59. 
ite des oberaten Donnugebietes. Von Prof, Dr. R. Sieger. 


Sieger. 
shee for Danianelies, Son at 
i satin 1, Je Peter, MO. Ss Sola aa 
Oestarby. 





‘Cherte. Price Su, Oi. Presented by 
‘Deamark. ess omar 290-803, 
‘Le Danomark, Par M. Pierre Ocsterby. 





o Turlatforenings Aarvekrift, 1901. Kybonharn: G. E. C, Gad, 1901. 
Bie xt pie “Wlustrations, Prevented by the Danish Touriat Cub. 
A general account of the natural scenery and objects of intorest to tourists in 


‘Paulson. 


‘Denmark Magnetism. 
EC. 1900, Sine 13 5 8, pp. 


50, Presented by the Institute. 


‘Kaungary. Foldrajrt Koslemények 27 (1899): 261-266, ‘Hanusz. 
hatérai, Hanusz Istvintol. 
‘On the boundaries of Hungary. 
Hungary. Abrégé B.S, Hongroise G. 27 (1899): 19-24, ‘Havas. 
Dic Blovakisiorang dea ‘Oberlandes Vou Dr. Rudolf Haynes, [Fron 
27 (1899): 50-62.) 


Se ae aes see Dr. vou Kordai on the increase of the Slovak element 
the expense of the Magyar in the Hungarian uplands. 


Birtye BA. Brmgroio 6.21 (100): 93-3 Seats, 


Sayer 
Balai Le ia Ra Moy cist): Pats) — 


Ceallokiia is the great Schittt island of the Germans, north 
GeaDanke panini ae apes 


Talepe Seperaphlas hart ri et Cle Joo 
pe 08 ar joewou ee 
a pga ‘3 Rrepeibane, dee. isgcas de Size 9} x 64, pp. # 
the writ of ‘the 
es toys dataled ware Ans typical cirques in the Carpathians, with « 
Mungary—Carpathians, Martonno. 
Rekscobey sar la a pigaer eee th loa ae méridioualea, Par E, do 
¢ (€ dee Scien Bucarest—Roumanie, An. ix. 
ao fiat = ‘tee 1} x 8, pp. ‘00. ‘Mape and 
Hungary—Historioal, Fildrajel Késleménych: 27 (1899): 169-174. ‘Téglis. 


‘A Rémaink eled hadi tj az Alduna jobb parijdn Dacia cllenében. ‘Téglés 
On the ronte along the right bank of tho lower Danube followed by the Romans in 
their first Duoian campaign. 


Hungary—Historioal, Foldrujei Koelemenyeh 27 (1999): 820-824. 
A Maroam G6 « Tiszden vonatkous logrégibb (Gldrnjzi adatok. ‘Tégléa Gébor. 
On the oldest geographical data respecting the Maros and the Tisza. 
Hungary—Industrios. Fuldrajel Koslemények 27 (1890) : 120-138. 
Az ipartlaés fldrajzl elosztakoziéen Magyarorsesgon. Hanuaz Islvaintsl. 
On the geographical distribution of industries in Hungary. 
Mungary—Kars River. Abreye B.S. Hongroive G. 27 (1899): 28-00. ‘Tights. 
=. Von Gabriel télé [From 
Kosleményeh 27 (1899) : 78-80.) 


‘Tho writer derives the Arvidava of the Poutingye Table from Aras, probably « 
variant of the namo Karas, and dava = “burg.” 





 @. Maléana 8 (1901): 192-161, ‘Flochter. 
del Vesuvio esezuito tal! ann 1900 a Alfa 


GZ, 1 (1901): 159-161. | Maas. 
ae udarahes al the Takano of tho wit ty 
I, xvile p. 189), 











104 GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH, 
hina, 6.2, 7 (1901): 140-148, 

‘ino orographisoho Studie am Kale des Rheinon, Vea Fe snot: \ Map. 
eee 

ny eae eo) eiten with sections ca [ts 

race 

corey amt arenes AG . 
Rusia, Comite Geolog. St. Petersbourg 19 201-280, Mikitin. 
Tere et nent or BC NIRS [ln Marans wi 5 eet ve 


Ressia—Kalendar. Deutsche Rundschan G. 23 (1900) : 241-252. ‘Moguer.Reantftd. 
‘Die Reform des Kalonders in Russland, Vou Dr. J. v. Hogoer-Rezalfold. 

pie ae Hevesi St. Petorshourg 19 Can ase (Nikitin. 
fae een Ree eke tits eer a ne fetene 


Russian Empire, La G, B.S8.G. Parie 8 (1901): 188-198. Barre, 
L/AUlas climatologique do I"Empire de Russie. Par 1, Barré. 
A desoription of the Iately-issued Climatological Ah a ioe 


Me wee Foreign Ofoe, Annual $e 25607 


‘aoe fine 19x 6, wp oe 
Contains detaile which ter 
sayh dor pe ta et on ete ee ee 
that experience would na ar ts fonatty 
Set 42 (1900) (Separate Memoir, 72 pp.d. = 
Dein her pe tn por Antonio Blézyuer, 
United Kingdow—Cornwall. P.S, Autiquaries 18 (1900): 117-198. Eaverfield. 
On wp tmerted omen ingot of Cornish ti and Roman -suining ts Coral 
By F. Haverfiold. With 
United Kingdom—Ireland, Ward. 
‘Themwoeh Guile Sevien Lrland (Part TL) Rest, Wovt and South, inlading 
Fea Se Pi op sain en 380 Mo ‘Maps and Plane. Lee te ae 
Size 6h x 4b pps xxie. pe 


De baa tes are ee tts el Ua Sa, potnd TL 
‘United Kingdom—Rainfall, Quarterly J.B. Meteorolog. £27 (1901): 70-97, Meelis. 
‘The seasonal rainfall of the British Isles. By Heury Mellish. With Mop and 


‘The writer gives both the and seasonal percentages of total rainfall for 
sess tee hunted cations tn tha Beth Iaken 


United a 
The (Scotland, i.) containing 
afl iption of Aberdeen, In and Gairicch, and of the 
saaipland sorth of those places in the Counties of Al 
Naim, lnverness, Kors and J. B. 


Cymer, Betieea ont Cee 
BA Sixth edition. Dolan & Co., 1901. Size 8) x 5, pp. 
xvi und 150, Maps and Plane. Price 30. Gd. net. Presented by the 

‘The additions to this well-known gaide, ex compared with the fib edition (1894), 
are chiefly im points of dotail. 


United Kingdem—Sostland. ‘Murray and Peller. 











106 GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 


‘China—Yunnan, “Litton. 
‘Trado of Saumao and Mongtso for the 1899, Office, Annual No. 
Bass hp Sta. ri Fria Bin aa 

t entertained on ‘Sumno to forvign 
poe es falaified, wipasn 
‘China and Contral Asia. ‘Paint. 
Ait Terms Conran Galiano, Free, 198 (0.1. 401-122. 
Alcune notizic sulle prime relaxioni della Cina co’ pacsl d’Ovcldente. Memoria 
det Prot Carlo Paint ‘With Map. 
‘Chinose Turkestan. JR, Asiatic 8. (1901) ; 295-300. ‘Stein. 
Archwological Work about Khotan, By M. A. Stein, ra., ¥ 
‘Frenoh Indo-China. Bee. G. 48 (1901) : 288-209. ‘Massiou. 
India, Indian Antiquary 90 (1901): 106-110, Floot. 
Notes on Indian History and Geography. By J. ¥. Fleet, 
‘Identification of some ancient localities in South-West India. 
BSG, Tdsboa VT (1898-1899) : 365-367- Pereira. 
De Lisboa a Cochim em 1505, Gabriel Pereira. 
- An account of the fondle 26 Beanaleco de Aiea Soe etanl 


scribed from the mom volume of Valentim Fernandes, ent * Do insulis et 
peregrinatione lusitanorum,’ 


Noles on tn Arshulogln! ‘Toor m South ibar and Hasuibagh, By 3 A- 
on an in nn i a 
Stein, ram, With Mustrations, 3 
Imp. and Asiatic Quarterly Rev, 11 (1901): 225-242, ‘Elliott. 
‘The Famine in Tadia, 1699-1900, No, 3. By Sir Charles Eliott, %,c.81., ete. 
t Fe aares en ees dacctpnety) A GAL 66-78, = ——— 
Noyadis of Malabar. With Plates. 
‘On the lowest caste among the Hindus of Malabar, 
‘Indin—Statisties, SR. Statistioal 8, 64 (1901) ; 31-72, Danvers. 
A Review of Indian Statistics, By ¥.C. Danvers. With Diagram. 
Shows tho general devolopment of India since 1840. 
Tndian Opean—Laceadives, ete. BSG. Lisboa 17 (1898-1890): 45-253. Pereira. 
As ithas de Dyve—Descripgio anonyma do weculo xvi, Gabriel Pereira, 


‘This account, which woalataa some bate details een pe 
Laceadives and adjoining ane contained in the manuscript 
Valentim Fernandes, now in the National rite? wt Lisbon, 
Tapan. Deutech, Rundschau @, 23 (1901) ; 300-308, 


‘Der Ansbrach des "yale Adatara in Japan. Von Prof. Dr. M. toapeae 
With ese ‘and Ilustrations, sed 


tion of Adatara, a volcano of the central chain of Northern Japan, took 
plac an Tule 100" < ™ 


Hear een ‘Hall 
ee ae Ovwkes for the Seat ted 1899, Forvign Oftice, Annual No 2564. 
tie Bizo 9} x 64, pp. 22. 


manufacture and export of cotton yarn continue to 
Jailer» resched @ total value of nearly two and » half nitions in 189 
tnude, howerer, decrensed by over 7 per cont. 
: A. Deutech. Gee. Notur u. Volkerkunde Ostasiene 8 (1900): 105-1435, 
Mitthoilungen ous dem Japanischen Bisenbabnwesen und tiber don Plan einer ~ 
Hoohbabnverbindung in Te Von F. Baltzer. With Map and Plans. 
Korea, Izvestiya Imp. cian G8. 36 (1900): 463-501, 
‘Nowe from the Karea-Sakhalin Expodition, By — Schmidt. (In Russian} 
Azvettiya Imp. Ruse. G.8. 86 (1900): 502-518. 
Journey in Northern Korea, By A. Zvogintzov. [In Russian.) With Map, 








‘The Birds A Record of a Naturalist’s —: 
renesel, By Henry nos eke sera, ‘Size 
rae ‘xx. ond 512° Map ond Iilustrations. ‘124, net.” Presented by 
entitled“ in "aod “Siberia ia Asia whieh deserved ie ein 
1875-77 to the valleys Pechora nad Yenesel, ‘The wark is a 
ive style, and deserves » plnco among tho best productions of naturalist 
‘Buseia—Siberia. Ree, @. 48 (A901): 181-200, Vallée. 
‘Le Sibfrie et le grand Transsibérien. Par Léon Vallée, 
‘Kussian Central Asis, Ann. G. 10 (1901): 148-164. ‘Saint-Yves, 
‘Tranealai ot Pamirs. Par G. Snint-Yrow. With Plates, 
qo es 
Turkestan. I:vestiya Imp. Russ. G.S. Sak we (832-336, ‘Bogdanov. 
Pate Ghee By P. Bogdanov. [In Russian] With Map. 
BSG. Lille 35 (1901): 228-246. _—_ 
Notes cur la Palestine. 
‘AFRICA. 


Adyminis, AUti Torso Congreso G. Italiano, Firence 1898 (vol. ti): 206-219, Perin 
Ti concotto dell’ wnith ctiopica. Memoria del Capitano Ruifillo Perini, 
‘Tho writer lays stross on the absonce of unity both in the country and people of 


Le Globé, B.S.G. Genéve 40 (1901): 36-48. Gautier. 
Canserio & de Tobservation de I’éelipso totale do soleil du 28 mai 1900 ¢n 
Algerie. to Prof, Raoul Gautier. 

Algerin—Auros Mts. Tour du Monde 7 (1901): 183-156. 


Harpe. 
‘Dans le sud |. A travers lea montagnes do T'Aurts ot dans Jos Oasia du 
Sonf. Par Mle want de "Harpo, With Ilustrations 


Atti Tero Congress G. Itatiano, Fironse, 1898 (¥0l, i.): 27-0 
La Terra dei Basuto (Africa Austrate) © i suci abitanti, Conforenza del Cay. 
‘Giacomo Weitzecker. 

‘British Bechoanaland 2. Ges. Brdh. Berlin 96 (1901): 20-68. Passarge, 
gur Kenntnis der Geologic von Britisoh-Betschuana-Land. Von Dr. 
Pussargo, Wak nae ae newroneee 

‘British Central Africa. herent 

awe A a By C. P, Cheanaye, (From 
‘the Geographical Journal for January, 1901.) Size 10 * Oh] pp & Map, 

British East Africa. Monthly Rec. (1001) : 72-87. 

‘Trade and the Administration in British Enst Afrien. By Evelyn J. Mardon, 

British East Africa—Zansibar, 

Zanzibar. Annual Report of the Agricultural Department. Zanzibar, 1899. 
Bize 8 x Gf, pp. 34. seitke: A = ee 
proapente of plantations of coffe, ten, and cacao, established at Dunga, 

Se eee — ae 

Congo Btato. BS.B.G. d' Anvore 2 (1901): 447-450, ‘Lemaire. 

Sar Ja mission acientifique du Katangs, Par M. le Capitaine Lemaire. 
An account of the Lomnire expedition, read on October 24, 1900. 








‘commenced in 1896 for the fixing of the Limits 
Tele on tho seale of 1: 50,000, = 


Doutache Rundechau G, 23 (1901): 252-258. Dinter. 
Doutech-Sidwest-Afrika. Von Kurt Dinter. With 


i 





110 GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 


Gorman South-West Afries. Globus 79 (1901): 41-44, ‘Kannongiossor, 
rigs eee 

Atti ster thal ti ee Boors in the south, and the Koglish 

German South-West Africn. Deutsch. Kolonialblatt 12 (1901), 186-189.  Lindoquist. 

wirthachaftlichon Aussichton Doutsch-Sndwestafrikas im Vergleich mit dem 


‘Tho writer considers that German South Africa y inferior to the greater 
Pet rile Dacia terRecg Weias ox seven pace at toe Tat wie 
ameran. Deutsch. Kolonéalblatt 12 (1901): 183-386, ‘Von Stain. 
apcine tnd exeedten op tha Spee ainaty itanadl fa xvi. 

Liout, run Stein the Hi ‘ispedee ines mats which 
Eig from that sasigned tof by the laa Dr, Flava : 
‘Madagascar. La G., B.8.G. Paris 8 (1901): 89-108, Colin. 
Deux missions sciontifiques sur les odtes occidentale et orientale de Madagascar 
dor 





‘Par E, Colia, as. With Ditwatrations, - 
Maroceo. Z. Gea Erdk. Bertin 38 (1900): 865-417, ‘Fischer. 
yon Marokko, Yon Prof. Dr. Theobald Fischer, With Map. 
‘A note on this paper will be given. 


Maroceo, Meteorolog. f 18 (1901); 76-79. ‘Hana. 
Klima der Westkiiste von Marokko, Mogador. Von J, Hann, 
Maroo0o. Ia Globe, BS.G. Genie 12 (1900-1901); 6-77. Tavel. 
Réclta de voyage nn Maroc. Par M. lo prof. Dr. E. Tavel. 
‘Deals only with the better-known parts of Marocco, 

Province of for the your 1899, Foreign O: N 
‘Trade of Province ie your 1899, Foy Annual No. 
1001. te aa ae se = 

from show au of whilo those 

united That deoreanc by £1720; bat ito hinted tant this nye dae to 
want of ‘on the part of German traders, who scmetimes suifer severe looses ia 
consiqeense, Hall reaalting in «det tho working of the rulway shows 
{ineroasod receipts nnd diminished “ ‘with fs0o, 
Sahare, BSG, Lyon 17 (1901): 188-145, Foureau. 
Ta traverse du Sahara, Par Mf, Foureau, 
Sahara, B&G. Lyon 17 (1901): 108-174. Tigaol. 
Ta Minion Blanchet, Par M, L. Tigao. 
Sahara —Tust, Ree, Pranpaine 26 (1901) : 222-297. Vaso. 
Loceupation du Touat. Par G, Vasco, With Map. 
re vale. for 1800. ‘Colonial Reports, Annual No. 809, 1900, Sia 
FF ee ee Brice ta. Sta apd oad 
South Afrien. IR. Coloniat 1. 92 (1901) : 901-887. ‘Wallace. 


in South Afrion. By Prof. Robert Wallace, 
Prof, Wallace's opinion, that South Africa will novor be developed through ite mgri- 
gata ollaied » coneliorble amount of eritilam Tm tie diesen whieh listed 
© paper. 

South Afrion—Basutoland, a 
Basutoland, Report for 1899-1900, Coloninl Reports, Annual No, $13, 190) 
Bizo 9} x Gpp. G8. Price 4d. 

Spanish Colonios. BSG, Madrid 42 (1900): 174-188. Conrotte. 
Coloniae cxpaficlas en Afties y métedoe eproplatos & su cxplotacién, Por D. 


Spanish West Africa 1.5.0. Madrid 42 (1900) te Memoir, 74 pp.) ‘Duro. 
SLaTAeR lnteosenctn tn" terttcrion cs er oots eeeeet aa ataee 





Mapa. * 
eeiset tieonte irrutonr! ‘57-92. Dawson. 
‘Rocky Mountain Tapio ta Ouse. Adana ‘Address by the 


J, Norman Call rae 
Sea au Mt ‘Map 


{ 





12 GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 
‘Trado of Mexico for the year 1899, Forcign Office, Annual No. 2545, 1901 
aii Oe ‘prise Bhd, s 


‘This i wooond report on Mexioan trade in 1899 iaaued within the last fow 
moathe (o cl. Journ, val ep M2) 
Bow, G. 48 (1901): 201-210, Charpentier. 
‘La question du Fronch Shore. Par M.Obarpentior. With Map. 
Newfoundiand. Fortnightly Ree. 69 (1901): 330-363. 


‘The writer urges vepenerar tien France for the | pele wpe tel 
Ge ti ty attire, beth th pei Gpracsnens tape aie Bllowanea 
of French pretensions, Tho at somewhat acadomical, 

‘United States. Meetany ae 2 11 (1901); 185-190. 


Notes th of of the Seminole, Crock, Chorokee, and ae 
Nats, By Gould. 

On the results of s recounaissance in the north-west of the Indian territory and ® 
of Oklabome, 

J. Geology 9 (1901) + 47-50. Purdue 


States—Arkansas, 
‘Valleys of Solution in Northern Arkunass, By A. H. Pardue, With Tiuatrations. 
On examples of valleys due to the differential solution of the rocks of a district. 


ie a ae oe ae more than twen' pistes som mabe. Ee eae 
‘in Chicago, while within m radius of 500 miles there is « population of 


‘United States—Cottoa. Eaport 23 (1901) : 186-188, — 
‘Die amerikaniéche Baumwoll-Produktion und Industrie. 
‘Translation of an article in the Times. 


‘United Statos—Indiana, J. Geology 9 (1901): 128-129. Dryor. 
a ae ee ae North-Eastern Indiana By ©, R. 
Sketoh-maps, 


United States—Kansas and Oklahoma, Amerioan J, Soi, 11 (1901): 263-268. Gould. 


‘Tertiary Springs of Westorn Kansos and Oklahoma. By C. N. Gould. 
Tt fs often theso springs alone which permit stock farming over large areas. 


CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 
Ia G,, BSG, Parie 3 (1901); 261-278. 


Rabot. 
eecsncaemie "pigs an = meee 


jas eatrerey del Ai 1 Golfo San Matias 
al 
Piet dobee F. Eahitia, Moanos Alvan 1900. Biss Si x, pp. 78. 
A brief ontline of the scientific resulta of the voyage of the Azopardo in a 
Brasil, Petermanns M. 47 (1901): 49-53, 
Des Getlet nn dee Mlndng do Trumbvia n den ‘Aminiooas, Vou Dr. Fredesh 


Peis ‘Temple. 
Trado of Park for tho year 1900,. Forcign Otice, Annual No, 2580, 1901, Size 
9} x 6, pp. 26. Diagram, Price 344, 


Brazil and French Guiana. —— 
entre le Bréail et lo ité par les 
Tals da Bréall ea Gocrarsonast de le Gratadération Bel oy Arbitre choisi 
selon 1h tan a ele oe get o le 10 Al 1897 entre le 
Brésil ot In France, Vols. Sr. tod voto pepon et PALS 


' 








=e » — ~- 


i Mat Ae 18 





‘Hawali, Bapporto del cay. 
yar, 1901) Size She pp. 16. 


mateo New oath Ws 


pp. 16, a 
Sino 9 x 5. ff Demand by the ieeed-Genaral 


' i fr 


Auatralian Museum 4 (1901); 17-21. 
‘Birds in New South Wales. By Alfred J, No 
01.) 






~F 


=, 








(Separate Memoir, —Labra, 
is pews nee, 2 eh 


of id. 
yp. 82, Price In. Presented by the | 


‘A. REEVES, Map Ourator, R,G.3. 
EUROPE, ~ 


Bartholomew. 
of id Wales, Seale 1: 126,720 or 2 stat. 
te Fe J. Bartholomew ‘gon ‘Filinborgh. 
by the Publishers, 


12 





{ a 








ae aut, London and tho 
Cycling and sath of London and the nd | 
‘London wironsof London. Seale 1: 
lok te  Tahnetan, Bifsborgh & Lonlon,, Price 1» 6d. each 
Aoi eee ee Oe lene 


ee 5 
Carnarvonshire, 8 6,8, 12 8.W., 10 ¥.8., 21 ¥.W,, 22 NR, BW. 27 BE, 94 XE, SE RH 


36 xa, 40 wn. (40 ax and 41 a.w.), 42 ¥.2,, 43am, 40 s.m, 14 ew, 45 aw, AB, 
Cumberland, 3 ¥.n, 6.2, 48W., 8 .W., NH, ONE, 12 NE, jie xm, 
1S AW. A, 218.8, 22N.W, 95 NW, Bi 24 Aa, 26 NW, RW, 30 8. BON, 
48 v.06, 40 m0, 48 ue 80 xx. "Olamorgen, 3 %.W,, RW 
12 Nr, 18 se. Nerthamptonahire, O nw, 11 Rwy 12 


Bedfordshire, X. 4 0; XL 10, XIL1, 9, 14, 16, 16; 

il, 16; 1 , 13, 145 1,1: 

Sa ih ns NV ee A 
eae XXIV! 3; XXVUF. 10; SNXUi. 5. Dorbysbi : 








‘4. Marioneth- 


aay Clemtcel : 
an inch, Edited by G. B. Grundy, »..., of Brazenoso Col Oxford. London: 
John Murray, 1901, Price Is, Gd. 2 sheets, Prenented by the Publisher. 
‘This in anothor of Murray's Handy Classical Maps, edited Li bert 
ee 1d. colourtintin, a erates aes aa ne a 
and o int wi not r, part 
im 1" ae altogel a lory, partly ow 





Norges Opmaaiing. 
Kart over Koni Norge, Seale 1: 100,000 or 1-6 stat snl 48 


7 jet 
Giissdge Goote Bogerdaloa, Btst, Glitceseae an veal, eect 











| 





B 
af 
: 
i 
f 
i 
{ 
: 


Hin 
ha 
ui 
ia 
i 
a 
f 


! 
Hs 
IE 
ML | 
i 
3 


rE 
i 
i 
a 
i 


Hi 
i 
Hy 
i 
2 
: 
i 
§ 
E 


is 
i 
t 
i 
iH 
i 
a 
=F 


Zi 
i 
it 
Hl 
A | 
rl 


Victoria, BCs 1900, "Prusentad by HG. Slade, Bug 


‘shows very clearly lakes, 1 
SCR OE ie t pr 
tho divisions in red. Land-! ‘are also indicated and numberod, and altogether the 


tap will be very nxoful for general reference. 


Ja and Agriculture, Scale 1: 8,168,000 oF 60 stat, 
‘an inch, Proper ibe Buroau of the American Republics, W. W, 
D.C, 1900, 2 Maps. Presented by the Bureau of 


hi 
Which the sive sta navigable railways and ; whilst the other shows the 
yhieal features by six different colours, indioating elevations fram sea-level to 
motrox, 5 ‘upon these colours are eleven aymbola showing the yuriows 
jonltural produets of the county, Tho mapa are rather rough productions, and the 
Intter one is, in somewhat confused. ‘he different colours ued to it 
the elevations of d ure not very satistiotory, and the result aud ‘effoct 
rotld donbtlea have been bettr if different tints of one colour bad been employed for 
Purposo. 


GENERAL 
Ancient 


Formm Orbis Autiqui. 96 Karten im Format von 92: 64 em. mit kritischem Text 
Bails Test Grgsest and hemtagesber vor Rican Riou Bedlat 
mn uw von ic] ns 
Reimer (Eraat Vobren), 1901. Price marke 2" 
‘The late Dr. Richard Kiopert had during the tifotime of his father, Dr, Heinrich 
7 #t, planned the publication of the present edition of this atlas, in the year 
» there a 





‘the first part, containing six may ‘Since that cate the work has 
been una ip pusgeaded Owing to the Titoees and h 3 
Kiepart, and to the difficulty of finding a suitable person to take his place, ‘he atlas 


see iitia’ 


pele 


ea 














Beleieee 
He 


i 
is 
? 


fF 


Office. 
Norwoginn Charts!’ 


‘over 
over den Norske 


over 
gratiske Opninating, 
‘States Charts. 


four taken in Omdurman, two of the Atbara, and one 
‘by H. W. Soton-Kart, Kisq., 1889. Presented by H. W. Scton-Karr, 


‘nghibeape pabres feo spenimens of photography, we ofthe wubjets are 


man; (23) Mr. Soto Karr and 
+ (24) Fishing ‘Atbera; (25) Camp on the Atbara; (26) 

















Talend Sia 








a 


122 CENTRAL KURDISTAN, 


the ragged summit of some extinct volcano, which constitutes the 
scenery of the Van plateau, gives place to lofty mountain ranges and 
desp wooded valleys draining westward into the main stream of the 
Bohtan. Farther south a continuous range of high rounded hills 
divides this from the Great Zab basin, where the scenery becomes still 
grander, comprising lofty Alpine ranges, rocky gorges, and wooded 
cliffs. 


The hills south of Lake Van are not a continuous rango, but are 
divided up by various streams which rise north of the general line of 
the watershed, and then force their way back throngh the main ranges 
towards the Tigris instead of to the lake. The principal mass lies in 
the centre of the south shore, the Agheroy Dagh, rising gonerally to 
11,000 fect. Tt is snow-capped except for a fow months in the year, 
and rises with but little margin from the shore, forming a fine back- 
ground, enhancing the setting of the Iako, and redeeming the droari- 
ness of the northern shore. Over the eastern corner of the lake tho 
range culminates in the Ardost peak, with steep rocky slopes overlooking 
the fertile valley of Vostan with its colebrated orchards and perennial 
streams, 

East of Ardost the continuity of the range is sharply broken by 
valley of the Shattakh stream and other tributaries of the Bohtan, 
among a mass of lower hills quite denuded of vegetation now, and w 
a surface mainly composed of sheots of rock. A curious isolated 
rising to 11,500 feet, the Bashit Dagh, then appears towering above | 
others, and having on its summit tho tomb of a celebrated 
sheikh, to which pilgrimages are annually made and sheep 
A low irregular line of hills connects Basbit with the watershed divid- 
ing from the Great Zab, and completes the circle round the headwaters 
of the Bohtan, which are formed by the many streams of the upland 
basin of Nurduz converging to one point a little north of Merwanen, 
below which they enter a succession of deop gorges. 

‘The range dividing the Bohtan from the Zab prosonts a continuous 
line of great rounded hills for a considerable distance, beginning at tho 
Persian frontier. These summits with their many springs and streams, 
taken together with the Nurduz basin, form an unrivalled pasture-ground 
for the numerous flocks of the neighbouring Kurds, nomad or sedentary, 
The long winter is very severe, and although some villages exist in 
Nurduz and a little cultivation is carried on, its chief wealth is in its 
pasturages, which can only be occupied in Juna, when the suow is 
melting and the young grass has come up. The Chukh pass on the 
‘Van-Bashkala road crosses at 1500 feet, and some of the summits west of 
it rise to 12,100 feot, while a more prominent peak south of Merwanen, 
the Kokobulend, to probably 13,500 feet. ‘There is no general name for 
the whole range, but each rounded summit or minor peak has some looab 
name given it by the tribe who pasture their flocks near by; usually 











CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 128 


such names have a pastoral origin, as Av-i-Berkhan, “the wator for 
lambs ;" Givri Chevrosk, ‘the hare’s car ;" Dola Beransn, “ the little 
goat's leap; ” and s0 on, 

A remarkable foature are tho ' yailas,” or small upland plains shat 
in among the higher summits, often giving 3 or 4 miles of level grassy 
pasture, watered by aprings and streams of icy-cold water, which dis- 
appoar into deeper valleys in the lowerslopes. The Tuzek and Nobinoy 
yailos are near Merwanen, and a little to the south-west is the specially 
remarkable yaila” of Farashin, “ the joyfal pleasant: place,” the largest 
of all, in which are the headwaters of the Khabar, a tributary of the 
Tigris. From about the middle of June to the end of September these 





ROADIE TEXT OW A“ ¥AILA” IN NERDOE 


yailas and pasturages are cocupied by the various tribes, each having 
its aroa carefully delimited, which it ocoupies year after year, ofton after 
mach disoussion.end possible bloodshed. Roughly speaking, it appoars 
that tho strongest man with the most shoop gonorally manoges to 
appropriate tho best pasturage. ‘Tho scone in oarly Juno as the 
tribes begin to arrive is one of much animation and beauty. Grent drifts 
of snow still lie about, and almost before thay have completely melted, « 
perfect carpet of varied flowers comes springing ont of tho ground; 
among, others the alpine gentian, various kinds of tulip, ranunoulns, iris, 
and such old friends as the English primrose and cowslip are to be seen, 
‘These, with the vivid green of the young grass, the brilliant eunshine, 
«2 








CENTRAL KURDISTAN, 125 


hillside, In this gorge, also, is the celebrated Armenian monastery of 
Hokotzvank, which contains the tomb of Tiridates. Shattakh village 
is at the junction of 4 fine stream, coming down a wooded valley from 
the north, which affords easy access to the Van plain. Like many of 
these streams, this has its origin in a huge spring which gushes out of 
the rock and is known as the Kani-spi, or white spring. The Bohtan 
itself and this stream swarm with fine trout, which are usually osught 
at night by a couple of men, one holding a torch to attract the fish, 
aud the other wading about with a barbed spear ready to impale the 
fish when he sees them. 

Around Shattakh the valleys first hooome wooded, junipers being 





PAS* LEAPING DOWN INTO BHATT ARE. 


found first on the slopes from 6500 to 7500 feet elevation, below which 
all the lower lovels are thickly covered with oake, which may be 
called the national tree of Kurdistan. In the districts within easy 
reach of the Van plateau trees have been ruthlessly exterminated for 
firewood, in many cases dug up roots and all; while throughout tho 
country frees are stunted from the prevalont custom of ontting the 
small branches with thoir leaves in autumn and storing thom as wintor 
fodder for sheop and cattle, In the yalloys tho mout striking tree is 
the walnut, which gives a weloome green effect to the predominating 
tints of grey rock or brown hills. Sycamore and ash are found by the 
stroams, On all the upland pastures of the country the slopes are 


126 CENTRAL KURDISTAN, 


covered with low shrubs of gum tragacanth, or “ gavvan,” 

about 18 inches high, which burn very readily if a light be applied, 
and are generally used for kindling. The gum is never extracted in 
this part of the country, but is so in South-West Persia. Wild rhubarb 
plant exists in considerable quantities on theso hills also, and is brought 
into Van for sale in the early summer. 

Groy bears and the wild pig, especially the latter, are to be found 
in fair numbers in the Shattakh valloys, and do much damage to the 
crope at night. The lynx is also found in the deeper and wildor 
gorges, but is very rare. On the open uplands round Nurduz the wild 
sheep and moufilon are found in considerable numbers, and the ibex, or 
wild goat, on the crags and cliffs. The stone marten and tree marten 
are to be found, and are much sought after for their skins; also a grey 

is very common in these Bohtan forests. In addition to the 

and grey partridge, which are found in extraordinary 

eres te tet reeeiles, ot EOE which 

ee ee generally in pairs or single, 
found at elevations not less than 8500 or 9000 feet. 

‘The Shattakh gorge continues for some miles below the 
and affords some strikingly grand cliff scenery, the left bank especially 
showing sheer masses of rock forming spurs of Gilolokan; while on 
the right, high up the slope, watered by plentiful springs, is the large 
Armenian village of Gachit and some others, each with a rich patch of 
garden and orchards, with wheat and millet on small terraces on the 
stoop slope. The gorges opens near the small village of Khumara; but 
GAPING Let tack Go the Killa Svcnls bai Sie‘oouniry banter 
open, while on the far bank rises a huge wall of grey limestone for 
quite 2000 fect, supporting the southern slopes of the Arnost moun- 
tain. The rough eummits of the Agherov range and Amost afford in 
places grazing for the flooks of numerous soctions of the Miran nomad 
Kurds, 


A little above Khumara, on the left bank, the Yezdinan stream 
joins from the upland pastures of Kavalis district, similar to Nurduz, 
but smaller, and on the other slope of the Gilolokan range; the lower 
course of this stream is through a remarkable gorge bordered by huge 
walls of rock, and sheltering a few villages of Alan Kurds, a section 
of the Hartoshi. Ona splendid crag which overhangs the junction of 
the streams are to be found the traces of an old castle known as the 
Kelli-Ziril, said to be of great antiquity, and from the peculiar rock 
searping, like that of Van citadel, was probably an outpost guarding 
the approach to the lake plateau in the Chaldean times when Van was 
a capital city. 

Below Khumara the river valley is strikingly beautiful, having on 
one side even wooded slopes and occasional rocky ravines, with a few 
villages of Hawishtan Kurds among the trees, in the centre the 





CENTRAL KURDISTAN, 127 


foaming torrent of the Bohtan tumbling over boulders, and on the other 
side the steop buttresses of Arnost, with a few Armenian villages, each 
in a dark green patch of gardens and cultivation, halfway up the nearly 
inaccessible slope. A fow miles farther down on the left bank, a largo 
tributary called the Masiro, or “river of fishes," joins from the high 
uplands forming the watershod with the Great Zab. A wide gap 
oocurs here in the ranges following the left bank of the Bohtan, and 
on its far side abruptly rises the stony flat-topped mass of Harakol 





ANUAUDE OEY, CINE OF TAKUH KUMDS, 


, terminating in an enormous crag at ita south-eastern corner, 

jously enough, the Masiro does not come through this gap, but 
instead has carved for itself a very deep gorge through the main ridge, 
cutting a fragment from it in the shape of a remarkable flat-topped 
Mountain called Awrakh, whose summit is ringed round with cliffs, 
and only accessible by a rugged path on the south, The end of the 
range from which this has been sovered is a groat wall of cliffs, with 
oaks and junipers clinging wherever they can get foothold. This 





CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 129 


radiating from the main one, and was the ancient Roman province of 
Moxene, which name is still preserved in its present title. 

One of the hills overlooking Bohtan Borwari from thesouth bears the 
Kurdish name of Nub-i-Girun, or descent of Noah, and a tradition points 
to it as the resting-place of the Ark, the fertile valley of the Bobtan at 
its base being the first country entered, It may be as well to note, in 
connection with this, that not far to the south, overlooking Jezire on 
the Tigris, is the Jebel Judi, or Jew's mountain, to which Mohammedan 
tradition points as boing the voritable resting-place of the Ark also, 
There aro no historical remains in thene districts in the shapo of cunci- 
form inscriptions, and the Kelli Ziril, near Kbumara, mentioned above, is 





YILLAGE OF MUKUS 


the only probable remnant of the Vannic period. But in Nurduz are 
numerous examples of the remains of some historic race which occupied 
that country, in the shape of stone forts built of immense rocks roughly 
shaped and joived without mortar, which must have taken considerable 
skill and labour to place in position, and must be more than the work 
of mero shephords. Most of them in Nurdus are now noarly lovel with 
the ground, but | was fortunate in obtaining a photograph of one near 
Pik, in the Khabur valley, which has soven tiors of groat blocks, and 
the building is roughly 12 yards square, with no trace of door or 
windows now to be found, These forts were placed commanding all 
the principal passos into the upland pastures, and somo were on the 


130 CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 


“yailas” themselves. Their use was apparently to defend the pastures 
and flocks against raiding-parties of somo foes, as doubtless these 
uplands have for many agos beon used for little else than a summer 
‘The only modern Kurdish idea I could determine 
was that the forts were built by a race of giants, who handled these 
stones like pebbles, and were finally brought into subjection by Solomon 
the Great. There are also in the tea-room afow flint, or rather obsidian, 
imploments and fragments of pottory of a very ancient date, prior even 
to tho Chaldean timos, found in a tumulus near Van by the expedition 
of Dr. Belok and Lehmann in 1898, 
‘Passing to the other side of the main watershed, into the upper basin 
of the Great Zab, the scenery becomes much bolder and more striking; 
| rounded summits, with their “ yailas,” give place to splendid 


govornment at Bushkala, at the foot of tho hills to the m 
miles below this the valley quickly narrows, and the 





Gavar, 25 miles long and 5 broad, which lies close under the Jelu 
ranges to the east, and from its formation appears to have been once 
a lake, The southern end is now a reedy lake, fed by some fine springs, 
and the whole plain usually becomes flooded on the melting of the 
snows and during the autumn rains, The centro of the plain is occn- 
pied by several Nestorian villages, which cultivate the fertile soil, and 
round the edges are many Kurdish villages of the Doshki, Heriki, 
Biliji, and Deri section of the Hartoshi, whose interests are chiefly 
pastoral, The plain level is 6500 feet above the sea, with an extremely 
severe winter climate, and is drained by the Nihail stream, a tributary 
of the Zab, which it joins soon after it entors the main gorges. To the 
south, just below the junction of this stream, with scarcely any transi- 
tion stage in the shape of minor outliers, rises the great mass of the 
Jola mountains, with a summit line of splendid crags and pinnacles, 


i 


CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 131 


which show up oven bolder and loftier when contrasted with the rounded 
contours of the hills to the north, and by the isolation of the general 
‘mass toworing far above the frontier hills. 

The hills to the north wbove Nurduz and Bashkala are very decep- 
tive as regards their height, as they are without prominent peaks that 
catch the eye, and it was rather a surprise when the boiling-point ther- 
mometer gaye the height of the Tozo summit above Bashkala as 12,100, 
while some rocky crags of the Welitan mountain near by were 1000 feet 
higher, or 19,100, Tho main gorge of the Zab ix too narrow and 
precipitous to contain many villages, and consequently the inhabited 
districts are in the several valleys joining the main stream in succession 





KOGHANNES, KESIDESOE OF MAN SUIMUN, THE NESTOMAN PATHIANCH. 


at night angles, At first most of these are on the right bank of the 
main stream, the first below Bashkala being the Kurdish valley of 
Shivelan, draining the Harifta mountain, which risos to about 11,500 or 
12,000 fect, and is a southern offshoot from the main watershed. The 
valleys now become much deeper and narrower, with precipitous sides, 
on which a fow ouks may be found; and draining the west slopes of 
Harifta is the Berwari valley, with six villages of Nestorian Christians. 
Below this is the valley of Kochanoes, draining the wide upland pas- 
turage of Berchilan, over which towers the rocky cluster of peaks form- 
ing the summit of Kokobulend,* the culminating point of all the 


* Thia peak scoms undoubtedly the samo ax that ealled Karneasa.ou-Dacloh by 
















CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 138 


woled, with some splendid crag sconery on its border slopes. Tho 
‘valley is first occupied by the villages of the Gavdan and Mamkhoran 
Kondo, and farther down, round Elk and Beit-es-Shobab, by the Zehiriki. 
‘The most remarkable feature in theve ranges is an immense wall of rock 
which commences in the Awrakh Dagh overlooking the Bohtan valley, 
‘Ointinnes south-east, bordering the basin of Hazil, and finally crossing 
over into the Khabur valley near Elk. It is known as the Dahazir ridge, 
‘id although at first thers are broken places where the rock has fallen 
away and passages lead through, yet on the crost overlooking Elk, it 
‘ta porfoctly unbroken wall several hundred feet high, facing out to 






— 
yl GROUY OF NESTORIAN CHUISTIANA, 


the south-west, with a summit line nearly straight. The Khabur 
foroes its way through this line, but on the far bank the ridge, still 
= straight wall of grey rock, soon attains the same elevation, and con- 
tinues over into a tributary valley of Lewin, where it ends rather 
abruptly, although traces of the same formation exist, connecting up 
across the Zab with Jelu mountains, ‘Tho crest lino between the 
Khabar and the Zab attains to an elevation of about 10,500 fect, and 
‘only ® single pathway loads across it by what is called the Decia-i-Zir, 
or Golden Gate, a namo givon also to tho whole ridge, not from the 
‘existonce of any precious metal, but from the fast that in former times 
& powerful chiof held up any parties of nomads or caravans passing 
through, and made them pay a golden toll. 


ili 


184 CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 


see te Sees the Zab, there is first the Jelu 
Le aches Zab valley. ‘The general 

to tho whole range is the Jelu Dagh, but 

have local names, whick require care to 

‘Kurd and Christian have each their own names, and it was 
a complete cirenit of the range and asking many 


but possible of ascent after a dificult climb, 

Thay bing aisk ikerapmcee gave. the ‘eamntica nadie eae 

the viow was superb to the south-west over ragged orags and gorges, 

in which the middle course of the Zab could be traced, and | just 

visible in the haze, the commencement of the Meso 

‘To the south across a deep wide chasm was the ro 
paseo ne wmaratia of Sis Bes egy whic i 
Joln iteelf; 


peak at the extreme end of the ridge, on the summit 
to be a cunciform inscription; but the rock is very 


“the mountain of the cliff." Another Syriac name is Tura Khwara, 
or the White mountain. On all sides, except a narrow ridge on the 
sonth-east, are sheer precipices of several hundred feet, and after three 
attempts, in each of which I was brought up against lines of huge cliffs, 
I finally discovered that a steep path to the summit existed on the 
south-cast side, but it was too late then to attempt it. The only guides 
procurable were very misleading, making any statemont, if they thought 
it would pleaso, and were very difficult to verify. The summit ridges 
swarm with ibex and monfilon, and many of the giant partridge were 
also seen. Judging from Golianu, the summit of Geliashin must be at 
least 1500 feet highor, or 13,500 foot above sea-lovel. 

From Geliashin a razor-edged ridge of limestono rock runs nearly 
dus wost for n few miles, and terminates in a very sbarp-pointod peale 
known as the Suppa Durok, or Lady's Finger (mentioned by Layard), 





“a i 







CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 135 


‘prminent landmark in the confused outline of crag and pinnacle 
wet of Geliashin. A col which gives access by a stair-like path from 
‘Metab valley into Jelu ditriot now interven 0 the wost, boyond - 
h rans a rugged watershed range of lesser elevation, but containing 
peak of Khisara, quite inaccessible except by the wild goats, 
Ses aeatag Ose xocky encore of Kiyu and Uri draining to the Zab, and 
‘murlooking Jelu and Baz to the south. 
" south of the main ridge of Geliashin, and forming part of 
the group, are two masses of rock, one the Tura Danil (David's moun- 
facing it across 4 deep chasm-like valley, the other called 
‘akbira Shika, both rising to about 11,000 feet, The north slopes of 











“MAS JELU RANG PHO TINH S.W., SHOWING GELIASHIN PEAK IX THE CENTRE, A¥D 
SUPPA DUREK OW THR mIGuT. 





| r in and Suppa Durek are perhaps tho grandest, as the gromnd 
ice a splendid succession of crags and precipices into the head 
‘valley of Des or Deezan, and the stream-level of the Great Zab, 

12 miles off, but 1270 feet lower. 
Below the crest a small glacier nestles under Geliashin on tho north, 
ene ‘rise to the Des stream, called in Turkish the Kar Su, or Snow 
and in Syriac, Mia Khwars, or White water. Des is the first, on 
Yank of the Zab, of the Nostorian Christian valloys, cach of 
mprises a little community or canton by itself under its own 
6 spiritual head being the Patriarch Mar Shimun, who lives 
nes, in s similar valley on the far bank of the Zab nearly 














CESTRAL KURDISTAN. 137 


Aswrican clocks and other articles, presented on a safe return from 
slmg European tour. 

‘Theinhabitants of Jolu, indistinction to those of the othor valleys 
of Tiari and Tkhuma, are wonderful travollors, making begging tours 
toall parts of tho world. Consequently, people talking a little English 
am easy to find, but it was rather disconcerting to be addressed in 
Astrong American accent by a man who had been throngh the recent 
Spinich war as an American sailor, but who had just returned to tend 





VALLEY OF DRS, SHOWING SURINGA KALI. 


his home farm, the sense of attachment to this little canton in a valley 
undor Geliashin being stronger than the delights of civilization, One 
old fellow, who had finished his travelling days, said he knew London 
well, but the only name he could just then remember was Bow Street, 
Another was returning with a comrade from a successful tour in the 
Brazils, when his friend died off Lisbon, leaving £175, which was 
banded over to the Turkish consul at Lisbon until proof of next-of-kin 
relationship was established. The man was starting for Lisbon this 
No. TL—Avovsr, 1901.) L 


e 


138 CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 


spring. This gives a good idea of the extraordinary way in which 
these people exploit the whole world in their tours. 

Farther down the valley from Jolu is the istrict of Bax, with 
a group of villages surrounded by orchards and little te 
maize and millet, which form the principal food, wheat 
imported from Gavar. These are an industrious different 
from the jovial beggars of Mar Zaia,and are famous for their skill fn 
carpentering and working iron, to carry on which they go to Mosul and 
other large towns. 

‘Wost of Bar isthe little basin of Tovi, containing a Kurd village of 
that name; and beyond rises a fine mountain, the Ghara Dagh, or Ghara 
de Bazin, with precipitous sides, but open rounded summit, used as 
summer pastures, or “ zoma,” ty the rere CS 
the Christian districts of Tkhuma and Salebekkan, draining down 
Zab on the far side of the mountain, South of the Jeli 
separated from them by a wide deep gap, is the Sat Dagh, 
in Kurdish, not quite so striking in its lonely 
but rising somewhat higher to about 14,000 or 14,5 
I could estimate from Galionu, the summit being a 
pinnacles and orags, rather higher at its western ond, 
part of its northern slope could be traced some level p 
used by the Heriki Kurds, with abundant patches 
the crags late in autumn, To the north-west aro 
spurs of bare rock, which terminate over the valley of 
and tho Kurd village of Oramar in somo stupendous 
just masses of greyish white rock without any 
their whole extent except the black shadows of the 
Rndbar-i-Shin and its tributaries, A little oasis in this 
formed by the orchards and gardens of Oramar, perched 
terrace overlooking the gorge below, the contre of a Ku 
the same name, and famous for its grapos, which are a l 
varioty of oval shape, and fully equal to their reputation, Figs and 
pomegranates are also grown, and testify to the mildnese of the climate. 
‘Tho Horiki are a large tribe with seven sections, somo purely nomad, 
and others sedentary. 

‘Tho nomads occupy part of the Persian frontier hills and the Sat 
Dagh in summer, and go down to the Mosul plain for the winter, cross~ 
ing the Zab noar Zebar. The chiefs usually have tents, but many 
other members of the tribe make booths of oak boughs at each hal 

placo, all the country down to the edge of the plain being well wooded 
with oaks and affording the nevessary shelter. ‘Their whole worldly 
goods consists of their horse, some sheep and goats, a fow cooking-pots, 
and the inevitable Martini ond belt of cartridges, The sedentary 
portion live in villagos in three deop, almost inaccessible gorges on the 
south side of Sat Dagh, the general name of the district being also 
































CENTRAL KURDISTAN, 139 


Yoriki. A branch of the Rudbar-i-Shin rises on the north side of Sati, 
wl vinds round through the gorges separating it from Jolu, and in 
tie lower part of which is the Christian district of Ishtazin, and highor 
won more rounded slopes the Kurdish district of Bashtazin. Some 
ides of the bold contour of the country and the dopth of the Ishtasin 
Hirge may be guthered from the fact that Galianu towors nearly 9000 
fet above the stream-lovel at tho lower ond of the gorge, and is but 
‘Smiles distant from it, Tho path leading from Jolu to Ishtazin onters 
the main gorge throngh a rift burely 8 feet wide, with perpendicular 
Walls of rook. The Ishtazin villages, with their orchards and gardens, 
fe situated on some spurs less rocky than further downstream, and 





VALLEY BELOW SWEMSDINAN, TYPICAL OF COUNTKY THERE. 


provide a welcome note of green contrasting with grey rocks towering 
on either hand. Below Oramar on the left bank a largo stream joins 
from the western side of the Sat Dagh, up whose valley are the large 

of Sati and Deh, partly Kurd and partly Nestorian, the whole 
of this side of Sat Dagh overlooking the valley being a huge wall of 
rock nearly G miles long. 

‘Phe Rudbar-i-Shin finally joins the Zab through a remarkable 
chasm called thé Tang-i-Balinda, 3 miles long, through which not even 
& foot-track can be followed, although it is possible to scramble along 
the steep slope overlooking it. It hero receives a large tributary from 
the ; rising in the Tkhuma hills, and called the Yahudi Chai, or 


12 





140 CENTRAL KURDISTAN. 


Jew’s rivor, in which are the secluded mountain districts of Nervi and 
Reikan. As the name implies, besides the Kunis are many Jews 
among the inhabitants, probably a section of the fairly numorour 
Jewish population who live in villages round Akra and Begil to the 
south beyond the Zab, They have been here for centuries, and appear 
‘to be refugees from the ancient Nineveh (the modern Mosul), and, if 
their history could be traced, would be found quite ax interesting as 
that of the Nestorians themselves, Many of them trade os small 
pedlars among the Kurds, and wander all about tho mountain districts 
from Bashkala to Amndia and down to Mosul. 

‘The Sat Dagh isan isolated mass separated from the Persian frontier 
hills by the lower end of the plain of Gavar and the upland valley of 
Khumara, and from the other ranges to the south by the deep valley 
of tho Shomsdinan river, a tributary of the Zab formed ae streams 
from Khumara and the Zerzan districts on the frontier. The whole 
district is known as Shemsdinan, with the centre of 
ment at Neri, a large village prettily situated in a side valley 
main gorge ensconced amid walnut groves and orchards, 
is devoted to the cultivation of tobacco, which finds a 
Persia, being of the variety suitable for smoking in the | 
Persian pipe. The trade is entirely in the hands of the i 
Kurdish Sheik Sadik, who lives in Neri itself. 

‘The soenery in this rocky gorge is quite in keoping with the districts 
just described, with the steep slopes of Sat Dugh, thickly wooded with 
oaks, and seamed by three rocky valleys, in which are bid the villages 
of the Horiki Kurds. On tho vonth side rise the dark rocky masses of 
tho Bash-i-Rua range, culminating in a fine peak known sa Guraimiz 
Gavdan, the whole summit being a mass of black rocky erag# and 
pinnacles, and the slopes almost inaccessible. , 

Such is a description of a portion of Contral Kurdistan, fascinating 
in the grandeur of its wild gorges, grey cliffs, and oak-clad slopes, the 
home of the Kurds, the direct descendants of the Karduchii, who hurled 
rocks on Xenophon’s troops as they forced a passage through their 
gorges, and whose wild secluded valleys form backwaters in which 
have come to rest remnants of Nestorians and Jews thrown aside by 
the various tides of conquest that have rolled over these historic lands. 






Norns ox tue Grooay by Mu. F, Oswann, wo rravenenp Is THE County 
nousp Laxn Vax wrra Mn. Lexom ex 188, 

Unfortunately, very little is known about the geology of Central Kurdistan. 
Ainsworth, in the Journal of this Society in 1841, gave a geological section along 
the Zab valley from Amadia to Bashkala, aod both he and Loftus desoribed the 
section from Jeszireh to Bitlis. Since that date hardly anything has beon done to 
ingrease our geological knowledge of the region ; the following general conclusions 
are hased on these sections, on some notes of a journey between Van and Sort, on 
tay own obvervations in 1898, in the GUzelderah, on the south coast of Lake Van, 


CENTRAL KURDISTAN—DISCUSSION. Mt 
een en Lis Radler oft pelegy of the Zagros, the 
wouth-castorly continuation of the Taurus ranges. 





‘serpentine ; the intrusions of porphyrite in the Shirvan district, where thero 
disused gold-mines; and, finally, the granite masses of Selai and 
Resa na oer 
_ ‘Enthis highly-mountainous country, subject to earth-movements from a very dis- 
mur ‘many great faults have occurred, but none greater than the 
marks the southern limita of the deprosaion of Lake Van and the Plain of 
‘Mush. It is ovon a grentor lino of dislocation than the great fault separating the 
from the central Lowlands of Scotland. ‘There could hardly be a more 
contrast between the high rugged peaks of ancient marbles and schists 
‘of Lake Van, and the broad Armenian plateau to the north, consisting of 
‘Tertiary strata, dooded by lavas and dominated by great volcanoes. 
a ~ 
ro 
rere a ree Pomonre si ‘The paper to be read this 
‘by Major Maunsell is on a very interesting part of Avia, and one of which 
had no account for at least the last forty yoars, and many parts of which 
1! unknown, and that Js the central part of Kurdistan and the valley of the 


After tho rending of the paper, the following discussion took place :— 
”_ Earl Pencr: Thave been asked to make a few romarks upon this paper to-night, 
0 Se T can contribute anything of real value, because I do nov 
of an ordinary travellor aro worth comparing 
Sector Gt iratnad explorer like Major Maunsell. But, at 
y rate, I think T may congratulate him on behalf of the members of this Soclery 
nteresting and exhaustive paper which he has read, and on the mag- 
olographs with which he has illustrated the lecture, He haa described, 
all the main districts of the Nestorian country, as wellaa the upper 
Bohtan river and the Great Zab. Ido not know much about the 














142 CENTRAL KURDISTAN—DISCUSSION. 
upper waters of the Bohtan river, because my first 





familiar to many of the members of this Society by Mr, 
travelled in the country in 1886, in which See eee 
country. I think he is talking of the mountain range which goes by the name 


at 


all. ‘The whole of the northern part of the map has been very 

and elaborately done, and my only difficulty in looking at it for the first time was 
that so many of the names used by the Nestorian population are quite different 
from the names given on the map, ‘There is one part of the country upon which 
Major Maunsoll has not mid anything, because I think he, personally, has not 
travelled there, Ho has taken us as far down as the village of Oramar, Quite 
close to that village there ix one of the finest peaks in the whole country; but it 
would be excessively interesting to know what is the nature of the country below 
that, between Oramar aod Rezao, Stas ts art ol She Seok as 
Kunis take in the course of their annual migrations. My own belief is 

country south of Orarnar consists of a very low rolling Hert eo 
Rudbari-shin itself flows at a very much lower elevation than the surrounding. 
country. The Diza plain is at a level of about 6500 feet, and the village 

of Ishtazin lies about 1000 feet lower, that is about 5500 feet, and ae 
Oramar the level of the stream is only 3300 feet, therefore there is a very rapid 
drop, and that explains to a great extent the extremely narrow and deep gorges 
which make travelling ia that part of the country so difficult, I do not know 
that I have any other observations to make, and I can only congratulate Major 


Pa, al 





144 NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 





you will pass this vote of thanks unanimously. ‘re 


of 
deal of additional information, especially respecting the geology 
the country, was brought out in Major Maunsell's reply. 








> nats 
NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP.* 
By Colonel GEORGE EARL CHURCH. - 

‘Pam Royal Geographical Society is indebted to his Excellency Colonel 
José M. Pando, President of Bolivia, for a new and interesting map of 
the north-eastern part of that country, transmitted to ux through hiv 
Excellency Sefior F. Avelino Aramayo, the Bolivian minister to the 
court of St. James.t It includes the extonsive explorations made 
personally by Colonel Pando between the years 1592 and 1898, and 
throws much-needed light upon an attractive section of South America, 
which, from the days of the Incas, has seemed to challenge exploration. 
It lies to the east of the cradle of the Inca empire, from which no man 
can look across Lake Titicaca at the magnificent range of white- 
bonneted peaks which marks the line of the inland Andes without an 
almost irresistible inclination to break through one of its gaps and 
plunge down the slope into the Amazon valley, to solve the mysteries 
which lie hidden there. The Inca Rocca, the successor of Manco 
Capac, entrusted to his son, Yaguarguaque, an expedition of 15,000 
men to conquer this region, then called Antisuyu, He easily 

from Cuzco to Paucartambo, and thence, with grewt difficulties, to 
Tono—the first coca plantations of the Indians, but went no farther. 
Even the great Inca Yupanqui could not rosist the temptation; ani, 
according to Garcilaso do la Vega, sont a numerous, well-equipped 
army which reached the Tono rivor, spent two years in building rafts, 
descended the river Mayu-tata, or Amaro-mayn, and conquered tho 
countries to the east of Cuzco as far as the plains of Muau, now known 
as Mojos.t It is probable that this expedition did not reach the falls 
of the Madeira, but on arriving at the level country, at about 12° 8. 
lat,, struck to the south-east and crossed the Beni river into the Mojos 
territory, keoping a short distance from tho base of the foothills of the 
Andes in the more or less open lands. 





# Map, p. 48. 

t Tho geographical world will learn with pleasure that, continuing his services to 
science, President Pando concluded a contract, on February 15, 1901, for the surrey of 
that part of the Andean plateau belonging to the Department of Oruro and La Pax, 
botwoon Lake Titiouca, tho Decnguadero, Pampa Aullagas, aud towards the east to the 
summits of the inland range of the Andes 

3. In the Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Soviety for June, 1889, will be 
found o most interesting paper on™ The Basins of the Ameru-mayuand the Beni,” 
by Sir Cloments R, Markham, 


NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. M5 


‘Soon after the conquest of Peru by the Spaniards, the Inca domina- 
tion of the region subdued by Yupanqui ceased, and the savage tribes 
‘at the castern base of the Andes resumed their independenos, which 
they have tenaciously guarded up to tho last twenty years. The rule 
of the Incas was forgotten among them, except on the Tono river, 
where traces of Inca zettlements oan still be found. 

Only a short period of time elapsed from the date of the Spanish 
conquest before an expedition of note attempted to reach the Mayu- 
tata. The conclusion of the civil war between the Pirarros and 
Almagros in Southern Peru (in 1588) left Hernando Pizarro surrounded 
by many dangerons and turbulent followers of whom he desired to rid 
himself. Ho therefore gave permission to Pedro de Candia to lead 
a body of three hundred men, across the Eastern Andes, from Cuzoo into 
the Amazon valley. Herrera says that Candia entered by the slope 
which is limited on the north by the river Opotari and south by the 
valley of Cochabamba, which is called the Mojos road ; and that, finally, 
he took the route across tho ‘ono Andes, and, in Opotari, 3 leagues 
from Tono, found a large town, 30 leagues from Cuzco. Although 
terrorized at the difficultics which thoy encountered at every step, the 
men foroed their way further onward, through # rough country covered 
with dense forests of ever-increasing thickness; but, after four daye, 
they wore opposed by savage hordes, who told thom that they “had 
nothing but small houses covered with branches of treos, that their 
arms were bows and arrows, that they ate roots and ynca, which they 
cultivated, and with that they lived contented; and that in those 
forests thera were monkeys and pumas and some tapirs, which they 
killed with arrows, and adviced them not to go further on, because 
they were getting lost.” After penetrating a little more to the east 
under almost incredible hardships, the expedition returned to the 
mountains. 

Hernando Pizarro then deprived Candia of his command, and allowed 
one of his most esteemed companions, Pedro Anzurez de Camporedondo, 
to organize a force to conquer the province of Mojos by the way of 
Caravaya, the Inca name of which was Collahuaya. He gathered a 
large and enthusiastic body of adventurers, supported by several 
thousand Quichua Indians, and started, in 1539, from the town of 
Ayabire. He desconded the mountains to Sandia and San Juan del 
Oro, contres for the working of the rich gold-washings of Caravaya, 
which had been exploited in Inca times, but by which pass is un- 
known—probably by one about 100 miles south of the river Tono. 
He thon entered the present Bolivian province of Caupolican, called 
Yama, which ia tho Ixiamas or Ysiama of today, in the north of the 
mo province. Ixiamas, Tumapasa, Aton, and Cavinas form a large 
istrict, west of the middle Beni river, ocoupiod by the Tacana Indians. 
The expedition seoms to have crossed this groat river, which they 


am 


=" 


146 NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 


called the Amapaloas, and to have penetrated far to the south-onst into 
tho torritory of Mojoa. ‘It probably roached the vicinity of the Mamoré 
river a little south of the present town of Trinidad. The i 
ont small scouting party, a great river was discovered ; 
cast to west, doubtless the Grande branch of the Mamoré. After five 
months of terrible hardships, the expedition returned to the town 
of Ayabire, having lost 4000 Indians and negroes eae 
‘The former suffered from hunger to such an extent that as fast as their 
companions died the survivors ate them. 

In 1576, the rival Spanish ac sang: ot Try Malia, 


numbering several hundred adventurers, ‘eh ter, 
of the Mayn-tata. rae EPO BREE 
three days, in the dark, dense forests, that nearly all were killed. 


fow survivors 8 Ee toe a ee 
captured Maldonado. Other expeditions of minor importance followed 
during the Spanish colonial period, but accomplished nothing. In 
1885, General Miller descended from Cuzeo to the forests of Paucar- 
tambo; but, during the first half of the past century, the War of 
Independence and the general exhaustion which followed loft the tribes 
on the castorn slope of the Andes to bury in oblivion the memories of 
Spanieh inroads upon their forest strongholds, 

In 1851, Liont. Gibbon, of the U.S. Navy, reached the Tono and 
Mayn-tata from the Andean tableland, and as he gazed upon the riotous 
wealth of nature which surrounded him, and reflected upon the direction 
taken by tho great rivor at his feet, he wrote, “ All the silver and 
gold of Peru are not to be compared with the undeveloped commercial 
resources of this beautiful garden.” ‘There he found the brave and 
good Padre Bovo de Revello, an Italian Carmelite monk, with his little 
flock of neophytes. He had changed the name of the river “ Amaro- 
mayu" of the Incas to “ Madre de Dios,” for the reason that the savages, 
after having killed « number of his people and destroyed their church, 
had thrown the image they worshipped into the water, which bad 
floated down-stream, and was afterwards found on a rock in the middle 
of the Mayn-tata. It seems destined to retain the name conferred upon 
it by the pious father, although it is known to the Tacsna Indians 
along its banks as the Mayu-tata, or Great Father river. 

Markbam followed Gibbon, and in 1853 descended from Cuzco, and 
obtained a viow of the Mayu-tata, believing, like Gibboo, that it was 
tho upper Parus, 

On Decombor 26, 1860, tho gallant Poravian, Colonel Faustino 
Maldonado, with a most scantily equipped expedition, and only twelve 
men, essayed the task of descending the Mayu-tata throughout its — 
course. He reached the Tono, at its confluence with.the Pifii-pii, 
where he embarked on a rudely constructed raft, passed the mouth of 
the Inambari on January 8, and, fighting his way through savage 








= 


‘NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP, a7 


tribes, ontered the Beni, and, soon after, the Madoira, at the falls, 
‘Hore he mot’a friendly tribo of Caripunae, who advised him, as they 
also advised mo in 1872, to always keep to the right bank in descending 
‘that formidable line of eataracts. On March 18, six of tho party, in a 
bark canoe, had the unfortunate idea to take the west side of the river 
at the Caldeirio do Inforno (Cauldron of Hell). Four of them were 
lost, including Maldonado. This cataract has a longth of about 1} mile. 
Por the first quarter of a mile it falls over 7 feet, and for the remainder 
of the distance 13 feet. Tho volume of water it carries is immense, the 
river being about a mile wide. In descending, it is the custom to hug 
the right bank at the commencement, but I got caught in a» violent 
current in mid-river and could not gain the shore, My canoe, with her 
twelve Indian paddlers, was not 5 inches out of water. Tho great 
‘stream seemed to hollow in the middlo, as if the bottom were dropping 
down. A reef, extending from an island, crossed it diagonally, showing 
@ high and angry wall of foam. Towards this barrier, the current drove 
‘us with ftightful velocity. My Indians were dismayed, and were on 
the point of jumping overboard, as is their custom in such dangers, 
when I seized a (olt’s army rovolver and swore I would shoot the first 
‘one who disobeyed an order. The little craft danced almost upon the 
edge of the reef, whon it was suddenly caught by an oddy, thrown to 
‘the sight, and whirled round the flank of the reef into open water, 
‘between it and the shore All this was tame in comparison to what 
now met my eye. ‘To quote from my journal, “We shot currents, 
smpids, whirlpools, waves, and foam ax lightning zigzags through a 
= ‘We went down the main cataract at the rate of 20 miles an 
stood in front of our little rush cabin, waving my revolver to 
it or left as I desired to indicate the direction the captain should 
steor, In mid-rivor, along tho lower reach of the rapids, was a ridge of 
~ soa 40 feet wide in its widest place. On its rounded edge, 
sharp, spiteful waves of foam were playing. On each side thero was a 
return of the river forming a gigantic whirlpool, and, as we shot along 
the crest, the return waters sped up-atream with dizzy velocity. Twice 
the side of tho canoe nearly touched them—twico grazed death; but my 
‘muscular Indians and their cool, splendid captain, Pedro Yoho, took us 
4 through.” This is the fall where Maldonado lost bis life, after 
the problem of centuries as to the course of the Mayu-tata, A 
Icmrepenns date, the exploration of the Purus, by Chandless, demonstrated, 
usthematically, that this river bad no connection with the streams so 
‘many travellers had scon at the foot of the Andes, cast of Cuzco. 
Antonio Raimondi descended the Paucartambo river a short 
‘below the town of that name, and thon croseed the inland range, 
towards the sources of the Mayu-tata by tho Cusilluyoo pass. 
descent, he reached the plains on the following day, “popu- 
the close of the past century by numerous flourishing 









a = 


148 NORTHRRN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 


‘estates of cacto and coca, a region which, later, was the theatre of 
sangainary struggles with the savage Huachipairis and Tuyenoris, who 
deotroyod, in a fow days, the work of many yoars.” Ho then examined 
the upper rivers which unite to form the Mayu-tata, and returned to 
‘Paucartambo, 

Colonel La Torro, Profect of Cuzco, pronounced “the Madre de Dios 
the broad, open tomb for explorers.” It received him also, in his expe- 


attempted to reach the lower Beni and Mayu-tata districts by way of 
the Beni river from La Puz, and from Sandia, on the Oaravaya slope of 
the Andes. The Franciscan convent at La Paz was especially zealous 


tenaciously, but not always successfully, to any: foothold it gakiod. 
Cavinas, on the middle Beni, appears to have been its main outpost. 


on tho border of Mojos, was routed and made prisonor by the Indians. 
‘Thon followed the Licenoiados Balboa and Garcés, who reached the 
Mayn-tata, but returned on account of insufficient resources. Tho 
information gained caused Padre Miguel de Urrea to penetrate the 
region. After romaining for a considerable period of time, he was 
killed by the Sabainas. Then followed the Curate Calacoto, who was 
forced to return without results. 

Padre Rafael Sains, in his “ Memoria historia del Colegio de San 
José de la Paz” (unpublished),* says that Pedro do Alegui Urquiza 
obtained from the king a privilege to conquer Caupolican. With « 
strong expedition, he founded his first town, San Juan de Sabagan de 
Mojos, He then founded Apolobamba, and pressed on to Aquachile, an 
Tudian town, where hoe died of fever. His disheartened followers then 
abandoned the two last-named places and retired to Mojos. Urquiza 
was governor of the famous gold district of Tipuani, and discovered 
the ancient military road which the Incas opened by Suri and Camata, 
“It passes near Atén by the height of Altuncama, near Apolobamba, 
and runs northward; then goes through the gorge of Siliamas and 
continues to San José de Chupiamonos. At the high points of the 
pompa, it hus small fortifications. Its width is very regular, aud the 
road is paved according to its xaos Te Sti well-founded proof 


* Sco *Limites de la provincin de Caupolican 6 Apotobamba,’ por Carlos Brayo 
La Pas, 1800, 


NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 149 


Na eo epi etre pa nl inhabitants of Lari- 
and Pacasa had communication with the ‘pooples:or 
teed aied Gas thd ober sid (thie vorthiyo8 the 

Padre Gregorio Bolivar, in 1620, and afterwards in 1631, pushed 
northward from La Paz into the lower Boni and Mayu-tata, but was 
nevor heard of afterwards. In 1629, tho Josuit fathor Bornado Rheus, 
from the Andes of La Paz, penetrated to the north of Apolobamba and 
perished by the hands of the savages. ‘I'he Dominican monk Tomés 
de Chaves wandered for fourteen years to the north of Cochabamba in 
Mojos and the Beni. He returned to the convent of La Paz, and died 
about 1656. Friar Domingo Alvarez de Toledo took up the work, and, 
by tho way of Caravaya, went 40 leagnes northward into the territory 
of the Toromona savages in the Mayu-tata basin. 

Padro Rafael Sains states that Gabriel Gonzales undertook the 
conquest of Paititi in 1670, He descended the river Beni, but his 
expedition was froitless, and he returned. Several missionaries from 

whose names he gives, reached tho lands of the Araonas in 
1680, where they remained two yoars, and retired disconsolate at the 
ill suocess of their mission. Seven more then woot from Sandia, and 
under most disheartening difficulties, founded ten reductions, or Indian 
settlements, in two years, some of which were afterwards abandoned, 
From this time forward, the persistent missionary fathors, especially 
those of the convent of La Paz, generally held to the ground they had 
but never found it possible to offect a pormanont lodgment in 
the basin of the Mayu-tata. It is probable that, in the eighteenth and 
nineteenth centuries, they possessed much more information than the 
geographical world in maar regarding northern and north-western 
Bolivia, and that the convents of Cuzco, Moquegua, Juli on Lake Titi- 
caca, and La Paz still contain much unpublished data describing the 
country, the course of the rivers, and manners and customs of the 
Indian tribes. 

In 1879, my friend Antonio Raimondi published, for the first time, 
a lotter which P. José Figuoira, who in 1803 was curate at Cavinas, 
wrote to the superior of his college at Moquequa, describing a voyage 
which he made down the Beni from Cavinas, It seems that he reached 
& point near the confluence of the Beni with the Mamoré and “very 
‘close to the mouth of the rio Magno,” or Mayu-tata, “ which receives 
all the water of the mountains of Cuzco.” The information given to 
him by an Indian chief, Yusoyri, left no doubt that the Mayu-tata 
was the main affluent of the Beni, 

The intropid Padre Mancini, who resided from 1850 to 1864 in 
Mocetonea and northorn Caupolican, directed his steps westward from 
hin mission station, and, alone, with cross in hand, travelled over an 
fmmonse area of unknown country, visiting many Indian tribos, such as 
the Guncanaguas, Machnis, avd Toromonas. He then turned northward, 


(a 


al 


150 XORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP, 


remained for « time with the Araonas, crossed the Mayn-tata, and 
entered tho country of the Pacabuaras, lying botwoon that river and 
the Purds. = ne 
wards saw at the Recoleta Convent at La Paz, to 

Tn 1866, two Franciscan friars, from the same + 
Mayn-tata, five days’ journey north-west seven tke aaa 
In 1869, in La Paz, I often met one of these good | Padre Fidel 
Codinach, a native of Spain, of half Spanish, half blood, who 


apd the Mayn-tata, bosides a considerable district north of the latter 
river, all of the tribes speak the Tacana language, It is almost totally 
differeot from either Quichua or Aymari. ‘he Tacanas cannot count 
beyond six. South of the mouth of the Madidi, and betwoen the 
Unduma and Tegéque branches of the Beni, is found the mission of 
Ysiama. Noar it passes an Inca road, running from the direction of 
Cuzco towards the bank of the Beni, The road is about 25 fect wide, 
and long lengths of it, well paved, are still visible. With reference to 
the lands oceupied by the Tacana tribes, they are in beauty, 
as much for their topography as for their fertility and richness. They 
cover # broad space, about four degrees of latitude and about eight of 
longitude, The position is exceedingly agreeablo—now oxtonsive 
groves, which are suddenly replaced by delightful pasture lands, now by 
brooks, rivers, and lakes filled by numerous classes of fish. The most 
perfect salubrity of climate exists, despite the warm temperature. ‘Tho 
groves are delightful and filled with all that gives pleasure—the leafy 
and productive almond-tree " (probably the Brazil nut), “the aromatic 
gum and the palm, ranging from the highest to the lowest, from the 
royal to the smallest, Hidden riches exist in these lands, gratefal and 
filled with perfume, gum and wax abundant and varied, Here aro 
found cabinet-woods, medicinal plants, and many other valuable pro- 
ductions, withont mentioning the great minéral wealth of the district.” 

But the vast and beautiful region lying north-west of the Madidi 
and Beni rivers as far as the Aquiry branch of the Purus, and bisected 
by tho Mayu-tata, was practically valucless to the commercial world, 
and ont off almost entirely from it, so long as tho dreaded lower teach 
of the river Beni remained unexplored. When I descended the falls of 
the Madeira, the imagination of my boatmen, as I made them paddle a 
fow miles into the mouth of the Beni, peopled this region with the most 
ferocious tribes of savages, and filled the river iteclf with obstacles to 
which those of the Madeira were only child's play. Anjustin Palacios, 
Bolivian “ Administrator of Rents” in the Beni province, had, in 1846, 
ascended the Beni to the rapid of Esperanza, near its mouth, and made 
a sketch of it. Above this was the wukrows, with its terrors. At 
length, in 1880-81, Dr, Edwin R, Heath, an’ American who had been 


rn 


NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MaP, 11 


ener in my offort to open Bolivia to the commerce 

of the world, oxplored and mapped the Beni from Royes to ita mouth. 
‘Tho most of it was done in an old boat, 15 feet long and 4 feet wido, 
which Dr. Heath found enbmerged. He says," * Bow and stern I could 
thrast my hand through. Pulling it on land, we caulked it with Indian 
corn husks, and plastered mud over them.” With two Indian paddlers 
he accomplished his daring exploration successfully, but, all the way, 
found it difficult to keep his wretched craft from sinking. He solved a 
great geogmphical problem with the most primitive means that could 
‘be devised. The commercial effect upon the region which he opened 


‘Previous to Heath's exploration, rubber trees had been discovered at 
Cavinas in 1869 or 1870, and, the quality of the rubber proving excellent, 
about 185 Bolivians were omployed in the business of exploiting the 
neighbouring district. The product in 1880 was 104,000 Ibs. Within 
two years from the exploration, the number of men engaged had increased 
to about 1500. Now they number several thousand, and have made 
prosperous settlements along tho banks of the Beni, the Mayu-tata, the 
Orton, Abuna, the Aquirc branch of the Purus, and numerous other 
streams which drain the vast region, now generally known as the Acre 
and Madro do Dios district, which comprises all of the groat triangular 

area of Bolivia lying north-west of the Madidi and Beni rivera, and 
which is bounded on the north-east by Brazil and south-west by Pern. 
is gum, the best in the Amazon basin, ia found here in such 
abondanco that it has given large fortunes to the collectors, These, 
objecting to the export duties levied by Bolivia, recently made a revola- 
tion doclaring their independence, relying upon their almost inacocssible 
position and the arms and ammunition which their wealth had enabled 
them to accumulate to defend themselves against any force which the 
government might be sable to send against them. The energy of 
President Pando was equal to the occasion, and, a few months ago, the 
revolution was suffocated by prompt and efficacious military measures, 
carried out under enormous difficultics by my old friend Colonel Juan 





L, Muiioz. 

_ Naturally, the disturbances in the Acre territory have, for 1899 and 
1900, diminishod tho rubber exportation of Bolivia, which is estimated 
for thé past year at about 2,000,000 kilos, worth about $2 gold per kilo, 

_-M, Viconto Ballixian gives the Bolivian export as follows :— 
aan For 1806 see 1 1M0,712 Kiln. 
‘ye 1897 - LOM216 
RM stk ini ans BU. 
‘Of this quantity for 1898, however, 2,000,000 kilos was the cotimated 
product of ‘the Acre region. 


© See Proceedings of the Royal Geographival Sooiety, June, 1883. 





a 


152 NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 


Some rubber from the Beni district is sent acroas the Andes and 
exported from the Peruvian port of Mollendo. Tbe last report of the 
Bolivian Minister of Finance fixes the quantity for the Sevt held of1000 
at 157,200 kiloa, say 314,400 kilos for the year. 

‘The export from Puerto Suarez vid the river Paras for tho last half 
of 1899 was 45,918 kilos, or say for the year 91,886 kilos. The export 
@uties for the first quarter of 1900, collected at Villa Bella, at tho 
confluence of the Beni and Mamoré rivers, which represent the quantity 
of rubber sent down the fall of the Madeira, amounted to $63,658 
Bolivian silver, a sum which corresponds to about 416,012 kilos, = 

A Bolivian and Brazilian commission of demarcation is now engaged 
tracing the north-east boundary-line between Brazil and Bolivia, which, 
according to the treaty of March, 1867, between those powers, rons from 
the jmnetion of the Beni and Mamoré directly to the extreme head- 
waters of the Javary river, which stream, throughout its course, is the 

between Brazil and Pera. 

‘There is no treaty of limits between Bolivia and Peru, The boun- 
dary, thus far more or less recognized, is the one which existed between 
the viceroyalties of Peru and Buenos Aires at the time of tho in- 
dependence from Spain. Pern claims territory to the east of the 
Tnambari affluent of the Mayn-tata, while Bolivia could claim Sandia 
and Caravaya up to the Vilcanota inland range of the Andes, whieh 
were not incorporated in the bishopric of Cuzco.* The line will pro- 
bably be dofined ultimately on the principle of uli possidetis, and it 
seems probable that the one generally fixed by goographers as the 
proper boundary is more or lesa just. It is the same as is found on 
President Pando's map, extending along the course of the Inambari to 
its mouth, and thence directly to the headwaters of the Javary. 

Colonel Pando’s map bears evidence of having been made with 
scientific care, It gives us the names of the numerous afiluents of the 
main rivera and their branches, while the eastern drainage system of 
the Caravaya range of the Andes, from Cuzco south-east, is shown in 
great detail—sources from which the Pando, Inambari, Marcapata, and 
other great south-western tributaries of the Mayu-tata draw their 
immense volumes of water. But the most remarkable feature of the 
map is the course given to the Paucartambo rivor, which is shown to 
‘bo the main afiluent of the Manu-tata or Madre de Dios, The Paucar 
tambo, which rises in tho Vilcanota mountains and runs north-west, 
leaving Cuzco only 80 miles to the left, in a straight line, has hereto- 
fore been considered as a branch of the Urnbamba affluent of the 

* Alto Poru, which formed part of tho vieeroyulty of Poru, was soparated from thin 
and incorporated with that of Buenos Aires by royal cedula of August $,1776. A 
royal ordinansa, of January 28,1782, determined that the district of La Paz “ should 


Inchide all of the bishopric of that name and also the provinces of Lampa, Caravaya: 
and Azangaro” 











NORTHERN BOLIVIA AND PRESIDENT PANDO'S NEW MAP. 63 


Ucayali. It scoms, howover, that tho Paucartambo gives a great bend 
to the east, at about lat, 11° 20', breaks through the mountains, and 
thence, under tho namo of the Manu, flows south-cast to join the Mayn- 
tata. The conrse of the Manu was perhaps roughly mapped by Fis- 
carrald, when, in 1894, from his rubber estate, at the confluence of the 
‘Tambo and Urubamba, ho ascended the latter stream to its Camisen 
branch, which enters it from the east, and in an hour's time crossed a 
narrow divide to a small affluent of the Manu, which he descended to 
the Mayn-tata, I have no knowledge of the Paucartambo ever having 
beon explored between Cuzco and its heretofore supposed junotion with 
the Urubamba. Its valley is ocoupied by savage tribes, and the river, 
as far as the point whore Fiscarrald struck it, courses through the 
mountain gorges of one of the wildest and most broken sections of 
Pero. Like the Apurimac, it must be a succession of violent rapids 
and cataracta. It would be very interesting to have the dafa upon 
which the course of the Pancartambo, as now shown, is basod. There 
are goneral reasons for tho belief that Colonel Pando's map gives 
approximately its real course, and that he has made a correction of the 
first importance in the geography of South America. 

‘The vigorous and brave defence which numerous savage tribes have 
made of the territory they occupy in the valleys of the Mayu-tata and 
Beni for hundreds of yours, is perhaps tho best proof of its value as 
an abode for man; and indeed it would be difficult, in any part of 
the world, to find a more beautiful and seductive region, where climate, 
fertility of soil, hill, dale, mountain slope, forest, rich savana, lake and 
river are more delightfully mingled, the whole teeming with varied 
animal life and abounding in such gifts as nature lavishly confers only 
when in her most prodigal and generous mood. It is this region, with 
its sturdy aboriginal people, which is now rapidly being brought under 
the lash of civilization, The map of President Pando shows all the 
principal rivers of this savage Arcadia, lays bare the mysteries which 
Tnca, Spaniard, and hie descendant warred for many m century to 
fathom, and the world owes to President Pando and his able coadjutors 
its recognition for an extremely valuable contribution to geographical 
knowledge. 


No. If —Avousr, 1901.) x 











THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 155 


Zealand. A secondary base station is to be established by you, if possible, in 
Victoria Land. You should endeavour to cary the magnetic survey from 
Cape, to Soi, PALE Nasa, ACR EAN Ge ARON GU 


: 
1s 
fe 


offer for such co-operation. It is understood that the German Expedition will 
establish an observatory on Kerguelen ialand, and will then proceed to explore the 


whence exploring eledge-parties will be sent inland, ‘The Governmont of the 
Ane Republic has undertaken to establish a magnetic observatory on Staten 
i 


10. You will see that the meteorological observations are regularly taken 


if possible, bow series of meteorological observations to the south of the 74th 


‘11. As regards magnetic work and meteorological observations generally, you 
will follow the programme arranged between the German and British Committees, 
with the terms of which you are acquainted. 

12, Whenever it is possible, while at ses, deepsea sounding should be taken 
with sorial temperatures, and samplos of sea-wator st various depths are to be 
obtained, for physical and chemical analysis. Dredging operations are to be carried 
Pare tae aah emis, ocak operetta are bel tae Sa, abtog 
Dllogal snd eeloglal calle 

1%, Instructions will saaupatl ine ‘the various scientific observations ; and 
the officers of the Expedition will be furnished with # manual, prepared and edited 
by Dr, George Marray, on similar lines xod with the same objects ax the scicntific 
manuals supplied to the Arctic Expedition of 1875. 

14. On leaving this country you are to proceed to Melbourne, or Lyttleton 
(Christchurch), New Zealand, touching at any port or ports on the way that you 
may consider it necessary or desirable to visit for supplies or repairs. Before 
leaving your base station you will fill up with live stock, coal, and other necessaries ; 
and you will loave the port with three years’ provisiona on board, and fully supplied 
for winterlog and for sledge-travelling. 

15. You are to proceed at once to the edge of the pack, and to force your vessel 
through it to the open water to the south. The yack is supposed to be closer in 
‘December than it has been found to be Inter in the season. But thie is believed 
to depend rather on its position than on the time; ond the great) dilference 
botwoen a steamer and a sailing vessel perhaps makes up for any difference in 
the condition of the pack. 


2 


156 ‘THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 
16, On reaching tho south water, you are at liberty to « ) exploration 
the earlier ‘of the navigable season; but such exploration should, If pos 


Cape Johnton to Cape Crozier, 

a view to finding a safe and suitable place for the operations of jin the 
event of your deciding that the sbip shall not winter in the ice, = 

Pe eet toner tmipdciahn eps 8 Sie es 

barrier of Sir James Ross to its eastern extremity, to discover the land which 


and i# connected or 
17. Owing to our vory imperfect knowledge of the conditions which | in 
the wear, we cannot pronounce definitely whether it will be necessary 


important quostion after a careful examination of local conditions. ° 
18, If you should decide that the ship shall winter in the foe, the following 
are to be observed :— 
(@) Your efforts, as regards geographical exploration, should be directed, with 
the help of depots, to three objectly, namely, an advance into the western 
‘mountains, an advance to the south, and the exploration of the voloanic 


region. 
(0) The Director and his staif sball be allowed all facilities for the prosecution 
of their researches. 

©) In carrying out (2) and (%), due regard is to be had to the wmfety and 
requirements of the Expedition as a whole. 

(@ You have been provided by Sir Leopold McClintock and by Dr. Nansen 
with complete details respecting sledge-work both by men rhs aro 
you have yourself superintended every item of the preparations 
with food, clothing, and equipment. You will be guided by brosreinad 
mation and knowledge thus acquired. 

(@ Lieut. Armitage, n.x.n., who bas been appointed second in command and 
navigator to the Expedition, has had experience in the work of taking 
astronomical, magnetic, and meteorological observations during ne 
polar winters. He has also acquired experience in 
in the driving and management of dogs. You will, no ‘out fhe 
knowledge and experience of great use. 

(/) Early in 1908 your ship should be free from the ice of the winter quarters, 
aud you will devote to furtherexploration by sea so much of the navigable 
season a8 willcertainly leave time for the ship to return to the north of the 
pack ice, Having recruited at your base station, you will then proosed 
with your magnetic survey across the Pacific, and return to this country. 

19. Tf, on the other hand, you should decide not to winter, you will bear in 

mind that it is most important to maintain scientific observations on land through- 
‘out the winter, and therefore, if you are able, in consultation with the Director, to 
find a suitable place for a lavding-party between Cape Johnson and Cape Crozier, 
and decide that such @ party can be landed and left without undue risk, the follow- 
ing Instructions will apply :-- 

(@) You will land a party under the command of such person as you may 
appoint, Such party shall include the Director, the physicist, and one ot 
‘the surgeone, and such other persons as you may consider desirable, tut 
no person fa vo be left without his consent in writing, which you will be 
careful to obtain and preserve. 








Yee iroet Tone Sp Mt ore. to 
these kingdoms. It is an honour to recelyo 


Lssreverioss to x08 Director or He Cryitian So 


1. The Royal Society and the Hoyal Geographical Society 
Zou sprains ne) Dicactin of ie! Cretan ctontti Seat os 


2, A copy of the instructions to the Commander of the Ti 
‘which are 








act in concert with him, with a view, as far as possible, to secure th 
an eaterprisc which it is hoped will be attended with important 
various branches of science which it is intended to investigate. 


of as may be decided by them. Before the final return of the E 

are to demand from the staff under your control all such data, which 
sealed up acd delivered to the two Presidente, or dealt with as they mm 
On tho return of the Expedition, you will be expected to superintend: 
tribution of specimens to specialists approved of by the two Councils o 






tions of narratives of antarctic voyages not 
tly, an Antarctic Bibliography, certainly the 
) ever yet prepared, has been supplied by Dr. 


only of the various subjects treated of in the first 
ven here. Each contribution is by a recognized 
ct with which it deals, and a glance at the list 
to show the solid value of the instructions supplied. 
Clements Markham and Dr. Mill, of nautical and 


( 
















160 THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 


scientific terms used in reference to ice is first given, after which come 
contributions on astronomy, by the superintendent of the Nautical 
Almanao; on tidal observations, by Prof. G. H, Darwin; om pendulum 
otwervations, by Prof. B. 'T. Glazebrook ; Aha of tee eaters 

Captain E,W. Creak. An important section is tho programme 
Pause mais during the period in which the Expedition 
will be at work, which, if carried out, ahould ndd greatly to the value 
of the reeults. The section on climate includes, besides notes by Mr. 
R, H, Scott, Dr. Supan, ete., an epitome of the observations taken on 
board thé ships of recent oxpeditions to the antarctic. 
Wilson-Barker supplies notes on wave-observing, Prof. Schuster on the 
‘aurora, and Lord Kelvin on atmospheric electricity. Mr. J.¥. Buchanan 
gives a series of general hints on chemistry and physics, paying especial 
attention to the methods of temperature observation and 
observations generally. Goology is dealt with by Dr. W. 'T. Blanford, 
volcanoes by Prof. Judd, and ice-obeervations by Profs. Bonney and 
J.W. Gregory. Notes on the difforent branches of zoology are given by 
various specialists, while the editor is responsible for the section on 
botavy. Lastly, valuable hints on slodge-travelling are supplied by 
Admiral Sir Leopold MeUlintook. 

The geographical section supplies narratives of antarctic voyages 
which are not readily accessible otherwise, eithor as forming parts of 
voluminous scientific reports, as those of Balleny, D'Urville, and Wilkes, 
or from having bitherto remained in manuscript. ‘To the latter lass 
belong the narrative of Captain John Biscoe, and the log of Balleny's 
second mate, both of which were presented to the Royal (ieographical 
Society many yours ago by Mr, Charles Enderby. 

‘The Antarctic Bibliography, oompiled by Dr. Mill, is the first 0 far 
published which makes any claim to comploteness, and though no doubt 
4a certain amount of antarctic literature exist which is not included, it 
is believed that no paper of any importance has been omitted. The 
arrangement is chronological, the carlier years, for which of course the 
entries are very limited in number, being grouped together, while, 
sine the beginning of the nineteenth century, each year has its own 
heading. Dr. Mill also gives a useful chronological table of antarctic 
voyages, and indices both to the names of authors and to those of 
antaretic ships. The bibliography, which has involved much labour and 
research, should prove of great value, not only in connection with the 
present expedition, but to geographical students generally. 














162 REVIEWS, 


travellors. The routes deeoribed range from the well-known horeo- 
paths round Darjocling to the remote pasees cast and north of Kanchin- 
jinga. Perhaps the most novel pieco of exploration recorded is (aptain 
O'Connor's passage of the Chorten Nima pass in 1896, and his journey, 
within the Tibetan frontier, from it eastwards to the Kongra La 


is « chaotic mass of glacier and moraine, There is said to be a pass, 
the Jonsong La, leading out of this valley into Nepal, but L was unable 
to ascertain whereabouts it lay ; from the general configuration of the 
country it must be extremely lofty and difficult.” 

It is curious that Captain O'Connor should make no reference either 
to the accounts given by the native explorers, Rinsing and Chandra 
Das, of the Jonsong La, or to ite passage in 1809 by an English party, 
of which Mz, ©. Dover, of the Public Works Department in Sikhim, a 
contributor to the presont rond-book, wasa member, It is true that it is 
not likely, judging from Mr. D, Freshficld’s description (Alpine Journal, 
Angust, 1890) that this route will proveof mnch use for military pur~ 
poses. We may note that Mr. Freshfield has stated that the gap to 
which he was led by Rinsing, the native explorer, as the Chorten Nima 
La, was not that pass, but a gap further east, connecting two sources: 
of the Teesta (Alpine Journal, May, 1901). 

The accounts of the Kang La and Guicha La routes are meagre; 
and the former pass is a long way from either Kabur or Kabra. 
On what may be called by comparison the main roads of Sikhim and 
the approaches to the Chumbi valley, the information given appears 
to be both accurate and sufficient. A route to Lhasa, an extract from 
an old native surveyor's report, may excite the envy and emulation 
of Huropean travellers. 

Lists of the bungalows kept up—perhaps this is handily the right 
worl, considering the condition of many of those in Ini 
Sikbim—and of circular tours, which may be conveniently mado from 
Darjecling, are added as an inducement to travellers, Distances are 
given in miles; in one case between Yoksun and Jongri, three marches 
are allowed for 17 uphill miles, a significant relation between time 
and space. Mr. Dover, however, and a worn-out troop of coolica 
descended them in one day in 1999." 


* With regard to the diseropancy in heights referred to above, and the omission of 
that of D,, Mr, Douglas Freshfiold sends us the following note, which he has recently 
received from Colonel St, G. Gore, x.x., the Surveyor-Goneral of Tadia:— 





164 REVIEWS. 


each section a serviceable bibliography is given; in reference to the 
ee nee eS eee 





Angara, Baikal Lake, Amur and Ussuri (pp. 501-520). 
illustrations, special attention may perhaps be directed to the photo 
graphs of the greater railway bridges, euch as those over the Ob, Yenisel, 
‘Tobol, Tom, Khor, Ussuri, Irtish, etc. ;,see pp. 85, 91, 96, 180, 182, 291, 
218, 208, 272, 287, 292, 449, 453, 454, £50, and 457, for the chief examples 
of these truly remarkable constructions. 

‘The least full and satisfactory portion of the Guide is that given 
to the Trans-Baikal railway ; eae the fact that this portion 
of the line was not entirely completed by the date of publication in 
1900, it wonld perhaps be unreasonable to expect mora. A photo- 
graph, ey., of the graat bridge over the Selenga, could scarcely be 
expected before its inauguration. The following illustrations (all 
photographs), with the accompanying letterpress, may also be com- 
mended as giving some idea of recent progress towards civilization: 
—p. 361, tho tea-bazaar in Kinkhta, on the Russo-Chinese frontier; 
p- 829, the ioo-breaker dock near Listyennichnaya, on Lake Baikal ; 
pp. 317-319, the Archwological and Anatomical Museums, the Library 
of Count Stroganov, the Physical Cabinets, Clinics, Students’ College, 
and General University Buildings in the University of Tomsk; p. 
816, the Trinity Cathedral in Tomsk; pp. 304-311, various churches, 
houses, schools, otc., in Irkutsk, and especially the Theatre and 
the Museum of the Hast Siberian branch of the Imperial Geographical 
Society; p. 279, the railway technical school in Krasnoyarsk; p. 251, 
the Museum of the Khaitin china manufactory; pp. 232-234, views 
in Barnaul and Biisk; pp. 216-217, views of the Ob-Yenisci canal 
and of an Ob steamer; pp. 199-202, workshops at Omsk; p. 179, the 
medical and feeding station for emigrants near Kurgan; p. 130, a 
museum in Tobolsk; pp. 124, 125, the steamers’ quay and the museum 
of the modern school in Tiumen; pp. 117-20, views in Bkaterinburg 
(mot perhaps quite worthy of that charming town), especially the 
Cathedral and Court of Justice; p. 98, the Miniar ironworks; p. 
101, the Satka ironworks; p. 99, a railway outting in the Urals; 
p. 181, the landing-place at Nikolaievsk, on the Amur; p. 34, move- 
able school at an emigrant station ; p. 455, a landing-stage on the Iman; 
pp. 378-383, mail and other steamers on the Amur; pp. 17 and 413, the 
mole and winter anchorage of steamers at Blagoveshchensk; p. 446, 
the offices of the Ussuri section of the Siberian railway at Khabarovsk ; 








168 REVIEWS, 


extraction,’ though the Mougol and other Oriental strains in their blood 
are doubtless important. BEE 


Hosie’s * Maxcaunta.’ 


‘Mr. Alexander Hosie’s study of “Manchuria: its People, Resources, and 
Recent History’ (Mothuen, 1901, pp. xii, 274) gives a record of a journey 
from Nowohwang to Lake Baikal (pp. 73-134), as well os an mccount, 
evidently compiled with great care and knowledge, of the inhabitants 
and administration, physical features and climate, agriculture, animal 
and mineral products, special industries and trade, of Manchuria (pp. 
185-262). Mr. Hosie at first intended to follow the track of the Man- 
churian railway from Port Arthur to the Amur, taking advantage of 
the sections already comploted or in construction; but being obliged to 
alter his plans, he travelled round to Vladivostok, thence by rail to the 
Amur at Khabarovsk, and so by steamer up the river to the terminus 
of the main Siberian line at Stretensk. Good photographic illustrations 
are given of the British consulate at Newchwang, of the coremony of 
cutting the first sod on the Rassian-Manchurian line, August 28, 1897, 
of various scenes on the same, as well as at Port Arthur, Viadivostok, 
and Khabarovsk; at Stretensk and Blagovechchensk; and on the uppor 
and lower Amur. A large-scale map of Manchuria, based on Russian 
sources—in default of any good English plan of the whole country 
—is added at the end of the volume. The execution of this docs 
not etrike us as at all on a par, in clearness and legibility, with 
the amount of accurate information contained. The view of recent 
events in Manchuria, in chapter ii,,and of the earlier history of the 
Manchurian boundary between China and Russin in chapter way j8 
accompanied by extracts from various treaties—ey. of 1689, 1858, 1860, 
1895, and 1895—and seems free from any of those gross errors 80 often 
committed by writers on recent Far Eastern history. A few small 
mistakes oceur, eg. on p. 47, Pi-tzu-wo, on tho frontier of the Russian 
leasehold, is called a village on the west coast of the Liao-tung 


Objection may be taken to.some of Mr. Hosio's spelling of Russian 
names and words; ¢g. Blagoveschensk (where sch is not enough for the 
ahch letter), Harbin, Harbsrovsk, and parahod (where the kh letter ix 
treated rather as if one were to insist on spelling corf or chuf), 
and Vladivostock (where the eternal c intrudes itself against rhyme 
and reason). While Mr. Hosie gives (p. 95) a favourable account of the 
sectional railway between Viadivostok and Khabarovsk, he has mapy 
criticisms-on the branches of the aan trank line in Manchuria and 
the trans-Baikal region, 


C.K. B. 











¢ 10) 


ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS.” 


By VAUGHAN CORNISH, D.So. (Vict.), F.G.8, F.C.8., aes 
of Owens College. 

‘Ix continuation of my investigation of the phonomens ot wena eet 
observations st Barmoath, North Wales, in December, 1899. My 
feat by hs eopearsi of Ue end banls e 
‘Mawdach estuary, which have the wavy surface shown in Fig. 1 (PlateT.). se 
photograph was taken on December 31, from an clevation of abont 150 feet on the 
northern shore of the estuary locking south-east, from « position about one farlong 
above the railway bridge. The time was near low water of a fairly large tide, 
not yet the full springs, but nearer the springs than the neaps. ‘The highest part 
of the shoal about halfway across the estuary is atated to be about 9 fect above 
Jow water at spring tides which gives about 75 feet above the bein in the 
photograph. Below the water-line, on the side nearest the camera, the sand, 
according to the Admiralty chart, slopes down somewhat steeply for a vertical 
distance of 22-5 feet. At the railway bridge the engineers Gnd in the maly channel 
another 35 feet of sediments overlying the rocky foundation on which they bed the 








WG. 2.—TIDAL SAND-KIDGES, BABMOUTH, BELOW MNLDGE. 


iron eylinders. ‘The ridges shown in the photograph are about 18 feet from crest 
tocrest, Fij is 4 nearer view of ridges taken from the railway bridge looking 
west on January 14, 1900, at low water, ‘I'he troughs between these ridges would 
only be dry at exceptional tides, The distance from ridge to ridge is about 26 
foct, and the height from trough to crest is in some cases as much as 2 feet. 

‘The surface of the shoal is normally in this condition, viz. in ridges ranged 
cross the estuary. The appearance of tho surface was quite similar six months 
lator (June 13, 1900}, during a second visit to Barmouth. In the interval of six 
months the sandbanka had shifted a good deal in shape snd position, but there 
‘was no such striking change in the general appearance of the ridges. 

‘The ridges are not symmotrical, but have a gentle and a steeper slope, the 
latter a talus of about 3 In woll-developed ridges the summit is not coincident 











* Read at the Roral Geographical Society, Jane 10, 1901, 











ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. wz 


with the top of the cliff, but somo distance on the weather side, which is slightly 
concave in its lower and convex in its upper 
I was soon able to assure myself that these ridges were caused by the tidal 


“The tidal below low water in the modo! cetuarics, with the 
flood und ebb taking the same course, constitute a it in imponstble to 
overlook, yet the existence of Fen ene 


first seen in the models, The reason that wore overlooked before is, no fared 
explained by the fact that the bottom is not below low-water mazi in actual 
ostuaries ; but this is not all, ee ES 
confined to the bottoms and sides of the narrow channela between high sandbanks. .. 


I had now encountered “ tidal sand-ripples" under conditions different from 
ees 904 ae TC tr ee eae en 


connsotiou Sith tus monks bebsdan Bassinets Cteeth Walls, ware Guanes Casas}; 
a Ee (Norfolk); the Goodwin Sands; 
peas (ent); | oe Severn, between Gloucester and Severn tunnel; and 


Onsenvations av Baaaourn (Norra Waxes). 
December 30, 1899, to January 15, 1900, 


‘The approximate form and extent of the shifting sands of the Mawdach estuary 
and of the foreshore pil seta ohana sr me ernaael atid 
Map, Particulars of the tides at the entrance (Ynys south-east point) 
given on Admiralty Chart 1484 are: H.W.F, and 0, fy 51"; wp. riso 14 feet + 
inches: Np. rixe 10 feet 4 inches. Np. mnge 7 feet 4 inches. 

‘The Barmouth boatmen reckon that the tide flows for five hours and ebbs seven 
hours, The current seems to turn aa soon as high water isreached. The maximum 
velocity in the deep channel under the railway bridge is great, and when the tide 
is running strongly there are many conspicuous eddies in the estuary. Some 
viows of the tidal sand-ripplos have already boon given fi the introductory 


paragraphs. 

‘The following measurements were taken on January 9 on the shoal above the 
railway bridge, shown in Fig. 1 (Plate L.), proceeding up the estuary in a line at 
right angles to the ridges. The line along which these measurements were taken 
would have been somewhat leew than halfway up the picture in Fig, 1 (Plate 1.) 
(beyond the first lane of water), and parallol with tho bottom of the picture. The 
ridges here had their steeper face-up stream—thoy “face” with the flood tide, 
‘The distance from ridge to ridge is called the wave-length (1), 

‘The columns of figures are arranged #0 as to divide the series into five portions. 
‘The average wave-lengths are somewhat greater in the first and last columns, which 
ate near the exit and entry of the shoal. The differences between successive wave- 
longtbe is least whero the wavo-longth is least, near the centre of the shoal, 


* “Third Report of the Committee Sas to tavustipate the Action of Waves 
and Currents on the Beds and Foreshoros of Estuaries by Moans of Working Models," 
B.A. Report, 1891, Cardiff Mooting. 

x2 







172 ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 


‘Rowing across the main channel, I landed on the next shcal, ne s r 
above Coos Fuen, and took a second series of measurements at right angles to 


~ oe ee 





10, 3.-—MAWDAOH BSTCARY, scate, 1" =1 MILE ‘ 


‘Tanne I. (Fig. 4). 
Forty-fice consecutive Wave-lengiha. 





16 10 12 075 8 17, 19 25 13 975 
27 19 | 4 2s 9 1 21 375 
16 2 18 98 u775 ue 18 105 
22 15 20 Mb 2 7 1s 22 175 
M75 7 36 19 10 22 2 623 
20 7 20 8 16 95 12 85 23 25 
6 115 16 10 14 10 25 
21 39 19 25 4 bs 7 9 36 1175 
1515, 345 | 2) 1S, 18 085 | ae 
ave Ly average L, average L, aver / nvernge 
17 O11 18’ 825 | as" sr" ot vr ars 7 75, 


avernge difference be-| ny. diif,, otc, av. diff, ete, av, diff, ete, | av. diff, ped 


tween, 
Tn = 28'9 por cent. 
of average L, 





the ridges, proceeding up stream towards the centre of the shoal until the 
ridges became irregular, The ridges are nearly parallel with those on the other 


} 


Ve 














ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. ur 


Although these large ridges faced with the flood, the little “ current-mark™ ripplea 
under water faced with the ebb, showing that the last of the ebb is in the opposite 
direction to that in which the tidal sand-ridges face, but has not been able to 


reverse them, 

On January 16 (spring tide) the tidal Sen Ae RIES LAS Site 
‘narrow low-water channel between the island Ynys y Brawd and the town of 
Barmouth. On the town side theso ridges were facing with the flood, on the 
island side with the ebb, 

On January 17 the first “low "(or cbannel-like depression) on the foreshare 
‘opposite the north end of the Marine Purade was seen to bo in ridges of about 9 
wave-length, obviously the same in all essentials as the tidal sand-ridges on the 


16", Six daya befory, at the time of amallost tides, these lows wore smooth, which 
shows that it does not take many tides to create ridges of the largest size. 


Onseevarioss AT Gnaxor-oven-Sanns (Monecamne Bay, Lancs.). 
January 21 to February 4, 1900, 
‘The sands bore are almost flat from the shore to the river channel, which bas 
pee Nereis elem peot cep ota ina bien ea 
‘The spring tide comes up the channel (pine: Pantin Seca 
current, which soon fills the channel to the brim, ‘The waters then spread gontly 


formed 
irre ep iyekfeterri Ppaptl emer ceag prt sand-ridges, although it 
is not entirely absent, as will be seen, eg., by referring forward to Fig. 18 (Plate I.) 


Onsenvartons at Paxpwonx, N.B. 
February 26 to March 1, 1900, 


Daring the visit to Findhorn the tides were increasing, tho smallest (neap) tide 
‘having occurred on February 14, and the greatest (spring) tide being due on 
March 3. As at Barmouth, so here, there Is an extensive tidal basin, which bas 
(Geemupty itsilf by a narrow channel, through which tho tide runs with considerable 


7). 
‘The point of the central shoal is in tidal sand-ridges of about the same wave- 
length as those at Barmouth. hoy were only uncovered at a low stage of tide. 
‘The parts of the shoal further from the sea are uncovered at an earlier stage. 
ioe peneee Dotion! on the west side of the channel opposite the village, and 
others less permanent in character were soon on tho sandspit, dry at low water, 
hich prolongs the promontory on which Findhorn iy altuated. On this sandspit, 


til 


178 ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 


is exposed both to currents and waver, I noticed on the 26th Isolated pools 
left by the partial obliteration of tho and-ridges. ‘Their crors-soction Is tha 
to % 





Se ates cane ene eubeaionte time on toes 
‘The shortest tidal ple Mepirpamadereti varies | 





WG, 7-—YINDIONN BAY. SCALE, I" = 1 su 


eevon consecutive waves. ‘They faced north-north-west, ic. with the ebbing tide, 
‘The wind was north-north-cast. 


Onsrnvarions av Mowraose, N.B. 
March 3—17, 1900. 


At Montrose, again, there ig a broad tidal basin filled and emptied through a 
narrow channel, which circumstance induced me to visit the place in search of 


* Bee the author, “On the Formation of Sanddanes,” Geographical Jounal, March, 
1897; und “On Desert Sund-dunes bontering the Nile Delta,” Geographical Journal, 
Tonnney, 1000. 


- * 





ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS, 179 


‘The tidal conditions are well described in the North Sea Pilot, 

ik » a8 follows :— 
‘great difficulty in Montrose harbour is the strenysth of the stream, which at 
CE lates ‘The time of alnckest water in the channel 
‘to quarter flood, Rel Pore tretpe eltatak re 
y. The young flood then setting in, having only to fil the channels in 
6 stake, is moderate in force. Directly, however, the level of the water 








vig, 8.—stonTROsE BASIN, eCAtE, I" = 1 MEL 


0 pea nee mop ee cooreeiee pc furious 
he he orn the #tream at high water, and the ebb rans out 
low water. . . . After passing the inner lighthouse the strength of the 
40 the south shore, oud that of the ebb to tho north shore of the 


Aarbour. ‘The first of the ebb sets across the Annat sand" (Fig. 8). 
—— the sandbanks of the slake, or tidal basin, to a 
nt fixing thom, but on the north side of the main channel the sands are 
bel led to by the formation of a new bank on the innor aide of the curved low- 
|. This bank is composed of clean sand and shells, free from mussels 


‘Presents o striking appearance from the regularity and large size of 
which it is completely covered. ‘They all face eustward, te, with 




















ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS, 183 


Onvxenvartoss at Muxpstxy, Nonvorx. 
April 14-17, 1900, 


I decided to visit the north coast of Norfolk in order to see the effect of the sea 
in producing tidal sand-ridges where there is no neighbouring estuary or tidal river, 
and where, owing to the general trend of the coaat-line, the tidal currente may be 
expected to be strong and to run parallel with the shore. Isolected Mundsley, east. 
of Cromer, on the suggestion of Mr. Clement Reid, v.us On April 16 and 
morning of 16th, with the wind off shore, the sands exposed at low tide were 
mostly smooth, only in the low between the beach and the “ball” were there 
‘well-preserved tidal sand-ridges. The wave-length (1.) was 4° 10°, average of thir- 


teen consecutive waves, and the ratio & was approximately 16-7, The crests of 


these ridges were at right angles to tho shore, whereas if they were wave-formed 
‘they would be nearly parallel to tho shore. Probably, however, wave-disturbance 
‘under suitable conditions induces the formation of tidal sand-ridges in places where 
‘the tides alone would hot be strong enough, for the jerk of the waves throws sand 
{nto suspension, 

On the * ball” the much-blurred traces of tidal aand-ridges were measured on 
the morning of April 16, and had s wave-length of about 4’, In the afternoon 
‘of the same day the wind and blew along shora from the direction of 
Cromer with moderate force, and breakers apparently 3 to 4 feet high came in at 
high tide. In the moraing of April 17 the ball was all in conspicuous but irregular 
tidal sand-ridges facing eastwards (Fig. 13), 

‘The average wave-length of six ridges on the ball was about 19 foot, but 
appearances suggested that some of the smaller ridges had been obliterated, 





ig. 13—mHe “ ALL" AT MUNDSLEY, NONPOLE. 


184 ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 





FiO. 1L—A “LOW” AT MUNDSLEY, NOKEOLE. 


In the low the aversge wave-length of nine consecutive ripples was 
11’ 6” (Pig. 14). There has been no increase in the calculated tides since the 
15th, and the greatly increased dimensions of the ripples must therefore be attributed 
to the action of the wind upon the water. | 

Onsmnvatioxs ox THe Sxveus Suoacs, 
April 26 to April 30, 1900. 

‘The first place selected for observations was Severn Bridge, a little above 
Sharpness, the entrance to the Berkeley and Gloucester canal. Above this the 
river hus a steep gradiont to beyond Nownham, and is much encumbered by san 
banks. Ordinary epriog tides at Sharpness rise 27 foot, and neape 15 foot.® The 
general character of the spring tides between Severn Bridge and Newnham is as 
follows. ‘The flood commencsa with almost absolute suddenness, as a violent rush 
of water, which however, at Severn Bridge itself, docs not usually assume the form 
ofa bore, ‘The whole rise of level is accomplished ina remarkably short time; the 
current, however, does not turn when subsidence begins, but continues to flow 
up stream gently and quietly, When the seaward current commences, therefore, 
the water ia no longer deop over the aandbaoke, Just above Severn Bridge is a 
broad sandbank marked “Waveridge sand” on the Ordnance Survey Map, bat 
locally known as *Walfridge.” During my risit this sand was practically’ 
(though showing current-inark), except at the tip near the bridge, where there were 
some tidel sand-ridges facing with the ebb. There is comparatively quiet water 
here before they are uncovered. The sandbanks between here and Newnham are 
all (as far as I have seon them) similar in character. 

‘The main channel of the ebb is close to the western shore, from which the 


i 





* ‘Sailing Dircctions for the West Const of England! 4th edit. 1891. 


sell 


the following morning (April 28) at 8.45 a.m. the tide was ebbing gently 
and quay ove the Walley, nev ob 828 a.m, was rushing over it in waves and 
with the sound of surf, Te el 





m0, 15,—Tux pox saxpe. ecace, LY = 1 ste 
No, 1.—Avcust, 1901.) rt) 


nr 


186 ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS, 


informed nt Severn Bridge that this shoal, unlike most of the other sandbanks, war 
‘normally in ridges. I found it to be so on this occasion, and was struck by the 





3G, 16.—RUDORE OY THE VUN SANDS, RIVEW SEYKUN, LOOMING RAST. 


total contrast between its appearance and that of the other shoals I bad seen in the 
Severn, Fig. 16 is a view looking east from the highest point of the sands, which 


Tamu VIL (Fig. 17). 
Fifteen consceutive Waves, 











Wavelength, Approximate ampliinde, 
8811 2 05 
MO 14 
gs 0 1 68 
47 2 0% 
46 7 iu 
29 7 18 
a7 8S 12 
a2 0 29 
32 10 2 45 
“a8 175 
sw0 1g 
a5 2 1 25 
2245 295 
a0 1 25 
9 55 21 
“S| avernge 





Average difference of succeeding L's 
‘of the avarage L, 

average L 

average H 





= 1949 (approx) 





this p of rid 
to low.water mark, the atl 





‘Tho exlatence of a shoal in the position of the Dun 

shoal, must also be due primarily to this ledge of rock. Theo 
analogous to those of a model estuary with a large groyne described 
Osborne Reynolds (pp. 16-17, Report of Committee ‘On the Action of Wi 
Currents, etc.,’ British Association, 1891), In these experiments the | 
jeoted from the right instead of the left bauk as do the English Stones, 
to avoid confusion, I have ventured to alter “ right" to “left,” whon #) 
account of what occurred in the experiments with the model estuary may 
‘as a general description of the courte of affairs at the Dun Sands :— 


4... Te was the large addy caused by the groin which eaused the groate 
‘The water entering on tho right of the estuary cromed to the left, and 
along the left bank, In othor words, during flood the loft side of the estuary 
in back-water. ‘This back-water also gave the ebb a start down the left bat 
rondored the ebb stronger on this wide. Tho mand eame down rapidly on the 
and, besides, was carriod over from the right to the left, and formed n bank al 
left middle of theestuary, . . . Round this bank the water circulated, carrying | 
‘with it up om the right and down on the Jeft.”" 


Daring the full strength of the flood, the same author states, projections © 
‘banks only cause a retardation of the rate, not a reversal of the direction, 
current, in the arva of that which one terms the eddy, 

On April 29 I was at Nownham-on-Severn, where the extensive sands are x 
smooth, There were, however, a few tidal sand-ridges of no great r 
the landing-stage in a position where there is an eddy on the ebb, and 





r ea 


12th edit, p48 


English Channel, pdlt., ps 26 
10 Rev. John Gilmore, as, pp. 108,108, 








* ‘The author on “Sea Beaches,” oto. Gengraphieal Journal, May nd Tune, 1808. 














ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 191 
aide exposed to the longest stretch of sea, and to the fact Recvinertigigistony 
rock, 


above low-water mark in this dSdgedrrnpes etal snes 
they are spread out a4 = map, and sn. be 5 mek rele map te 






mo. 20.—pover myrvanr. cats, 1” = 1 stun 


fintter portions they face with the flood. ‘The tendency of the flood current to take 
‘the shorter courte across the banks, and of the strong ebb currents to follow a 
winding path, is very noticeable, ‘The wave-fronts of the ebb-facing ridges are 

ally more sinuous than those of the flood; they suggest formation when the 
‘waters ate running together as the banks dry out. ‘The ebb-facing ridges evem also 
to be, a8 9 rule, at n lower level than those which frco with the flood. Symmetrical 
‘idges with both fhoos sloping at about 12° ars vary rare above low-water mark; 
generally t reverse current appears to have no effect upon the form of the 
pet water, even in the cage where, as I proved by observation from 
‘boat, the slower, in thia cazo ebb, current followed the same path as 
flood, current, in the reverse direction. ft fs to be noticed that the 





STL STE RIL Ee eerNeren TTY 





sfreaqyg oxo SALONS pre PUNE Jo KOT “PE HH 























ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS, 13 
Observation of the Form of the Ridges where the Sand_és mixed with 
Coarser Materials, 


On ono of the shoals the sand is mixed with stones and cockle-shells. Fig. 24 
(sce Plate II.) is a photograph of the ridges here. The leoward portions (right 
hand) consist of aand which has beer picked out from among the coarser materiale, 
held floating for a time in “eddying suspension,” and finally deposited on the lee of 
the ridge. The weather side of the ridges, now faced with shingle and cockle- 
shells (left hand), assumes a slope almost as steep as the talus of the lee side, 
‘because the coarser material does not slide #0 readily as the finer sund would do 
under like conditions, 


Observation of the Kifect of a Supposed “ Setting” of the Sand. 


South-west of the experimental plot, among ridges facing with the flood, 
‘were some of considerable amplitude, which differed not only by their size, but 





P10. 25.-—WAVEOPORMED RIPDLE-MANK WITH TUPLE CHEST GRANGE, LANA 


by the tone of colour, from the ordinary ridgos, They reminded me of the 
Larger onder of ridges noticed on the Goodwins. 1 marked the erost and trough 
of one of these ridges by stakes. On June 4, after two days, I found that the 

had not moved, although those on the oxperimental plot had travelled 
freely. T thought this might be due to lateral scour on the ebb, of which there was 
someevidence, On June 12 I noted that the big ridge had not moved, but a minor 
ridge in continuation of it had moved. I also havea note that the sands here- 
bouts are mot #0 firm now as during the amaller tides, On Juno 15, when the 
tides were large, I took a photograph, which appears to show the building out of a 
new ridge under the shelter of the old one. ‘This suggests that the stationary cha~ 
racter noted on June 4 was due, not to the ebb undoing the work of the flow, but 
to actual tmmobility of the material of which the ridge Js composed. On June 20, 
tides falling off, I have a note saying, “1 thiok ft is « case of building out in the 
shelter of the old ridgo, ‘a double crest,” in faot, as we got with (ordinary) tipple- 


it ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS, 

mark.” On the whole, it scoms that among the tidal rand-ridges which are 
exposed at low water, a setting® of the sand sometimes occurs, and that this 
modifies the behaviour of the ridges in a marked manner, Probably the same 


‘a vertical section for measurement, and to admit of slices being removed on a 


Measurements on an Experimental Plot. e 


On tho aandbank Tracth Malgwyn, at » spot bearing south from the north end 
of Aberdovey pier, and north-east by east from the Refuge, F 0 





contrary, 
last runnings of the ebb, which thus escape to the north, i.e. in a direction at right 
angles to that of the current which produces the ridges. 


Fig. 26 (¢06 Plate IL.) is from a photograph takin on June 17, a view looking 
south, which includes the two first of the five cross-rown of stakes. At this 


‘In the following table of measurements, I record for each day the of 
water on Old Dock Sill, Liverpeo! (from Jefferson's Isle of Man Almanac), for the 
tide previous to each observation. ‘This shows the progress of tides from neaps to 
springs. The depths of water on the plot are not very fur from one-half of these 
valuos. 


An examination of this table shows, among other thinge, that, here, towards 
neap tides the ridges facing with ebb are smoothed out, and that the sands here 
remain almost featureless, but that, as the tides increase, well-defined steep ridges 
Sppear, which grow in height, and also, apparently by elimination of certain ridges, 
in nverage wave-length. As the tides fall off again the height or amplitude of the 
ridgos rapidly decreases, the wave-length decreasing very slowly. Thus, from 
June 2 to June 6 the amplitude diminished 42 per cent., while the wave-length 
diminished only 2 por cent, During this diminution of amplitude there waa no 
‘appreciable change in the gencral level of the sand surface, It will be noticed 
‘that the course of affairs during increasing aud diminishing tides recalls what 
happens with waves at soa, where we have a short steop sea in a rising storm, 








* Cp. Osborne Reynolds, ‘Second Report of Commitice on the Action of Waves 
and Currents, ote.,’ p. 14, . Report of Leeda Meeting, 1890; nnd G. H. Darwin, 
“On the Horizontal Thrust of 9 Mass of Sand,” Min. Proc. inst, C.E,, Fol. xxi. (1883), 
pp. 350-378 











= 


198 ON SAND-WAYES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 


‘The true current-formed sand-wave I find to be produc 
of the stream causes the water to be turbid with a heavy, 





is less than that required to throw the sand into eddying suspension, and in streams 
which have an average velocity greater than that value; but that the formation 
of the larger kind of sand-waves is due to another mode of action of streams, the 
velocity of which (apart from pulsation) is sufficient to maintain a considerable 
drift, of sand in eddying suspension. It is incumbent to give an account of the 
principal movements of the sand-grains which must occur under these conditions, 
and to show that these movements will produce such a wave-surince, Let us 
atart with Prof. Osborne Reynolds's description ¢ of the steady driftof sand fn a 
rapid current, 

“The manner in which a current of water acta on tho granular material forming 
tho bed of the current has been the subject of an investigation by various expori- 
menters. It has been found that the primary action ls not so much to dmg the grains 
slong the bottom, but to pick thom up avd hold them in a kind of edéying suspension, 
ata greater or less height above the bed, for a cortain distance and then drop them, 
20 that When the water is drifting tho sand there is a layer of wator adjacent to the 
Dottom of & gretor or loss thieknoss charged to u groater or less extent with sand, . . . 
A certain definite velocity, according to tho alze and weight of tho grains, i required 
‘before the water will raise the grains from the bottom .. .; the effect of @ ui 


* Op, the author on" Kumatology,” Geographioul Journal, June, 1899, 

+ “On certain Laws relating to the Régime of Rivers and Estuaries, and on the 
Possibility of Experimonts on » Soll Scale.” British Association, S7tk Report 
Meeting held at Manchester in 1887), p. 556. 


t ‘the increase in the supply of sand, which ia there~ 

the crost as quickly as it is brought there, aud the height of the 
Inoreasoa, Any diminution of depth, ag. by falling tide, would 
o amplitude of the rid; In a deep current the height of the 
| by the strength of the eddy which the velocity of the current 






C H. Darwin's observation of the sand-grains creeping up a ridge 
| r nultaneously when o current was passing over it, Proceedings Royal 


22, 
we Thomson, “Oo the Winding of Rivers in Alluvial Platog;” 
‘Society, 1876 and 1877. 











"| 


— 


ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 





to preserve a definite surface of separation, the larger sorts | 
trated, 


Prof. Osborne Reynolds + found that {n hia model eatuarien the ripples formed 
action of the tide” had a wave-length equal to twelve times 








steopness of the ridges, although it may improve the regularity of the wave-fronts. 
It is to be observed in this connection that the salient angle for the direct curmat 
is the re-entrant of the return current, and that the return current will therefore 


pani sen ani vous tsa ply what te spat ane thre 


Bofore the reading of the paper, the Puestoxxr sald: We are now 
quainted with our friend who is going to read the paper to-night. fam glad to 
bbe the first to announce publicly that he has received the degree of Doctor from 
tho Victoria University—a gratifying endorsement of our conferring upon bim one 
of our awards last year in recognition of his services to Geography. The paper he 
is going to read to us to-night is entitled “Travels in Search of Waves during 
1900.” I now call upon Dr. Vaughan Cornish to read his paper. 

‘After the reading of the paper, the following discussion took plnce:— 

Coptain Wisox Banxen: Iam afraid I cannot add much to the very interest~ 
ing and beautifully illustrated paper Mr, Vaughan Curnish bas given us this 








* In the Interval between the writing of Uiis paper (Oct, 1900) and its pablication, 
I have made observations upon the rate of subsideuce of (snow) particles ma related to 
the production of silt and scour respectively. 

+ ‘First Report of Committee on the Action of Waves and Currents,’ ote,, pp. 16, 
B.A. 59th Report, Meeting of 1889, 

$ Sinco writing this sentonce I bave seen, but not measured, sund-waves similar to 
thoas desoribed in this papor, in the Fraser river, British Columbia, above the locality 
to whioh the tide extends. 








ON SAND-WAVES IN TIDAL CURRENTS. 





fk St would 
6 when 


ea of geography. Dr. 
s, but by his really magnificent photographs, how i 
The one point on which I am not quite clear, is whether all 
in the estuaries are really parts of waves, or whather thay are merely 


has been duly considered in tho full paper, which as yet I have 
t of 


'y of the latter phenomenon must be due to the somewhat 
of the sand, which contains a good deal of carbonate of lime 
carboniferous 


orvtical, derived from his observations on beaches in England. 
m that subject was more complete, for he had visited the sand- 
To-day he has taken us over the sands and waves of the sea 
aust, 1901.) P 











Tne. or ae! 
“on ra 
‘Counties; England—contd. 
wo Wiltshire ... 271,872 
Worcestershire ... 205 
Gee ee Holm a8 
wT ‘Riding ... 285,671 08 
24 ‘Yorkshire—West 
185 Riding... ... 1460861 12% 
15 
Tho | “Rak 10 
13 |’ ‘Brooknoa” - Has 
ies | Ganustben 13883536 
AT Carnarvoa 125,009 oo 
v0 Denbigh ... 131,588 106 
z Flint aw 81400 hal 
240 48774 -O2 
Wwe 892-54 
TS Pombroke 87,910 —O4 
4 Radnor... 23205 re 
7 
In the following table are given the boroughs with ‘than 100,000 in- 





habitants, their population, and increase in percentages, changes {n the manicipal 








Besides these twenty-nine boroughs, there are thirty-eight others with popu- 
lations ranging down to 24,868 (Canterbury), all of which have grown during the 
past decade except Bath, Chester, and Huddersfield. ‘he City of London con- 
tinues to lose its resident population, which has fallen from 37,705 to 26,897. 
Several other metropolitan boroughs situated in tho central parts of the area have 
‘8 wnallce population, while thoss in the outskirts have gained a large, widition, 
especially Fulham and Wandsworth. 

‘The popniation of Scotland, now 4,472,000, has increased during the decada by 
$46,363, or 11°09 per cent, As is shown in the following table, the population has 
increased in nineteen countics and decreased in fourteen. The density has risen to 
160°L to the square mile, 

r2 





SOME RECENT CENSUS REPORTS. 205 


Thirteen towns with a population exceeding 10,000 have increased during the 
decade, Of these the following have more than 50,000 inhabitants :-— 





In 3901, per ceo, 
MRS TR 
289,108 ka 
TSR oe 
Tn seven other towns there has been « decrease, ranging from '? per cent. ia 


Drogbeda to 07 in Limerick. 

India—The census taken on the night of March 1, 1901, shows that the 
population of India bas rison since 1891 from 287,317,018 to 294,266,701, or only 
HR pies ween Sek apoeina devas i, tase eM TL eee 
‘This result is mainly due to the figures for tho native states, in which has 
beon a decrease of 4°34 por cont. In British India, however, the rate of increase 
‘has beon only 4-44 por cent., and if the tracts now for the first time included in 
the reports be neglected, the increase for the whole of India is reduced from 242 





94,812,174 
12,886,150 


+ ttt $4041 


GAS 
810,811 
24499 


| 


+ 
- 
= 


eats TS) 3,181,569 — 4°94 
‘Total all India 294,266,701 + 242 


‘The area, then, in which the population bas decreased on the whole may be 
roughly defined as a triangle, with its base extending from Rajputana to the sourn 
of the Bombay Presidency, and with its apex at the wostern boundary of Sam= 
balpur, to which Kathiawar Gujrat and Cutch must be added. 

‘The following twenty-eight towns have a population of more than 100,000:— 

Gwith suburbs)... 1,121,064 oe t 





with 10-14 per cent, have made the greatest strides. 

‘Thirty-three towns of the empire have populations execeding 
these, Berlin is by far the largest, having a population of 1,864,345; it 
during the five years by 207,041, or 12-3 per cont. With its suburbs, | 
burg (189,300 inhabitants), Schéneberg ($19,000), Rixdorf (90,000), a 
contains between 2} and 24 millions, Hamburg comes next, with 
of 704,069, and an increase of 127 per cent. Several other towns 
greater growth. Nuromberg, with 260,743 inhabitants, has increased 
cent. Manheim (140,384) by 541, and Stettin (209,988) by 49-2, 
(106,887) bas lost a small number, namely, 358. Of the po 
inorensed the most, by 24- par cent. The aggregate increase in the 
‘has been 13,666,340, or 15 per cont., during the five years’ period, 
they have increased by over 116 per cent, 

‘Austria-Hungary.—The census of Decomber 31, 1900, gives 
prpulation of Austria, &e the portion of the empire on this side th 
24,107,000 souls, an increase, during the last decade, of 9°3 per conty 
pared with 14 per cent. in the ease of Germany, Of the separate. 
Lower Austria, which includes the capital of the empire, stands 
‘Increase of 16 per cent. ; Carinthia and Carniola, in which 
coatres is highest, standing at the bottom of the list with 






















a 


= 


SOME RECENT CENSUS REPORTS, 


‘The great differences in the race and economic conditions of different portions 
posse seer Sar sien cer rset 
caunes for which are to be sought in the influence of geographical factors. 

sri fn ch tw nines poplin fawn ho in af the 


if 
f 
i 
fat 
iL 
li 
i 


‘Vienna, and by Ostrau in Moravia, which show 


zt 
“| 
ai? 
i 
3 
spiel 
Healy 
yee 
eh 
He 
FEE 


The 
12 and 10 only. The excess of the country over the town population 
‘@ continued decrease, the proportion of 68: 42 in 1890 having fallen to 
54:46. Especially marked is the increase of the towns of betweon 20,000 
100,000 Inhabitants, The following table showa both 
larger towns within the administrative areas and tha 
tions of population whore these form in reality single units, As in the caso 


excovds that jn thelr contres. Thus, while there Is a general movement in the 
agricultural districts towards the towns, within these there is a centrifugal 
tendency. In Prague, «g., while the heart of the city has actually lost population 
{in one division, to the extent of 22 per cent.}, tho outer divisions have increased in 
some cages by a half or even three-quarters. Including these, Prague now stands, 
in the matter of population, between Leipsig and Munich, or between Leods and 
Birmingham. The results for Hungary give a total of 19,208,531. Thus, out of 
every ten inhabitants of the monarchy about six. lire in Austria and four in 
Hungary, the precise ratio boing 58 to 42. ‘The incrense in the Intter is even 
greater than in the former, being 9-96 per cent. With its larger area, Hungary 


rll 


Porcnatiox ov Avsrimax Towns. 












Tocrease 
Adminitrative ‘re Wider ig 
Ire =] = 
1 50 
eta 170,000 Ww 
25 ca = 
| 93 = = 
1 | asm | 
| 8 = = 
86 — - 
| 6 Beo Pragne 
23° | 72,000 | 50 
52 Bee Prague 
ae | 5400020 
356 | 70,000 








comes considerably bebind as regards density, with only 23 to the square mile. 
‘Tho attraction of the capital 1s here still greater than in Austria, Budapost show- 
ing an increase, since 1890, of 45 per cent. which gives it a population of 713,883, 


Seer 


5 
bed 
so 
m7 
68 


have grown very much since the last census in 1885—in the 
59} por cont, Six other towns, namely, Lausanno, St. Gallen, 
Lucerne, Winterthur, and Neuchittel, have a ee 20,000 


palais, Eaux tl 
incorporated with Geneva, sl thet Gerlerined wi have a third town 
than 100,000 inhabitants, ; 
‘Smaller Nationalities, —The population of Nocway, as given in the § 
report of the oonsus of December 3, 1900, ia 2,281,305, of whom 
inhabitants of the rural districts, and 624,531 of the towns. During tl 
ten years the population increased by 230,478, or 11-5 per cent. Th 


countries, increased in greater ratio than the country districts. Ch 
tains 226,686 inhabitants, and since 1891 has received an addition of 
cont. Borgen has increased by over 34 per cent., up to 72,179 No 
has more than 50,000 inhabitants. 

A census of the Netherlands was taken on December 31, 1899, when th 
population was 5,103,924. The largest additions to the population since It 
place in North and South Holland (20°51 and 16-71 per cent, resped 











SN eperitie’ in the Geological 


h i Peninsula.— 
it your, Dr. W. F. Hume notes some of the resulta, 
geology of the Sinai peninsula, of a survey executed in 
map by bis collesgue, Mr. H. G. Skill. Attention is 
transverse divide which extends across the southern 


irate: It ia croseed by five pasees, connocting valleys 























Lob Nor, as well as of a number ef Chinese manuscripts, 
‘Tibet to India which ho was about to undertake, Dr. Hlodin had 


Geographical Society, the 5 
scientist Dr, Fedsheako. The object of the expedition will 
field of geology, botany, and zoology. We also learn that an e3 
‘summer beon sent by the same society to explore Lake Telexkoie, in 
preliminary results show that the northern part of the lake is not 
fathoms, but that in the south depths of 150 favboms, and probably 
‘The temperature on the surface was found to vary from 374° to 
‘at 125 fathoms it fell to 253° Fahr. 5 
A Siberian Mammoth—An expedition has proceeded this su 
to bring to St. Petersburg the skeleton of a mammoth lately 
Unusually good state of preservation, Not only are the bair, skin, 
intact, but remains of undigested food have been found in the 
was made in the neighbourhood of Kolymek, in north-cast Siberit, 
dition arrived at Yakutsk, en route for that remote settlement, on Jane 
Recent Geology of Northern and Central Asia.—In the May 
the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society there is & abort 
G. F, Wright on recent geological changes in Northern and Centr 
deduced from the results of researches carried out by him in 1900. Belt 
with tho glacial phenomena of North Amerloa, and in a leas degree 
Prof. Wright planned hia Journey with « view vo searching for similar 


© Tho author speaks of tho valleys, not as due to rifts, bat xe thom 
which scems to imply a much smaller width in proportion to the height: 
than is fosnd in the African rift-valleys. 








ht on the existence of a cold current from the Sea 


Leaving for a time his biological work in the Sea 


pat adistance from the sea at the foot of a ridge of no great 


fis» 


by a sketch-map, which, though making no claim to 
the complicated Jake-system of Southern Abyssinia. It seems 


the south-west end of Lake Zuai, the islands of which were visited em 
Erlanger passed southward tetween Lakes Afjadda (Hora of Wellby) 
a newly discovered lake lying east of the former, and discharging 
Zuni by the Soksuk) by s stream named Daksa. Langano has a 
outline, and it could not therefore be mapped with precision. J 
Mount Aluto, on the north-east side of which another lake was 
natives. Leaving on the weat the 
Lamina of Wellby, the expedition roachad Lake Abasai, which, like 8 
reported by M. Darragon in 1897, though but vaguely showo on his 
‘dry season it forms two basins connected by a channel, but in the rai 
and forms a single large lake. The march round its north-east end 
primeval forests traversed by swampy streams and occastonally 
mountain spurs running down to the lake, Count Erlanger 
from the Abyasinian chief to proceed direct to Lake Abl 
of Bdttego), but was obliged to ascend the high plateau to the south, 
forests of junipers were seen, At Aberash, or Abera, the 
received by the chief Balkha, who had under him an army of over 
Abyasinians, Procesding to Lake Abbaya, the count followed its 








Lake Rudolf by anew route, News from Herr Neumann is alao given at p. 925 
ofthe Verhandlungen. After: from Baron Erlanger, he had, with difficulty, 
made his way scross the Omo to Kaffa and Jimma. Thence he started to survey 
the middle of the three principal branches of the Sobat, which, to the 
latest news, he having reached Fashoda before June 15 
after a successful journey. 


territory) 
‘by the Mungo river and the Bali road to Manyeme, in about 5° 20’ N., whonce it 


tains previously anvisited by white mon. The water-parting between the Crors 
and the Biya, tributary of the Bonuc, was crossed, and the expedition pushed to 
‘8 point come 60 to 60 miles north of Bali before turning routhward to that town, 
tho importance of which sx a trade centro has, Captain Ramsay thinks, been over- 
estimated. Herr von Puttkamer’s outward route led north from the Rio del Rey 
to the Cross river, but the return was effected by Captain Ramsay's route, which 
ean be followed on the sketch-map accompanying the second report, 


POLAR REGIONS. 


Boar Island. —When Prof. Nothorst landed on Bear laland in 1893, he pro- 
posed to Mr. Gunnar Andersson, who accompanied him, that he should return the 
following year to make a more thorough exumination. This suggestion was carried 
ont, and in June, 1899, Mr, Andersson, accompanied by Messrs. Forsberg & 


* Captain Becroft, in his attempt to ascend the river in tho Athéope (1842), was 
stopped, not by obstructions fn the channel, but by the extrome violence of the current, 
due to the narrowing of the river. 


216 THE MONTHLY 
Swonander, Pe Se ere ear 





kind not present in sifu on the island have been found, De Geor has Iately 
that the glaciation of East Spitsbergen may bave extended to 
island, but that all traces of it have been erased by subsequent local 





pos i 
abrasion may have removed all signs of such nts. In 
the interior mud streams have done much to change the surfice. iene 
when the valley bottoms aro free of snow, the drifts still remain 
slopes in a melting condition, and the water from them permeates 
detritus immediately below them until at length these soddep masses be 
move downwards into the valleys. Like glaciers, they shoot out narrow 
and also have terminal moraines, (One ened suniza rons of ua ee 
breadth of 115 feet, and a depth of fully 68 foot. Its terminal moraine, consisting 
of mundstone flags tilted np on end, was 56 feet broad. ‘To these Swenander attri 
butes in great measure the sterility of the island; the phanerozams, which, with 
fe ccoattar of Remictn esdi a cerca, tng, sol oa 
the mud streams. A new find for Bear island was Myewlina limestone, an in~ 
teresting type of the Carboniferous system. In a position between Scandinavia 
and Spitsbergen » mingling of nrotio forms of life with those of lower latitudes 
might be expeoted. But, ayart from binds, the fauna, as well as the flora, ix 
exceedingly scanty. The only permanent mammals are foxes, besides which polar 
bears come over the drift-ice in winter. Among the birds some have a southern 
distribution, a8 the razorbill, which breeds on the Scandinavian coasts, and the 
common guillemot. Of the arctic puffin there are two varieties, of which the 
southern is very common on Bear island, while only one gpesimnen of the northern 
(var. ‘glacial was observed. A variety of charr peculiar to the island, caught in 











pets sett daen bee eee secesioe fests 
a 


{ 













the producing 
Europe and North-West Africa, or roughly by the parallels 
‘the meridians of 10° W. and 16° E. The tree thrives best on hill 


vapour-clad F 
especially in winter, but in less degree in spring and autumn 

Africa, woods of cork oaks ocoupy the greatest extent in Algeria, an 
‘tncrease regularly from west to east in accordance with the increase in rainft 


south of France, the hill slopes of Lower Provence being especially productive, 
the tree Gourishes likewise on the sandy plains of Gascony and on the 
slopes of tho Pyrenees, In Italy tho cork woods have suffered much from the! 
prevalent forest destruction. Although known to and used by the anc the 
first traces of systematic cultivation date from the second half of the els ! 
century, the impulse in this direction being due toa German eettler in the e 
of Gerona. In North Africa the modern extension of cultivation is the outcome of 
the French occupation of Algeria and Tunis. At the present time Portugal is the 
greatest producing country as regards quantity exported, but the value of that ox 
‘ported by: Spain is considerably higher, owing to its better quality. Of importing 
countries, Great Britain takes a decided lead. ‘The imports have 
until they now stand at an annual amount of nearly 30,000 tons, with « value 
exceeding £900,000, The greater part is in the raw form, being used for the 
manufacture of linoleam, 4G 
‘The First Globe containing the name America.—A note in Globus 
(vol. 79, p. 307) gives, on the authority of a paper ia the Bulletin of the J my 
of Sciences at Cracau, an account of an early globe which is preserved in the : 
fon Library of the Univeraity of that city. ‘The globe, which has been described 
for the first time in the publication referred to by Dr. 'T. Estreicher, forms part of 
a clock, dating from the openivg years of the sixtoonth century, and ia made of 


even, tat te ate o he globe 
must be little 
which Waldsocmiiller bestowed Frege the 


outiit general precautions 

suggested by modern scientific research. ‘This is the oxplana- 

of food und clothing, camp equipment and the like, which wero 
ye Exhil and of the 


improved methode of preparing food products which may bo kept 
of time and under adverse circumstances, without risk of decom- 


‘are matters which were illustrated in a practical way in the Westminster 


the innumerable devices which render the work of the modern 
‘more easy than was the case at the beginning of the last century. 

ile polnted out in his opening speech that the exhibition was likely to 
ing romult than could be obtained during the fow days in which it 

} and drew special attention to the Travellers’ Health Bureau, ia con- 
hich the exhibition had been organized, which has its offices at 183, 
, B.C, and which exists for the purpose of collecting and dis- 
ation concerning the health problems of unbealthy,and particularly: 
he Royal Geographiosl Society has already exprossed its 

#, not only by giving its support to the Livingstone Exhibition, 

the secretary of the Bureau to be an instructor under the 

ets of health and outfit, It may bo mentioned that the 

ik Bureau is s department of Livingstone College. ‘The latter has 








a 


2 eee 


Sir Cuthbert Peek. 
snaounoe the death, at the comparatively early age 
scientific 


ete 100s sonan oxcomeh a eaerae 
‘boon one of its trustees since 1895, having 
capacity. For the encouragement of g ' 
founded an annoal premium to be auertad 
work done in the field of geography, As 
-Iuis journeys in Iceland, in company with Mr. 
appeared in the Proceedings R.G.S. for 1882. E 
se Sateeioey, oot ihe costae 


= at Rousden, in Devonshire, is 
d, in 1884, the eldest daughter of Viscount. 
4 





in Vieuna, 
ithe i tn i i wi 


if stati eee jemhantes| D 
‘bo severely felt in Austrian educational circles. 


{ 























Globus 79 (1901): 208-205. 


Alps—Morphology. 
Dio Salzburger Bucht, Von Julius Jacgor. 
Austria —House-typos. Globus 79 (1901): 220-294. 
‘Das boanischo und horzegowinische Haus. Von Dr. F.Tetzner. With 10 
Austria—Moravia. Deuleche Rundachau G. 23 (1901): 349-357. 
‘Das “Burgvorlies ” im mibrischen Karst, Von R. T'rampler. With 
‘The Burgrorties fe a cavern near the small village of Holstein, south-oast 





do In Périnde Glactsire dane Ten. Karpates mérdtonnton 
™ CExtmit da Bullotia de Ia Sooieté 1 France, 
: Pe Ia Spe Preenter by eters 
tn of 3 "di Martoune's investigations are summarized ins note on p. 84, 


. G. Tidshrift 15 (1900): 153-177; 16 (1901): 3-18, Madson, 
nogle i Danmark ‘Sted- 






aed 216-224, 
seo perth plateaux ou the border of 


rem as: anti Erin cima 
Balti de In Beldte Delgo ds ei Tae Se Te, pe ea) 
Braaallg, 1901, Sige 9} 0 iy aa 

a Girardin, 












Teg ee pegein ag 198-218, ‘Hanotaux, 
histoire de France, Par M. Gabriel Hanotaux, 
. La G., B.S,G. Paris (1900): 387-312, 463-483. ‘Hautroux, 
do Gascogne., Par M.Hautrenx, With Diagrams and Maps. 
with phonomona of the coast watere—currents, depths, tem- 


Six. 
‘mur Jo réseau des voies romaines do la région da Nord. Par Georges 


Leopoldina 36 (1899): 170-176. 
bayrischon Waldgobirge. 





___ This ‘referred to in the Monthly Record (ante, p. 218). 
—Harvests and Weather. 


Plain. Naturw. en aib dogs: 87-89, Wahnschaffe. 
: Die Endmorinen des norddeutschen Fiachlandes. 
GZ. 7 (1901): 185-194. Hochste' 

0 Vorlago in Proussen. Von Dr. Wilhelm Hochstettor. 








der ata Insslwelt. Von Prof, Dr Aled 


1A). Gotha: 
toon Coe w ar vy. and Te nee Lele 


B. American G.8. 38 (1901) : co "Hetartien 
end Mtolia. By Rufus B. Richardson. 


Merlin. 
of Thessaly for the — 1900, Foreign Office, Annual 
Blan 10% 6h, pp. 18. Pre jd. 











Plas topogeaden dal ata au Pies at Des & 


1584—Momorin de} Car, Jodooo Del 


Italy—Lago d'Orts, 
Atti Terz0 Congreso @, Tatéano, Birenze, 1898 (vol. 14): 
‘Duté morfometrici wal lngo d’Orta—Comtniexzione del Dott Guglio 
Fett Torso Congresso G, Haliano, Firenze, 1898 (vol. i) 
Sallo stato attuale degli studi batometrici dei Inghi italiani ool 


Della di compilare un dizionario toponomaatico dell’ 
prit Rh egy mreraeS 
c dei mezzi da impiegaral all’ uopo, Relazione del Prof. 
‘Italy—Place-names. 
Atti Perso Comgresso G. Itatiano, Firence, 1898 (vol. ih): 642 
uli correzione dei nomi locali netle carte topografiche doll” Irti 
‘per quanto riguarda Ja Sicilia Occidentals ¢ Meridionale, 2M 
Prof. Giuseppe Ricchieri, 
taly—Rivers. Atti Ters0 Congresso G, Ilaliano, Firenze, 1898 (vol, tk) 
pall cpreimail # jere ad una wuova determinaxione dell’ area 
fi 1 Italia. della lunghezea del perworso dei singoli lumi. 





655-665, 
eterno 








Com. Paris 28 (1901): 28-89, 

y ‘sivant am pled Ta chatne do Djerba ‘ 
BSG, Com, Parle 9 258 bin—270 bie, Hausor, 
onisation pple, 


Rev. G. 48 (1901); 283-299. Massion. 
ree du Tonkin. Mates tbat Wanton ‘ 








2g April 1808 Mop. ‘ 
Rapport yan de Reis van den controleur Schwartz naar Bangli, Map, 
Maley Areata re eT Tadliche Tal, Land- en Volhen, 48 (900): 2 
el pesteuare one 


“In Centraal Borneo, Reis van Pontiansk naar Samarinds door 
mg vols. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1900. Size 10% 7, fp. 

208 ; (vol. ii.) vill. and 370, Iustrations. Price 20s. 

‘These important works wil bo specially noticed. 


. Tris K. Ned. dard. Genoote. Amsterdam 18 (1901): 


Malay Arohipelago—Sumatra. Die Naiur 50 (1901): 86-90, 
Eine Schdpfung deutscher Elektrowechniker im Urwald yon 8 
binem Aufsatze von Ober-Ingeniour Philippi. With Iuatrations, 
“An account of tho installation of electricity, generated ter-po 
mines of Rejang Lobong. = % 








4 


Spee ak corte cerca i epee ot ee 
‘Egypt. Questions Dipl. 


De 


‘Fronch Guinea, BSG, de UEst 21 (1900) : 407-428. 
‘En Casamance, Par 5, Courtet, With Map. 

Fronch Sudan, Rev. G. 48 (1901): 256-282, 345-909. - 
‘Dana le nord du Soudan frangais. Par Pierre Dornin. With Me 


A well-illustrated account of a the and 
Yoynge up the Senegal 


Gorman East Africa, 
Report on German East Africa for the year 1900. Foreign Oftics, 
2568, 1901, Size 9) x 6, pp. 50. Price Bd, , 
‘Gold Comst—Ashanti, 
‘The Relief of Kumasi. 3B; epee ye London : 
1900. Size 8 x 5h, pp. xiv. and 316. Map and Illustrations. ice t 
the Publishers, 


A well-told narrative of for the relief of Kuss, fro 
esol xr suite ru of her oe ‘The int 
ee ‘of Sritish Wert Africa, while the map ist 
‘that pul ‘by the Intelligence Diviaton of the War Office, 

Ivory Const. La @., B.S.G. Paris 3 (1901): 811-815. 


Bin, I noavelle cnpitale de Ia edte d'Ivoire, Par M. Clozel. 
a 4 
Globus 78 (1901): Us3-185. 
Wirtochaftliche Bedeutung von Nordkamerun inabosondere der Hoe 
‘Von Hauptmann Hutter. 
barr so tal. Supplement to the Report on the Mining Industey of N 
fatal. on the 
Pictormuritzburg, 1000, Sid 


Size 18 x 8. 
‘Consiats of illustrations of geological sections 
‘Nile and Zambezi. J.B. Colonial I. 3% (1901): 187-176. 
‘The Nile and Zambezi Systems as Waterways, By Major A. St, Hill 
‘The suthor goes more at loogtb, than in the paper read before the So 





2 





ot Glenn and Abercrombie, 
ane Hank dics the dingo of the Guovoary of We 
1901.) g 
{ A 





La Colonizzzione 
conte Roberto di Villar Gan 
Bom 101. Size 9 64. pp. 20 


fa ‘%. Ges, Hrdl:. Berlin 38 (1901): 1-19, 
nordamerikunischen Felsengebirges: 
| With Plates. 


ny tho Und stat 


1900, “Eine 9% 6, pple 


Sagar, 
iio apie Dxereee Piste een 


Beco Gas ee 


rated ie” cen are B, American G.8, 33 (1901): 67-72, 

‘The Cooss River. By Frederick G. Bromberg, 

‘The Coosa river took an important in the nineteenth } 
ens tierce wlascrocis Uebreas at pace aly in the Galfer Mesicas ’ 
Dnited States—Irrigstion. 2. American G.S. $3 (1901): 73-80. 
“Notes on tho Recent Progross of Irrigation in the United St 


‘United States—Now Jersey. * 

PA, Nat, Sei. Philadelphia (1900) : 623-671, c 

(Oo Peyton pote gccmmimamig By John We 

see Jersey. P.A, Nat, Sci. Philadelphia (1900): f 
‘The Pine Darrens of New Jersey. By C. F. Saunders, 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH, 235 
United 


P.A. Nat. Sei. (1900) = 482-490. 
tet ha nig and its Keology. By Alosandor 
-— 
88.0. Com: Parie 28 (1900): 294-811, ‘Daireanx, 
— pfooenigo ose drIn hageinae rein deeds om 


pacer Kolon. 2.2 (1901): 104-109. 
docs Sunta BY, die erste Ackerbaukolonie Argentinions. Root! thas? 


: : ‘B.A. Nao. O¥, Cordoba 16 (1900); 209-841 


Antecedentes ects ia emaracon te nares pvc 


Cérdoba y La With Plan. 
Aone sae LES 
Teele dol capleerten Thea Maken Hasek,” Gonptiston y econ Eis 
ae a 


lorador Don Tadeo 
Home aa, Ee tn “Sa J, pp vill. and 118, 
Bolivia and Chilo, 
Bolivia y Chile, Antecodontes histérioos. Discusiin Diplomition, Betado sotual 
de In cuctién, Por J.C. Valdés, Santiago de Chile, ‘Sis 7x 5, pp. vill. 
ao 
‘A statement of facta boaring: on the territorial question betwoon Bolivia and Chile, 


Brazil. ‘Branner. 
Results of the Branney-Aganiz fiom to Brazil. IV. Two Charactoriat 
mA Bol vd i a Cat of Br i amar 
Bee 10 ee Manan Httetion He 
‘Brazil. ‘Brauner. 
Doposite of Bahia and Minas, Brazil. By Prof, John C, Brunner. 
faa = ste eos 1899, Teh te > ae Ca 
ut ‘s Edit * 
a ‘Pp 
‘Branner. 


“Batic aes pee aes 
ing, August elers, Rion Ox pp IS Mop: 


Ditto. “Second Mémoire du Bris, 6 vols, Vol. y. Facsimile de quelques 
repesiaite eux, Tomes ii {ob fr.—Vol, oh. Atlas spore: Be 

« 1899, yo Paris: ure.) Size 10} x The 19x 1 

sol wh 284 16; pp. (rol. Deis ton Croleit) oh chad S28 Goll sn: 

and 402; (vol. iv.) and Facsimiles. Presented by the Brasitian 


‘Theve collections of documents seupeating: ie Seaaicenity boomer French Guiana and 
Brazil contain matter of much value for the carly history of those parts. 
British Guiana Boundary. B.S.(0. de Bet 21 (1900): 825-256. Pariset. 
‘Larbitmage anglo-véndsudlien de Guyane. Par M. G, Pariset, 
Dutch Guiana. Tijile. K. Ned. Aard. Genoots. Amaterdain 18 (1901): 367-882. Heldring. 
Sarinaamoche belaugen. Door E. Heldring. 
Pera. Balta, 
sobre La Geologia dof Perv. Por J. Balta, Size10 x 7, pp. 12, Ma 
‘Kosayoa nueva ete r * 7, pp. fap. 
‘hia note deals with the Carboniferous system of Pern. 
n2 














"A Statistical Account of the Seren Colanios 


ales. 

South Wales: Statistics, History, and CO 
Pg cere ery er TTT area 
the Agent-General for New South Walee, 


alas: By JHB 
‘Wostern Australia, La G., 9.8.6. Paris 3 (1901): 279-286, 
L’ancien “déeort Victoria” (Australio cecidentale), Par Jules @ 
Tlustration. 


‘Wertern Australia, 5. Union G. Nord dela France 22 (1900); 129-187 
‘Uno excursion on Australie. Por M. H. Kuss, « 
Deals chiefly with the gold-felde of Western Australia, 





bh 








a a tees Foes Rasen nA 1899-1900 et | 
iver Tete 


rapport do Mt. 
(li, 





Goodesy. —Ofoersigt K. Vet. A, Firhand. Stockholm 87 (1900): 9 


stat 
aaa a crete Abb eaos den peace eens : 


Map projections. x 
pee ee eet ae tee 


1901. Size 10 x 64, pp. 14. 


Paris: Gauthior- 


© Giga Ema ome‘ Prieto 





‘AW1, Size 10x 6h, pp. 198 Ma 





Reo. Maritime 148 (1901): 685-708, 
Conférence internationale de Stockholm pour étude de le mer. 
Las 
Pa 
Hare andes des VIL. Internationalen “ 
igiBarin, 180) Berita So Size 10x 7, pp. 870-378. Pres 
rt 
Kotor lad “frie Hetto, sag at Hares Repen 
va ea a ‘af olektriak Telofonbro. Af Martin Koudseu. 
Bis 12 x 109 pp. 10, Diograme 


und 
Klein. XI, Js 
> Bhan Be 6 pp wl and 380, Plates, 


‘Terrostrial Magnetism. 
Petor Apinun a magnotischen Mixewoiny hia 


N Hermann Wagner, (Aus 
der K, zu Gdttingen. 


Kinase, 1901 na “Beha peer oy fere 
ial importence of this determination of magnetic d 
tu td i ono of tho fow cases in the slxtcenth coutary in which 
the observation is kuown with some certainty. 
Nawtical Mag. 70 (1901): 183-188, 
ithe New Theory of Tide, By E. Plomstend. 
‘Voleanoes. Die Natur 80 (1901) : 186-187, 198-196. 


py der Erde und aiey vulkanischen Exicheinungen im Wel 
Prof. A. Pawloff von 8. Tsoht 


ANTHROPOGEOGRAPHY AND HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY, 
Colonisation and Hoalth, 











GENERAL, 
‘British Colonies Education. 
(oe Reports on Educational Bajos: Vol. 4, ; 
eee eames cs ore 
preter pe ay eg errata yr 
sean Pinky 1900. Bisa 10 Ty ph wok L) S805 
ition. 


J. School G. 8 (1901): 129-183. 
‘The writer urges the ism 


er 


“Atté Terso Congresso G. Italiano, Firence, 1898 (vol. ii.) : 
Come la nell! jameato elementare, 

Senet es 

‘Tho writer shows tho great value of geography ns an educ 


Atti Torso Congreso G. Italiano, Firenze, 1898 (vol. 4) 
Come Ja geografla negli Stati Uniti d'America. Co 
Srengclo Gbister 








= 238 Bsysie3sp ah i a 
bag |g HUH satis is 
* it lee ha fie li uel lent ig Hi 
fig Pallz *2 sit: ane ef sai a og BE 
eee ee br 
He 1s i pieiets Hmaaih BA 
Ha ea Pee ae 
wea 2B ik EB a ae He Hees ie os 
i ee eesti! iawieengl) 1 
PP de Ge wag Kandel] PLP Pee 
a ae nee [a 
it ied ge 8 PITH sueuadl atti hu 
Eee re A 
taal je NEE 
eel ed a 

























250 ‘EXPLORATIONS IN THE GREAT BEAR LAKE REGION, 


river. Hore we wero obliged to wait till the ice broke up on 
wad soon after started down-stream by canoe. Below Fort Simp 
Mackenzie, after its junction with the Diard, beoomes a n 
stream, being for the most part over a mile in width, and with a 
of from 8 to 6 miles on hour. Tts beautiful sprace-clad © 






OLD EHORES OF GREAT BEAR LAKE, CAPE MACDONWELL, a 


Le 
river, a stream somewhat swifter than the Mackenzie. At the time 
of our visit, travelling was particularly dificult, Tho ice of the 
Bear river had brokon up only a fow weeks before, and was piled ell. 
along the bank, 10,20, and in places even 30 feet above the water, #0 
that my mon, in hauling our canoes by moans of tracking lines, were 
obliged to walk on the top of this high border of ice. The Bear 
river isa fino, cloar-watered stream, 350 yards in width at its mouth, 
and about 250 yards at its ontlet from Great Bear lake. Leaving 
the Mackenzie, the river flows through a doop wooded valley, whose 
steep slopes show exposures of unaltered, horizontally bedded Ter- 
tiary strata. Some 40 miles up we entered that spur of the Rocky 
mountains which had crossed the Mackenzie bolow Fort Simpson, 





& —4 






EXPLORATIONS IN THE GREAT BEAR LAKE REGION. 261 


‘Sud here for 2 or 3 miles the river runs through a deep cafion, having 
‘Sut its way down in places 300 fect. Jnst below tho rapid of the caiion 
‘the mountains rise in a series of peaks of anticlinal stracture, called by 
‘Sir John Franklin, the Mountaing at the Rapid. ‘The highest of these 
Peaks, Mount Charles, docs not exceed 1500 feot in height, but ite 
toragh, jagged outline, its steep slopes of talus blocks, and its sombre 
Salouring greatly incrooso its apperent height. The Rocky mountains 
re here composed of altered limestones, dolomites, breccias, and quartzites, 
WX much contorted. A fow fragmentary fossils were found, which 
Bxow the rocks to le of Ordivician age. The walls of tho cation are 





formed of almost unaltered and nearly horizontal Cretaceons sandstones, 
fhales, and marls, and through these soft xtrata tho Bear river has 
*asily worn iteclf a deep bed. ‘This erosion is going on rapidly at 
‘present, the swift current of the Bear river being materially aided by 
the intense old of the subarctic winter. In the 40 miles intervening 

| betwen tho cafion and Groat Bear Inko, the river meanders through a 
| deep wooded valley, with terraces showing the former levels of the 
‘stream, which may have beon of greater broadth in comparatively 

| recent times. Gravel beds of grout thicknesses, sometimes associated 
Mil Arcbiean Boulders and sand, are exposed along the rivor-bank, How 

= ‘masses of gravel could have been formed is more or less a 
matter of conjecture, ag they are overlaid by boulder-clays of the later 

582 


a 


beads and porcupine quills, give thom a pleasing appearance. 
Fortunately, the Indian forecast as to the brouk-up of the 
little overdrawn. The lake was sufficiently clear to enable ux 
around the north shore on July 4, although it was the 
reached Richardson bay, having had numerous delays, 
tho ice packing up against the shore. Leaving Richardson 
decided to follow an old Indian portage-route by amall lakes, 
Sweet Grass Hills peninsula, rather than attenpt to go ro 
past Gros Cap, where the ice was still packed tight. Here 
to learn something both of the geology and gougraphy of th 
Reaching Icebound bay, we were again delayed by the ice, 
not till the 25th, and then only by breaking our way th 
for 4 miles, that we were able to make the traverse across 
tho north shoro, 





b 


EXPLORATIONS IN THE GREAT BEAR LAKE REGION, 253 





WIXD-COVERED TREES, RAST SHORE, HUSKELL HAY, OREAT BEAK LARE. 


We reached old Fort Confidence, at the extreme north-east of the 
lake, on July 30. Here it was that Sir John Richardson and Dr, Rae 
wintered during theirsearch after traces of Sir John Franklin. We were 
surprised to find tho log houses of the fort still in good condition, though 
almost half a century had elapsed since their occupation, more especially 
as not even the chimneys were standing of Franklin's post at the outlet of 
the Bear river. Not a single nail had been used in the buildings of Fort 
Confidence, but skilful dovetailing had given the houses both neatness 
and durability. The fort is situated in a sheltered place behind a big 
island, with rising ground to the north of it. Its location is one of the 
few well-wooded spots on the lake, and the trees are of fine growth, worthy 
of a more southern latitude. Tho ground had been free from snow for 
some weeks, and was covered with green moss, interspersed with many- 
coloured flower#, which maturo quickly during the season of perpetual 
sunshine. ‘Ihe park-like appearance of this far northern spot was 
indeed refreshing after the dreary shore we had passed along sinco 
leaving tho outlet of the lake. The northern and north-western shores 
of Great Bear lake present no very interesting goological foatures, To 
within 30 miles of Fort Confidence the lake is surrounded by unaltered 
Cretaceous strata, with few exposores of solid rock. Hard sandstoue, 
interstratified with loose shale, is exposed in u long antiolinal fold, 
the backbone of the Sweet Grass hills. On Tcebound bay I noticed 
exerescences of sulphurand alum. From a point about 30 miles west 





‘LD FORT CONPIDENCE, NORTH-EAST END OF OREAT BEAR LAKE, 


EXPLORATIONS IN THE GREAT BEAR LAKE REGION, 255 





TUNDRA OOUXTRY, SOOT OF COROKATION GULF. 


Retuming from the Coppermine, we fell in with a party of Eskimo, 
who ran from us as we approached, in spite of all our efforts to 
restrain them, But, ag a matter of fact, even had we beon blood- 
thirstily inclined, we would have put up a poor fight, because both 
my assistant and I were quite tired out, and my men had gone 
on some honrs before us. It eeoms rather incredible that twenty- 
five Eskimo would run from two played-out white men; but it is 
quite probable that they may have expected an army behind ua 
‘Their camp was a most extraordinary place. It lay on a hillock of 
sand, with a large lake in front and a pond behind. The knoll was 
capped with three or four small huts, the walls of which were formed 
of flat stones placed on end, and the roofs of caribou-skin. The pond 
was filled with caribou-bones, which showed that the camp had been 
muok frequented, In tho middle of the miniature village lay « large 
heap of raw caribou meat, which the Eskimo store up in seasons of 
plenty. We waltod some time at the camp, hoping the natives would 
reappear, but they did not. It was their poriod of good feeding. The 
caribou were grazing on the Barren Lands in vast herds, and musk-oxen 
were plentiful, so there was no necessity for them to return to their 
extra food-supply. They had evidently never come in contact with 
white men before, bocauso no article of civilized manufacture was 
found in their camp. We left what we could for them, and continued 
our way scuthword against a snow-storm which had set in over the 


wor fond ia which the ssenary wonid light the aye 
of the benutiful. 





EXPLORATIONS IN THE GREAT BEAR LAKE REGION, 257 


us up as lost, a fate which they think will overcome all white men who 
travel in their inhospitable country. Wo wore thus obliged to start across 
country without a guide, a course which I did not at tho timo like to 
undertake, a8 we knew nothing of the district, and had only a scanty 
supply of provisions. Wo ascended the Camsell rivor,« fine rapid stream 
much broken by waterfalls, and pushed on through its expansions, some 
of which are lakes of considerable size. Portnges wore froquontly 
made to avoid dangerous rapide, or to shorten the distance by portaging 
from lake to lake rather than by following the great bends of the river. 

I often climbed hills to look over the lieof the land, and thus ascertain 





DRUMLINS (GLACIAL MOUNDS), DAMIEN LAXDS, HOUTH OF CORONATION aur, 


the best places to make portages from lake to lake, Some 30 miles up 
the Camsell river we portaged into a large Inke, known to the Indians as 
Lake Hottab, or Two-year-old Moose lake. It is over 40 miles in length 
by fully 10 miles in width. Its surface is » maxo of islands, which 
mado tho surveying of it particularly difficult. ‘Tho sconery here was 
yery finc. High blue hills rose to the westward, tho numerous islands 
were well wooded, and reminded one of the ‘Thousand islands of the St. 
Lawrence river, and the water was of a limpid clearness, Leaving 
Lake Hottah, a short portage brought us into Lake Stairy,an expansion 
of the Camsell river, which wo followed from this luke as far as the 
height-of-land, passing through its numerous expansions, Tho last Isko 
of considerable size before reaching the height of land was Lake Dawaso- 
necha, or tho Lake of the Small Rat’s House. It is a magnificent sheet of 


in a 
of the Nort 


A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO LAKE RUDO 
By JAMES J. HARRISON, 

‘Tne object of our expedition was to carry a complete 
the Hawash valley to Lake Rudolf, and if possible across to 
the samo time combining a sporting trip in which attention 
directed to tho boasts and birds of the countries visited, On ¥ 
5, 1899, we landed at Aden, our party consisting of Mr, A. 
Mr, P, G. Powell-Cotton, Mr. W. F. Whitchouse, and 
surveyor we had Mr. Donald Clarke, who had already had 
years’ exporience of surveying work in different parts of Afi 
Mr. R. Perks wont as taxidermist. A few hours’ delay to mak 























population, After Iunch, oar worthy fi 
“ Alto Zavike” came in state to call. 


us at Adis Abbeba, Being short of transport, we left eight 
durra and rico to follow with hired camels when Mohamed 
with our second detachment. We could only buy six 
sheep and goats (the latter for milk). 

On November 28 we loft Gildessa, accompanied by a large 
our road lying through thick scrub, while we wended | 
sheop-tracks betweon high ranges of hills, camping at a 
Odab, During our march wo crossed two running etreame, 
running water since leaving the const, These streams join tw 
rivers—the Gildessa and Odah; but following them down 
miles, we found them disappear through ranning ont and sin 
the earth, a rather common occurrence in Northern Africa. Fo 
days our course lay due west along the foot of a lofty range of bro 
mountains, called the Kobul hills. I climbed these one day 
large koodoo. The rocks were awful, evidently all due to very 
yoleanic action, Our camels here looked very bad ; 80, resting a 
made a big koodoo into strong soup, and gave each camel a good 
which seemed to offect a wonderful change. Along this valley 
found several nice streams running. On December 4 we o 
4 series of water-holes called Ulfulu, around which were gatl 
hundreds of camels, goats, and sheep. Here, also, we had to 
undergo at least an hour and a half of native war-dances, given 
three neighbouring chiefs and forty of their followers clad in 
war-paint, Another march brought ua to the river Herrar, on 
banks of which we found some lovely trees io camp under. Her 
Gildessa guides and twolvo hired camels left us, the country 

















A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO LAKE RUDOLF, 261 


belonging to a powerful and independent chief called Tambachs. A 
two hours’ march brought us to his village called Korta, a short 
distance from which we discovered what had once formed two 
Inkes, but was now only a huge marsh overgrown with dense reeds, The 
chief, a most unprepossessing individual, paid us a long visit. He 
began by demanding absurd prosonts before letting us pass, and after 
hours of talking, hoe and bis retainors all loft in a by no means friendly 
manner. Having no thorns with which to make a zereba, we stored 
our baggage as 4 rampart, doubled all sentries, and served out ball 
cartridge. ‘This chief has for yours caused tho emperor great trouble, 
fighting his people and raiding caravans; so lately he has been kept 
quiet by the payment ofan annual sum, For this reason we were mort 
anxiona to part friends, especially as our second detachment of loaded 
camels was behind. We moved on for two days, when, finding some 
excellent grass, we determined to camp, sending back eight armed mon 
to help our rear convoy in case of trouble. Before they arrived, 
‘Tumbacha had beaten two of our men and tied them up until they 
promised to givo him « camel-load of rico and two bales of cloth. We 
were thankful to see the rest march into camp, but it was hard to 
prevent our boys from going back to fight and burn tho village. 

On December 10 we reached a small lake called Odah. From the 
contour of the land, which showed the well-marked dip of the old 
shore, this lake had once been a very large sheet of water. Here we 
had some good duck and geese shooting, and I was also lucky in gotting 
an “ant-eater,” a small but very rare animal. A lofty mountain range 
called Garamaldit stretched many miles cast and wost just south of our 
courte, During onr next day's march my mule ran away for the third 
time, coming to grief in a fox-holo, but neither of us was much the worse 
apart from some bruises. I had hopes that this fractions animal would 
settle down with careful handling, but after this I christened him 
*Oom Paul,” as I had no hopes of his mending his ways until one of 
us had come to grief, On December 12 we crossed a river called Mukla, 
rising in the lofty mountsins to the south, of which the highest is 
known as Mount Assobat. Rising ground all tho 13th brought us to 
Dunkaga (3770 fect), the 14 miles having been done under terrible heat, 
Next day we made a forced march of nine hours, doing 18 miles over 
an endless plain called Aleaduga, on which we saw thousands of camels 
foeding, and also met with our first zebra, oryx, and hartebeest, Wo 
finally camped at Bilon hot springs. The temporatare of the water 
was 110°, springing up in a pond about 30 yards across, clear as crystal. 
We enjoyed an evening bathe here, while just at dusk the banks all 
round would be covered with sandgrouse. Half a milo further an this 
water ran into a huge swamp some 2 miles long by 1 wide, covered 
with dense rushes 10 feet high. In this place we located the only herd 
of buffalo met with until we reached the lower end of Rudolf. We stayed 


we could find no outlet for its waters, 

On December 19 wo reached the much-talked-of H 
fine broad stroam of 90 yards in width, deop, with o 
current; this river is another which is said to run ont and di 
some 70 miles further north-east; such a volume of water, o 
hardly bolieve it. Here our Berthon boat became decidedly 
especially ax crocodiles abounded. We found at this camp 
freah elephant-apoor, and, being keen to procure some ivory 
as @ present to the emperor, wo all soparated and entered 
patch of dense African jungle; huge prickly aloes, 
with long sharp points, and a tall feathery plant like privet, 
safe asylum from ordinary mortals. Very few minutes sufficed to 
hunters into hunted. No, 1, a cow, charged down on us. Jun 
aside,I killed her as she rushed on my shikaree, not 4 feat 
Hardly had we struck the spoor of another lot, whenayoung bt 
bore down on me; however, a lucky forehead-shot laid him low. 





y (ay § 








.A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO LAKE RUDOLF. (265 


‘and return to Adis and work north after ibex, of which I since hear 
hecbtained three specimens. On January 18 we mado another start, 
" piitings by more of those wonderful boiling springs. A few miles furthor 
“on, having, left cur course to climb some high ranges, we anddenly came 
on tho ruins of a large town and fort called by the natives Hallam, 
‘mid to have been built about 900 a.p, by the emperor Zarakob, who was 
defeated by Granya. It is ® wonderful place, laid out on tho summit 
‘of a lofty hill, the walls, 3 feet thick, of loose piled stones, all now 
Iovelled to about 5 feet in height, One could still trace all the founda- 
tions of the houses, with streets winding in andont, The town covered 
ry one mile long by half o mile broad. On January 19 we camped 
Mathara lakes. Though not far apart, the large one was quite 
‘alt, while the small one, Edith lake, was fresh. We had some terrific 
climbing in an attempt to got across to a small mountain for sur- 
vey work. Recent volcanic eruptions had simply strewn the whole 
country with enormous blocks of lava, while musses of solid rock of all 
‘Sizes, up to 15 feet square, had been thrown up and scattered thick as 
Icannot imagine » rougher climb in the world, and only 
‘two got through, though many started. This march left the fine pile 
©f tho Fuuteli mountains just behind us; for weoks thoir highost poak 
had boon one of our survey points, A long march next day brought 
28 to the Hawash river gain. This country having never been visited 
by white men, we were again the objects of great interest, Though 
the valley afforded good grazing, it had vory fow inhabitants, while the 
‘South bank was densely covered with mimosa bush. The whole country 
bounded with the camel poison tree, which alone entailed endless 
JeDbour and anxiety. 

On leaving Oresa wo found the first cultivation—peas, cotton, 
™Aacize, and barley being grown, while the district was densely populated 
‘¥Gth Arusi Gallas, occupying large villages called Oresa, Wargi, Korri, 
‘Ferad Wagia; but even hero drought was beginning to tell its tale, 
“We shot two hippo while camping on the river; and encountered an 

Abyssinian gentleman, who, having nothing else to sell us, tried to sell 
Ais wife. After repeated attempts, he and the good lady, looking crest- 
faLen at not even raising a bid, proceeded on their journey. Our spare 
‘tixue all along this valley was fully occupied with prescribing for every 
kind of ailment; the chief being bad eyes, for which, unfortunately, 
We were quite unprepared. Wo had now for somo time a splendid view 

(of that grand mountainous mass called Zakwala, 10,000 foct above sea- 
(Jewel, this and Fantali boing of groat assistance in our survey worl, 
(Wee spassed a small ewoot-water lake with no namo, but covered with 
Q arriving at Gogo near Lake Buffa on January 26. Here we 

Ged our transport for a few days while we madea side trip to ascend 

< a, ome 22 miles distant. Leaving our mulos at the foot of tho 
2Orantain, ‘we began ovr hard task, At an altitude of 8500 feet we 

Wo. Mf —Srrrenser, 1901.) v 


ha 




















dng in the lake. The whole country round was w 
Fiterauri Apta Mariam, who has the right to admini 
offences excepting murder, which rests with the 

the women do most of the work, weaving a great d 
calico, threshing out corn with curious fiails, while inp! 
carry all the water on their heads for milos, 

At Gogo wo suid good-bye to Baird, from whom we n a 
parting, for a more choory companion or better sportsman 
hard to find. We found sickness rife in camp, twelve bo 
with fever, It is wonderful how food pereate diced yd h 
whole caravan. On February 1 our boys were all lo 
for tho now moon, which heralded their Christmay Day 
‘third we had kept) and ended Ramadam, their month 
‘We got fine viows of Mount Sitala to the south, also the em 
Arbora. Wo camped at Gafarths, in tho middlo of the B P 
covered with wretched grass and half-dead bush—no water. 
trip of a few miles brought us to three small fresh-water lakes, 1 
we christened Queenie, Gladys, and York Jakes, Another 1 
took us across the river Maki, which feeds Lake Zwai. 
round here had been lately burnt, making us terribly 
dirty, Next day we reached the shores of Lake Zwai, 5400 
fino sheet of water about 25 milos long, fall of hippo and wil 
‘Hore we had very bad luck, our camels having the provious day 
to the gumbot tree. By this we were delayed « week, during: 
wo were kept in terrible suapense. All the camels were aff 
sovoral went mad, others were unable to get up, and it really” 
hopeless case, for we had no chance of replacing them. Wi 
killed two sheep, and with boiled durra drenched them twice 
with strong soup; we also tried firing them. We lost a 
from horse-sickness. Luckily, our camp was among countless 
game—hartobecst, Grant's and reed bucks chiefly—so we had 
tO consume our stores, The natives belong to the Waiyu tribe 
















= 





A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO LAKE RUDOLF. 267 







ter. The men wear clothing, armlets of ivory or copper, necklace 
and feathers in the hair; they are armed with clumsy ill- 
‘spears, also a hugo chopper-like knifo with a round end 
hb day. We wero lucky in boing able to purchase twenty-five 
‘wally good donkeys; #0. on February 10, finding forty-nine camels better, 
thou woagain movedon. [estimate that, through our boys’ 
the poison cost us twenty good camels—a serious loss. To 
‘the west Mount Gobeha stood ont, a notable landmark above the dense 
bush and forest covering all this country. Most of the inhabitants had 
‘Dever seen a camel; imagine their fear and astonishment, while their 
‘Pouies ond mules simply wont mad and bolted. We next passed Lake 
‘Horii, to the east of which lies Lake Seveta ; during the rains both join 
‘snd form ono large water, Tho river Suksuk joins Zwai and Horai. 
Anothor river joins Horai and Lamina, while Mount Alga divides the 
‘twowaters. A curious thing was that the lake-water, of a pretty green 
colour, though quite sweet, refused to be forced through our filters; 
‘elese by the Gidu falls the water was brick-red. The Tuka Gallas 
‘are all great hunting people, bardly doing anything else; they inhabit 
the western shore of Horai, 


 ‘Yravelling along the foot of the Kambata range, we crossed many 

“Funning streams, and « country densely populated, the chief tribes being 

and Gurage; all seemed well-to-do Galla, We had now 

‘to Teave the low country and face the steep hills of Ulamo, After two 

\t climbing up and down ravines, we emerged on the fertile 

AGL. on which tho chief villago of Ulamo is situated, How pretty 

All the country looked on those hillsides, green with young grass and 

‘Many kinds of timber; hundreds of kraals, each in ence 
‘by banana and palm trees; while cotton, limes, ginger, and 





gay-plumaged birds, met our view on every side, Market- 

ery two miles—and thousands of natives collected 

ly at cack, We camped near Mount Dalbu, 6700 feet, the mountain 

toa height of 10,400 feet. ‘Lo the west stood out a fine 

of hills with three peaks, which wo callod Brandesburton rango; 

south an unnamed mass of hills was called Whitehouse 

&e, a continuation of which, a mass of mountain much broken up with 

ravines, was christened York range, with a notably high peak, 

ies peak. Wo here found quite a new currency—thin bands of iron 

1 inch wide, sixteen of which go to the Abyssinian dollar; 

¥ are culled “dorms.” Tho shum being sbsent, his headman 
r2 




















“prevented from u 
eee ae lea sess Cf hase wiht see eee 


We next traversed tho district of Baroda. R 
roads almost impassable; climbing up and panel 
in a march almost broke one’s heart, and sevoral 
tise no more, At Baroda a priest and his acolytes jo 
march ; singing and chanting, they refused to be 
and unpacked the dollars! On Fobruary 27, after ter 
‘besides a couplo of miles of road over swamp, we were m 
Doris's headman, accompanied by 277 natives beari 
these wore merely for that night's use! But ob, the co 
roaring bonfires! We were 8900 feet up, in thick fog and 
among the clouds. Next morning half our camels could 
we had lighted fires all round them and thawed the poor 
our hill troubles were nearly over for the present, 100 m 
to carry some of our kit and ease our camels. miaKnes 
followed by wot and uphill climbing, quite demor 
T bad gone on ahead, muddy and wet through, andywittan 
boys, was dragging along some fifteen weary camels, when, 51 
@ hilltop (9400 feet), I suddenly came upon a very pretty pi 
track lay botween two banks, each of which was crowded 
Fiterwuri Doris was there, with all his officers, and 700 
in their bright-coloured garments; mounted men were d 
to keop back the crowds of Gallas, while hundreds of horses 
with gay trappings wore standing about in groups. Of coun 
to pull myself together and look my best. After warm gi 
waa led towards a fine mole, possibly a splendid hack 
got on, which I nover did, Abyssinian stirrups are 2 inches 
what with my shooting-boots, and the mule’s kicking and 
never got within 3 feot of the saddle. However, my kind 
me a more reasonable mount, and the cortége proceeded to the 
on for our camp. How I longed for my companions to be 
but unfortunately they were behind. ‘The presents wero carried by 
men, women, and children as follows: 181 grass, 146 fire 
bread, 61 ghee (butter), 15 honey Deer, 12 honey, 8 butter, 10 
for Ponies, 6 chickens, 2 cows, 2 camels, and basket of eggs. 
presents in return were a sword, revolver, bottle of kimmel, b 
razors, and scissors, We were most pleased when our kind hos 


























A JOURNEY FROM ZRILA TO LAKE RUDOLP, 269 


told us not to load our camels any more among the hills, and sent us 
about 500 Gallas to act as bearers, During this march we crossed our 
highest point—just over 10,000 feet, at which level we found, to our 
surprise, banboos, blackberries, daisies, tiger-lilies, and trees covered with 
ferns. It was quite one of our most interesting marches, Arriving at 
Dincha, our worthy host, Basha Islamani, took us in hand; his presents 
wore 2 cows, 9 sheep, 108 grass, 356 wood, 13 gheo, 7 honey, 153 wine, 97 
baskots of bread, 1 grain, 4 curry popper, 12 chickens, 31 oggs, carried 
by ® grand total of 1093 people, We were ogain supplied with a fresh 
relay of porters, one Abyssinian soldior looking aftor every 10 Galla, 
This day's march was more of a slide than anything else, for in 
less than 7 miles we climbed down 3888 feet; for this porterage 
we had 800 Galla men. We camped once more on the flat shores 
of Lake Margherita, or, as tho natives call it, Aballa, and at the south 
end Nai Chaba. A short march brought us to a pretty sheet of water 
20 miles in length called by the natives Abaya, and by the Abyssinians 
Degurabe. Woe found hore a small village, the huts of which are 
built cithor on lofty poles in the lake or in the trees on the edge; they 
are a poor feeble-looking race, living entirely on fish, While camping 
here wo heard of elephant in tho dense jangle-grass; we all went off 
in a body, and, after much walking and continual climbing of ant- 
heaps, we located « troop of about twenty feeding towards us, To watch 
them ten of us crowded on top of one small ant-heap, each holding on to. 
another. Wo kept quiet, and the wind being right, the troop gradually 
fod to within 40 yards of us, whon, gotting our wind and seenting danger, 
they ranged up in line, with tranks waving, and seven baby elophants 
close to their mothers’ heels, Things began to look unpleasant, sol was 
deputed to try and scare them. Picking out the largest bull, I dropped 
him dead with a shot in tho brain; this caused the rest to stampede, 
and released us from what might have been a most awkward and 
dangerous position had the cows once placed us. However, it was 
# sight well worth seeing, and one never to be forgotten; but how we 
cursed our luck to find all our cameras back with the ponies! At 
Gardula we campod in the middle of terraced gardens, all the hillside 
being levelled up by thousands of low stone walls; none of the plots 
are more than 6 feet wide, aud yet hundreds of miles aro treated in this 
manner, Here wo were courteously entertained by Fiterauri Waldo, 
who now represents the last Abyssinian outpost; owing to the fearful 
drought, the more advanced posts at Hammor Koki and on the Omo 
havo all boon forced to rotiro. This officer has 1500 soldiers undor hia 
command, who spond all their time killing elephants for the emperor; 
ho told us they alone had sont 1500 tuska to Adis in tho last two 
months, which possibly accounts for the few we found. March 10 to 
12 we camped at Godiges, on the river Manta. Here some high hills 
were called Beverley range, and a particular lofty pile Mount Clarke, 

















foand our fitst rhino hore, Butter | 
‘tho latter, 


getting bi 

‘before he killed it. Siavihg swt aibeckse lagi 
wounds, we| sent ‘bim back to our kind friend, 
‘nursed him till well enough to send down to the co 
_ While waiting, parties of men had tried to fied. 
the west. It seemed quite hopeless till at last we dit 
a small rocky stream. — Hiven to this) tha asks ties 
‘Mfectapart, so we had to unload and blindfold all the 
would pass through these narrow chasms. The next 
terrible sights. All along, lately, we had seen single 
our route, but now huge villages, such as Gorso and D 


















crawling about, eating the young shoots of a 
up grass roots. Tho fearful stories wo had heard at 
came back tous, and from what we could gather things ¢ 
bad ; still, though several times hard pushed for water, so far, am 
the hills, we had suffered from too much rather than too Jit 
March 15 and 16 still found us travelling through similar 
We named our last camp in tho hills * Dosolation,” and 
suffered a serious loss through one of our best camels, which 
unchanged from Zeila 260 lbs. of rice, falling over a steep p 
while on the march. Falling somo 90 fect shoor down, ard i 
rebounding another 50 feet, the poor beast’s remains were aM 
wodged botween two rocks, Our last big climb (6600 feet) wo 
march, coming out on the bed of tho Galana Sagan river (2700 
March 16. You cannot imagine what getting on to level ground 
more meant to us. As wo looked back on those lofty mountain ran 
through which we had had to out our way for three days 
sorab, we thought of the five weeks spent climbing up 
thousands of foot almost daily, and wondered we had a camel 
‘We now found ourselves in a valley about 6 miles wide, the 
Koki range opposite. Thia valley usod to be the home — 










a lke 




























santa of the ordinary top Knowing it to’ be! almost opel 
went out, and at once the whole drove started moving. ‘An 
later Butter came in in great excitement, saying he 

white topi. It appears his shikaree had noticed it, and, gi 


‘My first act on camping was to send off two camels for 
nearer I got to tho lake, the greater my anxiety became, 
years younger when the word was passed up, “ Water good.” 
March $1 we left camp early and rode up to visit the Omo | 
having decided, if this big river was dry, to work out south by the la 
to the Uganda railway. All the thick scrab and timber » 
should have been alive with elephant, was almost dead, with novi 
sign of living beast or bird. Passing deserted villages, we cam 
to the banks of the Omo, and with sad hoarts ate our lunch 
middle of the dry stream, while our mules fed on the 
luxuriant grass, which had completely covered the whole 
up bed, till it Jooked more like some green glade in a forest 
important Omo river, Having scouted round the whole coun le 
hopes of finding some natives, wo returned, and with difficulty aol 
@ singlo tall thorn tree noar Murle. Sonding our shikarees 
axe and saw, we dressed all away, leaving only a contro 
which we hoisted the English flag; doing so at tho request of © 
Harrington and with the acquiescence of the emperor, to d 
Abyssinian and English boundary-line. Had we been able to 
avy inhabitants, wo should have hoisted a second flag furth 
Needless to say, as the flag went up the whole party sang “G 
the Queen,” a bottle of champagne having been brought along in 





A JOURNEY FROM ZEILA TO LAKE RUDOLY, 273; 


to drink her Majesty's health. On carefully examining Rudolf, we 
found its level had sunk 12 fect during the last year, while in what 
appeared as three stages (no doubt years) the lake had lost 25 feet. 
Naturally this had dried vast tracts of country, many of which we 
tried to cross, but found it hopeless, owing to elephant spoor 18 inches 
deep, now hard baked and grassed over, forming death-traps to our 
camels. Enormous herds of game, including topi, zebra, oryx, and 
Grant's gazelle, covered the hard-baked, flat, -dreary-looking country 
which borders the whole lake on tho cast side, while rhino were & 
positive nuisance; of buffalo we only once saw five, halfway down the 
lake ; giraffe were seon at the north ond, and again below the south end. 
Lions seemed plentifal by the spoor all along, but we could not afford 
to give up timeand waitfor thew. he heat was terrific, and Clarke wan 
unfortunately taken seriously ill with fever, which laid him up for 
some days. We had several excitements on our march along the lake, 
A lioness I had crippled suddenly charged down on us whilo photo- 
graphing her with a binocular 12 yards off. We all jumped different 
ways, and she just missed my boy, but caught my best cordite riflo, break- 
ing one trigger off and discharging both barrels. I luckily finished 
her before further mischief was dong. Then four rhino came down to 
drink at pools close by our camp. They charged among our cows, 
donkeys, and goats, stampoding the lot. Another day, which nearly 
proved toll of us our last, we met our last lot of elephant, in denge bush, 
A cow with baby calf, the worst I ever met, simply hunted the lot of 
us. Batter and Mohamed hardly know how she did miss thom; White- 
house and his shikaree plungeil under a thick bush; while she tossed 
his second shikaree over a 10-foot bush, and put her foot on Whitehouse’s 
hat and glasses close to where they had scrambled. Then, as to my- 
self, after dodging her twice by a few inches only, I shot her 7 yards 
off as she charged a third time, Wo thon returned to finish our lunch, 
agreeing we had all had enough “ being hunted” by elephant for one 
day. 
On April 6 we buried the only boy lost on the whole trip. Five 
starved Galla had joined us six weeks beforo, asking to work for food, 
and capital fellows they turned out. ‘This poor fellow got fever badly, 
and, after being out of his mind fifteen hours, died, so wo covered him 
over with brushwood, and heaped stones above. We had a heavy roll 
of sick men all along the Inke; it took all our extra mules, donkeys, 
and ponies to get them along, crossing endless dry river-beds, which 
in the rains must carry an enormous bulk of water down into the 
lake. Our whole journey was in sight of tho lake, excopting April 10 
to 13, whon we passed east of the mountains, tho etreams still running 
into the lake. On the 14th wo came to a small fishing village, Bur- 
kenoji, and, sesing figures moving about, hoped to have speech with 
them, but before we arrived they had embarked all their chattels 














out a certain regret, Lown; at this point we sty 
old track, and by what wo had done I could n 

line of the road, which was a great help. 0 

buk, we encountered the Boma and a tribe 

was quite dispensed with ; ating te ea, yi 
piece of wood, or some swells prefor 

dressing is practised in many aero some bavin 
waist, but swall curls smeared and plastered down wi 
looked best. They wear iron armlots and beads, 
use bows and poisoned arrows, with long spears, Tho 










7250 fost; April 20, 8400 feot—and began to have heavy 
made us anxious to push along, On May 3 we tr ros 
years ago had been a huge lake ronning right up to the 
range of mountains to the east. On May 6 we saw the lofty 
Mount Kenia, some 90 miles distant, glistening in the 
= following day we had a lovely view of Lake Baringo 

us, and a steop climb we had getting down, then svverel deen mai} 
rivers intervened before we brought up ata large prosperous: 
Nyems, 3300 foot. We found here a Swahili trader, who 
as guide to Naivashs, On May 11 I killed my last rhino, and‘ 
afternoon we camped at Elmolo, on the main road from U 
Mombasa, and what a luxury it was to travel once more on @ 
road, with decent bridges and a telephone wire! At this p 
gave up any further surveying work, the rest being well 
On May 13 we reached Lake Naivasha, where several English 
counected with the railway kindly entertained us, Pushi 
reachod Railhoad on May 15, having done 103 miles from Lake 
in four and a half days—a fino performance, after our camols 
1453 miles at an average of 11} aday. I consider we had 









sh 


THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 275 


luck with our animals; for owing to the enormous amount of rico we 
carried for the boys, they wero heavily loaded, Our losses were thirty 
camels, two-thirds being entirely dae to the poisoning episode; one pony, 
from horse-sickuess; one pony and one mule ran away and got lost; 
one donkey eaten by lion, and one shot, being lame. We sold all our 
live stock at Railhead, the railway buying the mules, while Indian tradere 
took our camels. It waa with great regrot we said good-bye to those 
bost and most long-suffering of animals, which had shared our ups and 
downs through so many months—one onmel having carried a 280-1b, load: 
of rice through from Zeila without a break, which our boys said, was an 
account of rains, the awfnl mountain ranges to cross, the never-ending 
fear of poison, want of any feod the firat two months, with tho endless 
marching, and last, but by no means least, sore backs, one can only 
say it was almost a miracle to get through. We quite expected to be 
able to replenish our transport both among the Borana people north 
of Rudolf, or, if south, from the Rendili; but, alas! all these supplies 
had vanished. 

T cannot close this paper without once more calling attention to the 
splendid work done by our Surveyor, Donald Clarke; no day was” 
enough for him, and no mountain too high to be climbed, after ever 
a long weary march and in the heat of the day. Ono feature we par- 
ticularly admired was, he never would insert a yard of country unless 
seen by himself or vouched for by one of us. When in camp his kind 
cheery manner endeared him to all, while his skill in doctoring was 
only equalled by his skill in the cooking line, It is owing to his 
absence on the West Coast of Africa that the error of the chronometer, 
before montioned, cannot be rectified in time to publish the portion of his 
work beyond Lake Rudolf. 

Taking the first train, we duly reached Mombasa, whore we shipped 
all our boys direct to Aden, we ourselves having, on account of the 
plague at Aden, to go home vid India, a month's longer journey. Ex- 
cepting Clarke, none of us had a day's illness; but on the steamer, when 
close to India, we all had a touch of fever. 





THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


Tue sailing of the Discovery from Cowes on Angust 6 marks the suc- 
cessful close of the first atage in the great undertaking which has more 
or legs oconpied the minds of geographers in this country for the past 
eight years. Since November, 1593, the supporters of the proposal for 
the renewal of antarctic exploration, among whom our President, Sir 
Clements Markham, has from first to last been the moving spirit, have 




















Hoetthalall hid tegve ad) Asters ned sent ica Y 
taking a success, will in any caso bo done. 


July 31, and after being turned in the dock by the try 
down the Thames under steam, en routs for Spithead, fr 
final start was to be made, On board, in addition 
scientific staff, and crew, wore Sir Clements and Lady Mi 
George Goldie, and other representatives of the Koyal G 
Society, as well asa limited number of scientificmen and 0 
testified their interest in the undertaking, and their 

ite success. During the passage down the river the o 

an enthusiastic send-off from the various craft in the river, as 
Sroups of onlookers from the banks, who had assembled to b 


which the vessel was flying. At Greenhithe, which wan el ; 
boats were in readiness to take on shore the visitors, the Di 
holding on her course with her own complement, minus 6 
members of the staff who joined the ship sabsequently. Sir! 
Markham romained on board and made the voyage to Spith 
the King was to inspect the ship before the final sailing. 

On Monday, August 5, the Discovery proceeded at 9 a.m. from 5 
Bay to Cowes, and at 11,30 the King came on board from the 0 
accompanied by the Queen and the Princess Victoria, Their 
wore received by Sir Cloments Markham, and Mr, Lon; 
Captain Scott were presented, Sir Leopold Mo(lintock and 
Young were also in attendance. Their Majesties addressed a 
gracious words to Mr, Longstaff, and the King then received the « 
and civilian staff, who wore presented by ©: peal Scott. Thon 
inspected, and the royal party went round the upper deck an 
living dock, showing great interest in all the srrangements. 
leaving tho ship, the king, who was in the uniform of an adm! 
tho floct, addressed the officers and men to the following effect 








THE NATIONAL ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, 277 
Captain Scott, officers, and men of the Discovery,—I have had great 








‘peace, and for the advance of knowledge. The results of your labours 
will be valuable not only to your country, but to the whole civilized 
world. I trnst that yon will be able to achieve the great work that is 
before you, and that you will all return safe and well.” 

Before leaving the ship, the King decorated Captain Scott with the 
Victorian Order; and on shoving off, their Majesties received three 
hearty cheers from the officers and men of the Discorery, The explorers 
Toft Cowes on their adventurous voyage at noon on the 6th. 
_ It is unnecessary to add anything to the statements as to the pro- 
-g¥amme and aims of the expedition, which have already appeared in 
the Journal. We giva below a complete list of the officers, scientific 
‘Staff, and crew, making up in all a complement of fifty souls. Of these 
four are naval officers, four (including Mr. George Murray, who goes as 
“far gs Melbourne) scientific civilians, two officers of the R.N.K., two 
| Surgeons, twenty-four naval seamen, two royal marines, and seven 

merchant seamen. It will be seen that the scientific staff has been 

Sompleted by the appointment of Mr. Louis Bernacchi as physicist, and 

Mr_H. J. Ferrer as geologist. Mr. Bornacchi will proceed direct to 

Melbourne in September, and there join the Discovery, a free passage 

ha-wing boon generously granted him by the diroctora of the Orient line. 

Hiss excellent work in connection with meteorology and magnetism 

while serving with Mr. Borchgrevink in the Antarctic are well known 
| to nr readers, while the work in the way of geological research already 

pezformed by Mr. Ferrer, a young Cambridge graduate, gives promise 
0£ -~aluable results from his now labours in this direction. Mr. Murray 
hexst also secured the co-operation, although but for a time, of Dr. H. Rt. 
-MEGi, bur late librarian, who will proceod with the ship as far as Madeira, 
42d superintend the inauguration of werk in the direction of oceano- 

Faphical and chemical research. It is only to be regretted that Dr. 

MEill's engagements havo not permitted him to accompany the ship as 
“fax as Melbourne, for his acknowledged position as an authority on all 

™tters connected with oceanography and meteorology would have 
S@arantecd the acquisition of valuable results for science. 

“Phe crew has been selected with much care, All, both officers and 
Mer, aro young and rigorous, with the nocessary reserve of good spirits 
t erable them to withstand the depressing influences of the antarctic 
“Wirater, Special care has been taken to supply sufficiont resources in 
Bae way of recreation, and. library.of about a thoussnd volumes bas 
Been, jot together, largely through the liberality of various firme of 
Piers. 


bins : 











2» 


expedition havo been secured. 
‘tho shortest possible route, but is at the same time 
‘utmost for research work, Should no tidings 
to hand before Jane 1, 1904, the equipment ofa relish 
will bo considered. x 

For carrying out the enterprise, the south pol 
all its personnel and material resources, will be placed 
under the control of the leader of hs seed toes 

i, of Berlin, with duo regard to the pr 0 

the ship. Under this right of control are fncladed/all iri 
and purchase of supplies which, after the departure of 
may be fonnd necessary for attaining its object, al 
prescribed limits and available funds. This right of 
‘also to all those incidental operations which, besides 
‘vessel itself and its full equipment, havo been already an 
for. 

‘Tho personnel of the expedition comprises, besides tho 
has teen appointed by His Majesty the Emporor, and is to | 
the oceanographic and geodetic work— 
(s) Tho scientific members: Prof. Dr, E. Vanhoofen, ae Ki 
zoology and botany; Dr. H. Gazert, of Munich, doctor and 
gist; Dr. B. Philippi, of Breslau, for geology and chon 
Bidlingmaier, of Lauffen, for terrestrial magnetism and 
(0) Tho commander of tho Gauss, Hans Rusor, of Hamburg, 













R. Vabrel, of Hanover, second officer, both of the Hamb 
line; L, Ott, of Hichst, third officer; A. Stehr, of H 
engineer. (d) The crew of the Gauss,including two assistant: 
two carpenters, two boatswains, one Norwegian whaler as ie 
cook, one steward, si: lors, and five smiths or locksmiths, 
served on sailing-vessele, and are to act as atokers—all 
hands, (¢) he personnel appointed to the Kerguelen si 
prising: Dr. E. Werth, of Miinster, as biologist; Dr. K. 
Disseldorf, for torrostrial magnetism and meteorology ; Dr. 
perger, of Munich, as meteorologist ; and two sailors, - 
‘The south polar ship Gaues sails under the imperial flag, 















i= 





THE GERMAN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION, — ‘231 


officers and crow accordingly wear special badges awardod fur dis- 
tinguished services by the highest local authorities. The whole ex. 
podition is au undertaking on the part of the German Empire, omana- 
ting from the State Secretary of the Interior, Count von Posadowaky- 
Wehner. The relations of the crew to the captain of the ship are 
dotermined in accordance with the provisions of the Act with regard to 
seamen. Private subscriptions to the amall amount (relatively to the 
total cost of the undertaking) of 40,000 marks (£2000) have algo been 
contributed for its equipment. But the great sympathy which the 
expedition has met with in all parts of the empire has further shown 
itself in numerous gifts and offerings, all of which have beon of special 
value for the outfit of the expedition. 

All members of the expedition receive from the imperial revenue 
the salaries which have beon granted to them and made known else- 
where. They are also fully assured against accident and disablement 
resulting from the climatic conditions. Cases not covered by the Marine 
Accidental Assurance Act are met Hoy mmpplementary éamrrences anise 
taken by the empire. 

‘The results of the oxpodition, and tho collections that may be obtained 
by it, are the property of the empire, which provides for their di 
The scientific members of the expedition will sharo to the utmost in 
the elaboration and publication of the results, as well as in the dis- 
tribution of the collections, and this in proportion to their effective 
co-operation during the expodition. In this connection their completed 
momoirs and wishes are to be addressed to the leader of the expedition, 
who undertakes all farther arrangements. 

Tbe Kerguelon station is primarily and mainly intonded for mag- 
netic and meteorological observations, which, like the same work on 
the part of the German main expedition, are to be carried ont in accord- 
ance with the international programme agreed upon with England. 
This programme has been communicated to all those states which 
possess magnetic and meteorological stations, as well as to the stations 
themselves, with a request for co-operation towards the ond in view. 
Numerous stations have already given promiee of auch co-operation, 
which has also been undertaken by the station which has boon planned 
‘by the Argentine Republic for Staten island, Concerted action with 
the British oxpodition, as well as with avy others that may bed 
by other states, has beon arranged for, as far as possiblo, by the distri- 
‘bution of labonr in all other branches of science. In all its fields of 
research the German expedition is committed in matters of detail to 
no rigid programme, but is empowered to carry out all such operations 
as may on the spot be found desirable and feasible, and for which the 
thoroughness of its scientific and practical outfit renders it fully 
prepared. The problems connected with the south polar region, 
and the equipment required for their solution, have already been fully 

No. If].—Serrewner, 1901.) t 


the eastern side, and the Stella Polare made a rapid 
82° 4', when the fog cleared away, and Prince Rad 
covered to the south-east, Northwards the sea wag 
distance, but as no land was visible in that direction fi 


the west const of the island, and established its 
‘Doplits bay, in lat. 81 47" N. 

In tho eurly days of September tho Duke of the Abruss 
with one sledge round the island past Cape Fligely to Capo 
Fligoly, which lies, not beyond the S2nd parallel, but only in | 
proved to be tho northern extremity of the island, and ¢l 
tronda in a southerly dirsotion to Cape Rath. Nanson’s Hy 
clearly seon a a a al dronatincep te 00 


+ jAbetieok of papers by ELILEL tho Dako ofthe Abrazt and Captain 
Serpe he cert + revised for the Journal by the 





TRE ETALIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION, 1890-1900, 288 


‘the islands marked by Mr. Wellman on his map between Hyvidtland snd 
Prince Radolf island not the slightest appearance was ever noticed, 
shone tho Duke spent thirty days at Cape Fligely. Inthe map in the 

tional Geographic Magazine, Decomber, 1899, the islands John Hay, 
prameartey rao enernc rrtmrm ony arena serre 
not exist. Cape Sherard Osborne is not « part of Prince Rudolf island, 
and no land was descried in that direction, Considering the length of 
timo passed by members of tho expedition at Capo Fligely in expocta- 
tion of tho rotarn of Captain Cagni, and that a party travelled thence 
towards Hvidtland in search of Lieut, Quorini and bis companions, 
who accompanied Captain Cagni for a short distance and wore lost on 
their way back, the non-existence of these islands seems to be in- 
dubitable, As for King Oscar Land and Poetermann Land, Captain 
Cagni passed over their supposed positions on his journey towards the 
pole, 


Captain Cagni made a firat attempt to start on his journey in February, 
1900, but the severe cold and details of equipment compelled him to. 
return, and he finally left Teplitz bay on March 11,abont the date when 
Nansen took his farewell of the Fram in 1895. He was well provided 

‘with dogs and sledgos, and on April 25 ho had marched as far north as 

86° 33' 49” in 64° 30’ E, long. about, though the ice at first presented 
almost greater obstacles than Nansen encountered farther towards the 
east. Worso, perhaps, than the pressure-ridges were the channels which 
oponed in the ice when the wind blew from the west-north-west, and 
closed again when it veered to sonth-south-west. A change of the wind 
in any direction was followed by new channels. Turther north, how- 
‘ever, smooth stretches were met with, and good progress was made, as 
much a8 20 to 22 miles a day. Captain Cagni decided to return, not 
because further progress was impossible, but because only sufficient 
provisions remained to feed the party till they reached Teplitz bay. 
When ho had returned to about 83°, Captain Cagni found that the 
drift was carrying him rapidly towards the south-west, though he 
marched as nearly as possible to the south-cast. The same experience 
befel Nansen, causing him some anxiety lest he should fail to strike 
Franz Josef Land. The result in Captain Cagni’s case was that Neale 
and Harley islands were the first land sighted, and that the party had 
to make a troublesome journey over the moving ice north-eastwards to 
Radolf island, 

Meanwhile, the members of tho expedition loft at Teplitz bay were 
employed in taking observations, and making botanical and mineralogical 
collections. The metoorological records and obsorvations of gravity and 
terrestrial magnotiam will supplement those of Mr, Jackson at Capo 
Flora. Up to the present these obeorvations have not been published, 
nor the hourly observations of the tide-gaugo taken at the summer 
solstico and at tho equinoxes. The auroral displays, so brilliant at 

u2 























Abbyieetkbove ses levaliand’aboak B00 panda) 
perhaps, have rested on a raised beach, as similar 
coasts within the range of Dr. Koettlite’s examination. 


‘a higher latitado than had. before been attained. In ¢ 
cessful, Captain Cagni having beaten oven Nanson’s 
aro justly proud of their first achievement in aretic 











DR. NANSEN'S SCIENTIFIC RESULTS." 
‘Tir. two anbstantial volumes of the scientific results of the di 
Fram and Dr. Nansen's adventurous journey over the ice, 
recently been published, give very full details of certain 
the work, some aspects of which it may not be out 
consider. We propose to refer specially to Prof. Geelm 
oussion of the astronomical observations, not only becau ie 
able and thorough manner in which the author has 
subject, but also because of the discrepancies betweon the 
fixed by observations, as finally calculated, from those pro 
accepted on the return of the expeditions. Our object is n 
* “The Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1803-96." Scientific 
‘by Fridtjof Nansen. Vols. i. and ti. Published by the Fridtjof Nansen. 
Advancement of Science. Christiania and London, 1900-1901. 


DR. NANSEN’S SCIENTIFIC RESULTS, 285 


Place before those of our readers who may have heen puzzled hy 

the contradictory statements, a brief explanation which we trust will 
set the facts in their proper light. To begin with, we must dopreoate 

the practice which hus prevailed for many years of claiming credit for” 
attaining a higher latitude than any predecessor, on account of a few 

minutes of arc in the calculated position. It is necessary to remember 
thats degree of accuracy which may be demanded in an examination or 
striven for in navigating a vessel in open water, ix absolutely un- 

attainable in polar regions, where the personal difficulties of observing: 

in a very low temperature are combined with the uuknown and un~ 

ascertainable variations in refraction, the very low altitude of the sun, 

and the impossibility during the long polar day of secing distinctly 

any other heavenly body. 

Tn Dr, Nansen’s cave he out-distanced tho best of his predecessore, not 
by miles, but by whole degrees of approach to the pole, and it is absurd 
to suppose, as some people actually appoar to have done, that he attached 
any importance to the precise number of minutes by which he exceeded 
86°. The great merit of his scientific work lies in quite anothor 
direction. It consists in the fact that by an exbanstive diseussion of 
the observations of previons travellers he deduced the existence of a 
current or drift of water and ice across the north polar area, from the 
Siberian towards the Greenland coast, that ho designod a practicable 
means of testing this theory, and that he proved it to be correct. 

We question whether any practical traveller or geographer would 
find anything to excite surprise in the differences between the positions 
as first announced and as subsequently determined by the calculations 
of an experienced astronomer. ‘The positions assigned to points of 
observation in the text and map of ‘Farthest North,’ and in othor early 
publications, were only what they were expressly and repeatedly stated 
to be, of a provisional nature intended to give a rough genoral idea of 
the expedition, which would serve until more accurate computations 
became available, Tho public insisted on the very earliest information, 
and have no right to complain of the provisional nature of the first 
reports of scientific results. The complete discussion of the multifarious 
and complicated observations (astronomical, magnetic, meteorological, 
geological, oceanographical, etc.) could only be undertaken by specialists, 
whose Inbours would necossarily extend over many years, and, in fact, 
much of it is still uncompleted. 

‘The discussion of the numerous astronomical observations has, how- 
ever, now been finished under the supervision of Prof. Geelmuyden, and 
published in the second volume of the scientific results, with two new 
and excellent charts showing the routes of the Fram and those of Dr. 
Nansen and Lient. Johansen. These final results, of course, differ from 
the preliminary and provisional valucs assigned in ‘Parthest North,’ 
and the differences arc, as is not surprising, most conspicuous in tho 


(21 pean manages 
the Fram. inna Ain errocdcithin neem Gr rich ti 
increasing during the month's journey, until it was a 
29 minutes at the place where the winter hut was built, t 
which was fairly woll determined by two different 
difference of the position worked out by Dr, Nansen in 18! 
believe, differ by more than 2 miles from that det 
Armitage of the Jackson-Harmsworth expedition, 

(3) A somewhat eaporwand result of Prof. Geelmu 


© A {aw mistakes occur in the original longitailes dal deta! 
quoted from the diary in * Parthest North! Thus on May 9, 1895, 

givon as G4 20’ E., but it should have beon 68° 24° E., according to the 
the watches sssumod ut the time, and Goelmuydon shows that tho te 
probably about 67°47’ K On Moy 27, 1895, Dr. Nansen informs wa that 
of 61° 27' E, was given by a slip of the pen for 59° 7' E., which it eho 
with the assumed wateh correction ; Geelwayden finds that the actual L 
about 68° 52’ E. ‘This is 30 miles east of the position where Payer p 

mann Land, which the Doko of tho Abruzzi's expedition has now pr 
existent. In the maps published in ‘Farthest North,’ but not drawn by D 
porsopally, there are several errors, such na placing the farthest north 
inatead of 93° E., the position which ia repeatedly mentioned in the 
Prof. Geelmuyden has nowabown wax really 90° 90" E. ‘The text of * Fat 
‘contained sevoral mistakes which did not occur In the Norwegian ver 

be locked upon as the authentic original of the book. 























map constructed in March, 1900, Dr. Hedin easily four 
Altimish bulak, whence a renewed visit was paid to the 
north shore of the old Lob Nor. 
At these ruins Dr. Hedin stayed a week, making plans 
tions, taking photographs, and carrying out excavations. 
curious discovery was that of twelve Chinese letters in a o 
stato of preservation, with all the characters clearly legible, 
thirty small picoos of wood inscribed in Chinese charactors 
namo of the emperor, the year of his reign, the month, and 
day, They soem to have been of the nature of tickets. Some 
were read by a “Siah,” who pronounced thom to be eight h 
years old. A fine Buddhist temple wan also discovered, 
artistic wood carvings. One of these showed a large fish, 
bones, bolonging to the samo species now mot with in the K 
wore found in a house. On one piece of wood of the size 
octavo sheot of paper, Tibetan characters were found, while 
the Chinese papers the placo is called Lo-lan, mention being 












sith. 


‘SHIP CANALS IN AUSTRIA, 280 


the great road from Lo-lan to Sa-chu. A large collection of specimens. 
and photos was made, and will form the basis of a most interesting 
study. - 

‘To the solution of the Lob Nor question Dr. Hedin has contributed 
further by carrying w level from the neighbourhood of the ruins to 
a point on the Kara-koshun. The result, he says, is fully to confirm 
his views. The starting point of the line was about 7} feot above the 
level of the Kara-koshun, but immediately to the south of it was 
a depression (the old Lob Nor of Dr. Hodin) reaching about aa much 
bolow that levol. Between this hollow and Kara-koshun there is 
@ protuberance of the desort soil, rising, according to a rough sketch 
given in the letter, somewhat above the level of the ruins north of the 
old lake-bod. Kara-koshun is, however, sending out an arm to the 
north in the direction of the latter, so that the protuberance above- 
mentioned is crossed by a north-to-sonth line of depression. The 
advance of the water was found to be so rapid that it was unsafe to 
camp on the lake-shores. Dr. Hedin says that the material he has col- 
lected on the Lob Nor region would in itself fill a volume. 

As regards his future programme, Dr. Hedin proposed to stay some 
eight or ten days longer at Chaklik, and then to make a start on his 
final journey across Tibet. ‘This he hopes to cross in a diagonal linefrom 
the Chimen-T'ag to the sources of the Indus, passing, if possible, a little 
north of Lake Manasarowar. This journey will probably occupy almost 
the rest of this year, He would like to visit India from some point on 
the frontier, but will not return by sea, ax he feels it incumbent on him 
to take back his Cossacks to some Russian town, Osh being mentioned 
as likely to suit best. It is, therefore, not until the spring of next year 
that we may hope to welcome Dr. Hedin back in Europe. If, as all 
wish may be the caso, he returns safe and sound in about April next, 
his second great journey will have occupiod no less than three years. 





SHIP CANALS IN AUSTRIA. 


‘Tur scheme for the construction of ship canals in Austria, which has 
como up from time to time during the last twenty-five years, has been 
given definite shape by an Act which became law on June 11 last. The 
following works have been authorized, the cost of each to bo borne pro- 
portionally by tho provinces immediately concorned: (1) A canal from 
the Dannbe to the Oder; (2) a canal from the Danube to the Moldau 
at Budweis, connected with the canalization of the Moldau from Budweis 
to Pmgue; (3) a canal from the Danube-Oder canal to the upper Elbe 
at Pardubitz, connected with the canalization of the Elbe from Jarome 
(above Pardubitz) to Melnik; (4) 4 connection of the Danube-Oder 


Upper Silesia. On the Prussian side only the car 
from Koxel to Oderburg is required to join it 
Netherlands systems, and to open continuous 
between the Black Sea and the North Soa and Baltic. 
The connection of the Danube with the Elbe by help of th 
does not offer so good financial prospects. Here several 
routes are proposed (seo sketch-map), but whether it is 4 
the central Vienna-Budweis line, or to take the upper A 
more directly in connection with the new railway on the 
the great granite barrier encircling Bohomia has to bo er 
an agcent of some 1600 fect, comparable with that on the F\ 
and Rhone canal through St. Btienne. These difficult 
countered in a comparatively poor region, and the upper 
itself, with its mony deep-cut windings, is but ill adapted fo 
tion, On the other hand, the completion of this part of the 
place Vienna and the Danube in direct connection with H 





sah 


ANCIENT TRADING CENTRES OF THE PERSIAN GULF, 201 


would open navigable routes from North sea and Baltic porta to Con~ 
stantinople and Salina 1500 and 2000 miles shorter than ‘ 

sea routes. The chance of the highland regions benofiting much by 
tho through trade is modified Ty thay Riaeati Ma pieot Als Eateries 
six or seven months in the year, 

[Dh third ol tim eicpcuntean tla tac al bale Gor tpecEaD 
It leaves tho Danubo-Odor canal at Prerau (Northern Moravia), 
and crosses the relatively low pass of the Tribauecr (1420 feet), 
already travoreed by the railway from Vienna to Prague, to the 
Elbo at Pardubitz, Tho uppor Elbo itself flows through a rich 
region, and, unlike the Moldau, has a wide valloy through which « 
canal could go direct, avoiding the windings: the rise and fall in the 
whole length of 112 miles is leas than 700 foot. The difficultios of 
establishing communication between the Danube-Oder canal and the 
Viatnla and Dniester are even less formidable; the elevations range 
from 800 to 1000 foot above sea-level, and the rock material to be cut 
is soft. A canal 300 miles in length through Galicia would certainly 
be a great advantage to that province, but its general importance might 
not be so marked, because the Dniester, with its many windings, cut 
deep in the Podolian plain, will probably never make a good route for 
ships, and because it seems unlikely that the rivers flowing towards 
Rassia can bo mado easily available for commerce through Galicia. 
The regulation of tho rivers for purposes of navigation will necessarily 
go hand-in-hand with the construction of the canals, and this gives the 
whole project a further significance for the extra-Alpine regions of 
Austria, As Prof. Penck has pointed out, it amounts to the utilization 
of the water resources of the Alpine region. But the construction of 
the new Alpine lines already begun is destined to affect ths commorce 
of the plains quite as much. This is especially true of the “Tauern- 
bahn,” 50 miles long, which taps a stretch of 150 miles without rail- 
ways, east from the Brenner to Bad Gastein; and the “ Karawanken- 
Wacheinerbahn,” a southward extension of the former, 80 miles long, 
which gives Western Austria and South Germany communication with 
‘Trieste, by Innsbruck and Salzburg. This second line to Trieste—that 
from Vienna over the Semmering being the first—will be open for 
traffic in 1908, 





ANCIENT TRADING CENTRES OF THE PERSIAN GULF. 
By Captain A. W. STIFFE, RLM. 
VIL BAHREIN. 
As account of the antiquities of the Persian gulf is hardly complete 
without a reference to these islands. I have briefly referred to the pre- 
historic period in my paper, No, III., March, 1897, and to the tumuli, 











appears to be low and devoid of water, excopt at 
springs aro found. The possible solution is that the v 
the Persian mountains, which would require the 
existence of a synclinal basin under the gulf with an 
‘bearing strate at this point. This was suggested to mo. 
geologist, und I offer it asa probable solution. Tho | 
the submarine springs is noticeable; the water will rise #l 
—« hollow bamboo is used by the natives—above the sur! 
£0 that vessels may be filled. 

Therpeloaival rani Gi the Poctapices Oompa ; 
large fort, which isquito rainous. 'Thoro are the ruins of many lar 
‘ings within the walls. It has had a mont, ombrasures in tl 
and casemated embrasures in the re-entering angles of the 
is typical of the Arab that tho people know nothing about 
and questioned us on the subject. At el-Katif,on themainlan 
the islands, is also an old fort of Portuguese origin. 

Colonel Taylor, formerly Resident in tho Persian gulf, 
in the sixteenth century the islands were subject to the P ir 
the early part of the eighteenth century. It was conquered 
conquered by tho Persians and Arab tribor. Nadir Shah aj 
have held a firm grip of the islands, but after his death the #0 
was held by various Arab chiefs from the settlements on the 1 

coast until 1783, when it was taken by the el-Uttub Arabs, & 
whom it still remains, It is singular that Taylor does not gi 
information about the Portuguese occnpation. 

Abulfeda+ mentions the island, and says it had 300— 

* Skateh. 
+ *Geographie d’Abulfeda,’ trad. pat M. Reinaud. Paria, 1848. 

















ANCIENT TRADING CENTRES OF THE PERSIAN GULF, 203 


villages, and was two days’ journey in length and breadth; vines, 
cltrons, and palms abundant, with a great plain and pasturage—oultivated 
(egestas ‘Ha/alepameutlons the extremal hestisea2! 


the pearl-fishery. 

Shah Kodbodin (sic) of Hormuz, about 1890, reduced: Babrex and 
Katif, and subdued all the coasts of Arabia and Persia,* ‘The account 
refers to Babaron, as “much talked of throughout the world, as well 
for the precious pearls found in ite sou, as for the nover-failing springs 
of frosh water that rise under it.” Toxeira says the Poraians took it 
from Hormuz (i.e. the Portuguore) in 1502, 





‘MOLQTE AT BAHRELN, OF PERSIAN ONIGIN. 


Tn 1521, after ‘the Portuguese had ruled Hormuz for about coven 
years, the King of Hormuz,t with 200 vessels and 3000 Arabs and 
Porsians, and a Portuguese party of seven ships and 400 men under 
Antonio Corea, attacked Babrein, which bad refused to pay tribute for 
“ Babarem and Catifa” to Hormuz, and consequently the tribute to the 
Portuguese was in arrear, and obtained a complete victory —* the island 
‘was restored to our Homager." The island was under “ Mocrim, King 
of Lasah,” and it seems the Portuguese did all the fighting. Ttis probable 


* “Lives of the Kings of Hormuz," by Torunxa, translated into Spanish by Texeira, 
‘now rendered into English by Captain John Stevens, London, 1715. 

+ ‘Faria y Souza,’ trauslated Into Euglish by Coptalu John Stevens, Lenion, 
1s. 


f 


Psikcn ec ce wisp aaa aclia pee 





MR. MOLYNEUX’S MAP OF THE SEBUNGU 
SOUTHERN RHODESIA." 
‘Tus map of the Sebunga district, lying to the south of th 
Yambezi, which will bo found at tho ond of the present 2 
Journal, has beon compiled by Mr. A. J. OC, Molyneux, a 
tho sorvice of tho British South Afrioa Company, from. sus 
by him during visits to the country botwoon 1994 and 
Molyneux points out that it will correct oxiating mape, 
beon incorrectly drawn, in various particulars. The most 
error, which occurs, ¢.g,, in the map lately issued to accompany 









* Map, p 352. 


CENTRAL BORNEO, 


on ‘Mining in Rhodesia, 1900, consist in the 
brates eat Ee ra 







on Stanford's map of Rhodesia. 





CENTRAL BORNEO." 


Firrnen yoara ago tho centro of Borneo, whence the chief rivers of the island 
diverge towards all points of the compass, was an almost unknown country. ‘Tho 
mountains, clothed with dense forest, are not easy of penetration, and the rivers 
are obstructed by numerous rapids, Added to this, the savage character of the 
Dyaks, who murdered Miller on the upper Kapuas in 1825, rendered a journey 
into their territory very dangerous, and even at the present day a visit to the 
‘upper Mahakam {is not unattended with risk, though the influence of tho Dutch 
ppb prasdnetetretstrdaleries ptiertprs iy oc edited 


observations, with the exact positions in which the various rocks occur. Beside 


‘maps, together with the numbers of the specimens in the collection, which is now 

fn the museum of the Utrecht University. Accordingly, future travellers will 

have no difficulty in connecting their observations with those of Dr. Molengenaff. 
‘The upper Kapuns region above Sintang conaista of two mountainous belts 





« ‘Geologlache Vorkenningeloehten in Cantral-Bormeo! (1898-04). Door @. A. F. 
‘Molengrani. Met Atlas. Pp. 529 and Appendix, 9 maps, 56 full-page illustrations 
and numerous figuros, cte., in tho text, as well as 14 maps and vections in the atlas. 
‘Ia Centraal Borneo, Reis van Pontianak naar Samarinds.’ Door Dr, A. W. 
Nienwenhais, 2yols, Pp. 308 and 369. Leiden: B. J. Brill, 1900. 











pre-Cretaceous times Central Borneo lay deep below the saa. On 
‘this soa the skeletons of Radiolaria accumulated, and at the «ame time 
of the diabase-tuif was ojected by submarine eruptions, and perhaps : 
islands in the ocean poured their ashes into the sea. When the moven 
which raised the bottom of this deep sea above tho surface of the wat 
certain, but certainly in the Cretacoous period (in the Cenomanian, the bor 
Orbitolina concava), ® part of Central Borneo must have been dry land 
time of elevation folding bogan, and alteration of the rocks by. p 

more than one place intrusion of granite took place. Towards the 
Cretaceous period, the folding process seems to have ceased, and all Ger 

with the exception of the upper Kapuas range, was again plunged 

and the sandstone was deposited over all the older formations. Bat 

000 & contrary movement act in, the Jand rising more to the south 

where, indeed, jt may even have sunk a little, ‘hus tho great fault 
which now separates the northern range from the Kapuas basin,and the 
became a main drainage line ulong which the Kapuns flowed wostwards, 1 
‘eqnence of other minor dislocations, the Kapuas basin was sometimes 
sometimes {nvaled by sea-water, and brackish-water formations were ¢ 
‘These invasions were pot confined to the upper Kapuas basin, but the J 
group is also due probably to an ¢ncronchment of tho wea. During the long 
when the system of parallel faults was formed, voleanic energy oxhib 









REVIEWS. 207 


© along saveral of the wedi binenes: in the formation of mountains in an easteand- 
‘Weat direction, erosion also played its part in the modification of the 
\ erberetiaenlatrar tien ‘and shale, which do not differ from the 
older sandstove formation from which their material was derived, but contain thick 
teams of brown coal, wero laid down, the rivers carrying down large quantities of 
vegetable mattor and driftwood, as they do at the present day, After the dis- 
turbances of the crust which, beginning in very late Cretactous times, continued 
perhaps to the very ond of the Tertiary period, no important movements soem to 
peitticrpdst Gy dimntninees reid as len dos se vase 
and water denudation, which has extended the const-line both on 
therwest and'south, aa I al nt works thoegl with dlailabed lately 
Dr. Nicuwenbuis accompanied Dr, and with him crossed the water- 
shod towards the Mahakara, where nows of rbances among the natives caused 
Wem to turn back. In 1896 he returned to Borneo, determined to make another 
attempt to cross Borneo from enst to west, and, thanks in great measure to the 
acquaintance he had made with many of the Dynk tribor on his former Journey, 
and tho services he had rendered thom as a medical man, he met with no great 
difficulty or danger. The account of his journey occupies les than half the book, 
riper eviphens bea as tall eS aatlg pe dele abe 
their clothing, religious beliefs, agriculture, methods of fishing and hunting, 
industries, tattooing, ete, Dyaks are the original inhabitants of the Kapuas basin 
above Bunut. ‘The Tamans live on the Kapuas above Patus Sibau, on the Men- 
dalam, Palin, and Embalu. Below Putus Sibau are the Kantuks, and Kayans on 
the Mendalam, coher oe daha aeons Setter deme 
‘The Pathings have migrated to the Mubakam, leaving only a fow families in tho 


Kapuas 5 
sionally Panans and Bukate, wandering Dyak tribes, make their appearance at 
Putas Sitau, To this place « Dutch official waa first sont in 1896, It ta the 
highest point on the Kapuas to which steamboats can ascend when the water is 
not very low, and was long ago selected by tho Malays as their most advanced post 
and a depdt for trade with the Dyaks, and for the collection of forest produce— 
rattans, gatta-percha, and indiarubber, 

Much was, of coures, known of the Dyaks and their customs long before 
De. Nisawenhais' journey, but his detailed description of all that relates to thelr 
mode of life and industries will be very acceptable to ethnologista, and his illustras 
tions of their tattoo patterns, carved sword-handles, pottery, and other utensils are 
numerous and interesting, Head-hunting seoms to be no longer in vogue, as con- 
‘nected with religious customs, except among the wandering Bukats and Punans. 

‘A map of the Mabakem valley ought to have accompanied the work, 





REVIEWS. 
AFRICA.* 
Wryuve's ‘Moprnx Anyesntra, 
Axonosy the few permanently valuable books that have recently appeared on 


African subjects, a prominent placo must be asaignod to Mr. Wyldo’s ‘Modern 
Abyssinia.’+ Iti by no means a systematic treatise; indeed, the author would 


* By Prof. A. H. Keane, 

+ ‘Modern Abyssinio.” By Augustus B, Wylde, late Vioe-Consul for Rod Sea, 
506 pp. Mothuow, 1901. 

No, IL —Sertemone, 1901.) x 








‘coupled, will be doubly 
such details wil be received with surprise by most reader, 


districts. It was in 1896, after the crushing defeat of the 
which some curious light is thrown, that these provinces were 4 
running first in a general southern direction from Massawa 
Mareb river to Adowa and Abbi-Addi, and then across the western 
‘Tacazze and Abai by the great market of Socota in Wang, and { 
the territory of the Wollo Gallas to Adis-Ababa in Shoa, p 
Menelik’s empire. From this point the journey was continued to 
familiar road through Harrar to the coast at Berbera. Here, of 
little new to report, and the main interest of the volume centres in t 
dealing with the eastern tracts, their rich sub-tropical ‘Togetation, | re 
resources, and the social relations of their Abyssinian and Galla ft s 
Many parts of Wasg are described as “ splendidly cultivated,” ¥i 
crops of cereals, arople both for the local sopply and for export to 
districts. Yojju also produces “ everything that man wants in this 
of excellent quality, bananas, limes, oranges, cotton, coffee, sugamc 
‘vogetables of all sorta, red pepper, onions, garlic, wheat, barley, Indian. 
shipti plant for soap, plenty of mille a 
Uhing ia abundance, and at absurdly ol 
also the most delicious white honey, for which the district is famed.” 
also, both Christians and Mohammedans, are far more civilized than ; 
Bip living in good well-thatched stone houses, growing, weaving, 
thelr own cotton, tanuing the hides and skins of their live stock, ameltin 
iron and working it into spears, swords, knives, and agricultural imp 
charge of eating raw steaks from the live animal, a charge dating from 
Bruce, is effectually disposed of once for all, and the peasantry are d 





neither thioves nor brigands, but friendly to teisieesanenlt reveir treated, no that 
travellers complaining of being molested have no one to blame but themselves, 
pecond src naiaring ot Seale eaten the index Js 


on sport and big game, and several appendices with copious lists of the Abyssinian 
founs, rainfall records, texts of international treaties, and other useful matter, 
Altogether the book is #0 valuable that tho pablishera would be woll advisei to 


spelling, with such exuberant variety as Adis Abbaba, Adese Ababa, Adie Abbaba; 
pons ‘Tadjurab, and (on map) Tajurra; Ras Makinnan and Ras Makunan (in 

official documents) ; Negoorm and Negusa, and so on. A delightful account of bird- 
life is comewhut murred by the misleading statement that “ possesses 00 
humming-birdo” (p. 493), boing in this respect no exception to tho rost of the 
Eastern Homisphere. 


Boxcuastrs Mission. 


So much attention was absorbed by the Fashoda incident that little heed was 
paid to the Bonchamps Mission, which was all the time from the 
Abyssinian side with Commandant Marchand, advancing to Nile from the 
west, Indeed, no detailed account of its movements has yet appeared in an English 
form, aud as it travereed some new ground in the upper Sobst basin, 
will be glad to have the very full and graphic description of the route by M, 


no farther than Nianiam, at the head of the Sobat river proper, in tho Abi 
(Nuer) territory, whence it had to retrace its steps through Buré and Goré to 


MM. Foivre and Potter, with the Russian Colonel Artamanoff, did reach the Nile 
at the Sobat confluence on June 22, 1698, but in the suite of an Abyssinian force 
under the Dejaz-Mach, Tessama-Nado, Here wore holsted the Ethiopian flag on 
the right and the French on the left bank of the main stream, and it was those 
flags that were saluted by Marchand on July 9 ou his way down the Nile to 
Fashoda. Of this bold attempt to create a French or Franco-Abystinian zone 
screaa the continent nothing now remains oxcept the valuable geogmphical 
Aiscoveries which wore made by the de Bonchampa and Tessama-Nado expeditions, 
and a graphie account of which will be found in M. Michel's book. Tho main 
result was the agcurate determination of the greater part of the upper Sobat basin, 
which comprises most of the region between 6°-10® N. and 33°-36° K. On the 


* Mission de Bonchamps, ‘Vere Fachoda & la Rencontre de la Mission Marchand 
& travers L’Ethiopie!” Par Charles Michel, Second de In Mission. 994 pp. Paris: 
Librairie Plon (no date). 





x2 








REVIEWS, 201 


Fotres's ‘Eoyrr axp rim Hosremaxn. 
Mr. F, W, Fuller bas embodied in a bulky volame* a considerable amount of 


collected by him during ropented visitx paid to Egypt before and since 
tcalloay saly ste, parson, te Napa “pny ge te 
earl 
craft, with some other fi t topics, ook Bat 
pe nc aM cel ‘book may 


regarded as a useful supploment aud continuation of such standard works as Str 
‘AMired Milner’ "England ia Ezypty Mr. Sllea White's * Expansion of and 
SON A ee: Maeda et Na bringing events down to the of the 


Procedure 

which are clearly shown the respective spheres of the contértinous Anglo-Egyptian, 
French, Abyssinian, and Italian possessions, so far as determined by the latest 
international agreements, Unfortanately, no attempt has been made to conform 
the epelling of geographical names with that of the text, so that the usual dis- 
‘erepancics—Ansiut and Slout, Assuan and Assousn, Massowa and Massawa, Fayum: 
and Fayoom, Sudan and Soudan, etc.—atill abound. But it ia hopeless to look for 
consistency in these matters until some enterprising publisher undertakes the 
preparation of an authoritative geographical nomenclature, 


‘Tae Farum. 


‘The volume of the Greco-Roman branch of the Egypt Exploration Fund, deal- 
fing with the recent discoveries of old documents in the Fayum,t contains mach 
matter of quite exceptional interest, not only to students of palwography, but also 
———— the genoral reader, It covers tho two periods 1895-96 and 


eatraca (inscribed potsherds), is followed by n luminous treatise on the ancient 
goography of the Fayum, in which a laudable caution is displayed in the attempt 
to identify modern villages and other sites with those mentioned by the writers of 


**gypt and tho Hinterland’ By Frederic Walter Fuller. Pp. xv. 893. 
Longmans. 1901, 
+ *Fnyim Towns and their Papyri” By B. P. Grenfell, A. 8. Hant, and D. G. 
Hogarth, with » choptor by J. Grafton Milne, Pp. xri, +374. Offices of tho Fund, 
37. Great Rusiell Street, London, 

















wurcript. ‘The general editing Is above criticism, and the volt 
ie ion tees Caton Tl-pace poise cr cetoniageeal aca 


Fod's Jounwey Across Arntos, 






‘and not too verbose account of his plucky journey across the con 
st the instance of the Minlater of Public Instruction in 1804-97, 
ag he reminds us in the introduction, ix no longer any great 
eapecially if the traveller be furnished with unlimited credit, and 

Jong enough to contract any local disorder. But it is another matt 
has to be accomplished on foot, as was my intention, accompanied | 
trustworthy men, with relatively little money, sojourning everywhere, 
collecting materials profitable to geography, ethnology, i 
sciences in general, trade, the industries, and colonization.” ‘This is. 
what M. Fo} bas dono, although the more valuable results are nob 

the present volume, So much time was given to sport that he has dealt 
subject in a special work (* Chasses aux Grands Fauves dans l'Afrique 


* “La Trayeraéo do l'Afrique du Zambtzo au Congo Francais! Par Ba 
Pp, xii. + 523, Paria; Plon, 1900, 








‘REVIEWS. 303, 
Paris, 1900). SS RT Ee ES AER I DE TAG SE 


of 
bioJogioal, anthropologic, and technical details. Little therefore re= 
mained for the work under notise, except an account of the route followed and of 


worthy 

enriched it with forty-four fall-pago engravings, all from. taken by 
himself along the route. ‘There is also a good-sized map wl ess pth 
fleld surveyed, and has been specially constructed from the author's itineraries and 
astronomic observations. It has the further merit of showing by distinctive red 
Ines those sections of the route where new ground was broken. It may be added 
‘that this new ground Jay almost entirely between the west const: of Lake Tangan- 
yika and the right bank of the Congo above Nyangwe. Ince imeesr ra 
collected some useful data on the economic and industrial development of 
regions traversed, 


Moone’s ‘Mounrarss ov rite Moox.’ 





conducted with such signet Baa ee the Zambesi delta along the Great Rift 
Valley (Dr. Grogory's Rift Valley), through tho Nyasa-Tangsnyika lands to the 
lakes, and thence to the coast at Mombasa. ‘The great mass of the rich 
wientific harvest garnered by the way is reserved for treatment elsewhere, But 
enough remains to give tone to the present volume, and raise it far above the 
category of ordinary books of travel. Mr, Moore looks at his milieu with an 
unerring scientific eye, and is thus able to deal with several geological and 
biological subjects of great interest in a highly instructive manner, Such Is the 
strange park-like aspect of so many parts of inter-tropical Africa, a feature which 
here finds an explanation as simple as it is beautiful. The apparently artificial 
ebaracter of the landscape is everywhere due to the euphorbia trees springing up 
on the bare sandy soil of old LDemedos Wha eestra aitng od salt Gere Aimee 
‘Thea other plants, thorns, climbers, and flowering shrubs, gather beneath the 
gratefal shade of the euphorbins, gradually wax stronger, and at last strangle thelr 
foster-mother, themaelves blending together in leafy clumps dotied over the long 
alluvial slopes, but still expanding, and some day merging in continuous forest 
growths. In this delightful way are discussed other problems, such as the 
reported oscillations in the level of Tanganyika, and the Jurassic marine fauna still 
surviving in that now freshwater basin. Highly informing is also the account of 
the Lake Kivu volcanic region, with ite still active cones standing at a groater 
distanes from the seaboard than any other on the surface of the globe, Here 
Speke’s Mfumbiro is restored to its place of honour, if not as the name of # 
particular mountain, at least as tho name of a district in which several fiery giants 
develop a great barrier between Kivu and Albert Edward, Hence “ Mr. Grogan 
is quite wrong when ho goes out of his way to polut out that the Mfumbiro 





**To the Mountains of the Moon” By J. B.S Moore Pp. xvi. x 950, Hurst 
& Blackett. 1901. 

















with too light a hand. Moat of the illustrations are 
map comprising the whole of the intartropical region bet 


ata of the Protestant and Roman Catholic missions, 







‘ SENEGAL, 
* To an invitation from the management of the Paris Exhibition o 


considerable mass of well-digested 
ethnology, botany, zoology, and phynical characters of that 
there was not much fresh matter to be glenned from such a well-known 


* ‘Pioneering on the Congo.’ By the Rev. W. Holman Bentley. 2 

wap and 206 illustrations, ‘Tho Roligious Tract Society, Paternoster Row, 
4 ‘Une Mission nu Sénégal: Ethnographic, Botanique, Zoologie, Geo 

MM, Dr, Lasnct, A. Cligny, A. Chevalicr, P. Rambaut. 348 pp, Parla, 1 








community—ofliclale, traders, plantere, 

of the Kamerun and its extensive hinterland, and igt 

show what excellent uso he has made of his varied opportuni 

is naturally given to the numerous military expeditions in 

and by which the colony has gradually broadened its confines in 
Adamawa, But the author had also an oye for the social and 

and in these respects he is able to speak of a marked improvement in 
of the natives. Hore also the absouce of an index is much to be rage 
there is a good map of the Kamerun district, and the book will also be 
its numerous illustrations, many of which are choice specimens of the 
engraver's art, 


Wertaftikanische Kautschuk-Expedition (R, Schlechter), 1890-1000, _ 
Borlin : Verlag dea Kolonial-Wirtechaftlichen Komitees, 1900, 
Kamerun, Secht Kriogs- und Friedensjahre tp deutschen ‘Tropen.’ 1 
Dominik. Pp. viii. 4315, Mittler & Sobn, Berlin, 1901, 








Scientific Investigation of the Murman Sea.—A Russian oxpedition, undor 
the leadership of M. N. Knipovieh, visited the Murman sea in the years 1898, 
1899, and 1900, for the purpose of inquiring into the hydrological and biological 
conditions, chiefly in connection with the fisheries. Amongst the fishes caught 
were several not hitherto reported from the Marman sea, Such were the semi- 
transparent Cyclogaster gelatinosus, various species of Lycodes, Lumpenus, ete. ; 
also Plutytornatichthys hippogtoasoides and the blue wolf-fith (Anarrhichas latifrons). 
A very unexpected catch was a large tunay, more than 6§ feet long, a form nover 
seen before north of the Lofoten islands. Another rare species was aN 
boreatis, nover found before on the Murman coast, or oven in European seas, 
specimen of Nemalycodes grigorievi was also procured, the third ee cae: 
and Ruja fylte, known before only on the American coast. The large shrimp 
Pandalus borealis was found in Inrge numbers, both in the Inver parts of the Kola 


chief food of the more important marketable fishes. A largo quantity of inverto- 
brates were brought up by the trawl. Sometimes tens or even hundreds were 
captured in a single haul of species which bad novor bofore beon met with in the 
Murman sen, or very seldom. “The trawl occasionally contained, among other 
organisms, large numbers of Gorgonocephalus, or Inrge Antedon, Psolus, Tro- 
chostoma, Myriotrochus rinkit, species of Neptunea, Ukko, Buccinum, ete, Asterias 
stellionura and panopla, Schizaster fragitis, etc., were abondant. Marketable 
Ashes proved to be more widely distributed than was oxpected. Cod, Sebaster 
norvegicus, and Drepanopsctia platessoides were found from Bear island almoat to 
the coast of Novaya Zemlya, and from the Marmian coast up to lat, 75°. N. The 
‘blue wolf-fish, considered to be a Finland species, was caught not far from Novaya 
Zewlys, among other places. With the marketable fishes was associated a typical 
arctic fauns, both of fishes and invertebrates, which was observed on the banks of 
the Kanin peninsula and further east, In the direction of Novaya Zemlya, Cod 
cour in very low temperatures, 283° Fabr. for instance, and in water only a little - 
warmer, about 34° Fahr., all the chiof Murman fish were caught. Very successful 





THR MONTHLY RECORD. 309 


ground-water was taken in as many wells ns possible. Gi lich 4 
water supply was carefully noted. Fourthly, the number of fever-cases 

was compared with the monthly rainfall over a suries of years, iy brBet eesid 
vations wore mado oa the distribution and monthly variation in the distribution 


wsbove noted, and of the ward variations in ‘was found in the varying 
charactor of the water-supply, the most wards of all being those using 


only a tank supply. As rogards the breeding-grounds of the mosyuitor, Dr. Rogers 
found that, #0 far from these belng Imited, as is supposed by Major Ross, to small 
pools with no fish, the Anopheles laree awarmed both in large tanks and in small 
pools, the former, as well ag eome of the latter, abounding in fish. In the 5 aquare 
miles of Maniktola alone there must be eoveral hundred tanks,so the chance of 
destroying the larvw must be exceedingly remote. Dr. Rogers also failed to find 
any cases of fover near the infected tanks in hot weather, and he considers it open 
© question whether malaria is contracted only or even mort commonly through 
the agency of mosquitos, A good water-aupply is, at any rate, he thinks, an im~ 
portant prophylactic against malarial fever. 


Sir Harry Johnston on Uganda—Sir Harty Johnston's final report, 
supplementing the preliminary report noticed in the Journal for February last 
(vol. xvii, p. 151), was (enved during July. ‘The more purely goographical 
results of tho special commissioner's travels over the greater part of the pro- 
tectorate are not dealt with in the report, but will, it is hoped, form the subject 
of  papor during the next session of the Society. All who are interested in the 
development of Afries will, however, find much that it instructive and suggeative 


considers the principal reasons why the possession of the country is of importance 
to Great Britain. Apart from the question of the water-supply of the Nile, and 
the necessity that one at least of the main sources of that supply should be urider 
our contrel, he bolds that on account of our Indian Emplre we are compelled to 
rovorve to British control a large portion of East Africa, which fa, and should be 
from every point of view, the America of the Hindu, where Tedian trade, enter- 
prise, and emigration may find a suitable outlet. The large sums hitherto spent 
by the British taxpayer may, Sir H, Johnaton thinks, quite poasibly be ultimately 
repald, while a positive profit may be expected from the opening up of the region 
to British commerce, ond, in a loss degree, settlement. In the eastern part of the 
‘Uganda protectorate there ir, we are told, a tract of country of about the alee of 
Belgium almost without parallel in tropical Africa. It is admirably well watered, 
with a fertile soil, covered with noble forests, and to a great extent uninhabited 
by auy native race, and, moreover, as healthy for Europein settlers as the United 
Kingdom, British Colombia, or temperate South Aftica, OF the resources, from 
which a profitable trade might be developed, rubber ts placed first, some 30,0¢0 








inlot, with no tidal movement or rivers to purify the water, ‘With reg 
prospect of the line from a paying point of view, he says that no sudd 
ments can be expected, but that, although the immediate prospeste ar 
bright, a small not return on the capital expended may bo reaso 
after about 1910, The rates and fares now charged (though very: 
may be remarked, than those on the Congo railway) are high as 
those charged in India, and Colonel Gracey strongly urges the 
rednction, especially in the case of such articles as salt, food grains, 
indiarubber, colfee, etc., the cheap transport of which ts vital to 
the country. With present charges the railway will prove neeloss for 
development. Without it, however, it would be impossible for any 
to hold the country round the headwaters of the Nile. 

The Upper Branches of the Sobat.—In puting before the 
(vol. 79, p. 379) an account of Major Austin’s work on the Sobat, as 
the May number of the Journal, Herr Brix Forster calls fn question | 
tion by that officer of the river called by him Akobo with the stream 





THE MONTHLY RECORD, bias 


‘near its source by Wellby (Journal, vol, xvi. p. ba petainee he etdlenn 
indications furnished by the latter traveller, the correct IdeutiGestion of hie river 
must bo « matter of difficulty, and there is no doubt something to bo ssid for Horr 

Forater’s views. How, Mastodon, cau tba Rashi Weawypmetok ded piety 


from south to north, be the Akobo, which, as originally explored by BDttogs, was 
found to have a course from to north-west? ‘The latter river, in Herr 
Forster's view, is that seen by Wellby ‘the Buzi from the south-east in 


Joining 
DOSE egal eines ween rare pe tery oar 
with the western branch of the Pibor, ‘This cortafoly fite in with the state. 
ment of Wellby that after the junction the combined river flowed north. On his 
ee ey eran the direction is given as north-west, or still that of the 





Join f 

one of which injght well be the (esstoro) Rual of Wellby, which Dr. Doaaldson 
‘Smith's latest journey shows to be quite an insignificant stream in ite upper course. 
Herr Forster makes no reference to the work of the de Bonchamps Mission as 
embodied in M. Michel's map, and this eeems to favour Major Austin’s identification. 
‘The map allude! to shows the Pibor (on which Js the village of Akobo) and the 
Ajuaru io a way which agrees fairly well with the delineation by Wellby of the 
two Ruzi's, except that the point of junction is placed much further north-west by 
the French travollere. The actual junction, however, does not ecem to havo been 
Ee ame Geel TEER BUNT he oe Major 
Austin's identification of the river seen by rz sieins forthe poathcsess with © 
the Gelo, reems, however, more doubtful, owing to the great discrepancy in 
latitude. But it is to be remarked that snother stream is shown on Wellby’s map 
as entering from the cast « little north of 8°, and this might perhaps be the Golo, 
Tt is obvious that tho names Kier or Baro on that map should properly bo assignod 
to the stream there marked Sobat, 

Dr. Kandt’s Latest Journeys—Following up his exploration of the 
Nyavarongy, the northernmost of the upper branches of the Kagera, Dr. Kandt 
‘has carried out his intention of completing his investigation of the Nile sources by 
the survey of the Akanyaru (Mitt. aus den Deutschen Schutagebieten, 1901, part 2), 
The expedition for this purpose was undertaken in July of last yoar, the traveller 
proceeding first to tho Rusizi vallay with the fect! iiprinmceerta 
the eastern escarpment to the neighbourhood of the source of the Akanyara. The 
dread of the unknown forests, with which the slopes are clothed, exercised such an 
influence, however, on his men (aatives of Runnda) that Dr. Kandt was forced to 
give up the attempt and proceod first to the junction of the Akanyara with the 
Nyavarongo. On the way thither he visited the court of the Sultan of Ruanda, 
whore tho deception hitherto practised on all Europeans by the substitution of » 
fictitious for the real sultan was, to Dr, Kandt's surprise, abandoned, ‘The true 
tithe of the sultan is eid to be Mwami, not Kigeri, which was the popular name of the 
former Sultan Luabugiri, Dr, Kandt reached the confluence of the rivers at the end 
of the dry season, the most favourable time for judging their relative sizo, as the 
papyrus swamps which fringe the true chaunels wece dry. ‘The result of the 
tonewod measurements was to emphasize more than ever the relative importance of 
the Nyavarongo, which bad double the width, with four or five times the rate of 
flow, of the Akanyara, the depth being about the came, After surveying = portion 
of the Kagera below the junction, Dr, Kandt ascended the Akanyaru, which flowed 
from the south through a wide papyrus-filled valley, cleared for cultivation beside 
the stream, and giving evidence of most fertile soil, ‘The lakes of the Kagera were 
dry at the time, but one containing water was found to communicate with the 

















joumey 
purposes io addition to enrolling, organizing, and g th 
Sn Wien Oa ener 0" 


‘The British Columbia- Yukon Boundary.—A su 
carried out under the direction of the Surveyor-General of © 
along the boundary-line between British Columbia and the Yu 
ia constituted by the 60th parallel of north latitude, Reports on 
work (that between Lake Bennett and Teslin lake) by Messrs. St. 
‘Fraser, appear in the Annual Report of the Dopartment of the J 
accompanied bya map. ‘I'he district is oxecedingly difficult to 
with mountain ranges trending vorth and south, separated by 
‘Thove mountains, which branch off tho main range soparating th 
from that of the Yukon, have the barren wild appearance of the snow 
the const range. The highest point (4500 feet) in the section: 
under discussion lies between Windy arm and Taku arm, both 
lake which connects with Lake Bennett at Caribou on the White 
railway. East of Taku arm the country is densely wooded with 
avorging 8 inches In diameter. A meridian through Atlin lake 
east of Taku arm) would divide the district into two distinet confo 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. 315 


‘of such 4 line the mountains are majestic rock mames, while to the east the bills 
form # rolling landscape, from which « great peak will ouly occasionally stand out. 
al aerdipraeee a et to come across a 


‘mountain sheep and goats, and smaller animals, grouse, ducks and geeso, aod 
other birds, while the streams and lakes are fall of fine fish. Mr. White-Frasor's 
remarks on the mosquitos are interesting from the point of view of the distribution 
of the pest, ''he stortuess of the season (June to August) during which these 
Snaects are active, is made up for by their vigour and partinacity during that time, 
the traveller being attacked by them in dense clouds. An occasional respite is 
evjoyed through the fact that the mosquito soraiallyineieiinacat Denes 
above 39° Fabr., aodas the summer night-temperature generally falls 

point, it gets benumbed and drops into the grass, rival pe amengee sry 
wo be useless except for mining, and the probability of any fads cast of the Atlin 
line is small, ‘The timbor is too small to be of much use, and, though hay might 
be put up for winter use, the country is unfitted for grazing, After mining ceases 
to be productive, the country will, in Mr. White-Braser's opinion, lapse once more 
into an extensive hunting and trapping country, 


POLAR REGIONS. 

Return of Polar Expeditions.—The return to Sandefjord of the expedition 
under Captain Stokken, organized by the Dake of the Abruzzi for the purposo of 
searching for the three lovt members of his polar expedition of 1899-1900, was 
reported on August 17. The southorn consta of Franz Josef Land had been 
eS a ee their 
fate. A memorial was, as arranged for 0 Duke, erected on Cape Flora. 
Another ition, which bea, unsuccessful, is that of Oaplain 
Bauendab), who sailed last autumn, it will be remembered, in a «mall vessel with 
very inadequate equipment, in the hopes of pasties race {pet Land 
route. Captain Bauendabl wintered at Danes island, Spitsbergen. According to 
news received from Norwegian whalers, and publi lished in Petermanns Mittellungen 
G@No. 7), Captain Bauendah) is seoding his ship home, and proceeding to East 
Greenland in a boat with one companion only, in the hopo of pushing northward 
by that route. 


MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL @EOGRAPHY. 

‘The Geoid and the U.S, Coast and Geodetic Survey —Anaroof the paralle! 
of 39° N. Jar, bus lately beon measured in the United States (U.S. Coast and 
Goodetic Survey, “Special publication, No. 4,” summarized in the January 
number of the National Geographic Magazine). It extends from Cape May 
on the Atlantic const to Point Arena on the Pacific coast, passing over 48° 46’ 
of longitude, und mensuring 2625 miles. ‘The triangulation has been developed 
from ten bae-lines with an aggregate length of 534 miles, the longest or 
Yolo base being 10-9 milos long. Among the Itocky mouutains many of the aides 
of tho triangles havo lengths exceeding 100 miles, and one attains to 182 miles. 
‘The altitude of some of the stations is very considerable, as, for inatauce, Pike's 
penk, 14,108 feet, and Mount Elbert, 14,421, Distributed over the arc, or oear it, 

No, 1L.—Sxereuven, 1901.) Pe 





The World’s Timber Supply.—Although te, in of 
supply of the future is one of which the i: 
for « long time past, the subject has hitherto failed fo aheaee 
tion for any practical outcome to result, There are owe. 
attention may be at last aroused to the necessity of ation if the 
supply of the world ix to be maintained, In France the subject 
forward by M. Molard, Inspector of Forests, at Paris; while « 
of the question in the light of recent statistics was lately put before 
Arts by Dr. W. Schlich, the well-known Professor of Forestry at Oo 
College (J.S.A., March 1, 1901). Both of these writers have 
within the bounds of possibility that an actual shortage in the pro 
may be experienced In the near future. Such is the increasing 
principal industrial countrios of the world, p 
remain constant, it would not by any means suffice for the requ 
world but few years hence. Taking first the countries of Europe, 
divides them into importing and exporting countries; the former 6 
ing, in descending order, Great Britain and Ireland, Germany, Fr 
Denmark, Italy, Spain, Holland, Switzerland, Portugal, Bulgaria, 
Sorvia; the latter, Russfa (with Finland), Sweden, Austria-Hungary 
and Herzegovina), Norway, and Rumania, In Great Britain and 
apectively, the average annual imports during the last five years 





THE MONTHLY RECORD, ‘31 


22 million pounds’ worth and 14 million pounds’ worth respectively, France 
coming third with only 9 malllion pounds' worth. In the caso of the two first, 


bi 
F 
eer 
ge 
i 
: 
iy 
i 
lL 
iz 


eads to no very hopeful conclusions. These are summed up thus. The 

from Norway have already begun to fall off, while those of Austria-Hungary 

soon follow suit. Sweden may increase her exports to a moderate 
it 


Ht 
Ae 
ii 


i 
HI 
LE 


to forestry in that country. In fact, the United States must, like Austria, ceaso 


Lastly, Dr. Scllich sbows that, with all the forest wealth of our colonies, the British 
Empire as a whole importa now annually timber valued at close on £18,000,000, 
anil atrongly urges the need of a more vigorous forest policy throughout os 


; 


Pierre Garcie and his Works on Navigation—aAn interosting account 
of Pierre Garcie, the author of one of the earliest books of sailing directions, is 
given in the Bulletin de Géoyraphie Historique et Descriptive (1900, p. 135) by 
‘M. Auguste Pawlowski, who corrects cortain mistakes into which bibliographers 
‘have fallen with respect to Garcle’s works. In the first place, he shows that 
‘the earliest known edition of the ‘Grand Routior’ is that of Poitiors, printed by 
Enguilbert de Marnef in 1620. The statement of Sir Travers Twiss, in ‘The 


probable that it was brought out by Marnef from Garole’s manuscripts. ‘The most 
{teresting fact brought out in the paper is perhaps that of the existence of a 
*Petit Routior,’ of which a single copy only is known (in the Bibliothéque 
Nationale at Paris), which internal evidence shows almost certainly to have teen 
also the work of Garcie, Out of twenty-two chapters eight are reproduced almost 
verbally in the * Grand Routier,’ six others appear in the latter with modifications 
wr additions, while eight only do not appoar in the ‘Grand Routier.’ Their 
‘omission is attributed by M. Pawlowski to the use of an incomplete manuscript 
‘by Marmef, as the chapters al! refer to countries fumiliar to Garcie during the course 
of his many voyages. The‘ Petit Routier’ also helps to clear up certain doubtful 
points respecting the ‘dle: d'Oléton,’ the first code of maritime law current in 
the Atlantic during the middle ages, while another point of interest about it is the 
fact that it, and not the ‘Grand Routier,’ was the original of the ‘ Rutter of the 
Ses,’ of which a copy (dated 1596) belongs to the Library of Lincoln's Inp, 
x¥2 





THR MONTHLY RECORD. 317 


‘Pyrenees is a portal only 200 fest wide, Quite us important as the pask or gap is, 
the nature of the avenue of approach to the same, and this ic, of courre, deter~ 
mined by the general strnoture and relief of the range, the transverse valley of 
erosion affording th» greatest facilities for communication. It is the flanking 
valleys of approach which draw to themselves all tho active life of the mountains, 
while the panses themselves have only emergency inhabitants. Where no carriage 
route has been constructed over the summit, as is generally the case in the 
‘Pyrenees, a small settlement springs up where much road ends and the mulo-path 
-or feot-trail begins. Tower down the valley there will probably be a spot where 
side valloya converge, cach perhaps itealf leading to ® prs, and thia becomes necor- 
sarily a focus of life and trade. Snch points are Chiavonna, Acsta, and Rellinzona. 
‘The paper, which is to be continued in a subsequent number, contains here and 
‘there statements which might be misleading. From the account of the ranges 
‘between India and Baluchistan it might be thought that they present Iittle barrier 
to intercourse, while from the reference to Hannibal in connection with the Little 
St. Bernard it might be suppored that no doubt oxisted as to the pass usod by the 
See genera). 

ual Report of the Russian Geographical Society—We have juat 
received the Annual Report of the Russian Geographical Society for the year 1900, 
which includes the belated reports of the Turkestan, East Siberia, Orooburg, aud 
Amur branches of the Society for 1898 and 189%, During the past year the 
Society has sustained several heavy losses, by the death, among others, of Prof. 
'V. V. Vasilioff, one of the best authorition on Buddhiem in Europe, and the author 
of two capital works, ‘Buddhism, its Dogmas, History, and Literature,’ and 
“Graphic System of Chinese Hieroglyphs;’ of Prof. S.J. Korschinski, who was 
an excellent botanist, and after his numerous journeys in Russia, Siberia, and 
Turkestan had begun to prepare a * Flora of Russia;’ the ethnographer, L. N. 
“Markoff; D, G, Anuchin, ex-Governor-Goneral of Kast Siberia; aud the moteoro- 
Togiet, F, F. Miller, Of expeditions, three were at work during the year: the 
“ Tibet expedition" of Kozloff; the Korean and Sakhalin expodition uoder P. J. 
Schmidt; and the Kamehatka expedition, now under V. N, Tyushotf, Dr. N. A, 
Zaradnyi was also carrying on investigations in Persia, and a couple of small 
expeditions were at work in European Rasaia, Dr, Zarudnyl, author of an 
‘excellent 200-geographical work, ‘Oiscaux de la région Transcasplenne,” Is con- 
dinning the same kind of work in Persia. Of tho varioug publications in con- 
templation, we notice with great Interest that D. N. Anuchin is about to publish 
‘the valuable observations of Miklukbo-Maklay in the East Indies, Micronesia 
and Polynesia, which have been hitherto known by short abstracts only. The 
Constantine modal was awarded thin year to the indefatigable explorer of Asia, 
V. A. Obrucheff. His work in the Transcaspian territory, then in the Olekma 
and Vitim highinnde, and Iater on in East Mongolia, for which hie explorations 
are epoch-making, are well known to the scientific world. His four years’ work 
in Transbaikalia, in connection with the Siberian railwny, is less known, but equally 
important, while his recent explorations on the coasts of the Pacific are only known 
‘ag yet from short preliminary reports. The Litke medal was awarded to M. E. 
Zhdanko for his hydrographical, maguetical, and goodetical work extending over 
soveral years; the Semenoff modal to J. A, Koranoreky for meteorological work ; 
aud the Prjevaleky medal to V. V. Sapozhnikoff, professor at Tomsk university, 
who has explored the flora and the glaciers of the Altai, proving that glaciers are 
to be counted In the Altai by hundreds, and that the valleys of these highlands 
bear unmistakable traces of a former much greater extension of glaciers, ‘The 
reaults of his three years’ journeys are now embodied in a work entitled ‘he 


instance of the French Jesuits in the eighteenth century, 

explored by a European ; while by striking across the upper W 
to Assam, tho expedition virtually sot at rest the question of the 
river, Prince Honry had Sbidate racy ‘beotme a! mothe 


abortive expedition in connection with the De Bonchamps mit 
over, to his geographical work, which, as already shown, was of © 
portance, that we must confine our attention hero. 





GROGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 31d 


Baron de Santa Ana Nery. 


ba sal Rereihc bee ientameae lena 
honorary corresponding member, Baron ita Ana ls 
on matters relating to Brazil, of which country he was a native. Of these works 
perhaps the most important were, ‘Le Pays des Amaxones,” published in 1885, and 
afterwards translated into English ; and * Le Ssrésii on 189%,” a general account of the 
country published Jo connection with the Paris Exhibition of 189%), at which he 
represented his native land. He was also a delegate of the Geographical Society of 
Rio de Janeiro at the London meeting of the International Geographical Congress. 
‘Tho baron had for wany years resided in Parie, where he acted as correspondent of 
the Jornal de Commercio of Rio de Jancito. 


F. W. W. Howell. 

A regrettable accident was reported during August from Iceland, which resulted 
in thé death of the well-known traveller Mr. Frederick W. Howell, who by bis 
yeoturesome journeys has done more to add to our knowledge of the remoter party 
of Iceland than any other Englishman, Mr, Howell, who resided formerly at 
Sutton Coldiicld, and latterly at Handsworth, Birmingham, made his first im- 
portant journey in 1890, in which yeur, starting with three men from Svinafoll, ho 
reached a point on the ice-clad peak of Orsefa Jokull, 6100 feot above sea-level, or 
only some 150 feot below the summit, the complete conquest of the peak 
only prevented by a violent snowstorm. Returning to the attack In 1891, he was 
this time sueceseful, effecting on Auguet 17 the first ascont of the mountain, which 
he subsequently described in the Proceedings of aur Society in 1892, Mr, Howell 
created a socond record in 1899 by crossing for the first time, in company with two 
young Oxford men, the great ridge of the Ling Jokull, with its vast ioefields, He 
has since continued his explorations, and was at the time of his death, according - 
to news recelyed in this country early in August, crossing with guides the 
Heradovots river, when hia horse, becoming entangled in a quicksand, began 
plunging about. Mr. Howell was thrown from the saddle, and, being carried away 
by the strong current, wasdrowned. He had been a Fellow of our Society since 
1891. - : 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 
Additions to the Library, 





Verh, = Verhandlungen. 
= Wissenschaft, and compounds, 





Cvijié. 
Austrin—Canals, Sabo ee Coit Eee "2 
‘La question dos canaux on Agtriche. Par Hanh aera 


Goeicieapsay Site, K.A.W. heaps apakniaes/ 


ree ese pps 
inten i x. Allwadnes Bericht Peet we aay 
‘Dr, Edmund ¥, Wace 
Avstrla—Karlsoisteld. Ab. G, Gos. Wien 3 (1901); 1-25. 
Karkeisfeld-Forschungon dor K. K. ose! : 
Die Aufnabine dee in den Jahren, 
Von Arthur you Hilbl, Wéth Mape and Plate, 


Beas ee be rose 100 Foriign Office, Annual 


Ant 
difforenz, 
Size 11} Prats 


Tnlands. 4 
eee Foreign Office, Annual No. 2589. 1901. Size 


France, Anthologie ae oe Ae 
Jobannes Loitritz. Zweite Aue 
Jurdt und Wiliseh, 1901. sine oe 
Presented by the Editor. 


The writer han brought toget! 


BSG. Gececas tion: ar 
‘Géographio Industrielle do Ja Franoe on 1789. Pox M. Emile 
Chetnonlx and the Range of Moat Blane. A Guide by Edward Whi 
London : 


Murray, 1001; Size 74 x iv. and 20 
and Wsteotions. Price 8s. nae Praconed by eee 
‘Vinitors to the Alps will mrs the soehhed ne cs new edition of 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH, 321 


‘France—Paris. 
pap teaser eee Puris, sen Bovirons et an Appendice 
de 1900, Par Paul Joanne, Parle: Hachette et 3900, <a 
poieacie, 34, S448, 48,92, Plans. Gruen ip Dr dB 
France—Puy-de-Dimo, Boule and others. 
le ot Vichy. Guide di do Natarnliste oat 
algo ae Guide du Toariste; da Nat et ‘Arebdo- 


Vail 

Verninee Paria: Massou et ‘Cle, 190). i, “aan 7h Ay pp. and 88, 

and Tilustrations. Presented by Dr. M. Boule. 
ap ht regg ip est lee eat arise ae ay deepening Ty 

‘ty M. Boule. It does not only to the touriat, bat ia a Es 

information on the history, geography, aA st 

France and Germany—Kallways B.8.G. Com. marie planter eee, Sorel. 
Comment les chomine do fer frangals facilitont Sey ee tioa, comparaison 
aves les oherning do for allonends Par M. {e'Dr Robert Sor 

Sits, AW. Berlin (1901) : 501-528. ‘Branco and Traas, 
Bowois fiir die Richtigkeit easorer, Eeklhrung dev valostschn’Eias| bet Hteds 
Uogeo. Vou W, Branco und Prof. Dr. E. 
tn Aad a nh nl ii ot tiara hn 

“ Rics" divtriot from the oriticiem of Dr. Koken. 

Germany. GM. Hessen, 1. and IL, Heft (1900): 5-102, ” xravemiiller. 
Die Volksdichte der Grossherzog], Heasivchen Proving Oberbosson, Yon Dr. 
Georg Krausmiller. 

-—Pomerania, Verh. Gos, Erith, Bertin 28 (1901) : 252-240, ~ Halbfass, 
Ergebnisse aeiner Seanforschung in Pommern, Von Dr. W. Halbfass. 

Germany—Prussia. Questions Dipl. «t Colon. 11 (1901): T07-722. Pasquier. 
‘La question des canaux en Prosse, Pur H, Pasqaior, With Map. 

G@ermany—Rhine Provinte. Meleorolog. Z. 18 (1901): 97-108. Polis, 

zur Gewitterkunde im Hohen Venn und ser Eifel. MD A ome 





Germany—Baxony. we 
Zoitchrift des K. Sichalshon Statitlachen Bircaus 46 Jahrgang 1900, Moft $ 
und4. Dresden. Size 11) x 9, pp. 117-240, 
Holland. Schuiling. 
Tijds, K. Ned. Aard. Genoots, Amsterdam 18 (1901): 195-198, 319-342, 

De gronaon vas de province Over|jeal en bare lnndachappen., Door R. Sebailing. 
‘Teeland. Travel 6 (1901) = 99-104. ‘Thiele, 
‘Through Iceland on m Side Saddle. By L, F. K. von Thicke. With Ilwatrations. 

On « tour through Iceland with tho late Mr. Howell ne conductor. 


mein ‘Commerce, an: of Ttoly for the Oftica, 
i Ageiontti 1900. 
‘Annual No. 2616, 1901, Size 10% 6, pp. 3. Price 2d. bes 
‘Ann, @. 10 (1901): 225-281. Mori. 
Ya Cat tale Por M. A. Mori. 


Ratti hic ead f Italy, oxecuted by the Mi Geographic 
secon iwaneens eee a fis fall woth ts conorand by tia ateey of the Cantal 
rie abies Riv. G, Italiana 8 (1901); 272-279. ‘Marinelli, 


La Goograsia @ In Carta Ayroaomica d'Italia, Per Otinto Marinelli. 
Urgos Italian geographora to co-operate in the sehomo for an egrioultural map of 
Idngdom. 


Ktaly—Geodory. Atti R.A. Lincel Rendiconté 10 (1901): 284-291, 
Determinazione astronomica di latitudine esegnita a Monte Suratte nel 1900, 
Nota di Vineonzo Reina. 


ae fia on 1 


Ymer 94 (1901): 118-144) 
"Gps oh apatite shen Sverige under 1600'= tale 


Sweden. 
‘Tmde of Stockholm and Enstern Const of Sweden for the 
Office, Annual No, 2500, 1901. Simo 9} x 6 pp. 50. Price 
Switserland. Vierleljahrs, Naturforsch. Ges. Zitrioh 48 (1900) : 50-196. 
Beitrige zur Biologie des Kntzensees. Von Olto Amberg. With Dia 
Tnoludes tof the ete; of the 
Gi tee hydrography, geology, ete; of 
Swituerland. —_Vierleljahrs. Naturforach. Ger. Zirich 45 (1900): 164-18% 
Der Schlammabsats an Grunde des Vierwald-statterece. Von A. 


Cesiee Gates nee on the ew ‘and chemical oxamination 


oo 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH, 323 


Switzerland. Vierteljahre, Naturformh. Gee, Zatrich 45 |} 877-350. Waldvogel. 
aay reefer igen on var Landoaante: Vou Te Wale 
vogel. and Plate, 
An elaborate atudy of the Litzelsee in Canton 
ate a ly fame secant ei hideat, maeluet 


Switzorland—Zermatt. 
ma sf and Jota, 3 ‘1901, 5 Sas et 
Tsatralion. ey, a 


Sonat 
acti a i Whsoper Ae godt wall ows te ned bane 
‘Turkich Aldinger, 
Betta Kolontatpotitdv. Koloniatwirtachaft 2 (1900-1901): 545-540, ? 
‘Flekioche Wanderang tnd Auqwscdareng Poe ‘von Ruminlen nach Kieinasicn. Von 
‘United Kingdom, 7, and Ninth Annual Rep, Liverpool GS, (1900): 7i-122. Nevins. 
‘he Verages of the Barly Colts to and from the British Isle By J. Birkboole 
Noving, 0, With Maps and Illustrations. 
‘United Kingdom. Quarterly J.f. Meteorolog. S. 97 (1901): 117-140, ‘Mawley. 
Report on the Phenological Observations for 1900. By Edward Mawley. Map. 


Kingdom—Bristol. 

Somo of the Pablio Institutions of Brinlol. By L. Acland Ah Penee 
ite ae mn Hel Spt si Manan coe 
Reference Library. 

United Kingdom—Coal. ——-J.8. Arle 40 (1901): 549-508, 
Tho Coal Problem : itt Relations to the Empire. By Liout, Curlyon W, Bellairs. 
United Kingdom—treland, Aurb, Nord. Oldk. Mist, 18 (1900): 279-882 Bagge, 
Nordisk Sprog og nordisk Nationalitot i Irland, Af Aloxander Bugge. 
Vaited Kingdom—Lake District, Quarterly J. Grofoy. 8. 67 (1901): 18-197, Oldham, 
‘On tho Origin of the Dunmail Raise (Lake District). By B.D. Oldham. 
‘A note on this paper was given in the Toagatied sol Sot 
Paterson, and Watt. 


United Kingdom—Scotland. 

oes een ey ee ae EN Sh, Jan te Sree ik ce 

1 Watt. wrinted from Annale of the Booty, 
plist. 6 1900.) Sino 9% Oypp. 85215 135-15 5A" presmtad by Jt 


vue Kingdom—Yorkshire, Rood. 
The Geologleal History of the Rivera of Bast Yorkahire.| Being the 


Prize Essay for 1900, Cor Reed, oe ie Od. 
Bene, 3901, Beret wit alice eee iin ‘and Diagrame, ae emahiera 
‘This was noticed in the Monthly Record for August (ante, p. 209), 
ASIA. © 
China. Questions Dipl. et Colon, 12 (190%) : 668-673. Fauvel, 
Les yoies navigables de la Chine. Par A. A. Fouvel. With Mop, 
‘Lovasseur. 


Chine et Europe. Par B. Lovamour, (Prom ‘Lee Kotretiens éconamiques et 
financiers,’ V. Année No. 87,4 Juin 1901.) Size 18 x 10, pp. S12-816. 
China. B. Comite? Asie Praugaise 1 (1901): 50-65. 
Le Kouang-tebéou-ouan ; aa zone d'action, Par A. Madrolle. With Map, 
On the Fronch concession in Soathern China. 
China, BSG. Com, Paris 23 (1901): 92-118, 
Une visite & tise cxpltale du Mansl (Chine m@idicnale). Por A. Viasbire. 


‘On a journey Poy Shanghai to Havg-chau by water, and back by the Ton-ma 
mountains, 














emer eh Declen al" yo go 
Tonitant vor de‘Tuals, Laut an ‘van N 


ae te sk 


"SAyiase nar eg 
B.8.0. Com. Paris 98 (1900); 585-546. 
"Ue Kain, oid Nae the Ph 


oft Water up arog a 


“Tho reauit of rescarshes near Cateutin has toes to ston Uae 
‘not necessarily chamotorizo wator-locged 


e sbound, but ion mporcat pe 

mosquitoes abound, Sietapeta welacensrly wen leeeaaitis 

‘India, 
Aree and ee rere Crops from 1891-92 to 1890-1900, © 


Rize 18} x Sf. 
India. Scottish @. Mag. 17 (1901): 225-239. 
Railway Connection with India. By Sir Thomas H, Holdich, 
India, c 
Piece See eel and Madras Observatories for 1899-1900. Size 139 : 
PP. 


India—Assam_ 
es in Assam for the year 1899. Shillong, 1900, Size 
PP. 


ate ~ 
‘The year 1899 was particularly fayoursble for tos, ond the outturn 
sacreane 0167 pe per cent. 










Indis—Baroa. Scottish @. Mag. 17 (1901): 289-265, 
A Bail down the Irrawaddy, By Henry M. Cadell, With Itustrations, 
‘India—Historical. AS. Arte 49 (1901): 417-451, 
The Greek Notreat from India, By Colonel Sir I. H. Holdich, on, ote 3 
Sir T. Holdich examines Arrian’s account of Alexander's retreat from 
Persia, in the light of modern knowledgo of Southern Baluchistan. = 


Ce 


a= 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. B25 


Tndia—Historloal. J. United Service 1. India 80 (1901)= 93-116. Barton. 
The Last Martha War. By Captain R.G. Barton. Map, Plan, and Iluatration. 
Indin—Historioal. ‘MCrindlo. 
ee le er ene iterature. Bela 4 clloetion ‘ot Gnesi) 

and Latin 40 India, extracted from 


cera tides fe th Reet Bown sf 
copiously annotated by J. W. Grind ta, With Introduction Sane 
Index, “London: A Constable & Oo., 101, Size 9 x 6, pp. xxii. wud 226. 

by the Publishers, 


‘Thia will be noticed elaowhore in the Journal. 


Indis—Kashmir. P. Zoolog, 8. (1901) Le: ats, Lydokker. 
‘Note on the Kashmir Ibex (Capra sibirion exoin). By BR, Lydekker. With Plate. 


Indin—Languages. 
Consus of Indi, 1901. Indexes of Languages, London: Printed & 
Sentara ‘ise 84 0, DP 106. ve! Bee 
hich wnbetical and 
Paes) ee classified, are based on the prelim!- 
Tndia—Madras, Sem ea Sr nc 0 (10); 1os-108, 


Geology of the of Salem, Madras wk ge 
ees jes tebe er arg ‘Tour's observations, By Thomos 


cawt appellee etal ro papers hy Lawchenault dela Tour on geological 


Tndin—Madras, — Indian Antiquary 20 (1900): 347-850, 378-382. ‘Temple. 
Some original Documents relating to the taking of Madras in L746 by La Bourdon- 
nals, By RB. C. Temple. i ms oa 


‘Indin—Madras, 
Report on the Administration of the Madras during the year 1890- 
1900, Madras, 1900, Sixo 184 x 8}, pp. xvi, 44, 249, und coxiv. “Mops aad 
Se eee meet ee ee 
Talla Karine Furey. —— 
Le ROA ptnatord 1899- 
1900. Boo ‘Boutay, nope Stew 13} 8h pp Presented by the: = 
Sayre} Rental Ht ag etted east lariat abt ye 


SS ee 
poe reine ‘W, Provinces and Oudh for Silay She 
wong te Mas rr Milakotod nie “Bixe 18) * 8}, pp. iv, xliv., 





Indo-China, B. Comité P Avie Frangaiae t (1901): 52-56. Mourty. 
‘Lea chowins de fer de VIudo-Chine. Yar Charles Mouroy. With Map, 

‘Japan, Tay 
‘Trade of Japan for the 1900. Foreign Office, Annual No, 2595, 2901, 
Size 10% 0) pp 42. Price Ybd, 

‘Japan. B.8.G. Com. Havre 17 (1900): 219-240, Blogfrie’, 
Le développement économique et social du Japon, Par M. André Siegfried. 

‘Yepan—TFormoss. ‘Yamasaki. 
Rin Besnob in Lot tana oa auf Formos. Von Dr. N.Y: 
(Benderatrock sus Ba aus xxi. (dor Drittou Folge Band L} der * Mittheilungen 

Anthropologischon Gevelisobatt ia Wien") When, 1WL. Size 11 x 8, pp, 
23-38, Lluatrations, Presented by the Author. 
Malay Archipolago—Cclebes. Globus 80 (1901): 5-6. Kobeit, 


Die roogoographischo Stollung von Colebes. Von De. W. Kobelt, Shetol-maja 





Gives the role of sndy on the apt of econonie co 


goer tea Behe t om al eT es > 
Cae re: Se eee 


ace coe vid Aukabad and Meahod to Teheran. 


foo Seance seg po 


‘Tmde of Palewtine for the year 1900, Foreign Oftice, Annual No. 
Sizo 94% 6, pp- 10. Price 1a a 








Map. 
Madala map. By O.Haymond Beazley. (From the Geographical Jornal fot 
1901.) Sac apt “ys 


Deuteche Rundachau G. 23 eh hat ‘837-942. ‘Hermann, 
Dio beschrinkte ae Bagdndbahn und ihre Gefabr. Von Dr. R- 


Hermann. With Ma; 

Railway. 1 ani Ane Prange 0: 28.28, Poyorimhoff. 
Le Chemin de fer de Bagdad. Par M. Henri de Poyerimhoff. With Map, 
A useful summary of railway projects in Asiatic Turkey. 

‘rade of the mies of Trebizond and Pivas for the 1200. recon Offer, 
Aantal Nes 2388 1901, Size 94 x 6, pp. 38. Price Price da 


APRICA. 


Ascension Island, Nautical Mag, 70 (1901): 389-850. Lord. 
Ascension Inland, By W, 8, Lord, 


Asbanth Armitage and Montanaro. 


SE ere nnn Co i ‘and Liont.-Colonel 
‘ALF, Montanaro.” London: kG i, Si "Sine, a 
are ptr ey 

A a al Tact oe 

-reoen! 

‘inch, and permite to be followed with onse, 

Azores. dan rape Ci): 8-4 — 
Tato duscibat dor Kommandon SMES. dllke i ike Kap FW, Bo, Sa 
a len wwndoa w 
Odara, erginzt wus deutachen, englischen Sn ee ee 

-Arores—Cartography. B.S.G. Lisboa 17 (1898-99); 455-477, Wee 
‘Les Agores d’aprie les Portulans, coder 

ae de tho cartography of the Azores during 
© 


FR, Colonial I, 38 (1901) : 452-480, Ingen. 
Basutoland and the asutos. By Sir Godfrey Lagden, k.ca1.0. 
Dekase petal Ate. 


Africa Protectorate, 
‘Notes on ‘Territories, led by Major O. 1, Lire Serer, 
Sia Tae ue me 


British South Africa. Gibbons and Quicke. 


Biploredions fo. Morotaaland ancl Nelesboeci yr St. Hall 
Geographioat i yevenel Y peeransy. ot Size fen 1056 Oh vP. 90, “Mape ne 

for Fel 5 cs 
Tlustrations. 


British South Africa, " Grey. 
‘The Kafue River and its Headwatorn, By Goor; (irom the Geographicat 
Journal for July, 1901). Size LO x 64, ma 16. pas 

Central Africa, P, Zoolog, 8. 901) ¥. : 50-52, Selater. 


On xn epparontty now Speciow of Zabra from the Semliki Forest. By FL, 
r, BK, 


‘This account of the new or mane Drought to light by Sir Hl. Jobuston, is based on 
the fragmonts of skin first procured. 














arrears riely tal: 


Goer ito di "Umar ibn ee 
ui Prot dott, C. A, Nallino, va 


qantas mm 


ste ny A Lint of 
lic Works Mintatry up Litt Penn ete! 


Works 
Pace ste i oct ene 
Bratt phe re 3 
The Rift Volleys of Enstern Sinai, Geology of Eastern 


m0. ~ 
A note on this paper has appeared in the Monthly Record Comte, p,: 


Gaston Dajario. Lied Mabiiste du Soudan, Préfuce par Heuri 
J. Mainonnouve, 1901, Sizo 9 x 5}, pp. ir. and 314. Pies tate 
A historical sketch of the riso and fall of the Mfahdlat Ties 
tno measured way to vindlente the RY sed 
‘ot abe Khalifa rule rep pet li intelligence De 
Eqyptina Sudan, Verh. Ges, Erith. Berlin 28 (1901): 217-225. 
‘Bariebt fiber seine Roise nach Kordofan. Von Prof. Dr. G. Lingle. 
‘Tho writer accompanied Slatin Pasha on n recent vitit to Kordofan. 
French Congo. Rev, Frangaise 26 (1901): 821-35. 
‘La Conquéte du Tobad : Mission Congo-Charl, Par M. Gentil, With 
French Congo. _Deutuch, Kolonialseitung 18 (1901): 185-186. 
Dio Verwaltung dea Schari.Gebietes, Von G. A, Kannengiosser. 
‘Frenoh Congo. BSG, Com, Paris 22 (1900) : 271-295. 
‘Len Saltanate do M’Bomou. Par M. R, Cobrut do Montrosior. 
French B.S.0, Com. Paris 98 (1901): 126-141, 
Dans la boucle de 1'Ogoous. Par René Avolot. With Map. 
‘Account of surveys exeouted in 1899 in the southern Ogowe basin. 











ae | 


‘French Wost Africa. Ji, Comilé l'Afrique Frangaise 11 (1901); 184-197. Joalland, 
boar ver ‘et do l'Afrique Centrale, La mission Joalland-Meyaler. 


‘French West Afries, Rew, Fronpaiee 26 (1901): 385-251. Tosliand. 
‘De Zinder au Tchad: Mission Afrique centrale. Par P, Joalland. 

‘French West Africs. B. Comite U Afrique Frangaiss 11 (1901): 178-181. ‘Terrier. 
Tis tepeibtre ealftnize Hin es We, BeOS SS A et ) 


RR eet a Recciaiaback Ped 


French Wort Africa, La G., BSG. Paris $ (1901): 353-368. Gontil. 
‘Ocoupation et organisation des territotres du Tobad. Par M. Gentil. 

‘French Wert Afrion, La G., B,S.0. Paris 3 (1901): 369-880, Joalland. 
‘Do Zinder an Tchad et conquéte du Konem par le Capitaine P. Joalland. 

German Colonies, Rew, Francaise 26 (1901): 269-280, ‘Vasco. 
Len Colonies Allemundes d'Afrique. Par G, Vasco, With Mop. 

German East Africa. bere pens ope Al4-124. Kandt. 
Borioht doe Forachungaroiagnden Dr. wus Roanda, 


A note on Dr, PRE A RE  Tyy Ay . 
Morman East Afrion. M. Deutsch. Sehuteged. 14 (1901): 106-113, ‘Priissing. 
Uober das Rufiyi-Delta. Yoo Kspitin Prissing, With Map. 
A note on thio paper will appear elsewhere, 
German East Africa. Deutsch. Kolonialblatt 12 (1901); 41-444, —_ 
Grenzreiso des Stationschefs vou Iringa. With 
On « journey made early in 1901 round the bordors of the Iringn district (Ubehe). 


German South-West Africa, M. Doutech, Schutegeb. 14 (1901): 91-105, Girgens. 
Dea Landvermessunge- und dor Kapkolonie und seine 
modifizirie Aaya Doutsch-Siid\ Nach ¢inem Bericht you 
Regierungelandmeser H, Girgeus. 

Gorman South-Wost Afrion. Deutsch. Kolonéalblatt 12 (1901): 317-318. = 
‘Vegetationsverbiiltnisee in Swakopmund. 

‘This is roferrod to in the Monthly Rocord (ante, p. 90). 

‘Ivory Const. Globus 79 (1901): 819-818. 


Singer. 
Woolffels Reisen im Hinterlands dor Elfenbeinkiste, Von — Singer. With 
Map and Titustrtions, 

Bitsb, A. W. Berlin (1901): 277-299, 400-417. Bech, 
Per Vaan Kunde In Kamerun und seine Gostaine ‘Von Dr. . Esch. With 


Kamerun. ‘Dominik. 


Kamerun. Seohs und jabre in deutschen ‘on Hans 
Dominik, Berlin ae in Mittier & ra Son Size 104 % 7h, PP ‘ait ond SI, 
Map and Tsien 


‘This is noticed with moe Feks inane in the present number of the Journal. 


Deutach. Kolonkolblatt 12 (1901) : 275-278, Pattkamer. 
Expedition des Gouvernours nach den Crossschnellen. With Map. 
‘The return route from the Cross river was to a large extent the same as that 
followed by Ramsay (eee below), 
Kamerun. Deutsch, Kolonéalblatt 12 (1901): 284-288, 


Expedition des Generalberollmachtigten der Gesellschaft Nordwest-Kamerun. 


Fro » report by Captain Ramsay on a Journey in the upper basin of the Crow 
river, an important itherto perf Fett of ‘hich par diseves 


No, 111.—Szpremnes, 1901,) Zz 




















‘Nilo—Fauna. P. Zoolog. 8. (1900): | 
eae mane ot Lhe Mine ete ae 
panes Verh. Gea. Br, Bertin 28 (1901): 
‘Ueber die Reise von Carlo Frhr. v. Erlanger in dea G 
‘Bee note, ante, p. 214. 
are a deine P, Zoolog. S, (1900) ; 300-807, 
‘List of Mammala - Donaldson Sinith during: 
_ Ehts Rudaifto the Upper Nile’ By Olitetd ‘Themen wer 


‘Sahara. BSG, Lille 98 (1901): AT-870, 
Do tAlgéle au Congo per VAlr ot ly Tobad:” Pat Fernand Fo 





G. Ra. 188 (1901): 988-802. 


‘See note in Monthly Record (ante, p. 58). 
Sahara, 
Bands of Saker. By Maxwoll Sommerville Pollet 
Bos 1901, Sizo 8b x 6, pp. 162, Aifuatrations, Price 108, 
Sent wi popular ia character. 
‘Sahare. ‘Ree, G, Int. 26 (1901): 193-214. 
‘Mission Fourosu-Lamy. 
@abara—Adror. BSG. Com. Parte 22 (1900): 267-280. 
La mission Blanobet dansl'Adrar, ParM. le Lt, Jouinot-Gamb 
‘Sierra Leone. 


Sierra Leone. 
9} X 6, pp. 40. 











Raper for 1900. Colonial Reports, Annual No, 32 





Africa. 
Bho New Gavih Altice i Valuo snd Derelopment, By We. 
ie  Hidineaisas, 1901, Size 9x 6, pp. xvi and 436, Mops 


GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 830 


A onrefal study of the resoarces of South and of the work which 
tho Britah Administeation in the New Galonien. 


hi t of 
asa hard-working, sober and eatorprsing sat srzamoe mu, heh i sup 


a aed asl aa eae See eee the 
iam wilh fy cay ot wanted. If somewhat optimistic, the book is evidently 
‘the outcome of shtfal consideration of the problems awaiting solution, — 
ine 


‘Reolur. 
indo Reols TAfriqne Australe, Mike Onésine Reclas Paris, 
TO’ Bin 9 Lpe a8. Nope Priw ioe 


A very full and carefully compiled account of our present knowledge of South 
South Africa. Quarterly Rev, 183 (1901) = 224-257, 544-583, — 

‘Tho Settlement of South Afrien. 

An examination of the resources of South Africa and other points, bearing on its 


South Afrioa—Native Races, —— 
‘The Natives of South Africa, thelr Economic and Social Condition. Evlited by the 
South African Native Races Committes. es John M fe Tact. ’aise 
9 x 6, pp. xiv. and 360, Maps. Price 12, wet, Preneated by the re 
‘The investigations set om foot in 1809 by the Native Rares Committee, with m view 
to throwing trustworthy light on the native question in South Africa, seam to hare been 
carried out with and in an impartial forth ia this: 
aot be of much ae al interested in the future of Sonth Africa, 


tamary and conclusions contained in chapter xv. the necessity of considering, not 
mete wear tho ve a lan fo fo ao ‘the future common- 


4s insisted on. 
SouthCentral atin Bela. 
5 the Linyanti the Geographical 
ural br June, 1901), S126 10'x Gh Yp. Tos Mop and Ifanratons 
tn M, Deutsch. Schuteged, 18 (1901) : 74-76. 


Preil. 
Dorgaasoeso 0. D. Pr, Hupfold auf dor Douglasachon 
Eepedition Wenniinet too Oberiouioeat Frei? — 


Hobenmessungen im Hinterlande you Togo. Berechnet yon Oberleutnant Pretl, 
‘Togo. Globus 78 (1901): 217-220. ‘Seidel. 
Togo im Jabro 1900. Yon If. Seidel. 
Togo. Dewtech. Koloniatblatt 12 (1901): 238-299, 278-282, 814-316, =§ —— 
‘Ueber die Verbiltniese im Bozitk Misahéhe. , 
‘Transvaal. B.8.G. Com, Paris 22 (1900): 505-594. Laon, 
La Transvaal, canserio par M. 8. Léon. 
‘Tristan da Cana. Nautical Mag. 70 (1901): 208-218. Tord. 
‘Tristan da Cunha, By W, B. Lord. 
wih of the history of Tristan da Cunhe, and of various shipwrecks in ite 
" 
Uganda. Johnston. 
Africa. No. 7 (1901), Report by Hit Majesty's §| | Comroisator the Pro 
Wotorate of 1 gana uanton: Eyre ® Shatiewood, 1901, Bizo 134 X 84, pp. 2. 
Ps 


‘This is noticed in the Monthly Record (ante, p. 309). 


Alaska, BSG, Com, Havre 17 (1900): 241-247 ; 18 (1901) = 300-310, Vallois . 
Trois mois au cop Nome (Alaska). Pur Mf. Paul Valois, 





a2 





ae Cae 
Uni 


versity of nie 
Publications slnting ia aan 10 
Ww le 
fe aati) ion “tat ct 
Canada—Historical Ep ase Pn ee er Jonasson. 

‘The Early Icelandic Settlements in Cauada. By Mr. Sigtr. Jonasson, 
“Theuherot sth 

reat bg Br) pana ty meimteier 
& Co, 1901. Size Sopp eet eal S28 Presented by 


thor, whowe years Speak is vs fot ih Gn nd 
Pape vg ti ot pol se f earenierne esitare carats 1s 
pal paces oe 


around Hadaon ivid idea of the condition of life 
those regious elf  otntury 6go- 
Memorandum on Jee Indians, 
Colonial Report, Miscellanoous, No. 15, 1900, Sizo 9} x 6, pp. 22. Price tick 
‘Contains iuformation as to the Indian reserves in Canada, 
‘Canada North-West Territories. Garry, 


Diary of Nichol; Governor of the Hudson's from 
Tee poo. Asal tat of i wal she orl Le teteein ot 
British North America in 1821. (From the Tranasotions of icateatinn pete 
Canada. Second Sories, 


Pes Vol. vi, Section ii. J, Hope: 
Sons, 1900. Size 10x Taaos, Fonen cad Wasratvons Pe ‘Price pa 
Prosented by Mr. Bernard 

‘This will bo xpecially noticed. 


Pilot, 
cope sees 1901, bend the St, Lawrence Pilot, Vol. {. th Bidition, 
i (Corrected. igs Sanaury, 1901.) London: J. D, Potter, I! Sine 9 x 6, 


ipa 

Annual Rey of the prepped ‘Canada, 1900. nt to a 
Thirty. aNd aonoet ‘eopet ofthe the Department of Marine wind Fohorlen Marine 
‘Ottawa, 1901. Size 10 x 6}, pp. 46. 


Sinoe the date of the Inst report (Journal, vol. xi have been 
arrived at fa tho caso of 1807 set area a Peake ate Peon 


forms sdoptod are 
fain) iver Lewes river ei Lewis); Islands of ea ‘Morte (Etudoon trait: 


‘Mountains, Appalachia 9 (1901): 289-902, Soattergood. 
‘The Beaverfoot Velley and Mount Mollison. Mr. J. Henry Scattergood. 
With Shotchmap and {lustration. a ik, 
Canada—Rocky Mountains, Appalachia 9(1901): 314-216. Vaux. 
‘The Wapla Fall. By Georg & Vans jan ih Martin 
This fall, tains north of the Canadian Pasitie Railway, is eati- 
mated to eee a Peni height of 1050 to 1200 foot. 
Mexico, PL, Oteil Bagincers 143 (1901): 286-295. Body. 
‘The Drainage of the Valley of Mexico. By J. B. Body. 
A bisteriol shot of operations forthe drasing of the valley of Mexico, beginning 


Mexico 
Notizie sul Moasico in nttinangn cogli intoreasi italiani. Rapporto del coote 
BR, Maglinno di Villar Son Marco. (Boll, Ministero Affari Ester, Novembre, 
1800.) Boma, Size 9} x 64, pp. 30, 
On tho trade and resources of Mexico. 





United States—Colorndo. Alpine J. 20 (1901): 860-368. 
The Gmnd Cation of the Colormdo River. By Tempest 


Account of an excursion oarried out in company with Dot. W: 3. Dy 
Taited 
‘An Excursion to the Grand Cation of the Colorado. By W. ra Dae 


etal Ne) Camb roge am 1301 Sere 


A note on this paper will be given. 

‘Tnited Statea—Tdaho, Monthly Weather Rev. 20 (1901): 19-20, 
Lap le lea By 8 M. Blandford. With 
Maryland Geological Si Alley County. Baltimore: 
ine Press isi es zo, Mape'ond’Tssraions 
the Maryland Geological Surve * 


Beptit of the 8 tondent of tho United States Naval OI 
lent iat \ 
‘ach 30, 1900, ‘Washington, 1900, Sine ® x 6, pp. 9k 
sented by the Ui U.S. Naval Observatory. 
‘United States—North Carolina. 
Johns Hopkins University Cireulars 20 (1901): 50-58. 
The Onvter Reefs of North Carolia: a Geological and Keonomfe Stad 
Grave, rit.v. With Chart. 

Talleh Peuee Statos—Tezas, B. United States Geolog. Sure, No, 164 (1900): 3 


fape and Tilustrations. 








GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 835 


United Statos—Utah. Hi. United States Geolog. Sure. No, 166 (1900): 44. Gannett. 
A Gnzotteer of Utah. By Henry Gaunett, With Map. 
United States—Utah. Monthly Weather Rev. 20 (1901): 22-24. Murdoch and Qilbert. 
Relation of the Water Loval of reab Galt Lake to\ the Presiptiiica, By 


The Water Level of Grent Salt Luke. By G. K. Gilbert. 


‘United Stater—Washington—Mount Reinier. Mazama2(1901): 98-117, Pipers 
‘Tho Flora of Mount Rainier, By Prof. Chas, V. Piper. 


Andes, Olnscongs, 
Pari iy teen ares ieee pela 
Forel Coronel Mf. J. 0 megan eee 132, 


Maps. 
A sketoh of the: ‘of the southern Andis of Argéntina, with a 
schome for a railway from Mendoza to the puiaacen poate eh 

Andes. 


Argentine Republic. ‘Hankin. 
‘Trade of Consular District of Buenos Ayres for the 1900. Foreign Office, 
‘Annual No, 2615, 1901. ‘Size 10 x 6, pp. 40, ‘Price yd 


Bolivia—Andes, Conway. 
‘Lhe Bolivian Andes. Bere. br okt anaes fn the Cordiltern” 
Real in the yore 1898 sn Roionaediaer 
aa gr teh poate ne 11 ‘Bin 9°26 pp and 10 TMustrations. 


re will esi ead dar eT 
Bolivia—Boundary Question B.S.G, La Paz 3 (1901): 101-197. 


‘This is the first of a series of to be published by the Society 
of La Pas, deallog with questions ov ier bet Bi Dale aa nelgnDOUTiDg states 
‘proaent paper ix concern e ith Paraguay. to 

ie bison by lbs Piccmsys ood Faragesy fineces 

Bolivia and Brasil. BS.G, La Paz 3 (190%): 210-219, Camacho. 
La cueatién internacional del Acre ag pronuncinda en In teroera sein 
do Ia Universidad de Lu Pax) Por Sunn, Camacho. 

Bolivia and Brasil. B.S.G. La Pox 2 (1900): 1-12; 8 (1901): 198-204, Saavedra, 
‘Los limites con ol Brasil y la “ ouestién del Acre." Por Bautista Snavedra, 

‘Tho Acro is a southern tributary of the Parus algo called Aquiry, on which the 
Bollvims vate tant euoroechmonte havo been ade fom the side of Breall," 
Brazil. Brannor and Gilman. 

‘The Stone Reof at the mouth of Bio Grande do Norte, Brasil, By J. ©. Branner 
tal G. E Gilnen, (Brom the Amertean Geologist, vol. xxiv, Decamber, 1809) 
Bize 9} x 64, pp. (4]- 

This reef stretches like a long, low, nearly sleight wall across the mouth of the 

river, giving the idea of a work of art. 


‘Brazil. BSG. Com, Paris 22 (1900): 515-319, Nery, 
LAmazonie brésilicnns. Par le baron do Santa Anna Néry. 
Brazil Maranbao, 


Roport on the State of Maranhio. Forolgn Offieo, Miscollancous, No. 547, 1001, 
Size 9} x 6, pp. 20, Price 14d. 
A summary of the geography, resources, commeres, et, of the state. 


‘Nicaragua Canal L 

Le cunal de Nicaragan. Par J. H, Franklin, 

‘Tho writer thinks that the Americans will ultimately re 
presented by the anu as compared wit he Niorga mate 
Ann. G, 10 (1901): 292-259, 

Sel n igre Por M. 1, Galois. With Map and Plates. « 


Les Andes 
Re tee ate ults of all recent im 
jgoneral description of the Pstagonian Andoa. 
Porn. 






Political Geography. National G. Mag. 12 (1901): 169-175. 
‘The Latin-American Constitutions and Keyolutions. By John W. Fé 


bt areas 
th American Coniicts and the United States, By Alejandro G 
i000 Size 10h x 74, pp. xxiv. and 14, y 


Porn: its financial, commercial, and political conditions, (8; 
Header)” (ooo) Size 9} & 6 pp. a 


y=) 





the aitenpta sedation ofthe Uaited Stes darog ie anf 


South America. Keane Greene 
Mein vat ay re SSR Eillted by aes Cloments Marks, cm, 


it is satisfnotory to feol that it ix in to three 
st0b s tanlul Zickel wurey of the gesplenkcatinbee mak politeal reteaue ef te 
continent, "The work ts fully the August number of the Journal, 
‘Trinidad, IR. Colonial I. 82 (1901): 877-398, Jorningham. 
Trinidad and its Future Possibilities. By Sir Hubert i. HL Jerningham, Koa, 


AUSTRALASIA AND PACIFIC ISLANDS, 

Australia—Botany. ‘Banks and Solander. 
mi Nord in ALS 
Solander, rua. With Doterinains by Sune pei taraling Pinsky 

"London: Loagmans & Oo, ett. ‘Size 10} % 18, pp. 85-75 [142]. 
Plates. Presented By the Trustecs of the Liritish Museum. 
published noticed in xvi. of the Journal, p. 254. 

PR gto ep y rent py epee ried < 

Fi T. and Ninth Annual Rep. Liverpoot G.8. (1000): 58-71. Finnvano, 
Talanda and People of Fiji. By Morgan J. Finueane. 

See Tem ee: M. Deutsch. Schutegeb. 14 (1901); 131-138. PAliger. 

Seis Danernge er Bia lig ‘ou Privatdozent 


Rosana Go Deutsch. Kolowiatblatt 12 (1901): 282-288, Bennigeon. 
Reise des Gouvernours nach dem Stiden von Deutsch-New-Guinoa, 

‘Now Sonth Wales. Bonwiok. 
Cay Cook fa Ni ith Wi of naming Botany 

Sake boule: London! Low Oo, eole Sco eae 
A eriticiam of Hea eae wontite sancti ee rc ene pa Sea el 

that Hawkeaworth had access to no original log oF journal 


‘Rew South Water. — 
Now Sonth Wales. Statistical for 1899 and Sydney. 
1900, Size 10 x Bh pp. viii and 1014. Preuented by the “Agent-General for Now 
South Wales, 

Paciflc—Ethnology. Brigham. 
Oocasional Papers of the Bernioe Pavahi Bishop Mussom of Fol ynesien Hh 
and Natural es, Vol. i. No, 2. Di 's Report for 1899, Honolulu, 1 
Size 10 x t pp. 80. Iilwatrations. 


Contains, in Loa le gates Breet bere le a Wong on ind 
atjecte; including one on the mat ails ofthe Pacifi by J.¥.G. Sila, 
Pacific Islands. Brigham. 

An Todex to the Ielands of the Pacitle Ocean: » Handbook to the Chart on the 
alls of the Bernioo Pauahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural 
Hsing By William 7. Brigham. Monolulu: Bishop Mueeum Pree, 1 
x10, p17. iape. 






















TE oy ee, ee Prise Wd 
‘See note ia Monthly Record, ante, p. 94, 
South Pacito Osean, 


SEP edn nd Lr sy B 
w. on ei 
He Ldn ay aes Set Sa 
‘Tarmania, 

earner ‘Notes on the occurrence of 

observations upon the | 

Ores, Bae ian Melbourne, 1900. Size 9 x 5}, pp 12. 
‘Woatern Australia, ts 

‘Travels in Western Austmlin, being » desoription of tho various 


Goldtields, und ural Districts of that State. By May Vivier 
W. Heinemann, 1901. Size 9 x 6, pp. svi. and St, By liey, Sin 
Gealains umf decerptions ofthe Jadaetrice and resources of 
ag to which the authoress takes * very sanguine 
Waren Anes . 
Dey tof Lands an 
ca Lande fer tho year 1090.” Porth, , 
Presented by the ‘elorta Pullle Librory 


“Cosine account, with iustrations, of the caves pane: rg 
to excel in extent, picture: goo sad) ceri te teeta ae it 
Wales. The need of their protection is emphasized, 


‘Wostern Australia, P.BS. Queensland 16 (1901): 9-34. 
perenh it igen Australia, By Provk Honn, 


r Jonmars bo to Be north-western, 
iy to dae auen on sy iy first journey 
Ta. A map ia ed, at oe not accompany the paper. 


‘Wostern Australia. 6 
Western Australia, id ok Progress Report o! 
year 1899, Perth, 1900. Size 194 x 8}. pp. 58. * Maps luaratone 












capi care an 


r the Roy: 2h th Boe ‘By Sir Clements 
eters He tiskiae aston ion Oe Lo 
Di) Biae 10 x Ch pp. 2 


Markham. 












“T. and Ninth Annual Rep. Liverpool @.S. (1900) : 22-42. 

Expedition. By Sir Clomonts R. Markham, x.o.n,, ete, 

Axntaretio—derman Brpodition. Verh. Ges. Erik. Berlin 28 (1901): 249-259. —— 
‘Punfe des Dentachon Sidpolarsch iffes " Gauss 


Bee acent roe the 
of 
Dents Rajat Georraphiel With a retaon by Sie 

7 eal Sooiety, 
“A wommary of the contonts of tho Manual is given at p. 150, ante, 
Aretio—Abruzai Expedition. eos 2 iD) SS Gorm, 
La Artios di S. A.B. il Duca degli Abrussi (1899-1900). Umberto 
Taggiunge 86° $3 49” lat. N. Couni gonorali di Guido Cora, 


Artie Raper, MG, Gea, Wien $4 (1901): 58-78, —_Anschilts-Kasmpfe. 
eee Eismeer Sesion ener Expeditionsplan iach dem Nondpole. 


gee are 
IML, Se 6. presvl, und 980.” Mapa 


SE hie writer's projoot was doacribod in tho last volume of the Joursal (xvi. p. 485). 
Arotso Vegetation es pagel sates i lip ‘971-439, ‘Wiesner. 
den Li lees der Pflanzen Gebioto. 
Rc Unenasbuen See ae chee Geblte CE 
vo 
« 2 re ne oor 


Dusén, 
aE, vaxtfynd fin nordéstea Gronlond. Af P. Dasén. Size 9x 5}, 
| eae ebtained from North-East Greenland, with statoment of the 


Nathorst, 
thie map of King Oscar Fjord and Kaiser Franz Jovet Fjord in North-Eastern 
Dr. pnt 


‘A. G. Nuthorat. (rom the Journal for January, 
x 6h. pp. 18. Maps and Hiustrations. 


1901.) “Sire 


_ 


Leas Le le ‘Tome 177 ot sui 
1900, 100 ise 113 tpn te. ia a ’ 


Geological History. MG. Ges, Wien 44 (1901): 74-108, 
Re chemische Denudation—ein Chronometer der 
fon Val, Rit. vy. Lozinaki, 


C, Ra, 182 (1901): 1428-1430, 


Gravity. Siteb. A.W. Berlin (1901) : 328-336, 
Der normale Theil der Schwerkraft im Mocresuiyeau. Von V, BR. 


Gravity. 6.2.7 (1901) : 305-322, 
Die Vertettung der Schwerkraft auf der Ende, Vou Dr. J. B.M 


eas aes) pOnhS. Ges, Wien 3 (1901): pp. 52. 
Der Gegeneate rtroplachen Klimaten der continent 
Datkhaies aut dee Nordbemisphnve, Won Lindt Ooelcn, 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 3 
Motocrology--Rainfall, Monthly Weather Rev. 29 (1901): 6-8. ‘Aloxander, 
ends oes ea By W. H. Alexander. 

’ 


Sin 18 (a8 Ta) 281-22, 
Znz Aiglichon,Periole und Verinferlicheit der relativen Foushtigkeit. Von 


Owanogsphy.  Vrk, Gos Hrd: Belin. 28 (1001): 295-28, ht. 
jie Wirmerorteil Tiefer, Dbeondorer r 
PYailirin’ Materials Yor Dre Bobott betta 
Some Ocean Results of the swith the “Miche! Sark” hoadod 
re =~ 
PORE a ey 
Diagrams, Presented by the Author, ahh sh 
Oceanography —Mothods. ‘Ekman. 
On a new Corrent-Mi Hh at Ny opin Fy By V, Walfrid 
Separatatt wf Nari B. 99, 8.2. Kris 
i poo’ regs Ph 
jzecoeane. 
‘Parmpasformation AL Otto Ne frin Upasla 
raltets Minerulogisk-Geologioke + 3S" Sokol, 1900,“ Sse 


My x ae pp. 191-206, Fa 


Fhysiogtaphy. ‘Horborteon. 
Pte omnes ae 
Se 

Delp, from an educational point of view, a8 an introduction to the 
a Faas st Remain seta Ch. Flabault, 


Fhyto-Geography.  Naturve. Wochenschrift 16 (1902): 201-209. 
Poe been ihre einstige und heutige Verbreitung und dio ee 


a 


adh tack Abh, A. W, Berlin (1899-1900) (il): 1-114. ‘Schumann. 
Die Verbroitung der Cactacex im Vorliiltnine xu ihrer systomntisohon Geildorung. 
You Prof, Dr. Sohumaun, With Mops. 

River Doltas, Science 18 (1901): 952-954. ‘Daly. 
‘Marine Currents and River Deflection, By Dr. R A. Daly. With Diagrams. 
A note on {sia page: appmasel Is Hid Kien pentane 219). 

Sen-level. Geolog. Mag, 8 (1901); 167-174, 228-281, 253-265, Poarion, 
Oscillations in the Sea-level, By H.W. Pearson. With Diagram, 
A summary of historical ind{eations of fluctuations of sea-lovel. 

Seiamology. — 
Pablications of the Earthquake Investigation Committee in Foreign Lan; 


guages. 
eas iv. and 82), No. 6. Tokyo, 1901. Size 10 x 7, vili. and 182. Charle 
ales. Presented by the President of the Insperial Bertiquake Investigation 


Solar Radiation. Meteorolog, Z. 18 (1901): 174-176, Angstrom. 
Toteusivat der Sonncastrahlung ion verschiedenen Hohon, nach Untersuchungen 
aul Teneriffs, 1895 und 1896, Sen Knut Angatrém, 














uta 
3 inti pS 


Oy Tonal Oo What it stands for 5 
Recont, 1900. Size 8] * 6 pp. 14. 


Steer eens 
by the United States. ae Le 
Commercial Geography—Rubber. lobus 79 (1901) : 205-206, 

ta rage der Kavtachakptnoentulte™ Vou De B. W. Nege 
Brhnology—Canoes. Rep. Smithuonian I. (1898), U.S. National Museum. 
peeearee are Ceres of the Balenel woa.daie. By Otis T. Mason, 


A desori of two forms of canoe, wi found tn 
ad ening to far fn whi either ben 
vilization. 
‘The Civilising Race. By BE. M. Bense London; & Co, 
Soh ean ‘Price 12s, Prevented by the Pi 
speculations on thy and early bi 
aed oosrlly etiher ditreas Marcy 
of tho writer, who possibly doon nut intend the book to be 









Captain James Cook. Selections, with Introd 
London: Blackie & Son, (1901), Sine 7) x ae 
the Publishers. 






This is the Intest ineue of Blackio’s “choot and home library.” 
judiciously chosen extracts from the official account of Cook's voyages. 


Mineatw Alia:  Kamy. 
dicnvers pani en dbD Incr de Pane Pept BE tay Cis 
dn Bulletin de Mistorique ot descriptive, No, 1, 1999.) Paris: 1900. 
Bio 9] x 6}, pp- 

BIOGRAPHY. 


Chalmers. Min. Record United Mres Church Seotland (1901): 253-256, ‘Robson. 
Pay err ed By the Rev. George Robson, p.v, With Portraite 


Chalmers and Tomkins. Geen Losin GS USN: 126-129, —— 
James Chalmers and Oliver Lomkins of New Guinea. With Portraite. 


Drygalski. Deutsche Rundachan reas ans 371-876. — 
Erich Dagobert v, Drygalski, Wéth Po 


Fiorini. boii ate tle geen Bortacchi. 
ei hsen Matteo Fiorini ¢ la Geografia Matemmtica, Nota def Prof. Cosimo 


wa al Saas ake ae Pay, ail 


‘Haughton. ‘Yate. 
eat Celoel Joho ier tate Cee — the 86th Sikhs. A Horo of Tirah, 

rate. ohn Marray, 190. Lo hERT 
St i and 2 a8 cat iuasettene Prosented 


‘This momoir ite voller Britieh say the example of one who “ personified 
Sef high sd capacity for command, courage, and devotion!” but 
whose herole death ih St Sunni ho rah capa yes itn, 
in danger of being forgotten by the general public. 
ir lo 


Tano-Pools 
es Ee Parkes ia Chinn, By cont Lene-Poole: London : Methuen & Co. 
io SOR ee Tae eee ee ‘Portrait and Mops. Price Gs. Presented 


pbriainde gives, in a more concise form than the two-volume biography written 
‘by the same anthor in 1894, an seocnath af tee Bin cana at Sip tnost important sotors 
18 the sory of Brith dations with Chinn. As is remorked in the lay 
vory little history artich fa not Iluatreted ‘by, the 
Rutherford Alooee lately galt with, by St. Michio) Oot Sir Harry Paks and the 
need is therefore of St eaib tatirar'e os yorarat 


Buge. Geogr. Angeiger, Pet. Mitt, 2 (1901): 33-35, Parteoh. 
vacate ‘Ruge, von Prof. Dr. Partach, 


@ENERAL. 
British Colonies. — 
Combined Cironlars on Connda, the Australasian and Sonth African Colonies, 
Taauiod by tho Enigrants’ Information OMlce, January, 1901, Size $4 x 5h py. 
18, 46, 16. Sheteh-maps. 


British Colonios—Coal, Rev, Fraugaiee 26 (1901): 281-288. Barre. 
La Houille dang les Colonies Anglaises, Par Peul Barré, 
British Em 


pire. Lee. 
Britain over the Sea, A Render for Scheols, Compiled and Edited by Blizebeth 
Les. London: John Murray. 1901, Size 8 xj, pp. xIvi, and 238 Mops, 
Price 2a. 6d. Prenented by the Publisher. 








on the 
Hl, why i hoped on aoe 
will free from malaria ; on the distribution | 
British Central Aftien ; and on blackwater fever 


‘Commercial. No. 1 (1901). 
on ne Maisie, aterm. Part li. 
pp. 3h - 
Hestikat ‘ay to the adoption and working of the metric system i 
foreiga countries. : 
Mountain Sickness. Alpine J. 20 (1901): 868-898. 
‘The influence of High Altitudes in Mountainooring, By Malcolm 
dn atioingt t» put together for the veo of mountalnoers the 
aired by climbers and others on the eubject of so-called mo ir 
‘wrlier urges the noed of eaution in sacribing all he eymptoms exporianoedl 
Of altitude only. 
Population of tho Earth. 
Dio Bevilkerung der Erde . .. Hernusgogoven von Alexander 8 
4Anion und Auatralion samt den Sivlecs-Incois, (Dn, A Petermaree 3 





ye | 





Names = ‘Cumberland : Yorkshire (western 


ee 


tur islands, + 600,000 or 9% stat, miles to 
"Uys ie Maza Bc Auaodi Oppeaticgen: 


Dr. ‘Phoroddsen has spent ee ee ee iT 
where he hax travelled extensively and performed moat usoful tof 





‘NEW MAPS, 


pelelreraregc paises an we 


'e surveys, har vy pore a i 





‘Phis is the third edition London, 
edition of which Tl Ahtongs bed - 
ene 1901, is somewhat as in 

ime, aud it is to be regretted that more care haa not been 


ten des 
sire de Russie, 1900, 1, rie a iebeatta te doc 
te Fal fn Obiober esperar ka eben fs anna, mn 1 


ies at 
ithulaer Nidonsiyg po Winte i re, im 
Gotha: ae ‘si esi 

molisitoon mane, on tne ‘he metearlogeal phenomena of the 


Emy Saige 
ee Obeeta Bt. hich noticed in the mber of 
iysical . Sint Be a feb whioh was in the Jane nw the 


ASIA. 
‘Smith and Bartholomew. 
and Physical Map ® ea ts te J. G. Bartholomew, v1 
Bag Sera Ste Bealo L Riper pes fala ates 
Clark, 1901. With an indels Presented by he Publishers, 
Fan hi Soo number of this. for this 
ong a now publishel by 


with Mie brit ofa useful index to placo-pames, It 
‘Moura, . & PT, Clark, of Edinburgh. 


AFRICA. 
West Africa, Philip. 
be Gold-Hold eee oe West Africa, Scalo 1: 126,720 or 2 stat. miles to an 
‘Tarkwa abeot. : George Philip & Son, 1001. Prive 108. a sheet. 


hina he rat shat hat has ba aed Pip jold of West Africa, 
and inoludes the region between the coast and 5° 50’ N. lat., and 1° $0’ and 2° 19° W, 


pon. 
Py ma] ala atarhe nen in parts it may not be very 
sine? 


interested in gold-mining in the: ists that it wall cae Ly appeal, for all concessions 
aud olaims aro oloarly Inid down and diatingwial ont colours, and much other 
information given that will be of spocial impartanoe itn aoe ghovare pomvorsed fre 
development of the gold-mines. ‘The new railway from Sekoudi to Tarkwa, aa Inid 





Went 
to Foga; 


SA eee een tny at fo te rd ° 





352 ORDNANCE SURVEY MAPS. 
Engraved or photozincographed (where not published im quarter 
shoots). Size 86x token £ mu . 


M4, Ireland, engraved or ‘hlionnsogra “contours in bok, Intitade 
and Tongitade not marked. ph inches . . 


uy Scale. 


15, Honsos ruled in black, water blue or black Lined, latitude and longitude 
not marked. Bise $8 x 254 inches. . 

16, Houses red, water blue, roads brown, latitude and longitude not marked. 
Unrevisd editions only coloured in this form. Bixe 88 x 25) inches. 


From 24. to the amount of colouring. This 
form is greftaily being euperosied by 


Town Seales. 


17. sfp ooalo, houses stippled. Siso 98x25 2... 2... 

18. Ditto, houses ruled. Size $8 x 25}. 

19, Ditto, houses red, water blue, roads brown. Sige 88 x 254 inches, From 
2%, 6d. to 15s., according to the amount of colouring. Applies to un- 
revised only. 

20, 5-feet scale, houses stippled. Revised. Size 36 x 24 inches 


Index Maps. 


21. Indexes to the sheets of the I-inch scale maps of England and Wales, 

Sootland, and Ireland, eeale 80 miles to en toch, isos about 18 x 18 
en 

92.%Index to the sheets of the G-inch scale map, piahos coloured. 
‘England and Wales. Size 18 x 12 inches. 
Bootland. Sixe 24 x 18 inches . 

28.Index to the sheets of the 1: 2500 scale. map, pavihos coloured. 
England and Wales. Size 18 x 12 inches . 
Bootland, Size 24 x 18 inches. . 

Noe, 22 and 28 are identical with Nos. 2 and 6, but with sheet lines added, 
printed on thin paper, and coloured to show civil parishes. 





* Publication in progress. 


©o co w 








The 
Geographical Journal. 


No. 4. OCTOBER, 1901. Vou, XVIII. 








THE ANTARCTIC VOYAGE OF THE *BELGICA” DURING 
THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899.* 

By HENRYE ARCTOWSKI, of the Solentiflo Staff of the Expedition. 
Srxce the date of the memorable voyages of Ross, Wilkes, and I'Urville, 
the record of antarctic discovery tells us of very few enterprises of the 
kind for many years subsequently, not a single important step having 
been takon, after those voyages, towards the improvement of our know- 
ledge of the antarctic, until the moment when the Challenger pushed 
forward, as far as the polar circle, among the ice of the Southern ocean. 
After this came the years in which Prof. Neumayer and Sir John 
Morray dovoted themselves to the task of arousing the interest of the 
scientific world in antarctic questions, and stirring it up to new efforts. 
In this they at last snccoodod, for it is doubtless in great measure due 
to their advocacy that a new era of research has now bogun. 

On the eve of the departure of the National Antarctic Expedition, 
organized under the joint auspices of the Royal Society and the Royal 
Geographical Society, as well as of those to be sent out from 
Sweden, and Scotland, I wish to describe to you the doings of tho Belgian 
Antarctio Expedition, a member of which I had the honour to bo, and 
which was the first to winter amidst the ico of the south pole—the first 
of tho several expeditions whose combined harvest of scientific results 
is destined to effect a complete revolution in our knowledge of the 
antarctic regions, 

Now that the continent of Africa bas been traversed in all directions, 
now that the contre of Asia is already well known in the broad out- 
lines of its geography, while thore is no longer s possibility that 

* Read at the Royal Geographical Socioty, June 4, 1901. Mop, p. 464. 

No, IV.—Ocroner, 1901.] 28 














at least some of the numberless questions ay 
antarctic, in the domain of all the sciences | d t 
might be answered. - 
As rogards the area yot unexplored, there is no 
inscription “ Antarotica terra incognita” will long in 
in large letters in our atlases, but little by little the o 
southern lands will take more definite shape, and our kk 
southern continent—of which the existence is still. 7 
in time be satisfactory. The Belgian Antarctic Bxpeditio 
the first stop, amovg contemporary enterprises, in lifting 
obsourity from the south polar ico-oap. 
1, Organization of the Expedition.The expedition in the B 







Fr % 


THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899, 355 


a private undertaking subsidized by the Belgian Government. The 
initiative was due to Commander de Gerlache, who, from 1894 onwards, 
had entertained a wish to undertake a voyage of exploration to the south 
pole. This wish he exprossed to various persons, including among 
others certain members of the Council of the Royal Belgian Geo- 
graphical Society. It was one of thees latter—M. Lancaster, I believe 
—who suggested 'to de Gerlacho tho plan of @ scientific voyage, in 
the place of one of adventure—an idea which made its way in course of 
time. M. de Gerlache encountered difficulties from the very beginning. 
A schome submitted to his Majesty King Leopold failed to gain his 
approval, and the original application for a grant of 800,000 francs 
(£92,000) yielded to a more modest programme involving an outlay 
of £12,000 only—with which comparatively small sam de Gerlache 
succeeded in covering the whole cost of the enterprise. Early in 
1896 the Brussels Goographical Society, which gavo ite patronage to 
the project, organized a national subscription. The first 25,000 francs 
(£1000) were subscribed by M. Ernest Solvay, the well-known patron 
of rosoarch, Othor important gifts, with subscription liste opened by 


repairs and alteration of fittings for the new services demanded of her, 
On July 5 the vessel was rechristened with the name Belgica. 

‘The ship was a three-masted barque, 100 feet long, with a displace- 
ment of 250 tons, and auxiliary engines of 150 horse-powor. The 


chase of stores, furs, and the whole equipment of the polar explorer 
likewise required much time and forethought. Even though we had 
more than a year at our disposal for these preparations, time fell 
short in the end, and in spite of all our efforts it was nocessary to put 
off the date of departure. Funds, too, were lacking, for it soon became 
evident that the 233,000 francs (£9320) collected wore not auificient, and 
it was only on tho Goveramont again coming forward with a credit of 
202 














THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899, 857 


Tt was also during these last days that our two best sailors—the 
Norwogians Knutson and Johansen—were engaged in the place of two 
others who had left the ship. Now, too, the question of the medical 
officer was settled, for at the last moment we found ourselves without 
a doctor on board, the Inst of the three Belgian doctors who had 
been engaged having calmly remained at home after mature reflection. 
It was by means of the telegraph that Dr. Cook, of Brooklyn, arranged 
to go with us, and as there was no time for him to como to Europe, 
he joined us at Rio de Janeiro. These facts, and many others which 
I could cite, show how difficult it is to organize an expedition when 
one’s resources are limited. It is trac that there is no lack of volun- 
teers. Each day of our stay at Antwerp people came asking to be 
taken with us, and de Gerlache received several hundred applications 
by letter, but these were for the most part from adventurers who 
had no idea of hard work, and who would have been incapable of 
rendering us the least service. Lunatics too were among the number 
of those who wished to embark on our ship, which overy one came to 
see from curiosity. In three essential points the organization of the 
expedition was defective. Firstly, there was no written contract as 
between the staff and the leader of the expedition, and the functions 
of the several members were not sufliciently defined. Secondly, no 
written instructions were provided either by the Belgian Government, 
or by the Geographical Socioty, or by any other learned body. And, 
thirdly, no definite programme for the voyage bad been drawn up. 

Tho Belgian Autarctic Expodition maintainod, thorofore, the 
charactor of a private enterprise, in which the individual liberty 
accorded might easily have led to anarchy on board. If I lay etress on 
this point, it is becwuse I feel that the example of the Belgica onght not 
to be followed. In a similar expedition, it is requisite not merely to 
make a good choice of the individuals who are to take part in it, but to 
do all in one’s power, from the outset, to secure a proper organization, 
to define the duties of each one of the staff, so as to give stability to 
the enterpriso, and, further, to provide a definite plan—just what we 
lacked. " 
2. Ostend to Punta Avenas.—Tho speed of the Belgica under steam 
being only from 4 to 5 knots, the crossing of the Atlantic wag slow, and 
was of little interest. We neither sounded nor fished, 0 that the whole 
of the scientific work was comprised in the study of the surface water, 
from the point of view of temperature, colour, and density, and in the 
meteorological observations taken every two hours, In the Bay of 
Biscay wa had very bad weather and a contrary wind, by which our 
progress was much hindered. ‘Tho vessel was, besides, so overloaded 
that the deck was scarcely 2 feet above the water-line. Onr situation 
was thus scarocly reassuring, and wo congratulated ourselves when we 
had doubled Cape Finisterre. On September 11 we were at the port of 


ar 


At Wh 





THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 180%. B59 


admiration on the superb glaciors which descond from the spurs of 
this mountain massif, some of which discharge themsclyes into the 
waters of the channel. At the entrance to Darwin channel we put into 
«small bay on Londonderry island, and on the opposite (Fuogian) side 
of the channel into # fine fiord,at the head of which debouches an 
immense glacier from the slopes of Mount Darwin. Hore and there we 
saw well-preserved traces of the former extension of the glaciers. Thus, 
on Londonderry island, the entrance to the small bay, in which we had 
cast anchor, was fringed on both sides with fragments of moraines, ono 
of which ran out iu the form of « natural jetty. 

A little above sea-level a lako ocoupied the bottom of the valley 
which debouched into the bay. This lake discharged by a torrent, the bed 
of which had been cut down into the rock of the sill which 
it from the bay, On the procipitous walls which bounded tho funnel, 
at the bottom of which the lake lay, there wore roches moutonndce ; and 
higher up, above « second sill, was another smaller lake, which also 


thus seom to form one of the characteristics of the region, 

The bay of the great glacier on Tierra del Fuego is a superb 
fiord, into which we advanced as far as was possible, offecting landings 
edi ci mmalbepharpaip he cetera taste ils ‘Three 
large transverse moraines divide the fiord into basins, The third 
moraine leaves only a narrow passage of no great depth, so that the 
last basin, into which the glacier debouches, is entirely packed with 
floating ice, It formed miniature icebergs, only the smallest of which 
can be carried by the current into the fiord and thence into Darwin 


climb steop rocks, for along the margin of the basin there is no beach, 
while the cliffs are mostly precipitous, and to have forced a way among 
the ice in a canoe would have been an impossibility, In the ond we 
were stopped by a river which flows from a lateral valley, and which 
we made no attempt to cross, the distance still separating us from 
the great glacier being too considerable and tho ground virtually 
impassable, 

‘The transversal moraincs are not the only indications of the ancient 










mado the best of our way to a good anchorage it 
ges he captain cast anchor in Port ‘Toro, on Ni 
where we pansed the night, and on the following 


rr 


THE YEARS 1807, 1898, AND 16¥8. BBL 


again to Harberton harbour to take on board Dr. Cook, who had landed, 
and after a short stay, we started for Staton island. Our putting 
in here was rendored necossry by the fact that when aground near 
Harberton, we had been obliged to pump ont all our stock of water to 
lighton the vessel, and, having boon told that the water at John harbour 
was good and abundant, we seized the opportunity of visiting Staten 
islnd, which is of especial ixterost from a geographical peint of view. 
‘The Admiralty chart shows that the form of this island is most curious. 
It is Jong and narrow, cut up by fiords and bays, and forms, in fact, 
achain of mountains with a much broken relief, dus to the powerful 
erosion to which it has been subject. But its base is wanting, and the 
tea encroaches everywhere on the bottoms of the valleys, eo as to cut 
up the island into separate fragments. It is the skeleton of a mountain 
mange emerging but slightly above the level of tho een. 

Staten island forms ono of the extremitics of the Andes, which, 
curring towards the east, encloses within its bend the plains of Tierra 
del Fuego, while on the opposite side it falls steeply to the ocoan, The 
chain of the Andes seems to open in the form of a fan, for if Staten 
island forms the prolongation of the Darwin and Martial ranges, there 
ik another important ridge which runs south and ends at Cape Horn ; 
‘ud possibly algo a third and outermost one, which extends to the 
ilands of Diego Ramirez. It seema to mea natural question to ask if 
this is really the end of tho great chain of mountains which borders the 
wholo Pacific side of South America, or whether, on the contrary, the 
chain is prolonged in the form of submarine ridges beyond these limits, 
‘The existence of Burdwood bank shows us that the base on which Staten 
island rests is continued to the bard degree of longitude, but how is it 
tobe traced beyond this point? Is it connected directly with the South 
Orkneys, or is the aro still wider, and do South Georgia and the chain 
of the Sondwich isles belong to the same system? Even before our 
departure I had been much puzzled to know in what direction the pro- 
longation of the Andes was to be sought, and how the rango was con- 
| Bected with the framework of the Antarctic lands situated south of 

the southernmost point of America, i. with the volcanic chain of the 
South Shetlands and Orkneys, and the great range which traverses the 
lanis discovered by Palmor, Ross, and d’Urville, and is continned aonth- 
Ward in Graham Land and Alexander Land, and, no doubt, further still 
towanis the south, possibly as far as Mounts Erebus and Terror. And 
Tamm now still more puzzled than over to know the correct solution of 
this problem of terrestrial morphology, 

At the extremity of John harbour, where we anchored, I discovered 
Glicial traces. There were morainic materials, and on the prolongation 
Sf thefiord there was a lake bordered by a moraine, while farther up 
thero way still another basin excavated in the rock. Ono of ,the 

| ‘uployés at the lighthouse in John harbour, who has lived several 


ee 





THE TEARS 1897, 1808, AND 1898, 563. 


uth this land (named by us Danco Land, in memory of Lieut. Emile 
>, who died during the course of the expedition) is connected with 


1G 2.—SPECIAL FORMS OF GLACIERS BEEN ON WIENCRE MLANE. 
(Photo by Argtowab,) 


FIG. 1—CATE ASTRUP: WIENCKE ISLAND, SEX FROM NECKAYER CHANNEL, 
(Neto by Arpteweti,) 





Tand, the northern extremity of which was likewise explored 
‘Towards the north, on the contrary, the continental coast-line 
traced by the expedition, for this would have necessitated 

















THE YEARS 1897, 189%, AND 1999, 365 


a when alongside, the lieutenant presented an invitation from his 
dore for Captain P, to go on board; this of course was acoopted, 
ips, he then found, were two discovery ships sont out by the 
or Alexander of Russia, on a voyage around the world. To the 
odoro's interrogatory if he had any knowledge of those islands 
fn wight, and what they wore, Captain P. replied he was well 

nted with them, and that they were the South Shetlands, at the 
samo time making a tender of his servicas to pilot the ships into a good 

rbour at Deception Island, and nearest by where water and refresh- 
nts such as tho island afforded could be obtained. Ho also informed 
Russian officer that his vessel belonged to a fleet of five sail ont 





9G. B—A ROOKKUY OF HSLALL. PENDUIRE, PYGOSCELIE PAPUA. 
(Photo by Rocovitea.) 


of Stonington under command of Captain B. Pendleton, and then at 
snchor in Yankee Harbor, who would most cheerfully render any 
assistanee in his power. The commodore thanked him kindly, ‘But 

to our being enveloped in the fog,’ said he,‘ we had sight 
‘of those islands, and concluded we had made a discovery; but behold, 
when the fog lifts, to my great surprise, here is an American vessel 
apparently in as fine order as if it were but yesterday sho had left the 
“United States; not only this, but her master is roady to pilot my 
‘vessels into port. Wo must surrender the palm to you Americans,’ 
continued he, very flatteringly. His astonishment was yot moro 
fmoreased when Captain Palmer informed him of the oxistenoe of an 


== | 





January, the middle summer months in this hemiapharet 
he coasted along this continent upwards of fifteen deg: 
64 and odd down below the 49th of west longitude. 
proceeded to the eastward, became more clear of ice, so #1 
able to traoe the shore better, In 61° 41' south latitude, 


= “'This continent,” It is nsserted in Morrull’s * Voyages; p. 69,“ was a 
Soath Greenland,’ by a Captain Johnson. Tt is but just to state here, 
meritorious mariner (Captain Johnson) was o pupil to, and made bis fin 
the South seas with, the author, with whom also he remained, rising 
stations, and finally became one of his bes: officers, ‘Tho first 
of the discovery of this land by Captain Pendioton and Palmer was 


work," 
(et ted izyskanija w jushnom L&owitom okeanio’ (St. P 





THE YEARS 1807, 1898, AND 1899, 367 


discovered [South Orkneys), which he named Washington Strait; this 
he entered, and about a league within, came to a fine bay which he 
named Monroe Bay, At the head of this was a good harbor; here they 
anchored, calling it Palmer’s Harbor. The captain landed on the 
beach among a nuinber of those beautiful amphibious animals, the 
spotted glossy-looking sea-leopard, and that rich golden-colored noble 
bird, the king penguin. Making their way through those, the captain 
and party traversed the coast and country for some distance around, 
without discovering the least appearance of vegetation excepting the 
winter moss, The soa-leopards wore the only animals found; there 
were, however, vast numbers of birds, several different species of tho 





FiG. 4—ORMIVRAGA OLGANTEA. ARURSTERETI LANDING, NON ISLAND. 
(Photo vy srctowshicy 


penguin, Port Egmont hens, white pigeons, a variety of gulls, and 
many kinds of oceanic birds. The valleys and gulleys were mainly 
filled with those nevor-dissolved icebergs, their squaro and perpen- 
dicular fronts, several hundred feet in height, glistening most splendidly 
in a variety of colors as the sun shone upon thom. The mountains on 
tho coust, as well as those to all appearance in tho interior, wore gone- 
tally covered with snow, except when their black peaks were secon 
here and there peeping out.” * 





* ‘This eecond part ie ovidently exaggerated, the discovery and the cartography of the 
South Orkneys being tho work of Powoll. Their discovery ix described by Powoll 
himwolf in the Journal dee Voyages, découvertes et navigations modernes ou Archives * 
Geographiques du XIX’, sidole, tomo xxiie (Paris, 1824), p. 98: “ Extrait da journal 
du voyage du capitaine Powell, h South-Shetland, pendant los années 1821 et 1822." 





‘There is one other point to which I wi 
one of Dumont d'Urville's officers, says 
channel extended towards the south-west. It 
that Dallmann passed through Orléans channel, when 
that Trinity land was an island. Trinity island is, 
largo island of Palmer archipelago. 

‘The general map of the lands to the south of America 
have just seen, bo drawn quite differently from its deline 
Germans. We have there a large peninsula (of the antar 


‘On page 111 we read inn note, “On ¢ diro que fort peu de 
8., appelde Palmer's land, sttendu qu’elte n'a pas été vufliaamment explordo; 1 
commo fort eleyée ct toute couverte de neige. On y voit a 
en forme de détroits, qui divisent probablement In terre, et constituent | 
@tlos somblabloe 2 celles do South Shetland. el et on tm oly eapect de 
qui seule a été apergac.” 
* Pot, Miit., 1900, p. 172; 1901, p, 48. * 
+ Dumont d’Urville, * Voyage ou Pole Bud et dans vosanr (Rene 





partie, p. 298. Rad's « 


} j 


THE YEARS 1807, 1808, AND 1400, 360 


if such a continent oxists), which terminates northward in a point 
facing north-east. A series of islands fringe this land on the side of the 
archipelago. Another archipelago (the South Shetlands), forming a woll- 
marked chain of mountains, stretches for some distance to the north in 
4 north-east by east direction, It is noteworthy that taken as a whole 
these lands prosent a striking analogy with the southern extremity of 
America, and as the Andes are continued towarda the east, 80 also the 
mountains which form the backbono of those southern lands reappear 
above the level of tho soa a little to the east of the South Shetlands, in 
the South Orkneys. 

The antarctic lands which we visited are very mountainous, and the 
mountains reach to tho shores almost ovorywhore. The region of 

channel bears the characters of a depressed area, so much 80 

that in spite of one’s self one ia driven to tho conclusion that the whole 
block has sunk into the sea, under the pressure produced by the accn- 
mulation of ioe, to a depth sufficient to restore equilibriam, By reason 
of this ice, which seems to be piled up in quantities almost as great as 
the extent of tho lands permits, the relief of the ground is almost oom- 
pletely masked. Still there are valleys blocked by immense streams of 
ioe, and in these valleys there must be sills, since ice-falls are to be 
seen here and there. Cirques too occur; so that we find all the forms 
charactoristio of fluviatile crosion, and I feel no doubt at all that before 
the glacial epoch this rogion was cloar of ico, and that the traces of 
roliof noticed were produced by running water. Thia roliof can, how- 
ever, be only guossed at, at the present day, for the ctornal snows bave 
accumulated everywhere, and it ia only by the directions of the glaciers 
and the external forms of the snow-fields, as woll as by the crevasses, 
that we can picture to ourselves the form of the ground on which these 
ice-maases reat. 

Still, it is possible to trace some of the broad lines of the i 
of therelief, due to tectonic causes. The two principal islands of Palmer 
archipelago aro traversed in the direction of their length by a chain of 
mountains having a well-defined direction from south-west to north-east, 
with, I believe, a gentlo curvature to the east, ‘The Biscoo islands cer- 
tainly form the southern prolongation of this chain, while Trinity island 
is possibly that to the north-east. Moreover, from the few geological 
data which I could collect, this line of mountains forms likewise a zone 
of ancient oruptive rocks, with one or more volcanoes of tertiary, or 
possibly even of recent date. Wiencke island and the northern point of 
the coast of Graham Land form a similar chain which runs in « direc- 
tion parallel to the first. As regards the mountains of Danco Land, they 
form more important massifs of granites, metamorphic and sedimentary 
rooks, while further inland there are also some masses of gneiss, as is 
shown by the erratics derived from that part of the country. 

No. 1V.— Ocronen, 1901.) 2o 


“of, aps; I6/ia plein that tt 
Plasticity of the:oe and the extent of ground on which i 





[Py 


THE YEARS 1997, 1898, AND 1699. 871 


mind the only difference which exists betweon these convex glaciers of 
the antarotic and the inland ice of Greenland consists in the incom- 
parably grester extent of the latter, and in the fact that this does not 
roach the coast, but melts up into streamlets, and sends glaciers down 
towards the sea only through the valleys. But it is possible that there 
may be a sheet ef inland ice more extensive oven than that of Green- 
land. Woe may say that the great ice-cap supposed by Croll* may quite 
well cover the antarctic continent, since even small islands are seen to 
have the even and convex covering of ico laid down by Croll for tho 
whole southern continent. 

On the other hand, it may seem surprising that the glacial caps are 


ieee: Fun eVedu uiset 





1G, S.—A CHARACTERISTIC ANTAUCTIO COAST: FLAT GLACIER TERMINATED BY AS 
ICK-WALL, SHOWING STRATIFICATION OF THR NAVE, 
CP hato by Cooke.) 


not tho sole type of glacier in these regions, where the line of perpetual 
snow is fonnd at sea-level.t The reason is that most of the islands are 


* “Climate and Timo,’ 4th odit, (London, 1897), p. 874. 

4 Ch Argtowski, “Les coloties glucinires des Régions Antarotiques,” C. R. Acad. 
Soi. Paris, December 24, 1900. 

1 Tho question of the level of perpetual mow in the region of Bolgioa stralt ix 
avery complex one. Prof, Ponck, who was present at an address that Tdelivered nt the 
“ Naturforsebor-Versammlung" at Aix-ln-Chapello, was tempted to mppose that thero 
might vell be two linos of perpetual anow, one above the othor, in that region. Low- 
lying fore aro, in fact, very froquent there, and these protect the snow from the effects 
of solar radiation, while, on the other hand, the clouds which most frequeatly give rise 
to atmoaphario precipitation likewise rest vory low. ‘The summits and uppor portions 

202 



















cast to south-west, An examination of | 
hy the expedition shows that the di. D 
Belgica strait, and wo are led to the cone 
produced this moraine must have occupied the 

at this point a breadth of 10 miles and a depth of $42 
argument is supplied by our seventeenth and eighteonth 
Bob islet, not far from Wiencke island, we discovered some 
fragments of a moraine, from 15 to 20 feet high, 
sloping shore at a height of 80 feet above the sea. "Thien 
same direction as the channel, and its height decreass gr 
the west. On it wore some huge blocks of gneiss perfe 
‘The red granite is in the form of rounded boulders, and th 
case with other rocks, while the diorite is often angular. — 


of the Manks of the mountains (1000 fect and over) aro therefore subj 
reyime decidedly different from that which provaila at tea-lovel. The 
ture of the nit ie pomibly lower, but on the other hand the amount of 
cipation is loss nnd the effeot of radiation greater, This would oxplal 
‘the mountain slopes are sometimes bare of snow at an altitude of 
higher. It follows that the {dea of two levels of perpetual snow is quit 
one, 










ee 





THE YEARS 1807, 1894, AND 1899, ‘87S 


moraine runs transversely across, Lastly, we frequently saw perfectly 
polished rockes moutonnées, either along the shore-lines or on stuall 
islands, 





the qu 
two. 


cd of tho glaciors might not permit us to calculate the 
point to the mean temperature of the air must have fallen during 
the epoch. 

‘This epoch has left its mark in both regions, and the aspect presented 
by the antarctic lands in our day seems to afford an indication of the 
condition of the channels of Tierra del Fuego during the glacial epoch, 
We aro, therefore, justified in asking whethor tho existing climate of 
‘the antarctic lands in 64° may not be the same as that which prevailed 
in }4° during the ico-age.* 

Tam confident that the investigations of the next antarctic expodi- 
tions which may visit the two regions will furnish us with the key to 
‘the problem here indicated. 

6. Antarctic Icebergs.—The icebergs of the wrctic regions are, in 
general, of very varied furm, and usually of small dimensions, although 
heights of 80 metres (260 fect) are frequently measured, and it seems 
‘That as much as 110 metres (350 feet) above sea-lovel may be attained.t 





* HL Arclowski, “A propos de la question du climat de I'’époque glaciniro," Cial et 
Terre, March, 1901. 
+ E. V. Drygalski, * Grdnland Expedition,’ vol. i. p, 881. 










374 THE ANTARCTIC VOYAGE OF THE “ BELGICA” DURING 


The tabular form has rarely been recorded, although the 
show it nesr the glaciors from which they are derived, if 
of the glacior is slight and the berg retains its original 
equilibrium after detachment. 

‘The antarctic, on tho other hand, is tho region of immense t 
icebergs. dhe svauhatn peor, targe sovyeal St oe 
rising to a height of 60 metres (200 feet), have been frequently met 
with ; ioe-islands rising to as much as 500 motros (1640 feet) h 
reported, but this is obviously  groas exaggeration. Erroneo 
about the antarctic icebergs are very widely held.* Heim, for 
states that they are of marine origin, formed by successive thic 
of the ioe-pack. 







11, 6.—TABULAK ICEBERG WITH GROTTOES, 
(Photo by Cook.) 


In the seas navigated by the Belgica, we have seen as many asa 
lundred and ten iccbergs at onco, distributed all round the horizon. 
Forty per cent. of these would be of the characteristic tabular form, 
while the remainder resembled arctic bergs, or some form derived from 
the tabular, Large icebergs wero raro; heights of 50 metres (16& feet) 
wore quite exceptional, and the tabular bergs averaged only 30 to 40 metres 
(98 to 131 feet), ‘Lhe tabular iceberge are covered over with niné, and 
only show the alternate blue and white bands at the base. I only ones 
had an opportunity of examining this stratification, in an iceberg which 
was enclosed in the pack, and displaced so that the strata dipped at @ con= 
siderable angle. Both the blue and white bands were formed of glacier 
ice with the charactoristic grained structure; the strata were not 
sharply separated from one another, the only difference between blue 





* A. Heim, ‘ Gletecherkunde,’ p. 270. 





THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899. 315 


and white being that the ice in the latter was more porous, enclosing a 
large number of air-bubbles; the ico in both was compact. ‘The sup- 
position that tabular bergs are formed of sea-ice ix entirely wrong. 
‘The mode of formation of the sea-ice shows that its thickness 

tends toa limit, supposed by Weyprecht* to be 7 metres (24 feet) at a 
maximum, however low the mean winter temperature, and howover great 
the number of years. I think Weyprecht’s limit is too great for the 
antarctic regions. In any case, the continental origin of the antarctic 
icebergs is indisputable, for the bed of the Antarctic ocean is covored 
with terrigenous deposits and erratic blocks laid down by the melting 
of the ice, and these materials are transported to great distances from 
the glaciers from which they are derived. 





0, 7.—THE KOGE OF THE PACK. 
(Photo by Ovok,) 


‘The majority of the groat antarctic glaciors have a sufficiently gentle 
slope to produce icebergs of tabular form. It is probable, however, 
that most of the ico-tablos do not come from these glaciors, but from 
the wide ice-cap which form the inland ico covering the low-lying land 
situated farther south, Both our soundings + and those of Ross havo 
shown that the continental inland ice doos not extend (on the con- 
tinental shelf) beyond the isobath of 400 metres (1312 feet), and this 
may be taken as the maximum total thickness of the icebergs coming 
from the pole in the whole antarctic area of the Pacific, If one-cighth 
of the tebular icebergs appear above tho surface, we got 50 motros (164 
foot) as tho limiting hoight of the bergs detached from the groat ioe- 





* K, Woyprecht, ‘Dic Metamorphoson dos Polarvises,’ p. 139. 
+ H. Argtowaki, "Phe Bathymotrioal Relations of tho Antarctic Regions" (Geog 
Tourn, July, 1899), 








Pe = Sancti iter 
Wee 


without difficulty, the ice being navigable, and, aided by 
made rapid progress. Here the pack was distributed in b 
but little comprossed, and having froo spaces of varying width| 
through which the Belgica, driven by the wind, could “Trak 
Finally we came to the close pack, which was quite im 
powerful machinery wo could no doubt have proceeded fur 
Belgica became altogether immovable in lat. 71° 30'S., on! 
‘This latitude was never exceeded Inter by more than a f 
No serious attempt was made to escape from our ir 
Wintering in the antarctic regions was part of the progr 
expedition, and it was just as well to do so where we 
pack, as to force a way out and return to a land | 
Besides, in the explored land regions, we had only seen one 
wintering was pructioable—at the twelfth landing in Lemaire: 
‘The first days of our sojourn in the ice were very trying. 
one naturally asked himself how long wo were to remain, wl 
were one day to escape and roturn home safe and sound, or 
















THE YEARS 1297, 1998, AND 1399, 3m7 


the pressure of the ice would crush our vessol, with consequences no 
one could foresee ; every one regretted the work unfinished, and feared 
for tho loss of the materials and observations already collected. But 
we became accustomed to our surroundings very quickly, On March 6, 
Levredatay Cock, axielen eo allp eae gene from one flos to another 
by jumping the narrow open channels between, made our first exour- 
sion, Tho weather was fine, and it was a pleasure to risk a visit to an 
iceberg, which, like ourselves, was 4 prisoner in the pack. The floos 
were small, and constantly moving, so that the recurring risk of jump-~ 
ing short and falling into the water added a spice of adventure to 
our journey. But all went well, and a very agreeable day gave us con- 
fidence in ourselves and hope that we should not lack means of amusement, 

The seals and penguins were our very good comrades from the 





WO. S.—ATIEMPT TO PENETRATE THX PACK. 
(Photo by Aretowelt,) 


beginning ; they took the greatest interest in all our affairs, Tho 
penguins, particularly the small ones (Pygoscclis Adeliw), seemed to 
us remarkably intelligent, and we took great interest in watching 
them. ‘They had an almost human appearance when walking across 
the snow, and, indeod, they had many human attributes, especially in 
their social customs. 

We often met companies of six or eight or more penguins pro- 
menading on the pack in the suushine. When they saw us they 
generally exhibited curiosity, and approached to got a nearer view. I 
do not know if theso birds have the instinct of the naturalist, and 
take a lively interest, doubtless purely philosophic from their point 
of yiew, in everything new which prosents itself, or if the object of 
their investigations is entirely practical, but they certainly came noar 








Often, very often, these brave p 
were tired of preserved foods, specially 


{ath of Winlpolax ep iacita afloat 
Shove re rary Sten are Steen and 


unable to walk about even close to the 
would open up, and tho floes press ag: 

fragments. These squeezes were most m1 

the immodiate neighbourhood of the ship, 

the ico, the groans of the ship, and the tr 

rose and fell again, we experienced sickly 
imagined—we realized the gulf which separated us 

the ocean, and wo longed for tho land. 

The Belgica was only onco seriously nipped during 
months; but she held out, and the ice, which broke und 
on the starboard bow, went under the hull. The 
time to consolidate. Whenever the wind fell the floes 
snow-drift over the surface of the ice helped to t1 
unbroken plain. But as soon as the wind eprang up, the 
again. Thus it was only with the cold, as it became 
intense, that the floes consolidated. The ruptures grow 
further apart, and our situation became gradually more 
mately the Belgica was fixed in the middle of a field of 
was attached as if built in it; this we called “ our floe 
was only from afar that wo sar the noise of tho 
had ceased to howl in the rigging, and the ice was 
And often in the silence of the night, lying in my ber! 
to the wall and listened to hear what was happening a long ¥ 





‘THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899, 379 


| 8. Investigations.—I observed the aurora australis for the first time 
| on March 14, when I witnessed a remarkably fine display, which im- 
pressed me greatly. The play of light was extremely varied, excep- 
tionally so in this particular case, and the phenomenon presented a 
‘most imposing spectacle. The horizon amongst the ice was entirely 
fres; we had the whole vault of heaven before us, I will not again 
‘deoribe the scene, but will refer those who are interested to my pre- 
liminary notices, and to the special memoir on aurors published in the 
Teports of the Belgica Expedition.” As the last-named publication is 
still in the press, I may give some notes on our scientific work gene- 
‘tally. As soon as wa had definitely resolved to winter in the antarctic, 
we had to organize an observing station. This station was not fixed. 
‘Dur floc turned so as to displace the bow of the ship, but only slightly, 
and ultimately the direction remained—in spite of the drift—almost 
constant. ‘The icebergs visible on the horizon had a motion scarcely 
diferent from our own ; wo kept them in sight nearly the whole time. 
During tho drift the floes usually moved en bloc over a wide space, but 
occasionally they changed their positions (after a strong drift), wo that 
‘006 ocoupied an entirely different place relatively to its neighbours. 
‘This was at least the case as shown by the icebergs, which were fixed 
‘inthe floes in the same way as the Belgica. 
Lecointe made frequent astronomical determinations of position, 
aud deduced therefrom the direction of drift. For this purpose a 
‘Wooden hut was erected on the port side of the ship, quite close to it, 
‘nd electric communication was established so that Dobrowolski could 
| Rote the chronometer on board, while Lecointe himself observed the stars 
inthe artificial horizon, During his observations in “ his observatory ” 
‘Lecointo was certainly sheltered, but as he often remained there without 
‘toving, he generally returned on board with his fingers half frozen. We 
were always eager io hear the result of the calculations. On May 31 
Lecointe announced lat. 71° 36' 8., the highest we attained during our 
arift. Sometimes we moved northward with southerly or south-weeterly 
windes—this we heard with joy; but with change of wind we would 
SBhixy go towards tho pole, or eastward or westward, and so we 
MincLered from place to place, sometimes back in our old position, 
far to the westward. Apparently we remained immobile, 
(Sbemereryiidiup ccound us followed (the eanie ‘ovnrie;: we: alwaya/took 
RE <Rreary scenory with us. Tho drift of the Belgica with the ice is 
lis Rehugsatexporienced by any veoool } tho chart showe that the moro- 
OSE of the pack was guided by an obstacle to tho cast and south of 
Mf end the existence of land in those directions is further indicated 
by <Sur sotmdings Depths diminished to the south and cast, and my 





WL Axrgtowski, “ Aurozce sustrales" ( Rapports sciontifiquos wur lou résultate du 
Wy mge dis SY. Belgica). 


| 
le 


Racoviten made frequent =e of the i 
of plankton; and, thanks to the drift, he was 
bottom, He employed the trawl, wee r 
because these cumbrous appliances were: 
filled with pebbles which only went to corich 
about which ho cared little! The antarctic 
with boulders, brought by the icsbergs dak 
sediments are for the most part terrigenous. But 
not consist exclusively of pebbles ; he obtained good ha 
entirely now to science, and, as overything was carefully | 
has brought back a collection of great value, His tt 
the hands of competent specialists, and will 
contribution to biogeography, 
Our lamented Danco, who had constructed an 6 
pack, did his best to obtain reliable observations of the: 
under the unfavourable conditions. 
‘Tho hourly meteorological obscrvations carried on 
and myself formed our principal occupation. When itst 
crystals were examined and described ; when there ) 
ticularly cirrus), Dobrowolski attempted to follow all t) 
tions, and especially to ascertain the direction of mo 
optical phenomena were studied with the greatest care, 
passed, not too quickly sometimes, in constant and assidnous le 
9. The Wintering—On May 17 we saw the sun for the 
According to calculation, the contre of the sun was 40' below 









382 ‘THE ANTARCTIC VOYAGE OF THE “BELGICA” D 


inlequate, Personally, I should greatly have liked an 
and some Polish tales; a single volume of Sienkiewicz, 
poned to have with me, was road and ro-road with great p 
spent our evenings playing cards, and although I have 
great aversion to cards, and indeed to games in 

pleasant hours spent at whist. We had to play for 
we bad no money, we gave notes of band (which we ha 
remotest intention of honouring) for sums of 100 to 1) 
and risked the most hazardous combinations Sometimes 









116, 9.—Tn “NELAIOA” DURING THE WHNTER SIGHT. 
(Photo by moonlight, Cook.) 





100,000, or even a million ; we amused ourselves like children in making 
and losing fortunes, | 

Personally, I retain many pleasant recollections of the polar night, 
for I made meteorological observations after all the others had gone to 
bed; and, in the profound silence that reigned on board, alone in my 
laboratory, I rejoiced in the solitude, Between the hourly observations _ 
I was able to read a great deal, and to profit by the perfect tranquillity, 

80 difficult to obtain under ordinary conditions, 

Tho sun reappeared on July 23. With its return our torpor dig. 
appeared, and gave place to goneral activity. Our usual work was 
resumed, and we were again able to venture on the ice. Lecointe, 
Cook, and Amundeen even risked « long expedition, taking with them 
provisions for fifteen days, a fur sleeping-bag for three, and a tent, 


THE YEARS 1997, 1898, AND 1809, 383 





ytg, IO—FONMATION OF “ BAS8OL FLOWERS" ON THE NEW (CE IN AY OPENING 
PRODUCED DUKING THE DRUPY OF THK PACK. 
urhoto by Conk.) 


‘They stayed ont for a weok, but did not make much progress, for, after 
a strong breeze, several channels formed in the ice-field, and they had 
the greatest difficulty in regaining the ship in safety. We had no 
kayaks, and the practical result of this little expedition was to show that 
without them all attempts to traverse long distances on the pack must 
be futile, It was also mado evident that it is impossible to go far from 
the floe on which an expedition is encamped without running grave 
risks of being unable to find a way back. For this reason I do not 
appreciate the opinion of a German critic, who has expressed surprise 
that we did not try to attain a high latitude on the pack, by following 
n direct route to the polo, The great problem is to find the position 
of the ship when it is timeto return to it. If we bad left the Belgica on 
August 10, in lat, 70° 50'S, long. 86° 30’ W., we should have had to find 
her again, one month Inter, on September 10, in lat. 69° 50'S., long. 
82° 40° W., and I greatly doubt if my German critio, even with the 
most favourable hypotheses, could have accomplished this tour de 
Sore. 

‘With the return of the sun we made an offort to discontinue our 
régime of preserved food, and to live entirely on fresh “ beef-steaks” of 
seal and penguin. It is extraordinary how the change pleased us. Wo 
ate nothing afterwards on the Belgica but the dolicious “ ponguin beef 
steak,” which has not, it is true, much resemblance in flavour to the 
ordinary beof-steak, but is none the worse for that. 

10, The Icepack.—Tho expeditions on the ice were not made exclusively 





THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1809. 385 





ig, 12.—AN OLD PRESHURE-RIDGE IN THE PACK. 
(Photo by Cook.) 


over the ice-field like sand across « desert, and whenever an obstacle like. 
a hummock is met with, small dunes, or ripplemarks, or long trails, 
clearly indicate the direction of the wind. The kumatology of snow 
was specially interesting in the region of “ prossure hillocks,” and T 
have taken many photographs illustrating the description which I shall 
givo of these varied phenomena in a special memoir of the Belgica 
reports. I have spoken of regions of “ pressure hillocks.” I may explain 
that after the polar night and later, during the summer, the rigid 
surface of the Antarctic ocean became markedly differont in appearance 
from when we first entered it. The small floes joined together, so 
that the independent units became larger and larger, till they were 
sometimes several miles in diameter. From the crow's nest of the 
Belgica we could seo the whole of our floo, and the neighbouring floos 
pressing hard on it and on each other, all of them fringed with 
hummocks. These little elevations were regions of true folding and 
faulting, and of great interest on closer study. Miniature mountain 
chains, they had all the characters of the great ranges of the earth, for 

all the traits of a mountain range were present, except thos due to 
running water and voloanic action; a “structural surface” altered 
only by @ leveling agent por excellence, drifted suow. 1 will not 
commit myself to a maze of description; I only wish to point out one 
analogy. The distribution of gravity on the surface of tho continents 
presents many strange anomalies. Amongst these, modern research 
seems to ine disentangled one general principle—that the value of 

No, IV.—Ocrozen, 1901.) 2D 











equilibrium, the ico accumulated bolow 
sufiioient to keep the little range perfeotly 
it pormanent. The greatest thickness I 
age was 9 motres (29°5 foot); bat as t 
raised itself scarcely 2 motres (64 feet) tl 
suppose that in the regions where the ios 

located the maximum thickness may be 15 
more, Such, howover, must be regarded 3 
pressure. In normal circumstances the field-ice 






ie 22—sersoT oe maw! mvdtitooR YsoDUoED ‘st ‘Tans ‘Ook HS ro FL 
(Peto typ Arg loves.) < 


THE YEARS 1897, 1898, AND 1899. 387 


2 metres (65 feet), or, in the case of ice several years old, not moro than 
3 to 4 metres (10 to 13 feet) in thickness, The freezing action clearly 
tends to a limit which cannot be surpassed, however low the tom- 
perature. This is the invariable result of measurements in the arctic 
regions, and it is entirely supported by our measurements during our 
wintering in the antarctic. 

11. Stwmer in the Ice—The greatest cold we exporionced ocourred 
in September; on the Sth the thermometer sank to —43°C. (— 454° 
Fabr.), an extreme temperature when oue considers that we were very 
far from land, and only in 71°S. lat. We took advantage of the sun- 
hino when it came, following the example of the seals, who lay motion- 





40. 14.—DKLPTED SNOW BURYDNO OLY HUMMOCKS. 
(ato by Argtowalkt.) 


Teas on the ice for hours together enjoying sun-baths. When there 
‘was no wind we felt warm at a temperature of —15° ©, (5° Fahr.), and 
even —25°0, (- 13° Fahr.), which is easy to understand, as evidently 
the temperature of the air did not indicate all the heat we felt, and we 
had only to go into the shadow to feel the difforence. 

Tn the antarctic there are strong equinoctial storms, which follow 
close upon one another. The storms which preceded the establish- 
ment of the summor régime were accompanied by tremendous snow- 
drifts, and as the Belgica presented an obstacle to these, large quantities 
of snow accumulated, and at length almost buried her. It became 
necessary to extricate her, and the work had to be done quickly, as she 
threatened to sink gradually, dragged down by the enclosing icc. But 
we succeeded in clearing all the snow and ice down to sea-level, and the 
ship raised. herself out of the ico in which she had been nipped. 
Future expeditions may profit by our experience; at the beginning 

2p2 


Sait paeayien been made in South Amerien before, becating 
some; but thoy were rather opposed to Mr. Whymper’s very itn; 




















Of Gepression having taken place. It is extraordinary the way ia which the ex- 
portion of South America ends off in deep channels betwoon 
‘nlarade, and in scatterod islands that stand away from the coast, I do not think 
° any reasonable doubt that depression must have taken place in the 
‘Mem round Cape Horn, and there is « vory similar conformation in the northern 





pointed 

it there were some curious connections between the fauna of Australia and 

es, of America, Although I aw afraid it is too late to enter upon what is a 
: point, I will simply say thir, that there is an indication that in Upper 
when the coal flora extended over the northern hemisphere, a 

flora fourished in the southern hemisphere. Now, the remarkable 




















ry paper in my 
that view of the late Dr, Croll which fascinated us a quai 
afrald De, Blanford has given it a death-blow, and wo cannot fall 


that particular stage of development of the vegetable Kingdom 
whole world, I think we must be extremely cautious indeed of | 
4nferences from special occurrences in special places. 1 think, if 
could bring forward a series of facts to justify another series of conclu 
‘no facta to place directly against Dr. Blanford’s, but I have other fac 
soother direction that wholly conflict with his arguments. 1 come to 
and I feel 1 am only plunging from one subject to another—to a qi 
exercises the mind of the President of the Socioty at this vee 
other, and that is the provision of arelief ship to the Antarctic Exp 

it isthe duty of this relief ship that it should go to the antarctic regi 

its primary duty to Captain Scott and his gallant crow, but that it 
‘ence out of the Ice, should circumnavigate the globe between 55° and. 
a Hue of soundings round the world. I believe by doing that it would 








could say much, but I will say little, and only again congratulate Mr. 
i on tho splendid scientific enthusiasm he has shown, For those labours 
‘carried out without pay, without, I am afraid, vory much encouragement at 
‘time, and in the ‘satin clio da foectys Fee 





one wishes to ask Mr. Arctowski any question, 

‘Admiml Marcas: Mr. Arctowski has given so fully all the details of the 
‘expelition, and has givon us such a graphic socount of the way in which the 
ssnmbars of it lived, that there is very little to ask; but I would like to know, with 
‘gard to the drift of the icc, whothor it was occasioned by the prevalent winds, 
‘orwbether tt drifted backwants and forwards irrespective of the force of the wind ; 
‘and ali with regard to the thickness of the ice in which the Belgéca wintered, ‘The 
Aecturer stated, I think, that tbe ico met with during the cruise was from 24 metros to 
# tetres (8-2 to #8 foot) in thickness ; I should like to know if that was the goncral 
| Mieknes of the ice in which the Belgien wintored during ber drift in the pack, 

Ms, Ancrowsxr: In answer to that question, T must say we have not data 
MOUh Lo give the ran thicknom of the cc, ‘The mosn thickness of our floe wan 
(82 feat) ; but in some places we measured {co of 9 motres (29°65 feat) 
I think that in one year the thickness of the ico may increase to 
COP6 feet). With rogard to the drift, I can only say that in our region, 


























leaves for the south, We shall all have vory gi te 
Macsay ior the toock valuable wohims whlch la AVAGEEE? 
romains to us to pass a rery hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Ar 
interesting paper, and also for the beautiful ill 

or more phases of the floo-ice, which aro extremely 

‘They show not only the similarities, but also the great differ 
antarctic ico, principally, I suppose, caused by the fact th 

regions the floe ls covered by large ponds of water 2 and 2: 

in the summer, this never happens in the antarctic regions, wh 
Consequently the snow appears to accumulate during the sum 
foe downwards in a way which does not happen in the arctic n a 
it reaches the salt water, tho snow becomes converted into blue 
thicknoss increases, At the ame time, it does not appear that thn 
the ice from ita first commencement as young ies est tay 
aretio rogions—from 7 to 8 feet. All theso 

and #0 aro those of the glaciers and of the icebergs. T trast] reaft 
volume from Mr. Arctowski giving a complete journal of his ' 
winter, and it will then be seen, as it will be aleo in the publication 
work, what sn enormous amount of industry and of strenuous exertion throx 
the winter must have boon devoted to these observations. I have 
fel fituns of seeing one of his volurnes—that in which there is a 
aurora that appeared throughout the winter, prepared with extreme ¢ 
science has much to thank Mr. Arptowski for. We have this even 
for the most interesting time we have passed in looking at his 
listening to his most instructive paper, and Iam sure you will all 
to pass a vote of thanks to Mr. Arctowski. 





A gs 


ke 


(895°) 


WITH THE “DISCOVERY” TO MADEIRA. 
By HUGH ROBERT MILL, D.Sc, LL.D, 
‘Die voyage of tho antarctic ship Discovery to Madeira was an extremely 
pleasant and propitious commencement of what we trust will be a pros- 
perons and successful expedition. 

She left Cowes at noon on Tuesday, August 6, and threading ber 
way through the multitude of yachts at anchor in the roads, all flags 
flying at half-mast for the death of the Empress Frederick, she pro- 
coeded slowly down the Solent. At 3 p.m. the ship stopped opposite 
Little Yarmouth; the friends who had remained as long as possible 
were taken off by steam-launches, and, the partings over, the Discovery 
entered the Channel in the toeth of half a gale of wind. As she kept 
close along the shoro, the last views of England were singularly attrac- 
tive in the afternoon sunshine. The great model of the terrestrial 
globo carved in stone on the slope above Swanage showed up clearly 
as wo passed, and final friendly wishes for a pleasant voyage were 
signalled from the Station on St, Alban's Head. Portland Bill was 
passed as it was growing dark, the light on Start Point was sighted at 
midnight, and in tho morming there was an unbroken sea horizon. 
‘The contrary wind died away, and the pitching gave place to rolling; 
but though a swell was running into the Bay of Biscay, the motion of 
tho Discovery proved to be remarkably easy, and no one suffered appre- 
ciably from sea-sickness. 

Beyond meeting a bout fishing for bonito in the middle of the buy, 
passing @ fow vessels, disturbing some shoals of porpoises, and seeing 
many specimens of the stormy petrel, there were no external incidents 
to distract attention from the work on board. The sea changed 
gradually from the groon of the Channel to the almost pure bluo of the 
open ocean, the temperature of the surface water increased slightly, and 
tho wind, swinging round into the north-cast, made it pousible to sot 
fall sail, and so ease the engines. What appeared to bo the true trade 
wind was met off the Strait of Gibraltar, and froshened daily. 

An immense amount of work in the way of settling down waa got 
through in the first week. ‘he exeoutive officors had their hands full 
in overhauling and restowing the light gear carried on the boat deck, 
checking the lists of stores in the various holds, and arranging the 
duties of all members of the ship's company in case of fire or of suddenly 
leaving the ship. The scientific staff were no less busy in getting the 
laboratories into working order. Every particle of iron was hunted 
out in the non-magnetic area within 30 feet of that inmost shrine of 
science, the swinging table on which the magnetic instraments are to 
te placed. So keen was the hue and cry in pursuit of the forbidden 
metal, that one could almost excuse the visitors who a few days before 








carefully on shoro and brought on board in 
the distilled water being supplied from the eo 
engine-room, Tout, B. EL Shackleton, having. 
minations of density and chlorine in the 
instruction in handling the various instruments and < 
results, detailed tables having to be drawn up to 
Mr. Ferrer got the apparatus designed by Prof. Letts 
the amount of carbonic acid in the air into wo 
definite routine for carrying on the chemical and 
established. rm 
Lieut. Royds, who is in charge of the meteorological : 
found the best part of the ship in which to set up Dr. 
rain-gauge and evaporimeter; and be also set the 
instramonts to work so as to compare their records, Tho 
altering the clockwork of holf a dozen delicate vei 
daily in order to bring them to ship's timo was 80) wade 
arranged to keep thom running to Groonwich time, but to 
on the time-scale daily at local noon eo that the local 
could be easily applied. The recording instruments work 
on board, and it was interesting to see how the irregular rise 
of the barometer through a wide range characteristic of 
climate gave place to the regular diurnal wave of regular 3 
as the ship came within the influence of the trade winds. 
Experiments were made in flying the Hargrave box kites, 
hoped will prove serviceable for obtaining meteorological read! 
the upper air in the antarctic regions, The kites were fo 
easily and keep their position steadily, with very little 
line when tho ship was under way. The instruments, how 
not attached in the preliminary experiments, and the dif 
ing in the kites without allowing them to touch the sea sugg 




















a & 


WITH THE “DISCOVERY TO MADEIRA. 307 


necessity for enclosing the meteorograph in a water-tight caso whon 
used from the ship. 

On August 14 the ship was stopped for sounding off Porto Santo, 
and a number of the deop-sea instruments were tested in 450 fathoms 
of water. No scientific observations wore made, the trials boing devoted 
to the necessary preliminaries, such as arranging the working of the 
various lines by the forward and ufter winches respectively. Sound- 
ings are made from the port and starboard bows, where small 
platforms are provided for the sounding-machines. The result of the 
trials, which lasted for several hours, was to suggest various improve- 
ments in the arrangements. 

At 2 a.m. on Thursday, August 16, tho Discovery anchored off 
Funchal, in Madeira, and several of the officers and staff had their first 
experience of sledge-travelling in the smoothly gliding ox-carros or the 
somewhat alarming toboggan sledges which doscond the atcopor atroots, 
propelled by the force of gravity at the rato of 20 miles an hour or 
even faster. Tho etay at the beautiful island was brief, and at 2 p.m. 
on Friday, August 16, the anchor was up, and, the fires not being 
lighted, the Discovery was towed ont to sea by a little tug, Some miles 
off the shere waves were running high and foam-crested under the 
steady trado wind, but the sea-breeze set up by the steop sun-baked 
mountains caused an indraught that completely cheoked and tamed the 
wind onshore all along the land. At 6.30 p.m., balf an hour before 
sunsot, the ship was cast off, 4 miles from shore, and commenced the 
voyage southward under sail “in the heel of the north-east trade.” 
‘The last letters were passed on board the tug, and with three hearty 
cheers the ship's company took their farewell of the land for many 
s long day. The Discovery started under very moderate sail, but was 
making good way throngh the water, and from the report of the mail 
steamer from the Cape, which came in three days later, she must 
have met a gale on the second day out, which, being from a fayour- 
able quarter, should have enabled her to show her best pace under 
canvas, 

‘The life on board the Discovery is particularly happy and harmonious, 
Captain Seott seems to have arrived at a happy compromise between 
the rigidity of naval discipline and the froc-and-easy life of the yachts- 
man. Order and comfort rule in the wardroom and on the lower deck, 
every man intent on doing his own duty, but not hindering or ignoring 
the work of his neighbour. An arrangement was made by which each 
member of the wardroom mess prosides at table for a week at a time, 
the order of succession being alphabetical. Bach night after dinner the 
toast of “ The King” is proposed in naval fashion, followed on Saturdays 
by “Absent Friends.” Each morning at ten o'clock all hands are 
yaustered for prayers, but there aro no vexatious formalities in the 

| working of the ship, the scientific aim of the expedition being kept in 
| 
| 


ing, was qnite 


green 
$n 1001, owing ‘the failure of the raing 
ape grag Trae 





IRRIGATION PROJECTS ON THE UPPER NILE. 309 


masses of papyrus and reeds reloased from the blocks of sadd (or sudd) 
in the Bahr el Gebel, 

"The Sobat. was explored only for a distance of 50 kilometers, The 
river for this distance has a channel about 100 meters wide, between 
high banks, a great depth of water, anda rapid slope, and as a fe 
of the Nile it ranks next to the Atbara and tho Bahr el Azrak. 
Decomber to March its waters shrink to comparative insignificance, but 
in July and Augost they ore in full flood, and discharge probably no 
leas than 1650 cubic moters in the second. On April 5 the discharge of 
the Nile 4 kilometers above its junction with the Sobat was 294-221 
cubic meters por second; April 6, 24 kilometers below that junction, was 
881,020 cubic meters; consequently the increased discharge due to the 
Sobat seems to have been §6°779 cubic meters, 

The Bahr el Zaraf leaves the Nile above the Ghaba Shambe, and 
rejoins it, after an estimated course of 896 kilometers, in 0° 23' 17", about 
80 kilomotors below the Mokron ol Bahur.* 

In 1809 the volume of this river was very considerable, and whos 
in flood it must have stood quite 1 meter above its usual level. In the 
apring of 1900, and again in 190), the discharge of the river had become 
almost insignificant. On March 25,1900 (128 kilometers above the 
junction), the discharge was only 32/16 cubie meters per second ; and on 
April 3, 1901 (19 kilometers above the jufiction), it was 38+149 onbie 
meters. Sir William thinks that this docreaso of volume is due to the 
removal of the sadd blocks, which enabled the waters of the upper 
Bahr el Gebel to escape freely, instead of being forced to seek an outlet 
through the “ loop” of the Bahr el Zaraf. 

The Bahr el Ghazal and the rivers forming part of its system are 
described as sluggish streams, the discharge of which, even when in 
flood, is insignificant (April 3,1901,36 kilometers above the Mokren, only 
26739 cubic meters), Hence that system does not play a prominent part 
in the actual Nile flood. It acts, however, as a large reservoir, which 
slowly drains away as the level of Lake No falls, and is therefore 
a potent factor in keeping up tho level of the Nile in the summer 
months. t 

‘The lower Babr el Gebel is bounded by reed swamps of papyrus, 
Um suf (Phragmites communis) and tiger-grass, broken at intervals by 
shallow lagoons or “meyas.” ‘There are no solid banks, properly so- 
called, and a riso of halfa motor (im 1901) would have flooded the country 
to an immense distance. Signs of human life are rare throughout this 
region, the air is hot, and steamy, and malarial, The water, however, 
teoms with fish, but whilst crocodiles are to be seen constantly, the 

* That is, the “ Mecting of the Waters.” Sir William suggests thot the * Laks 
No" of many maps ought to bo callod Lake Nuer, Tho name seems to bo quite unknown 
in the country. Lejean givus the name of Babr el Ajob to the sheet of water at the 
mouth of the Bahr ef Ghazal, which ts commonly known os Lako No. * 








IRRIGATION PROJECTS ON THE UPPER NILE, 401 


drifted into shallow water. If the stormy weather continues, large 
areas of marsh-vegetation are thus set in motion, and drift about at 
the meroy of the winds. If the river has overflown its banks, some of 
this vegetation may be drifted into its channol, when it floats down 
with the current until arrested by a sharp bond or at some narrow, 
funnel-shaped part of the river. As a result the river is quickly 
blocked up; the masses floating down from above are sucked under- 
neath, until one solid block of tangled vegetation (and its adherent 
earth) fills up nearly the whole of the river-bed, leaving a narrow 
passage beneath, through which the confined waters rash with in- 
creased velocity. As a consequence of this obstruction, the level of the 
river above rises, until the pent-up waters have succeeded in escaping 
through a new channel, or a strong wind or the great volume of 
desconding waters has carried the obstacle away. 

Our sketches, Nos. 1-3 (see map), are designed to illustrate the for- 
mation of block No. 10, and after what hus been just stated hardly 
require an explanation, Already on April 4 the lagoon was covered by 
floating vegetation. On April 7 and 8itrained heavily, and strong gales 
from the south-east set the floating vegetation in motion towards the river, 
and finally forced it into it, so that by April 9 a solid block, shown in 
sketch No, 1, already extended across the river, its length being 600 
moters, its thickness 6 moters at the lower cnd and 2 meteors at the 
uppor. Meanwhilo the water abovo the block roe steadily until the 
difference of its level at the upper and lower ends amounted to 06 
meter, Fresh masses of “sadd” came floating down the river, and 
wore sucked below the existing obstraction; at tho sane time great 
masses of Um snf began to move upon the river, and by evening of 
April 11 « second block was formed above the original one, and the 
shallow channe) from the lake to the river had been entirely closed, as 
shown in sketch No. 2, In the end the river channel above the block 
increased to a width of $20 meters, and in the afternoon of April 12 
the river escaped through a channel formed along the eastern side of 
the block. All this while Major Peake and his people had been hard 
at work in removing this formidable obstacle, and at last, at 11 am. 
on the 18th, the last mass gave way, and the whole river surface was 
covered with floating mussos of vegetation revolving and floating with 
the current. But so favourable are the conditions for the formation of 
“sad” in this locality, that the river was once more obstructed on 
May 27, and again on June 10 (when it took thirty-two days to break 
up the block), and altogether eleven times in the course of the year, and 
it is only since Docember, 1900, that this part of the river has been 
freely open to navigation. 

‘Tho measured discharge of the Bahr ol Gebel, just above Lado, on 
March 29, 1901, was 622-962 cubic meters per second; at a spot 144 
kilometers above Lake No, on April 1, 1901, it was 262187 oubic meters. 

No. IV.—Ocrowsn, 1901.) 2h 


populous a 

might be difficulties with the German o 
the lake, We neod hardly say that a rise 
of 1 or even of 2 motors above its present 
quences feared by Sir William. Lake All ; 
‘to offor all he requiros, its only drawback boing 
turbanoes, which one day may become more 
they are now. That lake has an area of 
by building a regulation dam it could 
raised to the extent of 3 motors, and afford th 
million cubic meters of water. Allowing 1 
there would still remain 4000 million oubic motors 
requirements of Ngypt, and 6000 million cubic m 
‘The water would be stored up during the rainy 

into the river during the months of low supply. 

is to bo realized, it is indispensable to regulate th 
Even now the channel of that river cannot hold and 

wator actually existing in the river whon at its lowest, 
could not carry an extra volume. In. order to confine 
within one single channel, it will be necessary to embank the 
its whole length between Bor and Lake No, a distance 
meters. If five years were to be allowed for the comp 
scheme, its exeoution would involve an expenditure of 
This scheme will have to be carried out if the Albert Nya 
utilized as a reservoir for increasing the Nile supply, b 
docided merely to secure the use of the water at present 
marshes, a less ambitious schome would prove sufficient. 












fo i 





THE LAKE-LEVEL OF THE VICTORIA NYANZA. 403 


Sir William suggests the dredging and embankment of the Bahr ol Zaraf 
throughost, and its use as an additional channel for tho summer supply. 
Sir William admits that this scheme would not be as satisfactory as the 
embanking of the Bahr el Gebel throughout the longth of the marshes, 
but it would involve an expeniiture of only £1,250,000. 

A third scheme is, however, put forward, and this Sir William 
evidently thinks preferable to either of the others. He proposes to 
convert Lake Teana into a reservoir, and thus store sufficient water for 
tho needs both of Egypt and the Sudan, and at tho same time improve 
the navigation of the Blue Nile during the summer months. Hoe sup- 
poses Lake ‘l'sana to have an area of 3300 square kilometers (according 
to Dr. Steckor’s survey, the urea is only 2980 squaro kilometers). A 
tise of the lake of 5 meters would thus yield 16,500 million cubic 
moters. Allowing 3300 million cubic meters to be lost by evaporation, 
there would remain 4000 million for Bgypt, whilst the balance could 
be made use of in the Sudan, No objection could be raised against 
this scheme, notwithstanding the fact that Sir William seems to be but 
imperfectly acquainted with the guographical features of the region 
with which he deals, if Lake Tsana were in the possession cither of 
Egypt or of England, But who dare answer for the political future of 
Abyssinia? The Emperor Menelek might grant permission for the 
desired works to be carried out, but who can say what might bo 
done by his successors? The destruction of » dam at the outlot of 
Lake Tsana might involve Dar Sennar in a groat disaster, It cortainly 
sooma to us that something ought to be done for the irrigation of the 
rich alluvial soil extending for 700 kilometres along the Blue Nile from 
Rosaires to Khartum, but might not this object be attained more 
readily by building a dam across the Blue Nilo abova Rosaires, within 
Egyptian territory, and by damming up some of the “khors” which 
find their way into that river from the Abyssinian highlands? 





THE LAKE-LEVEL OF THE VICTORIA NYANZA. 
By E. G, RAVENSTEIN. 


Tue record of the lake-level of the Victoria Nyanza was begun in 
January, 1896, by direction of Sir Ernest J. L.. Borkeley, Hor Majesty's 
Commissioner. The execution of this inquiry was intrusted by him to 
Mr. R, J. D, Macalister, Gauges were erected at Ntobo (Port Alice), 
the lake port of the capital; at Lubwa's (now Fort 'Thruston), near 
the outlet of the Nile; and at Port Victoria, in Berkeley bay, Care 
was taken to secure solid foundations for these gauges, so as to prevent 
& subsequent scttloment. It was doomed sufficient to observe the lake- 
Jevel once daily. An arbitrary datum level had, os 4 matter of course, 
222 





ror tovanane sib (oven come) 


at the end of July, 1899, but @ new gauge was 
1899, at Kisumu, the Governmont post near Port 
Kavirondo bay. The records there were reducad_ 
inches to obtain an approximation of the lako-level as 
The records for Ntebe, up to the close of the 
thus three full years and eleven months, those for 
months, for Port Victoria $0 months, and Kisumu. u 
The general results, as far as Ntebe is concerned, ms 
summarized : 
















Jan. Tey in, amg Pete. 
Oot, 10 — 100 in. Now. 28 — 10°03 in. | 
185 in. | 16°50 in, 










"Pho lake-Lovel, to jeige tom the incomplete returns 
im the course of 18097, rose again slightly in 1898, only to 


THE LAKE-LEVEL OF THR VICTORIA NYANZA. 405 


1899, and still more in 1900, whon it reachod its lowest level a) 

for many years past. In 1901, however, an almost startling recovery 
took place, and by June 1 of the present year its level had risen 24 
inches above the mean level of 1896.° The extreme range since the 
boginning of 1896 hus thus been 43°53 inches, but if there is any trath 
in what the Roman Catholic missionaries in Buganda told Mr. Macal- 
lister (see “Eigypt,’ No. 2 (1901), p. 49), that the mean level of the lake 
twenty years ago (i.e. in 1881) exceeded that of the year 1898 to the 
extent of 8 fect, the extreme range, as faras our experience goes, may 
be assumed to amount to at least 10 feet. Under these circumstances, 
& permanent raising of the lake-level to that extent, by constructing a 





DIAGRAM ILLOETRATING THE FLUCTUATIONS IN THE LEVEL OF ‘THE VICTORIA NYANZA, 
AT repr, IX 1900, COMPARED Wri THe RAINEALL, 


regulating dam at Fort Thruston, ix not likely to be attended by the 
disastrous consequences which seem to be dreaded by Sir W. Garstin. 

‘Tho normal rise aud fall of tho Iake-level is primarily governed hy 
the rainfall throughout its catchment basin, and to a minor extent by 
differoncos in tho amount of evaporation. A pormanent fall of ita lovel 
might even result from a natural deepening of the channel of the Nilo 
where it leaves the Inke. Of such a deepening, however, there ix at 
present no evidence. 

As to the minfall, our information is still of a very fragmentary 
nature. We know, howover, that the amount of rain varies not only 
with the succeeding seasons, but also locally. At Mengo, the capital 
of Buganda, 55 inches of rain fell in 1881, and only 35 inchea in 
1893. In the year 1894-5 90 inches were registered at the Bakoba 
station on the western shore of tho lake, as compared with 49 inches 
on the southern extremity of the lake at Muanza, In 1897-8 73 inches 
fell at Bukoba, and 92 inches at Mumia’s, in Kavirondo, towards the 


* Sir William Gartin accounta for this sudden rise by supposing the add in the 
Koagirn river to haye been set free, thus producing « flood, 





Farther fluctuations of the lake-level are m 
ferences of barometric pressure over parts of its 
be sciches, and perbaps even tidal movements. 
these phenomena would necessitate the establish 
ganges on the Jake-shore (in the north, south, 
stations should be provided with self-registering | 
tudes should be determined by careful levelling, and 
should, as 4 matter of course, embrace all the 
phenomena. 

The diagrams arcompanying this notice explain tl 
further information the reader is referred to the Reports of a 
of the British Association on the Climatology of Africa, of 
writer of this notice is chairman, 











* At Fort Thraston betweon May 12 and 13 the lake ros four inel 
rain fell. 








promising scientific men, two of whom have already. 
regions, These have the great advantage 


fitness to undertake the heavy responsibilities of the voyage, 





— oe 


ON RESEARCH IN GROGRAPHICAL SCIENCE, 409 


will be a worthy successor to Cook, Ross, Franklin, Nares, and all the other officers 
who bave made their names and the name of the British Navy famous in polar 
service. ‘The second in command, Lient. Armitage, B.s.k, has had several 
years of arctic oxperience, and amongst the crew there are some old whalers whose 
Knowledge of tho ways of soa-ico should prove of value. ‘The ship and her equip 
‘mont are unique; it is no exaggeration to say that she is the best-found and most 
Ca hye mle tami rep ele er eA 

‘The German bas been more boldly planned than ours. Tt is new 
and experimental all through, as befits a young nation in its first exuberant efforts 
in a new field. If some poople suppore that it may havo made mistakes that 
our oxpedition has avoided, these at least aro new mistakes from which now 
lessons are to be learned. If risks mast be ran—and we of the twentieth century 
are, 1 trust, no more timid of incurring ritka than our predecessors of the nino= 


in 

of the Gauss, who belongs to the Merebant Service, has taken a course 
of training from the Norwegian whalera off Spitsbergen, He will, of course, be 
absolute master of the ship and crew in all that concerns order and safety, but 
‘he will be under the direction of the leader in all that coucerns the plan of the 


of the captain of a yacht in relation to the owner; but it ix subject to the draw 
back that # naval officer could not well be asked to accept such a divided command. 

Whatever our views as to ideal organization may be, we are all certain that 
‘both expedition will do the utmost that they can to justify the confidence that is 
placed in them, and to bring honour to their flags. We know that the officers and 
staff of the Discovery belong to a race which, whether trained in the University 
or in the Navy, has acquired the habit of bringing back splendid resulta from any 
quest that is undertaken. 


A Difinition of Geography. 

‘The bright prospects of Antarctic Exploration must not, however, blind us to 
the fact that exploration ia not geography, nor is the reading or even the writing 
of text-books, nor is the making of maps, despite the recognition of leading carto- 
graphers as “Geographers to the King.” These are amongst the departments of 
geography, but the whole is groator than its parte, 

‘Tho view of the scope and content of geography which I have arrived at as 
the result of much work and some little reading during twenty years is substantially 
that held by most modern geographers. But it ia right to point out that ie 
mode of expressing it may not be accepted without amendment by any of tho 
recognized leaders of the science, and for my own part I believe that discussion 
rather than acceptance is the boat fate that can befall avy attompt at stating 
aclentific trath. 


meneed, the fourteen centories reign of Ptolemy dn gy raphy ci 
his work was done. o> 
‘The rapid unveiling of the Earth in tho sixtosnth and seventeen 
‘east a glamour over fexta of exploration which has not yot } 
and it may not be easy, even now, to obtain wide 
explorer in usually but the collector of raw material for th 
At is of vital interest to trace the reformation of the 
its interruption in the Middle Ages, Tho fragments of the 
cemented together by new and plastic thoughts, crudely enough 
Frisins, and Sebastian Munster in the sixteenth century, 
strength and completeness by Oluverius, Carpenter, and Vi 


teenth, 
Tho First Oxford Geographer, 

‘The names of Cloverius and Varenius are familiar to ev 

sd Dut Uhat of Carpenter, T am afraid, is now brought 
students for the first time, He was not a0 gr 

but teas the first British geographér to write on theo 

distinguished from mathematical treatises on navigation or the rope 
narratives of travel, and I think that thero is evidence to sho i 
‘had an influence on bis groat Dutch cont em 

‘Nathannel Onrpenter, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford, pat 
1626 under the title— 





a oe 


ON RESEARCH IN GROGRAPHICAL SCIENCE. 4uL 


*Goographia delineated forth in two Bookes, Containing the Sphericall and 
parta thereof; and with the motto from Ecclesiastes on 
Cie punar\Con foc telly and vantas’ gow Gab tas Marae eae 


‘Tho great morite of Carpontor's treatise aro his firm grasp of the relation of one 


preci 
“ Googray is a sclence which teacheth the description of the whole Earth, 
The Nature of Geographic ia well exproased fa the name: Por Geayraphie resolved 
according to the Grecke Etymologic signifieth as much as a description of the 
Farth; 20 that it differs from Cosmographic, as a part from the whole. Foras- 


Carpenter 
Abs Seoppel tots tied 9: Betas boeaiten e proneeh tp Seale nolan ene 
; Whereas those faculties are commonly toarmed Arts, which are not 
contented wlth « bare knowledge or specalation, but aro direstod to some farther 
work or action, But here a doubt seems to arise, whether this Science be to be 
esteemed Physical or Mathematical? Wee answer, that in a Science two things 
‘fare to be considered: first, the mater or object whereabout it ix conversant ; 
secondly, the manner of handling and explication: For the former no doubt can. 
bee made but that the cbject in Goographie is for the most part Physical! con~ 
visting of the ports whereof the Spheare is composed; bat for tho mannor of 
Explication it is not yure but mit; asin the former part Mathematieall, in the 
socrifAlineisoriaoly ehetoe thn gle Solauch tay tas ahserieanond ON 
Mathematicall & Historical; not in reapect of the subject which we have said to 
be Physicall but in the manner of Hxplication." 

Although somewhat diffuse in expression, the meaning of these statements i# 
clear and sound, and to the British public as new now as it was in tho days of 
King Charlos. ‘The book trent: of mathematical goography and cartography, of 
magnetism, climates, the nature of places, of bydrography including the sea, 
rivers, Inkes and fountains, of mountains, valleys and woods, of islands and 
continents, and at considerable length of people and the way in which they are 
Influenced. by the land in which they live. Whether Dr. Carpenter lectured on 
geography in Oxford I do not know, but his book must have acquired « certain 
earrency, for a socond edition appearod in 1685, and it seoms probable that it was 
known to Varenius. 

Varenius and Newton, 

YVaronius, a young man who died at twenty-eight, produced in Latin a single 
small volume published in 1660, which is & model of conciseness of expression and 
logical arrangement well worthy even now of literal tranglation into English. So 
highly was lt thought of at the time that Sir Teanc Newton brought out au anno~ 
tated Latin edition at Cambridge in 1672.* ‘Tho opening dofinition as rendered in 


* Dugdale, in the introduction to the Rngliah translation published in 1733, ataten 
explicitly that Newton produced his version for tho Lonetit of the stadenta attending 








categories; the b 
graphical: that is to say, descriptions in order of time or 
uclenco of geogmphy ho considered to be fandamentally 


the customs and characters of mankind according to their p 
political, concerning the divisions of the land into the ri 
governments; mercantile, or, an we now call it, commercial 
theological, which took account of the distribution of al 
‘tho cleavage of geography into five branches, all springing from 
Jike the fingers from a hand, which is worthy of remark, but ratl 
of the interaction of the conditions of physical geography 
phical conditions. The scheme of geography thus acquired @ uni 
bility which it had not previously attained, but Kant’s views ba 
wide recognition. If his goographical lectures have been tran 
or French edition has come under my notice, and such currency as’ 
in Germany was checked by the more concrete and brilliant work of 
and the teleological system elaborated in overwhelming detail by 

‘The teleological views of Hitter were substantially those of i 
he found, fitted its inhabitants so well that it was obviously made | 
to the minutest detail. The theory was one peculiarly ace b 
decades of the nineteenth century, and it bad the immensely 


his lectures “on the same subject" from the Lucasian chair; but we 
toffind any more satisfactory evidence that Nowton actually lectured om 
Cambridge. 





~~ 


ON RESEARCH IN GZOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE. 413 


leading men to view the arth as a great unit, with all its parts co-ordinated to 
one end, It gave a philosophical, we may even msy a theological, character to the 
of 


geography. 

Kant's viows bad pointed to such a unity, but from an other side, that of evolu~ 
tion. It was not uotil after Charles Darwin had fully restored the doctrine of 
evolution to modern thought that it was foresd upon thiakiag men that the fitness 
of the Earth to its inhabitants might result not from its being made for them, but 
from their baving been shaped by it. It is certain that the influence of the 
terrestris] euyironment upon the life of a people has been carried too far by some 
writere—by Buckls, in his ¢ History of Civilization,’ for examplo—bat it it no lees 
cortain that this influence ix a potent one. ~ 


The Nature of Geography. 

Granted that such influence ix exercised, some objectors may urge that geo~ 
graphy has nothing to do with the matter, and we are compelled to acknowledge 
‘that the meaning and contents of geography are in this country as variously 
Jntorpreted as the colour of the chameleon to the traveller's tale. Yet my thesis 
fo that It ix just this relation between tho forms of the solid crust of the Earth 
and all the other phenomena of the surface that constitutes the very essence of 


geography, 

Tt isa fact that many branches of the study of the Earth’s surface which wore 
included in the cosmography of the sixteenth century, the physiography of 
Linnmas, the physical geography of Humboldt, and perhaps even the Mrdkeunde 
of Ritter, have beca elaborated by specialists into studies which, for their full 
comprehension, require the whole attention of the stadeat, Guaology, meteorology, 
oceanography, and anthropology, for example, have beea successively 
out of geography ; but it does not follow that these specializations fully occu; 
the place of geography, for that place is to co-ordinate and correlate all the 
facts concerned so that they may throw light on the plan and the processes of the 
Earth and its inbabitants. Geography is concerned with the results, not with 
the processes of the special aciencer, and the limite betwoon geography and guology, 
t take a single instance, are to be drawn, not between any one class of 
and another, but between one way and another of marshalling and utilizing the 
same facts. ‘This was clear to Carpenter in 1625, though we have almost forgotten 
both it and him. 


The Principles of Geoyraphy. 

‘Vhe principles of geography —the “ pleasant principles,” to use the phrase of old 
William Cuningham in 1559—on which ite claims to status a8 4 science rost, aro 
generally agreed upon by modern geographers, though with such variations as 
arise from differences of standpoint and of mental process ‘The evolutionary idea 
is unifying geography as it haa uvified biology, nnd the whole complicated subject 
may be presented as the result of continuous progressive change brought about and 
guided by the influence of external conditions, ‘These views have been often ex- 
presved in recent years, but they donot seem to have been very seriously considered, 
and no excuse need be offered for presenting them once more, though in an epitome 
curt to baldness. 

‘Tho scionce of geography is of course based on the mathematical proportios of 

} bbe if wo define geography as the exact and organized knowledge 
“ the distribution of phenomena on the surface of the arth, we see the force of 
Kant's classification, which subordinated mathematical to physical geography. 
‘The vertical relief of the Earth's crust shows us the grand and fundamental contrast 























The Classification of Geography. 
Following out this idea, wo are led to a clatsification of the feld 
in a natural order, in which every department arises out of 
absolute line of demarcation, and merges into the 
‘This classification, it is necessary to note, is not like a series of m0 
may be placed in any arbitrary order, but like a chain, in which tt 
the links is essential and unalterable. 
Since form and dimension aro the fret and fundamental 
the firat and basal division is the Mathematical. Mathematical 
the Rarth as « spinning ball lighted aud warmed according toa tt 
diurnal and annual changes. ‘bis merges into the domain of Ay 
Which involves the results of contemporary change in the erust and | 
of the fluid envelopes, with the resulting modifications in the simple and 
mathematical distributions, Thin division falls naturally into 
morphology, dealing with the forms of the solld crust and the 
undergoing at the present time; Oceanography, dealing with the gram 
water in the world; and Climatology, dealing with the effects 0 
the air, But all three spheres—lithosphere, bydroaphere, and 


bebe si 


& 

















general, and unpractical. If the answer to this : 
to be clear and definite, geography must be studied « 
in this country, Is must par beyond the stage 
colonial officials, and persons of leisure, and become 
hearted and original study by men of no less ability 
their leisure but their whole time to the work, The: 
should be nothing lees than the demonstration or 
‘be the central principle of geography—that the forms o 
all mobile distributions = 
A Projected Geographical Description. 4 ? P 
In order to focus the question it may be convenient £0 o 
—or chorograpby, a8 Ptolemy would have termed it—of the 
‘author bas ever attempted to give such a description, © 
was swamped by archology ; the county histories, which are © 
in number, were wrecked outward bound on the harbour-bat of 
John Sinclair’s old * New Statistical Account of Scotland ‘in the 
tion of very incomplete data was a great but solitary stride in the rigt 
Bartholomew's great ‘Atlas of Scotland’ supplies the carte 
‘modern description of the northern kingdom; but the d 
‘been undertaken on an equal scale, The work of prod) 
gmphical deseription of tho British Islands would be gigantic, b 
difficult. - 7 
‘The material has been collected at an enormous expenditure c 
and is atacked more or less accessibly, much of it well-seasoued, seane I f 











L 


ON RESEARCH IX GEOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE. Al 


by keeping; but there it lies ia overw! orem belntngs sbunliaey ‘heaps of building: 
materials, but requiring the Iabour of the builder ft can become a 
‘Thece ie fir pe 


series of maps almost as perfoct 48 one can expect any human work to be, showing 
fain rasiey of sotles ota fs tick $5 96 lnolied 0's lls ANE ieee ae 
configuration of the land—execept the lake-beds. 

‘There is next the hydrographic survey by the Admiralty, giving every 
detail of the subaqueous configuration in and around our islande—except the 
lake-beds. 


part, The geological map: 
SIDR es ees iy of ss forme AR aL Sy SMO eae 
the rocks which compose them. Both the geological and hydrographic surveys 
are accompanied by memoirs describing the features and discussing the various 
‘questions arising from the character of each sboot; but there is nothing of the kind 
for the of the ordnance survey. 

‘The maps show at the date of their preparation the extent and also 
the nature of the wocdlands and moorlands, and this information is supplemented 
by the Returns of the Board of Agriculture, which each year contain the atatiatics 
of farm crops, waste land, and livestock for every county. ‘These returns are 
excellently edited from the statistical point of view, but they are not discussed 
geographically. It is easy to see in any year how much wheat is raised in each 
county, but it is a slow and labcrious process to digcover from the Returns what 
are the chief wheat-growing areas of the country, The county is too large a unit 
for geographical study, as it usually includes many types of land form and of 
geological formation. Bofore the distribution of crops can be understood or 
compared with the features of the ground they must be broken up into parishes, 
‘or even smaller units, and the results placed on maps and generalized, The vast 
Inbour of collecting and printing the data is undertaken by Government, and 
paid for by the people without a murmur, but the geographer is left in ignorance 
for the want of comparatively cheap and simple cartogrephic representation of 
the facts. 

‘Tho Inspectors of Mines and the Board of ‘Trmde publish statistics of the 
industry and the commerce of the country, statistically excellent, no doubt, but in 
moat cases lacking the cartographic expression which makes it possible to take in 
tho general state of the country from year to year. The same is truc of the Regis- 
trat-General’s Returos of births, marriages, and deaths, in themsclvea an admirable 
‘epitome of the health conditions af the sounlry ed. of Un selnatlars Ea Sepia 
EAE eee Go ip Pe any Once i te ole 

we have the Census in ton yoars 

are numbered and described by sex, age, and occupation. The inhabited houses are 
pambered, and the amaller dwellings grouped according to size, The figures are 
moat elaborately classified and discussed, so as to bring out the distribution of 
population, and ite change from the previous decade. But to the geographer the 
Consus Reports are like « cornfield to a eeoker of bread. The graina must be 

gathered, prepared, and elaborated before the desired result is obtained. Nowhere 
is the cartographic method more useful than here, It is a striking contrast to 
turn to the splendid volumes of the United States Census Reporte, many of them 
statistically inferior to ours, but thickly illustrated with mapa, showing at a glance 
tho distribution of every condition which is dealt with, and enabling one to 

No. 1V.—Octosea, 1901.) 2 








Pea om the cr of epi, et eh th 
lave shown themselves ready to 


The Survey of the Lakes : 
Tt is with profound satisfaction that I now make an 

favour, the first public annovnecment—of a scheme 
national scale by private enterprise. Sir John Murray an 
bave resolved to complote tho batbymetrical survey 
of the Dritish Islands. Me. Laureace Pallar will tale 
pored Survey, and has made over to trustees a sum of r 
the investigation to be commenced forthwith, and to be 
comprehensive and thorough manner. It is intended to make 
appropriate and worthy memorial of Mr. Pallar’s son, the late 
had entered enthusiastically upon the survey of the lochs of S 
heroic death while endeavouring to save life In Airthroy loch | 
‘be present to the memory of many of you. Large sums of n 
faith to scientific purposes do not always bring about the wished 
thia case there is no room for anxiety on that score, Sir John 
‘Mr. Fred Pullar had worked for several years, has generously p 
whole scheme, and to be responsible for carrying it out. All 
British Islands will be sounded and mapped as a preliminary 
Timnological investigation which is proposed. The nature of # 
chemical composition of the water and its dissolved gnscs, 

areas, the volumes of the inflowing and outflowing st 
in tho Jovel of the surface, the seasonal changes of temperature, | 


distribution of aquatic plants and animale, will all receive attention, 








! cabs melee te 


of Scotland, compiled by the Inte Robert ear 
last year was a loss to science. It would bea 


ak ; PS hens ast Wace MSE RES 


Geography of the Air, 
to Meteorology, the distribution of temperature and pressure over 
nds for the year and for the separate months have been worked out 

d hand of Dr. Buchan and published both in separate memoirs 

0 jical Atlas,’ edited by Dr. Buchan and Dr. Herbertsou. But 

a Serie rlagron tick cac§ phreekscieroent an fabs ei temsba ERG) 
and generalized way for want of data. Perhaps the most important 
292 








Population Maps, 

In consideriog human geography we come to the most 
-oceupled field of research. Until Mr. Boase constructed his 
density of population of Scotland and England,we had ab 
ropresentation of the true distribution of people over the and. 
tion by counties gives a very poor idea of the trath, for in 
Yorkshire or Perthshire there are iarge areas entirely withou 
amall areas where the population is very dense. Mr. Bosse's mar 
the principle of leaving blank all the land on which there were 
and so obtaining a close approximation to the true deosity of 
inhabited area. For Scotland his map shows at once that it isa 
figuration. It shows the densely peopled lowland plain, the less 
-coast-strip surrounding the country, and the least deasely peopled vs 
inland into the great uninhabited areas, ‘The population map of 
other hand, shows an absolutely startling relation to the geol 
which in turn is closely related to the configaration, We are n 
seo the centres of densest population coinciding with the Coal 
both surprising and instructive to see how the density of p 
to the strike of the Secondary and Tertiary rocks of so 





ON RESEARCH IN GEOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE. 420 


band of tach of chalk and! 
TT oem pple iowiog etn aan “Hmestone, & 
bioedie Ta aint? et Sate 


‘eubjects | b. The admir- 
readers ‘west of Ireland ou the physical anthropology of the 








Sega sal fs ested by iawn coins Sater reat towns, 
where all evidence of place of origin and original character is epee 08 et 
‘work has been done in this way by the Ethnographic Survey p tt by a com= 


Scotland. 
‘The distribution of sa dha te forms of Pree 
ron Toatiekce ene = Anglican, 


fH 
| 


out by individuals. ‘The curious islands of Roman Cstholic continuity in Lance- 


‘be treated by itself, but as a matter of practical prsirth pH a ad 


‘areas are worked out individually the results can easily be combined and con- 
densed into a geographical description that will be complete, well balanced, and 
syinmotrical. ‘The work is practicable; it requires only time, money, direction 
and workers to carry it out; but although » specimen memoir, prepared by the 
authority of the Royal Geographical Society, met with a certsin measure of 
‘approval, all attempts failed to obtain funds for making the work complete, and 
tho scheme must await s more educated generation before it can be profitably 
revived in ita entirety. Meanwhile this field for geographical study and research 


completion of such memoirs for the surrounding district, gradually working further 


_— 








discouraged by politicians or by merchants because too 1 ch | 
part of the public might embarrass foreign policy or lead 
tion; but we surely cannot entertain such unworthy susplel¢ 
to attribute the neglect of the subject merely to igno 
Amaperfect education. 

‘Two caves in which the 


suddenly arise in a ara the world absolutely unsuspected by most 
aronget those who interest themsclvca in general polities and in. 
It would cost a comparative trifle to survey the region in qu 
down that boundary-line before the goldfields are touched, #0 that 20 
trouble could ever arise, What it may cost to postpone the m 
have pogged out on debatable land, the British Gaiana 
arbitration, the Alaska difficulty, and South Africa are there to tel 
be interesting to caleulate, now that the cost of a wook of fighting is 
saving in pennies on the income tax that would bave accrued ft 
South Africa it had been carried out a8 an imperial duty wh 
was gettled, Ido not for » moment suggest that a eurvey wo 





ON RESEARCH IN GEOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE, — 423, 


the war; but itis not unreasonable to believe that it would have shortened it by 
some months, In this connection it is satisfactory to know that a valuable report 
has been drawn up by a committe of the British Association, presided over by 
ayers sae ema hay aschome for the systematic survey of British 


ar por ‘Tho utilization of wind- and water 
‘power must increase in importance as mineral fuel diminishes in amount or 
Ancreasca in price, Wind-and water-power will nover fail as long as the aun shines 
and the land remaina higher than the sea; bat what may fail unless timely pro- 
cautions are taken ia the powor of utilizing them for the benefit of the community 
at large. Aro the oxisting laws as to wator-rights and the absence of laws as to 
the utilization of wind dosirable and asatiafactory ? ‘The usual answer to such 
questions is, Why trouble about that just now? these matters are not urgent, 
other things are.” That argument is answerable for many disastors. The inevit~ 
able is in many if not in most cases simply another name for the unforeseen. It 
is inevitable that the country will be impoverished if the utilization of wind= and 
water-power and the transport of that power by electricity are not wisely safe~ 
guarded and provided for; rae bam kr ae ices ae ae 
the alr over our Islands, and the effects produced by the interposition of the 
ountains, plateaus, and valleys upon it, plainly points to tho possibility of such 
a tronblo, it only becomes inevitable as a result of culpable negligence. 

‘These two examples, which will not strike any one whose mind is wholly occu~ 
pied in paying the penalties of old neglect, illustrate my contention that a com= 
plete dezeription based on full investigation is of the highest and 
most urgent importance, not for this country only, but for the Empire, and for 

‘every country in the world. 

sv"Nor is 1 the land slone which claims attention. It is of the utmost Importance 
to investigate and evaluate the resources of the surrounding seas. Tho recent 
‘International Conference for the exploration of the sea held at Christiania formu- 
lated m scheme of rerearch which has been taken up enthusiastically by Belgium, 
Holland, Germany, Denmark, Russia, Swodep, and Norway. Its object is to 
place the fisheries of Northern Europe on a scientific basis, and to make for that 

purpose a comprehensive survey of the sea, which will prove of high value to 
Tteotegee and through it to agriculture as well, Whe recent work by ir, HN. 
Dickson on the circulation of the surface waters of the North Atlantic in conjunction 
with similar work by Prof. Pettersson in Sweden shows how hopeful such re~ 
eearches are from the purely scientific standpoint, and their practical importance 
a no Jess, It remains with our Government to show that this country is not 
indifferent to an opportunity, such as hax never presented itself before, of placing 
one of our great national industries on a basis of scientific knowledge. This is in 
my telief one of the caxcs in which the expenditure of thousands now will mean 
the saving of millions a few yoara hence, 

Is is magnificent to send out polar expeditions; they speak volumes for the 
greatness of the humen mind that can givo itself to the advancoment of knowledge 
for the eake of knowledge, knowing that it will bring no material gain; and I 
trust that such a spirit will continue to manifest itself until no spot on Earth, no 
land however cold or hot, no depth of sea, no farthest limit of the atmosphere, 
termains unsearched and its lesscn unlearnt. But I insist that the full study of 
‘our own country {s on a totally different footing. Magnificent it may be, too, bur 
sternly practical, since it is absolutely essential for our future well-being, aod even 
for the continuance of the nation as a Power amongst the statea of the world. 
Stil}, there is every probability that such work will be neglected until the evonts 





iB 
and apparatus, and held on the understanding 
undertaken, something might yet be done to restore our 
held a contury and a half ago, when a text-book of ge 
‘ont a thought of sarcasm, containing a frontispiece n 
structing Europe, Asia, Africa, and America in the Science of 









GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING BRITIS 
By GEORGE G, CHISHOLM, MA, 5.50. — 
T nave often been Jed to think that foreigners who e1 
Knowledge of English ideas from 4 perusal of our al ti 
greatly struck by what seems to be the Eoglishman's delight in 
‘This spirit would appear to be conspicususly manifest in con eatio 







» 





* Papor rond at the Glasgow Mecting of the British Association, Sept 


ye N 


trade. Leader-writers, contributors to prereset nr ber 

of jereiiads and ichabodiada write ou this subject, if not with unaulmity, atleast, 
Sn ease ote heey eS 
to our competitors, but far from cheering to the representatives of British trade 
and industry. So much does the spirit to which I refer prevail, and so com- 
erste h athe als Ge le i gO ee 
those who are properly animated with it feom the necessity of any laborious 
inquiry into facts. ribet ee pontine las 
‘natural power of insight, which enables him to penetrate with awift Incliveness 
Garten eawreitindonaees whi calgbeiceareias be saeco if 
figures show that in a particular period, or even in a particular yoar, British trade 
with some part of the world has boo declining, or even as not boen advancing 
‘80 rapidly as that of some other country, that is promptly accounted for, Some- 
how or other it must be due to our own negligence. “At present our supremacy 
[in trade] . . . ia seriously threatened... . Without inquiring too closely how 
far this relative inferiority [in rate of expansion) is due to the diminished efficiency 
of our workmen, or the want of initiative and enterprise on the part of the 
mastors and their staff, we may take it as solf-evident that wo are bound to neglect 
ho means of improving, to the utmost, onr processes of production and our 
machioery of distribution."* The words I have just quoted are from a leading 
‘organ of public opinion, and I think thoy‘will be readily recognized as a typical 
comment on the apparent tondoncies of English trade, 

‘But in this current of opinion I am not ablo to join, and the reason is that, how= 
ever much British trade may be affected by the backwardness or enlightened enter> 
prise, slackness or energy of those concerned in British commerce and manufac 
tures, there are also important geogmphical conditions to be taken into account. 
And with regard to these I find myself in the same unfortanate position as I have 
‘boon in before in addressing a meeting of the British Association—that of having 
nothing to say but what is obvious, and my only excuse is that, however obvious 
and large the facts may be, people won't look at them. 

Of tho influence of geographical conditions on trade and industry, we could 
have no botter illustration than in the history of the great city in which wo are now 
moet. Throughout the period in which Scotland had a ena ee afer that 
of England, Glasgow was notoriously a quite unimportant town. Its population 
‘was aycertained in 1708, the year after tho union of the English and Scottish 
parliaments, and was then found to be under 13,000. At the present time, dis- 
regarding municipal boundaries, with which geographers have little or nothing todo 
except to express a natural irritation at the way in which they are misled by them, 
and taking in the contiguous places which form along with the so-called 
ono industrial and commercial aggregate, we find that the total population 
excopds 900,000; and Glasgow is known all over the world as one of the greatest 
industrial and commercial centres of the globe. Now, is there any one who would 
ascribe this difference solely to the superior enterpriso and ability of the people of 
Glaagow at the present time as compared with those of past centuries? ‘The trae 
cause of this difference is, in fact, well understood. The goographical and economic 
situation of the Glasgow of the past cannot be more comprehensively and com- 
pactly deecribed than in the words of one of your own citizens. “The city was 
planted on the western limits of civilization. . . . It was remote from the great 
lines of mediasval intercourse from which the commercial grandeur of Venice, 
Antwerp, and other wealthy cities bad been acquired. It waa a poor little town, 


* Standard, January 18. 1901. 


commerce with the East. Italy, which for a long p 
turned to account its special advantages in relation to thi 





* Glasgow: Its Municipal Organization and 
| Bell, Bart, and Famen Paton (1898), p. A. 


GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING BRITISH TRADE. 427 
relation to commerce with Europe and Amorica, and when we consider the climatic 


peer perer 
patra ne ence i sn ogy anata bythe 
great magnitude and remarkable constancy of the enirepét trade of the United 
Kingdom, that is, the trade in commodities collected from all parts of Sere) 


periods, bean 
‘two per cent. elther above or below the proportion stated, notwithstanding all the 
fiuctuations that the total commerce of the country has meanwhile undergone. 
‘This ie all the more striking when we consider that there have been great varia~ 
tions in the mode in which the total entrepdt trade is made up. In the begioning 
of the period now considered, cotton was the most important item im this trade; for 
a long time cotton has been displaced by wool. Raw silk was at ono time an 
important item ; it has now sunk to absolute insignificance. Rubber was formerly 
unimportant; it is now steadily rising to « more prominent place in the list. The 
important point to note in the present connection, however, is, not the details, but 
the fact that so far Jovses under this head in one direction have been made good by 
gains in avother. 

Now, such « trade as this necessarily involves and therefore illustrates advan- 
tages of commercial situation, but it would be a gross and obvious mistake to put it 
down solely to such advantages, ‘I'nis trade is pre-eminently an illustration of the 
Jsw that to him that hath shall be given. It is in a large measure due to the 
special advantages which this country enjoys for carrying on a lange export and a 
much larger import trade based on its own resouroes, 

Porbapa an even more striking illustration of the merely commorcial advantages 
of this country is to be found in the history of the cotton trade, It cannot be con~ 
tended that the industrial advantages promoting the cotton manufacture in this 
country are as great as those in favour of the woollen industry, We have no home 
supply of raw cotton, but we have a large local supply of raw wool of special value 
for certain purposes, which not only furnishes material for a great part of our 
manufacturing industry, but leaves a surplus for export larger then the oxtimated 
amount exported whea English wool was of such high valae in the middle ages. 
‘Yet the English woollen industry never attained that extraordinary pre-eminenoo 
rmblsheteasivaryopesdlly acquires by that af Gstian sliestoa inettnesion oh cbeaste 
driven textile machinery, and which it still rotaing. According to the latest 
statistics, all branches of the woollen industry In the United Kingdom, namely, 
woollen in the special eense, worsted, aud shoddy, occupied not much more than 
half as many persons as the cotton industry," which now engages more employees 
than any other industry in the country except ageiculture and coal-mining. Bat 
there is one great commercial difference between the two industries, The great 
soarkets for woollens are the most highly developed industrial countries. ‘The 
zwarkets for cottous are everywhere; some of the most important in tropical and 


* 18/1806, number of pereons ongaged in the cotton industry, $82,920; in tho three 
branches of the woollen indusiry, 294,441. 





GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS ASFECTING BRITISH TRADE. 429 


when one considers the admirable sad Sarpline ail the ues Ae Bema 
Bremen, Rotterdam, Antwerp, and Marseilles with the interior 

cot bate yi nt ey ar ‘been so slow in the 
domains of British commerce. Possibly Sestaben sted Boole 
more rapid if it had been pmeticable for European countries comic entiaas: 
‘of the fiscal barriers which commerce must leap there. (ieted en 


duction and arena ihere irs agen iawn arpa 
commerce, ‘This I propose to illustrate by reference to the commorce of 
with surrounding parts of Europe, and that of the United States with Mexico and 


‘Of all the larger countries of the world, Germany is that which bas the best 
position for carrying on a large external trade by land. It lies in the heart of the 
most populous and the wealthiest part of the mainland of Europe, in communication 
with moro than one of them by admirable inland waterways, and by rail without 
‘break of gange, with all countries on its land frontiers excopt Russia,* and also 
through Switzerland and Austria with the rich plains of northern Italy, One of the 
‘most instructive illustrations of this advantage is given in an English Foreign Office 
report, ‘The author of this report, Mr. Mulvany, H.1.M.'s consul at Diisseldorf, 
mentions that before the Franco-German war the Parls gasworks obtalned their goal 
from his district, and that after the war the trade was promptly revived, and polate 
‘ont that thore is, of course, an “immense advantage in being able to send the coal 
direct into the consumer's yard in the tracks loaded at the colliery scroos.” + When 
one remembers the amount of international bitterness to which that war gave rise, 
one perceives all the more clearly how great the advantage must have been in that 
commerce, " 


In the thind edition of my ‘Commercial Geography? I have 


imports generally) was from the United Kiagdom, only 2 per cont. from Germany 
in 1990 Joes than 22 per cent. was from the United Kingdom, more than 52 per 
cent, from Germany. Now, the Italiun statistics enable us to distinguish the 
imports (and exports) by sea from those by land, and hence we Jearn that more 
thon nine-tenthis of the German total came by land, whereas all the English import 
was by sea. That'meave that the great bulk of the German import came through 
the St. Gothard tunnel, which forme a very direct communication between Italy 
and the great iron and steel working districts of the Rhine basin, But ia 1880 
there was no St. Gothard tunnel, and that fect would seem quite sufficiently to 
account for the difference. If 20, we have here a cnse of loss of English trade 
entirely due to a geographical cause, and not involving the supposition of 
“dimivished efficiency” on the part of our workmen, or“ the want of initiative 
and enterprise” ou the part of English masters and their staff, And Joter figures 
‘ot this point aro also instructive. Taking thowe for 1897 (the latest that hap- 
pened to be available at the time), I found that practically the eame percentage of 


# Ratsis has a 5-feet gauge ; tho other countrics Fave the normal English gauge of 
4 feet 3} inches. 
{ Foreign Office Report, Miscellaneous Series, No. 454, p. 8 








GEOGRAPHICAL, CONDITIONS AFFECTING BRITISH TRADE, 431 


‘that naturally make nae of ocean carriage. On the whole, however, the competi- 
tion between the two countries in Mexico is one between land and sea 

and as the people of the United States find thelr interest in improving the 
copnections between their interiors, so the Koglieh tind their interest, in accordance 
with what has been already said in gouceal terms, in the improvement of the ports 
of Vera Craz and ‘Tampico, and of the connections between these ports and tho 
interior. 

Canada, with its enormous Jand-frontier bringing into connection at many 
polnts some of the more populous parts of the Dominion and its neighbour, not, 
a3 in Mexico, through a uniformly sparsely peopled region, ts in some respects an 
even more striking illustration of the importance of land connections than Mexico. 
‘Those connections arv constantly becoming more intimate, with unmistakable 
effects on the commercial relations of Canada with the United States and the 
United in cad respectively, though, from the difference of tha circumstances, 
theso effects aro of a somewhat different nature. Canada has some exports of a 
similar nature to tho loading exports of Mexico, and these go largely, if not chiefly, 
to the United States for the eame reasons as those of Mexico, Under this beat 
maay be Included nickel matte as woll as silver and gold orwa. But theo do not 
form the bulk of Canadian exports, Most of the exports from Canada are similar 
to those which are produced in abundance, if not in excess, by the contiguous parts 
of the United States, and such as have a special value aro to a large extent kept 
‘out of the United States by henvy fiseal duties. Hence the Canadian exports go 
in increasing proportion to Europe, principally to the mother couotry. But it 
is otherwise with Canndian imports. These ore largely of a kind in which the 
United States and the United Kingdom compete with one another, and the United 
States have obvious local advantages in the competition. 

First, it must be remembered that English goods are landed at farthest at 
‘Montreal, and that only during the summer months. Now, more than half the 
population of Canada is found to the west of Montreal, However cheap, therefore, 
carriage in bull by son may be, there is an addition to the coat of transport: 

‘out of the break of bulk and a longer or shorter railway journey over and above. 
In the care of Toronto, the great distributing centre for Ontario, the length of 
= ier $38 miles. Now, Toronto is withia a much shorter distance 

several producing centres in the United States without break of bulk. And if 
SEG Dai Pericae coo dordou mllarfade bia ntaMR sea re 
eastern districts of Canada, it is obviously of still greater importance in the cave 
of the western provinces in relation to sch producing or jobbing centres in the 
United States as Chicago and Sf. Paul. 

‘That, moreover, is by no means the only way in which the United States 
competition is favoured by the intimacy of the railway copnections with Canada. 
Tt is hardly needful to remind you of the important part played by commercial 
travellers in promoting trade. ‘There is nothing that our consuls so frequently 
remind us of, and it is often pointed out that commercial travellers from the United 
‘States are much more numerous in Canada than those from England. Very true, 
‘no doubt; but how can it be otherwise? However much transport may have 
been cheapened, man still remains an expensive commodity to carry, especially 
when you take into account tho loss of interest on capital during the period of 
tranalt, that is, the loss of the traveller's time. Now, I do not suppose that the 
numerous commorcial travellers in Canada, representing firms of the United States, 
come from New Orleans, San Diego, and such outlying parte. A good many of 
thom, no doubt, come from Detroit and Buffalo, where the travellers have only to 
cross the border to get into Canada, One cau imagine a commercial traye'ler 





ee 








other countries poxessing it were sure to do so in time, and it was 

certain that ax they did so the relative position of England would be lowered. 
England may have still, probably indeed has, greater Industrial advantages than 
“pirat fo esicguent bo Gee Lo it Ee 


ae they once 

This is do obvious tbat it does not need tobe onforoed in geaorsl terme; still 
a few details are worthy of attention, One country on the mainland of Europe, 
far advanced in its general economic development, is well known to be very rish 
In coal, and that coal also is, to a large extent, very conveniently situated. The 
country to which I refer is, of coures, Germany. One of the two largest coalflelds 
of this country, that of the Rubr bosin, is contiguous to the Rhine, and is through 
‘out its Iength of 60 miles in water-communication with that river, a river whoww 
valley has been a highway of commerce from north to south in that part of 
Europe, and hence a mesns of attmeting and. Rei Leiner ary 
historic times downwards, The coalfield has many easily worked seams. Within 
150 or 160 miles of that coaliield are two of the most important groups of iron-ore 
deposits on the mainland of Europe, Ono of those groups lies about 70 to 90 milor 
south-east of the Rubr basin, in the hilly country where the Prussian provinces of 
the Rhine, Westphalia, and Hosse-Nassau meet. This group produces ore of three: 
or four times the value of tho ores of the other group, which is situated partly in 
and partly on the borders of the grand-duchy of Luxemburg (part of the German 
‘Customs Union, it will bs remembered), at the distance of 150 to 160 miles from 
the coalfield, The ores of this group, though less valuable, are much more easily 
worked, and hance form about two-thirds of the quantity of the total iron-ore pro- 
duction of the German Customs Union. 

Now, in these circumstances \t is surely not to be wondered at that the coal and 
iron flelds mentioned should come to be opsned up, and that there should follow a 
considerable development of the various industries that have been fostered by the 
wealth of coal and iron. Indood, when all the facts aro considered, what dooa soem 
to demand explanation is, not that Germany should have come to be a competitor 
with this country, but that she ehould have been #9 long about it, Tt does seem 
surprising that the first coke blast-furnace in the Ruhr basin should have beon 
blown in only early in the forties of last contury, that the first railway of this 
region, from Cologne to Minden, should have been opened only in 1646; that a8 late 
as 1880 the total production of coal within the territory of the presout German 
Empire (which has several other well-placed coalficlds) should have been under 
12} million tons. Since 1860, however, the production has increased apace, 
and with it have grown all kinds of industries. Our own country has thus 
inevitably been placel in a lower relative position industrially, but surely the 
facts just stated are enough to indicate that this dots not necessarily imply 
either “diminished officioagy of our workmen or the want of initiative and enter- 
prise om tho piart of the masters and their stafl” ‘That, in fact, it is not always go, 
that in some branches of industry we still enjoy a confessed superiority, Is sometimes 
made plain enough by the testimony of our rivala, A writer In a Leipzig periodical 
connected with the textile industry complains that the finer and very fine cotton 
yarns “ have remained insuficicotly protezted against the overpowering competition 

No, TV.—Ocrovrn, 1901, 20 





magnitude and the extent of the natural resources wil 
parison altogether out of the question, ‘Thess resour 
and probably also of iron, of greater extent not merely than 1 
Talos, but those of all the countries of Europe together, Ani 
no reason to speak of any tardiness in their development, 








‘Thus, thon, a vast change is brought about in the 
of the United States not ascribable to any negligence on | 
-toanufacturers or merchants. od 

‘Then there is another point to consider. Our mines have 
than these of any other country, except perhaps Belgium. , 
sequence is that the seams most ensily reached and worked are to a 
worked out. We are compelled to work our thinner seams, or 
seams by deeper shafts and more extensive tunnelling. On th 
American mines are still worked for the most part only to @ : 
doptb, in many eases by means of level-workings opening 
case of a few of our Welsh mines). Conl, too, bas been 
in many cases by increasing demand favouring the on 
mines on a large instead of a small scale, as well a8 by | 
immigration of miners from parts of Europe in which » i 
prevails. In these ways the avernge price of coal in An 
certain parts of America, has been on the whole gradually 





Ses 





jeconsary to 
it; and it ie at least not surprising that the United States has 
country in the production of pig iron and steel ninco 1890.* “ 

‘The lstanes Troma e.sonicat Ss bo Se Se U 
has hindered that country so far from becoming a serious eo 
United Kingdom outside of America except in the case of the ma 
finished products, such as machinery. But there are other parts of 
more favoured, Canada has coal on the seaboard both in the 
with the coal and limestone deposits of Sydney, Cape Breton 
Belle Island, Newfoundland, blast furnaces have now been started 
place with the view of producing iron and steel for sale on both | 
Atlantic, 

A still greater alteration in the relative industrial advantages 0 
may be brought about by the increasing application of water-power. — 
benefits to be derived from this source of power wore restricted by | 
soles tees culate place where it existed, and in — 





+ The soars 1604 and 1696 excepted in the case of pg 





i : b 


GEOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING BRITISH sc 437 





this enterprise. 

Italy has a peculiarly honourable place in the oth of elactrical science 
and its practical applications: ‘The very name bears eb ey 
was the birthplace of Voltaic electricity. ‘To an Italian phystclar, 

Son die Se tlon ct x dysame-saciciototslan (asdctal te 1800 gan Oe domeeied 
in the Nuovo Cimento in 1867). It wns in Italy, at Milan, that the first central 
station for electric lighting was established on the mainland of Europe (1863). It 
is to Italians that we owe the recent development of woken baaraahy oy Now 
Italy, as is well known, has been dealt with by nature in a rather niggardly fashion 
in the matter of coal, On the other hand, it is rich in water-power. ‘The amount 
of such force already utilized is as much as 300,000 horse-power, and the nmount 
notas yet utilized, but capable of being conveniently turned to account, is estimated 
from official sources at 2,800,000 horse-power in round numbers, a total accordingly 
three millions of horse-power, calculated, if used day and night, to 
represent, at the prices of coal in Italy in 1900, an annual value of about 800 millions 
of lire (say £30,000,000).* 

Water-power is already utilized electrically in Italy, not morely for the purpose 
‘of lighting and locomotion, but also for the production of hydrogen and oxygen by 
the electrolysis of water and the manufacture of carbide of calclum, and works aro 
in progress for utilizing the same power in the same way for the refiaing of copper 
(at Leghorn), the smelting of irou ore (at Darfo ou Lake Tseo), and the munu- 
facture of caustic soda (on the Pescara). An enormous stimulus was naturally 
given to the application of Italian water-power by the discovery of the processes 
by means of which it may bo transmitted to great distances. Zeiss Net 
entirely to dispense with tie oe ct Rogie coals 3 woall be eect dae 
force developed in tho mountains by falling water to be conveyed distances of from 
100 to 125 miles, With the uso of high lronicn sles, he emer at 
power for even a greater distance has been found practicable 
are now being taken, if they have not already been carried out, for ¢ esd 
mission of 11,000 horse-power from the torrent of Cellina to Venice, a distance of 
56 miles, at a tension of 25,000 volts, 

‘Italy is now looking forward to a great industrial development through the 
application of her inexhaustible water-power, and the polnt of special 
interest to which I would call attention In connection with that ja this, Italy 

‘occupies, in some renpects, a peculiarly advantageous geographical position. ‘That 


* These and other particulars relating to tho use of water-power in Italy are taken 
from a paper by Giuseppe Colombo in the Atti della K, Accademia det Linceé, Anno 
coxevil, (1900), pp. 478-189. 














— 
THE MONTHLY RECORD. — 
‘RUROPE. 

Distribution of in the Rhine i 
and elaborate Se oe of population as, 
causes which find special favour among Gorman studenta, 
en sur Deutschen Landes- und Volkskunde (vol, 18, part 3), 
Ernst Ambrosius. ‘Tho district selected for study is that on 
lower Rhine from Urdingen and Duisberg in the south to Elten { 
Taken as a whole this districts is marked by comparatively 
level, and Influence of this factor on the movement of pop 
not so well marked as it often is, Still, Dr. Ambrosius points out, 
be divided, geographically, into five parallel zones, on the basis of 
and these are taken as its fundamental divisions for the purposes of the # 
fare: (1) the Ine of heights bordering the district on the east; (2) the Rl 
including that of the Issel ; (8) the groups of hills on the left of the 
tho valley of the Niers; (5) the western heights and moore, Asa 
soil of the river-vallaya is composed of rich loam and clay, while o 
grounds sand and gravel predominate. As might be expected, the 
Jess dense in the higher zones, where the average per square ki 





‘THE MONTHLY RECORD, 439 


‘77 to 88, and is congregated chiefly in the river-valleys, especially that of the 
Rhine, where the average density reaches 241 per square kilometre. Dr, Ambrosius 
enters very fully into the question of the occupations of the population in thelr 
relation to its distribution. In tho eastera part of the district, the great aggregs~ 
tion of population is towards the south, in which direction even the sparsely 
Ga reer kon sbehacrareatdrd tbat organ tr peeaeat ee aia To 
the Rhine valley the industrial towns of the Ruhr distriot—Dalsburg, Ruhrort (the 
most important river-port in Germany), Muideriob, eto, and Urdingen, the river- 
port of the textile industry on the left bank of the river, swell the aggregate of 
population in the sonth, while further north, apart from the town of Wosel, which 
‘owes ite importance to its favourable situation at the mouth of the Lippe, the valley 
ee agricultural. Agriculture is eR eae valley, 
thongh silk-weaving, shoe and cigar-making, some. occupy 
considerable numbers, especially at the flourishing towns of Geldern and Goch. sit 
the south of this zono, as also of the westernmost of the five zones, the population 
‘hhas diminished. of late years, owing to the attraction exercised by tho towns 
immediately to the south engaged in the textile industry. 


ASIA, 


Survey of India Report for 1899-1900.—Tho recently issued general 
report on the operations of the Survey of India Department for 1899-1900, while 
recording a steady progress in tho various departments of the work, has little to 
tell In the way of new departures or striking operations, most of the surveys 
carried out during the year being merely continuations of those previously in 
progress. The principal triangulation in India bad during the previous season 
‘been linked with the Burma triangulation, and work in this direction was con- 
tinued by the despatch of detachments for the execution of two minor series, ons 
extending from Manipur to the coast near Akyab, the other connecting this series 
with the Mandalay meridional, The almost unkown country along the Bengal- 
Burma boundary bas thus received a much-needed attention. Of the parties 
engaged on topographical work, four have likewlee continued to work in Burma, 
three of them in Upper Burma, the other mainly on the western slopes of the 
Arakan Yoma hille, The survey of the Lushai hills was continued on the 1-inch 
scale, and an area of 769 squaro miles surveyed on that acale. Geographical 
results of importance are naturally to be expectod on or beyond tho oxtrome 
frontiers of the empire, and the year under review forms no exception to the rule, 
Valuable surveys were executed by Cuptain Ryder during a reconnaissance in 
Yunnan, commenced during the previous season by Captain Davies. The routes 
‘were so chosen as to avoid, as far as possible, ground already surveyed, and the 
result of the seasons work was, to use the words of Captain Ryder's report, “ that 
pmuotically evory town in the province has now boen visited and reported on, every 
important route and many others have been surveyed and reported on,” Captain 
Ryder's own share amounting to 1400 miles of new routes, ‘The work is so far 
metely of @ reconnaissunce nature, no triangulation having been effected, but the 
results are none the less useful considering the imperfect state of our previous 
Knowledge of the province. Another uteful piece of work was done by Captain 
Robertson during the Mishmi expedition of 1899-1900. The country visited was 
that of the Northem Mishmis, till then practically unexplored, though a small 
part of it, as well as tho district of the Midu Mixhmis, had been mapped by the 
late Colonel Woodthorpe in 1877-78, ‘Ths country of the northern section of the 
tribe is even more rugged and precipitous than that of the rest of the Mishmis. 
‘The route followed entailed the pnstage of a pass 8900 feet above sea-level, the 











a Dn ts Neat ll, Ss te 2 
continuations of the north and south Cyprus 


and the Kars Dagh, between Antioch and Marash. 
existe north of the Taurus, and extends to the Sakaria, 
marked by volcanic deposits, which are older than the u 
‘Hence a simple symmetrical arrangement of the features—the 
bordered by folded mountain ranges, beyond which are d 
young voleanic doposita, 

The Kizilbash of Cappadocia—During archeological 
fm Northern Asia Minor in the summer of Isst year, Mr, J. W. 
opportunity to visit somo of the Kizilbash villages in the o 
the eastern bank of the Halys, and the inquiries he made th 
interesting deductions aa to the past history of the people, which ; 
paper read before the Anthropological Institute and printed in a 
the Journal of that body (vol. xxx. p. 305). The traditions an 
‘current among the people show, Mr. Crowfoot points out, the gi 
‘exercised in thelr minds by the past, memories of the times wi 
independent position prior to the rize of the Osmanli power havi 
‘out. Mr, Crowfoot quotes from Parchas’ ‘Pilgrimage’ pa: 
their legends, though no doubt confused, do refer to definite hi 
some of which teok place a8 much as six or reven centuries ago. 
customs still extant among them, notably in the roverence shot 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. aL 


by the Duran! empire, which included Afghanistan, Baluchistan, and part of the 
Punjab, whero so many Kizibashis aro still resident. Cappadocia haa for ages 
turned to the East rather than to the West, and before the timo of Alexander the 
inhabitants had come under oriental influence and developed a theory of their own, 
which made them impervious to Grock and Christian missionaries, and which, as 
Remeae s ay Heli AUER SAS 
modern Kizilbash. Besides this name, which was originally a term of opprobrlum, 
Mr. Crowfoot found the appellation Boktash in use among the people. The two 
names, as Sir C. Wilson pointed out, are so wide apart in their original application 
that their use by one and the same people is difficult to understand. He suggests, 
Roneres, that the villages occupy land which once belonged to the Bektash 


prenaeryck-oelcants eaverinaet™ inquicting news concorning thir 
‘xpedition (ef, Journal, vol. xvil. p. 808) was recel¥ed at Blisk, n Siberia, early 1n 
Jaly. A runner from Kobdo brought the intelligence that the party had been 
attacked by two thousand Tanguts, and though these had been at last beaten off, 
it was only at the cost of the lives of eight members of the expedition, the porition 
of which was regarded as precarious. It is hoped, however, that the danger has 
been exaggerated, 


AFRICA. 2 
‘The Earl of Cromer's Report on * fornishen most gratifying 
evidence of the country's prozroes under the able guidance of His Majesty's Agent 
and Consul-General, The burthens of taxation have been sensibly reduced, aud 
public works are being carried on with energy, yet the revenue exceeds the ex- 
peaditure, Trade is expacding, and the prosperity of the great body of the people 
is increasing from yoar to year, Even the expenditure incurred in the re-oocapation 
of the Sudan—£417,000 in 1901—ia borne with ease and without endangering tho 
stability of Egyptian finance, Among matters of special interest, we may mention 
vhat a survey of the cataract region to the south of Wadi Halfa is now in progress, 
and fs to be completed in the course of three years, Tbe revenue surveys of the 
Madirlyes of Gize and Gharbiye are to be completed by the ond of this year, whilst 
the village and topographical survey of the Fayum, based upon a regular 
ton, {In progress, Triangulations are likewise boing carried out on the Mudiriyes 
of Dakheliye and Kalyubliye. Reports on the geological surveys of the oases are 
erettle tloe publicationt To the Sudan, Colonel Talbot, in charge of the surveys, 
directing operations along the borders of Eritrea and Abyssinia. A full report on 
crinaear Majors H. H. Austin and C. W. Gwynne has alroady appeared 
in this Journal (vol. xvil. p. 195), and the latter of these officers has gone to Addis 
Abboba to arrange with the Emperor Menelok for a coutinuation of the aurvey of 
the frontier district with a view to the conclusion of « boundary treaty. Colonel 
Sparkes bas gone to the Bahrel-Ghazal to establish stations. Et-Obeid was re- 
vecupied i Toei 17, 1899, and friendly relations have been established with the 





* * Egypt,’ No. 1 (1901), 
+ On the Geological Survey of Egypt, eee Geographical Journal, vol. xvii, 1901, 
p- 507, and the succeeding note in the present number. 








eee 
I 


E 


tho floor of the 
‘the 


aE 


Jooked until quite recently. Farafra possesses 

being only some twenty springs, most of which are Lu 

the westero escarpment. Tho water from each of them i 
- as to irrigate a small patch of ground, A survey of the sp 
Beadnoll, which improves the sketch-map of the Robilfs 
particulars. Changes appear to have taken place in them, 
dry, while others have been opened up. In the 

two known localities where water occurs, but at one of the 


‘This chalk also forms a step of the plateau to the north-north 

part of the plateau separating Farafra from Baharia, Elsewh 

conslats of Hocene limestone, underlaid by the sna shales (also Eoce 
The Forests of the Sudan—Among the many beneficial 

new rigine in the Eastern Sudan, the attention which fa 

conservation of the forests, hitherto quito neglected, will be not the | 

‘The Director of Forests under the new administration, Mr. 0, B. 


lately devoted six months to a tour in the Sudan for the purpose of exan 





‘THE MONTHLY RECORD. 


principal existing forests, and studying the most suitable means for their 1 
tenance and exploitation. His report, dated May, 1901, deals in the first 
with the distribution and present condition of the forests, and In the second 
their treatment from the point of view of timber, fuel, and other forest 
‘The forests examined were thove of the Blue Nile, White Nile and 
and Kordofan, bat though these are no doubt the most important, 
remain unvisited, The most valuable timber treos of the Sudan 


Hi 
ie 


i 
i 
a 
I 
pS 
i 
Hi 
ze 


worked, and is consequently of more general use than either of the 
which, though very durable, are hard and heavy. Among other uscfal tlabers, 
these known as *taraiya” and “ hoglik” (Ba’anites wyypliace) merit attention ag 
supplying longer and straighter logs thon many others; while “homeid” (Sctero- 
carpa #p.), though not durable, might serve as s substitute for common deal, 
which is at present imported in considerable quantities. Tho exploitation of the 


f 
i 


being on the Blue Nile. Small areas of gocd ‘nant’ (the conservation of which 
is of special importance owing to the employment of the wood for railway sleepers) 
occur also on the White Nile. For fuel, of which the supply needed by the 
Goverpment works alone would involve the felling of 4°38 square miles of forest 
annually, the formation of reserves to be cut on » regular rotation of from fifteen 
to twenty years is also recommended. Of othor forest products, gum, produced 
chiefly by the “hashab" acacias of Kordofan, ia the most important. During 
the Dervish occupation the gum trade ceased, and many of the “ genenas” or 
plantations wore cleared for duthn, Many have since been reformed, and are again 
yielding gum, but more syatomatic treatment is needed. Other forest products 


Altitude of Lakes Tanganyika and Mweru-—In a note on tho scientific 
resulta of the Lemaire expedition (Journal, vol. xvii. p. 659) we quoted the values 
obtained for the altitudes, among other places, of Lakes Tanganyika and Mwern, 
Captain Lemaire has since recalculated the results with the aid of barometric and 
thermometric observations taken at Dar-es-Salaam simultaneously with bis observa- 
tions in the centrs of the continent, and has communicated the revised Ogures to 
the Mouvement Géographique for July 14 last. For Tanganyika ho obtaioa alti- 
tudes varying within narrow limits, according to the four different formule: em- 
ployed in the calculation, the oxtremes being 2741 and 2759 feet. ‘The result 
previously obtained, 2649 feet, 1s thus far too low, and this Captain Lemaire 
attributes to the use of the tables supplied by the Jate Captain Barometric 
observations taken on the east and west coasts since the date of the compilation of 
the tables show, ho thinks, that a correction of +187 feet must bo made in the 
results obtained from these tables. This correction (combined with another of less 

3) would give as the altitude of Tanganyika, 2744 feet—a figure closely 
agreeing with those mentioned above. Applying the same corrections in the case 
of Mweru, Captain Lemaire obtains a height of 3189 feet, while by the use of the 
formule of Babinet and Augot the figures are, respectively, 3151 and 3196 feet, so 
that here too there is a satisfictory agreement between the results, It may be 
noted that whereas this revision places Captain Lorasire’s reault for Tanganyika in 
close agreement with that of previous travellers (¢.. Stanley, 2756 fect), it increases 
the divergence in the case of Mweru. Previous observations here had, however 
been less numerous and trustworthy than those on Tanganyika. 




















‘Thome, aud Annobon. At a distance of only 3 mil 
‘at an elevation of some 3500 feot, from the broad platfars 
its summit reaching a height of 6500 feet above the 
almost precipitously towards the on, are fro from the! 


of the ascent of the peak, which was accomplished for the 
Although its oge cannot bo determined with certainty, there ls no. 
‘represents one of tho oldest outbursts in the district. It differs 


rocks, in which felapar is altogether wanting. Thep p 
rocks forms the subject of the greater part of Dr. Esch’s paper. 










AMERICA. 


Nicholas Garry's Journeys in Canada, 1821.—A hit 
diary, kept by Nicholas Garry of the Hudson's Bay Company ¢ 
to the interior settlements in 1921, has lately been printed in the 
of the Royal Society of Canada (vol. vi. sect. 2). The Jo 
was wndertaken on tho amalgamation of the Hudson's Bay 
Companies, it being thought desirable that the sottlementa | 
by representatives of both companies for the purpose of 
tho arrangements necessitated by their union. The diary was } 
to day during the journey, and is of much interest from the ¥i 


‘THE MONTHLY RECORD, 4h3 


(nt he in 
s htodien ocautaty anes eortoes tbe’ va meal 













| Canadian voyageurs, and the general state of the country at the time. 
i tvern ibat tbo sottlement of Canada proper ceased at that time a little bayond 
ie 1 atarrespia pa edn tn marten A py 
ipeminesrept 1a She: vickaiay of sho: tradlng ports: ‘The fortaves of the 
nent were then by no means promising, the colonists ‘exposed 
‘ofall kinds The agricultural capabilities of the country were, how~ 
nized by Garry, who speaks of the excellence of the fine black soil 
| inendare az lasuriance of the grass, From Fort York, whence visit was 
to the Nelson river to tost its capabilities for anchorage as well as the suitability 


Garry, has carried out thedificult work of transcription, boaides elucidating 
Dy valable nos 
of the United States—A recently issued bulletin 


rd censuses grouped in a variety of ways, but it is only to the wider 
_siects of distribution brought out by these tables that reference can be made here. 
: of comparison with earlier censuses the lower limit of town population 
‘etaken arbitrarily a the comparatively high figure of 8000, but figures ars also 
some casos on the basis of a limit of 4000, which is in many ways more 
with the natural division between town and rural population. On the 
Aer ta tho urban population of the United States reached a 
Stal Of 25,009,000 In 1900 as compared with a total of vory nearly 18,300,000 
81890, giving a porcentage to total population of $2°9 as compared with one of 
in 3890. Excluding the population of Tadian territory and reeorvations, and of 
percentages stand at 33°1 and 202 respectively. Between 1790 and 

ion of urban to total population has steadily risen from 3-4 to 

ee near uring the past half-contury having been from 12-6 
‘Taking the lower limit, there were in 1900 28,411,698 persons living in 

HSS incorporated places and Now England “towns” of 4000 inhabitants and 
ad constituting 873 of the total population of the country. The proportion 

naturally differs immensely in the different geographical 
(eeeecetetess State. In tho Notth Atlantic division it reached in 1900 
| the Aaigh figure of G47 per cent.,a8 compared with 36°5 and 36°9 per cent. in the 
| 
| 


ba 








‘Admiralty ceawor 
clear indication of the sources from which be drew bi 
‘holds that Hawkesworth bad access to no original ae 
Endeavour, those now available having, in bis opinion, 
hands, Of these original logs the mest impo 


years after the date of the voyage, behind some 
victualling yard. Neither Cook's own logs nor these D 

of Botany Bay or New South Wales, names which appear, 
during the voyage, in the official version by Hawkesworth. | 
‘ever, have spaces filled up, apparently in this country, 

inn handwriting differing from that of the bulk of the 
Mr. Bonwick classes the copies of Cook's journal, one of 
Comer’s, was used by Admiral Wharton when printing the 
in 1893. Mr. Bonwick casts doubts on the genuineness of 





change of the name originally bestowed by Cook (Stingray 1 
bay, he has only some rather vague suggestions to make, ong 
“Dauphin map" of 1542, with its Baie des Plantes,” had coms to. 
interval, and that the object was to revive the ancient name, 
granted the exceedingly doubtful proposition that the coast shown: 
Dieppe maps really represents the eastern coast of Australia. 

Visit to Bougainville Island, recent number of Gl 
No. 4) contains a short note on a visit to Bougainville island, 
missionary settled in the adjoining Shortland group (Poporag 
‘The Catholic missionaries who have established themselves h 
in reaching the villages placed on the interior mountains of B 
establish friendly relations with the Inhabitants, though these 






‘THE MONTHLY RECORD, 447 


exceedingly shy. ‘The villages are placed on spurs or crests of the mountains, no that 
the people can watch all the paths by which they areappronched. Watchmen arealao 
placed in the highest trees, usually old: brend-fruit trees, who keep watch over the 
coast lands, the dwellers in which arc hostile to the mountaineers. On the north- 
east coast pile-dwollings were seen, but huts on the south-west coast were all placed 
‘on the level ground. The various tribes live in great isolation, and it is therefore 
not surpriting to find a great variety of languages, thirty of which, too divergent to 
‘be termed dialects, aro estimated by the missionaries to be in use on the island, 
Polygamy Is prevalent, bat even the chiefs bave rarely more than five wives, 
Cannibalism is restricted to about a third of the island, but human snorifices, prac- 
tised chiefly at the building of cnnoes or the death of a chief, prevail everywhere. 
Exception is taken to the inclusion of the Shortland islands in the British sphere 
by the latest Anglo-German agreement. ‘The natives stand in closs relations with 
‘those of the neighbouring coast of Bougainville, from which they obtain their 
wives; and any curtailment of intercourse would, it is said, lead to the extinction 
of the Shortland islanders. 
POLAR REGIONS. 

‘News of Peary.—The long-expected news of the doings, during the past two 
seasons, of the American Polar Expedition under Lieut. Peary, has at last come to 
band. Tho steamer rik which, a8 already announced in the Journal, sailed for 
the north from visa Geveiesss Ws Roly doh Teena Se sesaaiin anata 
in September, having boen succeasfal in opening up communication with 
Pe rece, all Wehag REI Pead ee date 

Windward. The work so far accomplished, though hardly realizing the expectation 
which bad been formed as regards the advance northwards, is valuable from a 
geographical point of view as bringing to light for the first time the configuration 
of the whole northern coast of Greenland, on which Liout, Peary has reached « 
more northerly point than had hitherto been attained, According to the soanty 
accounts yet published in the newspapers, the Windward was imprisoned in 
the ico at Payer harbour, in the vicinity of Cape Sabine, and there remained 
for eight months. Peary arrived on June 6 of this year, having wintered in the 
far north, He had started from Etah on April 15, 1900, with Heron and 
five Eskimo, and on May 8 reached the most northerly point attained by Lieut. 
Lockwood during the Grooly Expedition, which is now, according to the newspaper 
reports, placed in 83° 30’ 26’, instead of 83° 24° as originally given. Following 
‘the coast to 83° 39’, Peary found that it suddenly curved eastward, He therefore 
struck north towards the pole, but, having advanced over a disintegrated pack to 
83° 50’, the highest Intitude yet reached in the western hemisphere, was here 
stopped by open water. Returning southward, he continued his march enst- 
ward along the Groonland coast, until in 88° N., 25° W., ho recognized tho 
bold headland adjoining Independence bay, discovered by him in 1891. On 
June 15 he arrived at Fort Conger, having completed an accurate chart of the 
northern coast of Greenland, which in the part newly explored, is snid to resemble 
Grinnell land, and to be evidently the littoral of the true arctic basin. Another 
attempted march towards the pole had to be abandoned, as neither men nor dogs 
proved in condition for the work. Penry hax decided, however, to spond another 
winter in the north, and hopes to undertake a fresh expedition in the spring of 
next year. 

The Baldwin Arctic Expedition.—A telegram waa received on August 29 
‘by the American Consul at Christiania, stating that the J’ithjo/, one of the 
vesrels employed for the transport of the Baldwin Arctic Expedition to Franz Josef 











OBITUARY. 


to four candidates, It is satisfactory to note that a fairly high sta 
Jodge is required of the candidates, the questions being often of a « dl 
Parente apg vsnay pee wef mony ec 
were set in seven subdivisions of the subject, grouped in re 





re 


included, in addition tosome knowledge 
world and the distribution of heresy 


political and economic geography cone 
features.” It thus covers a 
much importance to be dealt with | ina 










3 






#53 
rt 





‘even to equal, the decesed Swedish savant in bis wide grasp 


surpass, pe 

of the @ brinches of the science to which the best years of his life were 
devoted. 

Re in Finland, on Norem- 
ber 1 1 YRS eR O68 PO er eee See ee ea is 
‘Sweden, he retained throughout a warm interest in tho affairs of bis native land, 


which hhas so long been intimately connected with {ts southera neighbour by 
farnily and other ties, His ancestors came originally from Sweden, but had for 
some generations been settled in Finland, where his great-gront-grandfather, 
Johan Erik Nordenberz, was superintendent of the aaltpetro manufactories at. 
Nyland. Various members of the family wore noted for their devotion to seien- 
tific parsuits, not the least distinguished being Nils Gustav, the father of the 
deceased explorer, who early acquired a reputation as a minoralogist, and in 1824 
became head of the Mining Office la Finland. To his tafluence, therefore, may be 
ascribed the early direction of tho mind of the son towards those geological studios 
by which the groundwork was laid of his fature high qualifications as # xoientifio 
explorer. Nordenskidld eotered the University of Helsingfors in 1849, and devoted 

attention to chemical and mineralogical work, which he likewise pro- 
secuted during excursions in the vacations, and eapecially during a visit to the 
Uris, which he undertook with his father ln 1863, He bad already obtained 
appointments, with small salaries, both atthe University and the Mining Office, 

No, TV.—Octosen, 1901.) 2 


ee 


450 OBITUARY. 


when he had tho misfortune to arouse the suspicion of the Russian authorities 
through  supposod political allusion in au after-dinner speech. ‘This cost him 
bis sppointments, but did uot immediately result in the chaage of domicile which 
‘had so important an effect on bis subetquent carver, After working for = time 
in Berlin, he returned to Finland, where he obtained the Alexander travelling 
stipend at Helsingfors University, having formed « plan for geological researc’ fn 
Siberia and Kamchatka. Bat at a congregation at the Usiversity, at which be 
‘was to take bis Doctor's degree before setting out on bis travels, an incident took 





PANON ADOLY ERIK NORDENSRIOLD, 


place by which he again fell under the displeasure of the authorities, amd was 
finally forced to leave the country. He settled at Stockholm during the ‘winter 
of 1867-68, and though the prohibivion to visit Finland was subssqueaty: 
withdrawn, Swedca became thenceforth his adopted country. 

Te was in the spring of 1858 that Nordenskiéld received an offer to take part a 
geologist in the first expedition to Spitsbergen, led by the Swedish geologist O16 
Torell, whose death preceded by less than a year that of bis distinguished associate. 
"This was the beginning of a long period of useful work in the arctic Mégions, which 

















work in connection with the proposed degree-messurement. During this expedi- 
tion, in which be was accompanied by Dunér and Malaigian Che sostheen pars of 


Spitsbergen was mapped, aud valuable inv! 


placed at the professor’s disposal, and in it he accomplished a successful voyage, 
reaching, in Int, 81° 42' N., a highor northern latitude than is known tohave been 
attained, down to that date, in the eastern hemisphere. 

By this time the exploration of the arctic regions had become an absorbing 
object on the part of Nordenskitld, who continued to devote his boat energies to 
its attainment, An offer by Mr. Oscar Dickson to contribute to the despatch of # 
new expedition was joyfully accepted, and a trip was undertaken in 1870 to 
Greenland for the purpose of studying the applicability of dogs for sledge journeys, 
it being proposed to attempt such a journey northwards from the north of 
Spitsbergen. In tteelf, however, the visit led to valuable scientific results, In 
particular, an examination of the goological structure of the country was for the 

2n2 


























paid much attention to the early history of cartography, and | 

works, indispensable to avery student of that aubjoct, aré too well Ia 
: second of these, on which the title ‘ P 

opened up a practically new fiold of research in relation to the ¢ 

sailing directions in use among Buropsan navigators. 





(488) 


GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 








Additions to the Library. 
By EDWARD HEAWOOD, M.A,, JAbrarian, B.G.8. 
Tae f of and the derived from thom are 
indicate the source of articles from 
james are in each caso written in 
A. = Academy, Academie, Alendemia | bn ted oes 
B. = Bulletin, Boleticn. | ES ieeiinn 
0. Bd. Rev, = , Revne. 
@.= Sich = Site 
Gen = Goa nt Eee | 
L, = Institute, Institution, Y. = Versin. 
se ‘Yerb. = Verhandianges. 
AL W. = Wisssnschaft, and componnde, 
k. = kniserlich und kinigtioh. Z, = Leltechrift, 
‘Mitteilungen. Zop. = Zapiaki. 





half-inch. Tho size of the 10 
selection of the works in this list will be noticed elsewhere in the“ Journal.” 


‘EUROPE. 
Alps. BS @, Lyon V7 (1901); 205-214. ‘Perreau 
‘Le Grand Saint-Bernard ot Napoléon. Par Capitaine Perresu. 
jons, «Mf, Deutach uv. Ocsterreich, Alpenv, (190)): 93-98, Gerbers. 
Usbersichtliche Elntheilung der Ostalpev, Vou Hugo Gerbers. 
Austria-Hengery. M. Militlie-@.T, 20 (1900); 96-121. -- 
Die Fortsetzung des Pricisions-Nivellemonts, ausgefihrt im Jahre 1900, 
Denmark—Metoorlogy. — 
Nautical-Meteor Annual, 1900. Published by the Danish 
Tnaticute. pbeulavn : ©. BG. Gad, 1901. ise 12h 9b PP ester 
Maps and Diagrams, by the Danish Meteorological Institute. 
France, BG, Hist. of Desoriptive (1900): 237-262. Fournier, 


Les chemins do transhumance en Provence et en Dauphiné (xviii". sitele), Par 
M. J, Fournier, 


(Oa the routes followed in tho annual migration of tho flocks in search of pasture. 
France. A travers le Monde, Tour du Monde, 7 (1901): 288-285,  Mauberger. 
Une Fille morte en Saintonge. Une visite & Brouago, Pur G. Maubergor. With 


‘Three centuris Brounge Important military and commercial centro, 

but ie now emnll town rarely rsited by outsiders. . a 

France, BSG, Lyon XT (1901) : 220-262. Privat-Doschanel. 
Mrologie et hydrographic beaujolaises, Par M. Paul Privat-Desohancl, With 


A carefal study of the hydrography, both above ground and aubtarranoan, of the 
region between the Sains und the Loire, 

France, Ciel et Terre 28 (1901) = 1-6, Booquigny-Adanson 
Bpogue de la floraison du Perce-neige dans le centre de ka France, Par G. de 
Rocquigny-Adanson. 

Observations on the date of flowering of the snowdrop have been made at tho 
park of Baleine since 1857, with an interval of four years only. The earliest date 

Feearded, a: 1870, wx January 5, but the total number of Juaunry records wor only 


On account of the ambiguity of the words the size of books in 
inl io ecb he a al ad oe sve hwo the ears 
* 





BS. Lite 8 1901): 
provinces chinolees 


China, 
‘Les ressources minérules des 
‘Locliro, 

China, SR, Gnited Seretes 1. 45 (1901): 
Information to the Chineso Empire. From 
Matusovakl. ‘Transl by Lieut.-Coloael W. B, Gowan, 


‘China—Manchuria, 
Holes oa the Ewantung Totritory Ja Soath Manders 
oslan} neo Ray Li SS a to and 26. 7 
Teh Baeahnetter 48.9 
A reprint from the Zsvestiya of the Russian Geographical Soci 
China—Manchuris, Scottish G. Mag. 17 (1901) 308-810. 
‘Trade-Routos in Manchuria, By Rey. John Ross. 
China—Telegraph Cable, 
| Submarine Coutract (Chefoo and Wel-Hal-Wel). 
ae for between His Majesty's Government - 
and Chins Telegraph Compuny, Lt., fo 





Submarine Cable Chefoo wnd Wel-Hal-W 
aoe errs aia 


of 
with of the Trensury Minute 24, 1901." " Landon: 
Pasple cous (aise 13 x 8h, pp. 8. - 

and Toagking. Aimeveis Seale tal i asic _ 

anaateee wae Yunnan-Sep. 

Chinese Turkestan. oa 
Noto on Topographical Work ia Chinese Turkestin, By Dr. M. A. 
(Brom the Geographical Journal for April, 1901.) ‘iso 10°64, pp. 6 Bb eye 

maple Petermanne M. 47 (1901): 140-143. 
Hand Phllinke Wak Petes eee eee ows 


1 co ye cio pope tia ge Tee ba 
Eastern Asia. Sif2b, K.P. Ahad. Wissens. Berlin (1901) xxxel. ; 782-808. 


aus Ostusion. IL Geatalt und Glicderang der 
sitet shes ‘Von Ferdinand vou ayy ‘Ale separate copy, 


une RG. Mi Daseiae CON: 24-402, ‘Durand. 
‘Les Mois du So'n-Phong. _ Par M. ¥.-M. Durand. Pye 


India—Andaman Islands, Indian Antiquary 30 (1901): 282-238. 
An aa haepenated Highteenth Century Document about the Andamana By B.C. 


oe of uscript in the India Office b; Ritchie, bial ito ones 
Rr Nicpbura aiseady pulinaed for the sos eal (oh G4, 


‘ou the Administration of the Province of Assam fur the eee 
Seana ee ear Thang onl Meee 
India—Assam, — 
Report on Tom Oulture in Assam forthe year1000. Phill, 1001.’ Biz 10 X 8, 

PP. 
Observations, Moos. 
|, Meteorological, and Seiemol ere RE 
RF Ser Wik Apeon “lay uf te W'ChDiarome ‘re 
sented by the Colaba Pree Ch 
Indin—Census. I-A. Statiatioal 8. 64 (1901): 914-227. Baines. 


‘The Endian Ceasus. By J. A. Baines, c.0. 


et on the Administration of the Panjab and its Dependencies for 1889-1900. 
1901. Size 19} x 84, pp. xiv, ond coslvifi. Map and Diagram, 
India—Survey Report. = 
General on the Operations of the Survey of India Department, administ 
under the Government of India during 1899-1! andor the Mirsetion 
‘Gob Bt. G. 0. Gore. TWO, Size 18} x 


ta, PP. 110 und 90. Mops 
lates, Presented by the Surcey of India 
‘This Se notieed in the Monthly Record (ante, p- 499). 


wae Frontier. 
Geography of the Bonine Was Frontier of Iodia, By Golonel Sir Thomaa 
ili (Brom the Geographical Journal for May, 1901.) Savioses ca 18, 


nlla Wrote and Casualties, ‘Beaumont. 
Return of Wrecks and Casualties in Indian Waters for the year 1399, together 
with ® chart showing the positions in which they occurred, ben & diagram show- 
ing comparative nuinbers of the reported maritiine casualtios, etc, the total 
tonnage, and the number of lives Jo ts: § the past twenty-three ys Propared 
by Commander E. J. Beaumont, 1900. Sins 19 x 8, pp. 72, Presented 
ly Commander Beaumont 








Rew. G.48 (1901): 171-484 ; 49 (1901): § 
u industrielle, agricole et commerciale, Par 

‘Madagasoar. B.Q. Hist, et Desoriptive (1900): 177-209. 

documents sur Madagascar au XVII* sitele (1607- 

Madagascar on 1767 ot 1768, d’aprés loa papiore du 

Madagascar. 4 travers le Monde, Tour du Monde 7 (1901): 1 
Le canal dew \ Ailey ood Thearcionee 
‘See note in Monthly Record, p. 89, ante. 





a, 


GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 457 


NORTH AMERICA. 
Alaskn—Capo Nome. oJ. School G. § (1901): 1-16, { _—_ 
Cape Nome, Alaska, With Mop and Mluatrations. 


Canada. Mise. Catholiquee 38 (1901) : 224-226, eS See ie es Orouard. 
le patie Nd du ieateral Canadian. Exoursionau Mackenzie ct au Klondyke, 
Par Mgr. Grounrd. With Illustration, 

Cunada—Newfoundland. Quarterly Ree, 194 (1901) : 83-53, —— 
‘The Newfoundland Question. 

‘Mexico— Magnetic Obsorvations. ‘Moreno y Anda. 


B.Obreatre iron. Nex Tuesbaya 31001): 216-204 . 
_ Rewuliados do las olmorvacioues mngaétices practioudas en el Obosrvatorio Astr- 
niin doa de Teal drat a e188, ‘Por M. Moreno y Anda 
Mexieo—Oaxace. B, Obvervatorio Astron, Nae. Taeubaya 2 (1901); 268-268, —— 
Posiciin geogrifioa de la ciudad de Oaxaca. 
Moxioo—Tacudsya. Moreno y Anda, 
‘B. Obsercatorio Aatron. Nao. Tacubays 9 (1902); 267-285. 
coptiie esti timation el alle de Mean, Ta vara 
via interdiuma moiin de la temperntara en ‘Tucubsya, Por Mf. Moreno 
x 


‘United States—Adirondacks. ‘Beaumont. 
aes Frangas dou Adlrondachs (BiatsUais Amérique). Par Gaston Da 
A ite Unie 
Boneg de Beaument, With Ilvsteatione, Ny 
United Grates—Oalifornin. J, School G, 6 (1901): 16-24. Dodge. 
‘The Big Trees of California, Ty Riohard R, Dodga With Tustrations. 
‘A movement has been set on foot for the preservation of the big trees by Govern-_ 
meat, 
Report of the Su tendent the Coaut Geodotio Sarvey, ehowing the 
pres of cps es duly, 11898 to ries 3st, Ni "Washington, 1800. 
Up x 94, pp. 964. Mops and Plates. Prevented by th 


CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERIOA. 
Andes. Globus 79 (1901) ; 873-875. Hauthal. 
Ein Profil der argentiniseh-chilenischen Cordillere. Von Rudolf Hanthal. 
Andes. ©. Rd, 182 (1901) ; 1296-1298, 
‘Sur I'érosidn régrestive dans la Chaine dee Andes. Note de M.de Lapparent, 
Argentine Republic. et 
‘Manuel Bernérdez. Buenos Aires al Iguani, Crinicas 
distico h Carrlentes y PMicionee” Bence Aen 1501. Bisa thse 7B ere 
128, Map and Illustration. Presented by Dr... P. Moreno. 
‘ea A well-illustrated popular account of the route ann Buenos Aires to the falle te 





whieh the author holds to be the most wonderful nataral phenomenon 
jole of Americs. Tho falls s ‘Mapa in gt by 10 Fo in treaty 
da, and have the advantage Picturesque arrangement. 
Republic. ‘Prancisel. 


Argentine. Lo Colonle Agricclo nell Provincia dl Cordsta. | Rapport del conto 

Froncisci, (B, Ministero Affari Hater, Aprile, 1901.) Roma, 190), 
Size 9 x 64, pp. 30, 

Argentine Bepublic, 
Aunarlo de tn Direcoiia Genwral de Ketedintion, correspondiente ol affo 1808 
Tomo I. Buenos Aires, 1900, Sizo 10} x 7, pp. 464. 


Sociedad | ongriion do La Pax (Bolivia), Boletin del Observatorio Metooro- 
Keone Dieade Agosto de 1809, haste Marzo de 1901. La Pas, 1001. 
Size 8h x a oe Sh, 


tot the Fo ‘His Royal Hi 
a a 
(Fram int Mall Maposines 3 june, 1901, pp. 


MATHEMATICAL GEOGRATHY. a 
Cartography. M, Militar-G.L, 20 (1900); 191-19, 
Combinierter Umdruck einer Farbenkarte. Vou Johann Bui 
_ M, Militir-G.T. 9 (1900) ; 179-190, 
TV. Die Aln 








GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. +50 


Cartography—Military Maps. Hinbedh and Hedimover- 
8.1.90 (500): 1-212. 


Die sarap tausatellang in Paris 1900, ox, 
suf der Well in rr den 
Berichten yon Wilhelm Heimbach und Carl Hadlmosar. 


Cartography—Military Mapa M. Mililiir-(.T. 20 (1900): 192-157. ‘Stood, 
Die Kriogakarten. Von Christian Ritter von Steob. With Mops. —_ 
Compass Correction. 9 


Egy ry isearemee By Comr. H. tai ae of Papors, No. 


ee 5 89-08, “Netuschill. 


Die astronomiscben ee corte dee . ke 
Tustituten, Dio Broen- odor Falishen-Beatimmungeat Vou Frans Nese 


Geodesy. a AM, Mitéttr.G.1, 20 (1900) : 64-95. Wolsler. 
Bearbeltung Gradmessunganetzes fur Zwecke der Landes- 
temeninge Won Rial Walton Wak Dis Lid 

Map-Sealon mdoxins See pe ‘119-120. ‘Habonicht. 
Neue Methode zur Veranschaulichung der Kartenmnssstibe. Von H. Habenicht. 
Rome re tered epee aay glam rclpae wry ate 

be epee ae ene Ck foe geese Gey tape ee aoe 


none en AM. Militar-@.L. 20 (1900) : 171-178, Pichler. 
Photogmphie-Abtheilung I 
Thue in den letaten Jahren. Von 


—Practical and Precise. ¥, 
Surrey —Prati ite ae . Richardson, Wellington, 1901, 


tr the ition Ten Pechshete 
PR ob Se ae aoe miSrlaneaiaiion repsble aii bts ania 


PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
Berson and Basobin, 
Hauptfiahrten Nr. 91. 16. Fabrt des Ballons “Phdnix" (4. Frubfahrt) 9 Juni 
1394. A. Fahrtboschraibu ng ren A. 2 Berson. B. Meteorologishe 
von 0. OL Panis eee Wissonsebaftliche Luftfahrten beraus- 
ER oe aan Assmann und Arthue Berson.) Braunschweig, 1900. 
Berson and Baschin. 
matin Ne 38, 54. gt Febsees vost 6 ay Sea 
A. Fahrtbesohreibung, vou A. Bersou 
Hck (Snder-Abdack ae race aoe Wisseuschaflicho 1 
ae und Arthur Berson.) iBrecanchwulg, 1900, Sie 91, BP. 


Meteorology. Climat (1901) = 84-87. Darand-Gréville, 
‘The Prodiction for a stated time of squalls and storms By E. Durond-Greville. 
With Diagrams. 

Meteorology. pana 


1g vou H. Gross, B. Meteorol Exygebni ou 0. Hai 
Cour Abdatar Sas Whesusthattiche bufiiateten bere eset : 
‘Assmann und Arthur Berson.) Brounschweig, 1000, Size 125 x 0}, pp. ie 


Meteorology. Gross, Berson, and Basehin. 
————— Nr. 28._ LL. Fabrt dea Ballons “Phéoix" (8. Pabrt mit Luftelok- 
wemmungen) 17 Februar 1804. A. Babrtleachroibung, jvou H. Gross, 
B “Stevens Ergebnime von A. Berson. ©. Die Luftelcktrischen Mes- 
pea you O, Basehin. (Sonder-Abdruck aus Wissensobaftlicho Luftfahrten 
herwuszegebon von Richard Ammann und Arthur Berton.) Braunachweig, 1000, 
Size 12} x 9}, pp. 238-255. Diagrams, 





Bibliography —@oology. 

Go I Literat added to the Gi 

nde Down 190 Lo os oat a 
Congress. Daa aru 

Der XIE Dontache Goographentag in Broslau. Van 
‘Réneational. 

“J. School @. 4 (1900) : 121, 179, 212, 264, 295, 242; 6 (1901) 
A School Course in Geography. By Richard E. Dodge, - 





NEW MAPS. * AG1 


alocioes Medical Reports for 1898 and 1899. Colonial | ; 
from, Colonia! 
Brea ie a aT ‘Bizo 9} x 8, pp. 420, Pires Price Le 


Orthography. - 

‘The Spelling of Native Geographical Names, Perth, 1901, Size 3 x 54, pp. 10. 
Urges the adviebility of the adoption of the R.G.8, system in Westom Australia, 

Piace-names, Pre tages creer 88-91, ‘Martonne. 
‘Sur In topononymie naturelle bertie Wedel ate ety smenann an per tesiecta| 
See note in Septomber number (ante, p. 316), 

‘Year-Book. 


ea 
Geogreebisalio. Yebsbosh. ‘XXIII. Band, 1900 Sacto ait 
mann Wagner. waite Haltte. Gotha: Justus Perthos, 1901, are 


‘he second of the volume for 1900 has been somewhat delayed throngh the 





NEW MAPS, 
By E. A. REEVES, Map Ourator, B.G.8. 
EUROPE. 
‘England and Wales. hiner ital 


Onpxance Scrver or Excuasp axp Waire: Revisod shoe! ts published 
Dicer othe Oran Sune, Sonam from August | to Byars 


Printed in eclours, 1 1 157; 18190 10. 1s, each, 
ae cn 18,188, 185 it roads printed in colour: Sallabury, In dd. 
6-tuch—County Ma; 
39 en. ae Cumberland, 5 sw. 10 aw, 26 xe. Derbyahire, 
Pd 58 idl ee aw, 54 NW, MR, BW, 85 aw, 58's. Glamorganshire, 3s 










‘Wiltshire, 98 wn, aw. 
ER Ses Sts, os BE, 60 ew, OL 
a. each. 


26-Inch—County 

ze 11. 6. Derbyshire, 
LVIL 9, Ei, 13, 16; 1. 
8; IV. 7, 8 IL, 12, 16; 


iv. 10, 11. La 
V.5,6, 9, 10, 11,12 rarer 
7, 14; 1,8, 7.9, 0 


ie tee 





2, 3, 4, 
VIL 4, 
8, 12, 15; TX.13; XL. 10, Hi; 
KUL 10; SIV. 1,2 9 6, 6 TW. 14; 
VIL. 12, 14, 15; XX 
®, 10, 11, 18, Ms, 


0, 
Xty. 





aya 4. 
MELE 4 SOT KAO TIS INT 1S 16; 


ore adden Minion acentiagus 
Independant du Congo Mi ue 


de * Rogt. a’Artillerio, Mission, : ah 
baad oo re erie cae + 1,000,000 or 
‘This map consists of two sections, the first of which shows th 
the aurfareccl tbe Beletn expedition andar the ocomzeedl 
5, 1898, to March 2, 1900; and the second, the journey 
4%, 1000, "Daring the firat of these two jo 
from Lake Tanganyile in « south 
to the upper waters of the Kasai and Lake 
of the watershed betwoon the ond 








United States, U.S, Geological Surrey. 
Geologie Atlas of tho United States. Seale 1: or 18 stat. milo to an inch. 
Folios: Bristol, La realde, 


Department of the Interior, United ae r, Charles D, Waloott, 
Director, Washington, D.C. Presented by the U, 
As is the case with tho other folios of the rp ened 
of the thirteen above-mentioned consiut first of all of few eheote of 
x ach sesk Hees oC 22 See eee ee pie eae ition, 


Peto ipece oy oot ep eer Ail States, 
Searpeibe of ts yeioes cheat contatey Seca tebe loxtpnly eotrcate be 
ev 
the student of iy! geography, 
CHARTS. 
Russian Charts, Chief ic Department, Ministry of Marine, 9t. Petersburg. 
‘ond Plans pablished by the Chief Hydrographic y of 
Marlae, 8t, Peters! 


Black Sea and Sex of Azov, 


364, Plan of Odessa, Scale 420 feot tan foch. 1901. 

97, Gees of Crimea, fom Cape Kisersoneen to Gede Meganom, Soale 2 

1797. en Orson0es a 
miles to un inch. 1900, nia 

1824, Binnie see, eat ooast from Gelanfik to Peesuap. Genle 2 geo. mallee to 
‘an inch, “1901. 


886. Plan of Marinpol. Seale 1400 fect toan inch. 1901. 


Arctic Oovan. 
S61, Murman coast, bay of Evanovaki, Scale 1400 feet to an inch. 1901. 
555. Plan of Bonr island. Scale 8400 feet to an inch, 

Bulf of Finland. 
565, Plan of the harbour of Peterhof. Scale 68 feet to am inch. 1900, 


North Pacifte Ocean, 
558 Entrances to River Amur. Seale 4*I geo. miles toan inch. 1900. 

564, Koren bay, entrance to the Yalu river, Sonle I goo mile to an inch. 1901. 
‘U.8 Charts. U.S. Hydrographic Office. 
Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic Ocesn for August, and North Pacific Ocesn for 

tember, L901. U.S. Hydmgraphic Office, Washington, D.C. Presented by the 
0.8. Hydrographic Ofice. 














209m, wide, discharge 281 cm asecond, 


‘0 Statute Miles. 


yr second) are made In meters 














THE GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL. 1901 

















sharply from the rocky walls of the glen, L 


T 





palms 
aumerous family of smaller 

cavity in the parently 

iets aat pound forlk'a yainiia’GP 
me at 200 gallons ‘per minute. This is the hott 
largest, spring at Nakhl, and has a temperature, 
‘There are at least twenty other springs in its vio 
gether a very bountiful supply, but the temperature 
did not exceed 104° Fabr. They are all tasteless 
the other side of the town is a similar aswen 
Hammam Odaisee, the most prolific of which issues 
rook and is led into a tank, from whence it flows to’ 
‘This spring was 105° Fabr., and another near it w 
withstanding the high repute and univereal b 
properties of those wators, I did not observe, either hi 











ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 471 


sweetness and lusciousness—virtues which are ascribed by the people 
to the copious and constant irrigation of the plantations, = 

‘Out of s population of about 6000 the pure Arabs do not exceed 
1500, representing the following tribes: Yaarebeh, Harris, Beni 
Kharus, Sereeriyin, Al Khozair, and Hadharim. The number of fight- 
ing men is 800, mostly Baydsir, In the lower classes there is much 
admixture of Persian blood. Each bare or quarter of this town had a 
“sablah" of its own, This institution is very popular, and consists of 
a small shed, or covered platform, raised above the ground and open on 
all sides; it may be 15 or 20 feet square, with a light roof of mate and 
palm leaves resting on wooden posts. I have seen somo, howevor, 
mote substantially built, and bearing somo resomblance to a mosque. 
Situated contrally in the villago, it forms the council hall where the 
sheikhs and leading Arabs assomble daily to disouse local politics and 
chat over the events of the day. Tho tobacoo-pipo of Turkey and 
Persia being almost unknown in Oman, the inevitable coffee-pot is in 
fall reqnisition, and the aheikhs’ slaves may be seen close by busily 
engaged in roasting, pounding and cooking the berry for the company. 

‘There are numerous band-looma'at Nakhl, in which colonred lungies 
and pnggrees are woven, as well aa cotton cloth of the natural brown 
variety called “ khodrung.” The blue yarn required is dyed here, but 
tho red and yollow yarns aro imported from Bombay. Embroidered 
silk belts for ladies are also made here. Another industry is the pro- 
duction of porous earthen vessels for cooling wator, the quantity made 
in the Nakhl factories being almost sufficient for the home demand, 
‘The clay used is a bluish marl, brought from the neighbouring village 
of Musalmat, mixed with sand, The kalib, or potter's wheel, has two 
discs, the lower one, which is called * raha,” being turned by a treadlo. 
‘The clay to be moulded is placed on the upper wheel, and is fashioned 
by an iron instrument called “moshal,” the finishing touches being 
done with a sort of comb called a barit. 

Daring my stay I visited some of the schools, of which there are 
five here, and saw the children imbibing instraction in the usual 
Moslem style, repeating aloud sentences of the Koran or rules of 
grammar read out by the moilah, They attend in the morning, and, 
may bo soon at an carly hour hurrying to school, boys and girls to- 
gether, ome with a “minfa,” or wooden Koran-stand, on their heads, 
some with a painted board or camel shoulder-blade, on which they 
learn to writo, under their arm, The instruction given is of a very 
elementary character—reading, writing Arabic grammar, the Koran, 
and « little arithmetio being the only subjects. But the boys of the 
Tearned and woalthy are often educated at home by a mollab, and 
advanced further. ho lack of method is partly compensated for by 
the precocity and tenacity of memory shown by the boys, Nakbl 
deserves attention for the comparatively advanced state of education 





-Wady Misthal, and flows into: 
lp et de 
dkgen- ee ~ —* 
so epee es rei 
‘at the foot of the Akabet el Kat, a rogg 
goat track, but the only one over the range to 1] 
8 a.m. we reached Feloj el Khosair, in the Wady 
we dismount for breakfast, while the sheikh | 
various arrangements. This little dell is high 
aces un. tareddance’cf Sraitisnd swagetelloqJitbelaiae 
the air from the shrubs and sweet-scented herbs: 
joyablo, 1 a 
Leaving Felej el Khosair at 4 p.m., we rode 0 
eame to Towye Sai hamlet of the Dabaul Aral 
suddenly expands into a small plain th ourtha 
and a mile beyond thix we reach El Awabi, 
here turns sharp to the left through a deep na 
this point on the left bank, completely commandi 





ar 


ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 473 


the castle Bait Awabi, in a position of great natural strength. Com- 
manding tho most accessible pass up Jebel Akhdar on the north, this 
fort has ever been # bone of | contention between rival chiefsand factions, 
Tn particular it forms « constant source of trouble and hostility between: 
the Ibriyin and Beni Riyam tribes, the former holding possetsion of 
it, while the latter would like to destroy it. Shortly before my visit the - 
fort had been attacked by tho Beni Riyam, who had mauled it yery 
considerably, without, however, offecting a capture. One of tho towers, 
I notiood, had been almost levelled to the ground. At one time the 
Tbriyin, fearing a strong coalition against themselves, offered Bait 
Awabi to the sultan, Sezzid Turky, who declined it, Subsequently 
His Highness changed his mind and asked for it, but in the mean time 
tho tribe had changed their minds, and refused to give it up. It was 
eventually purchased by tho sultan for a large sum, and the transit 
dues, which had been previously levied by the Ibriyin on goods passing: 
through tho defile, were then abolished. 

Awabi lies about halfway between Nakhl and | Fontak. “The settle- 
mont covers fairly large area, and every available spot has been re- 
claimed for tillage. The wheat and jowari had just been reaped, but 
other crops were still standing, and the fields, kept neat and regular, 
bore witness to industry and good husbandry, Stall-fed cattle of the 
small humpbacked kind are numerous, and almost every house appeared: 
to have a cow or two. They are fed on barley, dates, and lucerne; 
and, though thoro is plonty of coarso grass, they aro not allowed to 
roam about the hille, Awabi has a population of about 2000, with a 
fighting strength of nearly 400. It is occupied hy three tribes, viz. 
the Boni Kbarus, Ibriyin, and El Harras, who appear to dwell together 
amicably. The headman of the town, Sheikh Jabir, was very attentive 
and obliging, but was not very communicative. He was much depressed 
by the chastisement recently inflicted on his people by the Beni Riyam, 
and pointed out to mo, sadly, the havoc they had committed among the 
dato palms, the prostrate trunks of which were lying about in hundreds. 

‘Phe shoran or bastard saffron plant grows plentifully in these hills, 
and the dried flowers are used by the women, who generally go about 
unveiled, to daub their own and cbildren’s faces with. It stains the 
skin yellow, and does uot improve their appearance, though perhaps 
they think otherwise. The ladies ale te em 
for the same purpose. 

The proparation of dried dates, known in Oman as “bisr,” and in 
India as “ kharak,” is carried on largely at Awabi, and os the season 
had now commenced, I took the opportunity to obsorve tho process, and 
was taken round the factories by the sheikh. The dates selected are 
almost exclusively of the “Mubsili” and “Khanaizi” varieties, and 
are picked before they are quite ripe. The factory had a chimney: 
about 15 feet high, and contained several open, circular, copper boilers, 











ACROSS TRE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. M7 


mosque and grove of trees by the wayside, and while rosting here were 
joined by some of the sheikhs of Saik, Mohammed bin Saed and others, 
who had come out to welcome us anil escort us to their town. ‘The 
temperature at this spot at noon was 85° Fuhr, inthe 

an exhilarating acd bracing freshness in the air traly delightful. From 
this point several high peaks were visible, but there Was no"village Dor 
siga of haman habitation near. eo oes 

In the company of our new guides we now moved on again, and, 
passing on the woy the spring and felej that supply Ssik with water, 
we found ourselvee, on turning a corner, suddenly brought to a xtand on 
the very brink of a yawning chasm, dropping vertically to a depth of 
400 feot below us, and effectually barring our progross, I looked about 
wonderiogly, when the sheikh, taking mo by the arm and pointing to 
a white village with a pretty greon setting, lying in « sequestered nook 
at the foot of the cliff, said, “'Thero ix Sail; T will show you the way 
down to it.” It was certainly the most singular situation for a sottle- 
ment I ever beheld, and ths mode of access to it was not less remarkable. 
Stops out in the rock led to the bottom of the oliff, and down this long 
and slippery staircase my little steod tripped nimbly and steadily, but 
Iwas not sorry when we reached the ground, The whole community 
was there to receive us, and quarters were assigned to me in a small 
house that was vacant, while my party camped in an open spaco outside 
the village. This curious cluster of houses has a population of about 
four hundred, who subsist by growing corn and froit, and 
their surplus produce for dates, cloth, hardware, etc. for they havo no 
manufactures. They have many wells, and have also a inal felej to 
irrigate their vinoyards, fields, and orchards, 

‘The ¢ereals are wheat and jowaree, and two crops are gathered in 
the year. Tho roso, myrtle, and jasmin luxuriate in the gardens. 
Strong but rude trellises support the vines, which were still very 
abundant, though they were said to have much decreased of late years 
from blight or phylloxera. This misfortune is attributed by the 
natives to the machinations of ay Afghan, who, about twenty years 
previously, had endeavoured to preserve grapes by adopting the Kabul 
method of packing tbe fruit in cotton-wool. A consigament was sent 
to the Zanzibar markot, but tho venture did not prove a success, and 
the attempt to start o trade in boxed grapes was abandoned. A year 
or two later the vines happened to be attacked by disease, and the 
people eagely concluded that the Afghan had cursed their vinoyards 
aftor the failure of his speculation. 

After receiving and dismissing a crowd of visitors, I went in the 
afternoon to pay a return visit to Sheikhs Nasir and Suliman, sons of 
the old tomeomeh or chieftain of the Beni Riyam, Saif bin Soliman, by 
whom I was cordially received and regaled with coffee and conversa- 
tion. They took me over their house, which, though the largest in 


Eats wold mac oes ca h 
appropriates to his own use the produce o 
lands, which belong of right to the rulor 
family, Tam gorry to have to record ono of tl 
common in Arabin. Sheikh Nasir bin Saif 
visit, leaving three sons, the eldest of whom, 
father's position as temimeh, Tn 1886 
brother were murdered by their uncle Suliman 
and held it until 1899, when Nasir’s third so 
uncle Suliman to death. 

The Beni Riyam occupy the towns of 
Birket el Muz, and Tanuf, and number about 17, 
are fighting men. The tribe is Himyaritio af 
eponymus being Riyam bin Nahfan bin Tobba 
Hamdan. Their ancient domicile was in the 


y mY 





ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 481° 


which we last aw in the Wady Beni Kharus, have all disappeared, and 
in their place wo have tho walaut, pine, apple, and pomogranate. “The, 
fig, peach, apricot, vine, almond, and lime ‘also flourish. M. Ancher 


the arillus or covering of the nutmog, is another word indicating the 
belief prevalent in old times that Oman was the habitat of the spice, 
it being derived from Maceta, the appellation given to Capo Mussen- 
dom by the Greek geographers, Like so many other articles still: 
beating Arabic names, «.g. sugar, pepper, olibanum, rice, ete, the nut- 
meg was introduced into the Mediterranean by the Arabs. 

‘Tho vineyards at Sheraizi are very extensive, and are regularly 
irrigated and manured. The vines are trained on rough trellises at 
certain distances, and produce both varieties of fruit, white and black, 
‘The grapes, which ripen here in August, were hanging in goodly 
bunches, and it did not seem to me that the people had any reason to 
complain of the crop, but they grambled o good deal. Although much 
of the fruit may be eaten, and « portion made into raising, there can 
bo no doubt that the bulk of the crop is intended for the manufacture: 
of wine of an inferior kind, which is entirely reserved, I beliovo, for 
home consumption. I did not, of course, witnors the process, an it 
was too early in the season, and I had no opportunity of tasting the 
vintago, but I should imagine it, from the description I heard of the 
method employed, to be far fiom satisfactory. After ornshing the 
gtapes and mixing water with the whole mass of pulp, juice, skins, 
ote., they leave the liquid for about three weeks to ferment. ‘The wine 
thus made is considered fit to drink in about threo months after the 
fruit has been plucked. The wine thus made is consumed in the long 
winter eyenings by the Sheraizi men, whose wine-bibbing propensities 
aro notorious and reprobated throughout Oman. The Arabs of the 
interior, being a temporate and abstemious race, regard the constant 
manufacture of wine in their very midst by these Persians as a sandal 

No. V.-—Novenner, 1901, 2K 





ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 


~eppsertte moe emcee neta 
ward front. Owing to this conformation, the ravines thrown 
south by the watershed are the longest and most 
off by the two groat afterios, the Wady Miyadin and, the Wady Tannf, 
the bulk of the surface or rain-water that falls on the mountain. 
Among the tributaries mcoived by the Wady Miyadin are the Wady Sarut- 
and Wady Saik. The chief tributary of the Wady Tanuf is tho pre- 
cipitous Wady Beni Habib, in which are two villages, Ain and Ake. 
‘To two or three only of the peaks visible from Sheraizi could the 
Ambs give names; they pointed out Jebel Hauz, afew miles to tho 
south-west, and Jebel el Ham, a tall peak to the northward, Jebel 
Akhdar must have been very different at the distant period when it 
reeeived tho appellation, then, no doubt, an appropriate one, of ** Tho 
‘Verdant Hill,” from the drear and arid aspoct it presents at the present 


there are some parts that seciraliisrbanatleadl tho plateau enictoen) 
had much long grass and horbage. Many of the deep ravines, more- 
over, are said to possess dense thickets of thorny undergrowth and 
euphorbia, and tho extent of cultivation at Saik and Sheraizi strongthen 
the conjecture that the rango in former days was better clothed with 
arboreal vegetation. The destruction, if it ever took place, of the 
forests that once covered the surface of the plateau, would have given 
full soope to the denuding powor of the rain, and the loug- 
‘effect of this would be to wash the fertile eoil into the valleys below. 
‘This would prevent tho renovation of the forests, and thus we have a 
bare landscape instead of a tract shaded by extensive woods, Again, 
tho denvdation of trees must have caused reciprocal action in reducing 
the rainfall. 

Tf any useful minerals exist in Jebel Akhdar—and the only one I 
noticed was iron—they are little explored and utilized by the inbabi- 
tants, who dovote themselves cither to agriculture, in the case of towns 
men, or to rearing animals, The bold and hardy shepherds, who are 
by their calling sprinklod about overywhore with their flocks, namber 
several thousands, and form the chief fighting material of the tribe. 
Though so widely scattered, they sssomble with great celerity and 
promptitudse when xummonod by the sheikhs for war. 

There is a paucity of animal-life in these hill, Wolves, hyenas, 
wild goats, ibex, wild cat, and leopard are said to be found; but the 
last named, if existing at all, is very rare, Kites and vultures may be 
seen circling round in the sky, but other birds appeared to be source, 
both as regards spocies and individuals. 

Almost from the commencement of the rise of the Arab ompire in 
the seventh century, the possession of Omen was coveted by the khalife, 
whoregarded it a an intogral portion of their dominions; bat the people 

2%2 





open mutiny, and threw the country int 
rouched Bagdad, but the Amir ul Occ 
to take action in so distant # province, being him 
critical position, and his cousin, Adhad ul do 
long wished to annex Oman to Fars, seized the o 
a forco from Siraf acrous the Persian Gulf to resto 
Abul Harab, defeated the mutineers in three en 
possession of the country for his master. His | 
tants, however, was so oppressive that they 
him. The national gathering was so strong that t 
Imam Sheikh Ward bin Ziyad and his deputy Sheikh J 
were able to drive the intruders back to their ships. — 
For the moment Oman was again free, but the 
liation that followed this transient gleam of liberty 
than any previous one. Adhad ul Dowla met the d 
an army under his wazeer Abul Kasim al Mathhad, 
to crush all opposition. The floct sailed first to Soh: 
on to Kuryat, where the Imam Ward had concentrat 
On the plain between the sea and the Devil's Gapa gt 
and the Arabs, worsted, but not subdued, retired uy 
pursued by the enemy to Nezwa, where a second 






ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 485, 


‘This conflict, more desperate and sanguinary than the first, resulted 
in the destruction of the Omani force. The Imam Ward was slain on 
‘tho field, and the country fell prostrate at tho fect of the victors, 
Jebel Akhdar alone remained intact,and in this mountain fastness the 
survivors now took refuge. No previous conqueror had ever vontured 
to attack these monacing and almost insccossible heights, but the 
wazir Abul Kasim felt so elated and confident that he resolved to 
«rown his work by storming and reducing this last citadel of the 
Arabs. 

In two divisions, up the precipitous und rugged Wady Miyadin 
and Wady Tanuf, the Persions fought their way in face of tho Arabs, 


but the Persian strength is not given. The struggle was Jong and 
bitterly contested, but the despairing valour of the Omanis could not 
prevail against the superior arms and training of their adversaries, 
who, after a terrific carnage, utterly vanquished them. ‘The Arabs’ 
cup of humiliation was now fall, and Abul Kasim’s conquest of the 
land was absolute and complete. The women and children of the 
Arabs became, of course, the, spoils of the victors, and many of these 
Dailemites or Persians, attracted by tho salubrity and fertility of the 
mountain, resolved to sottle there, selecting for their new abode a 
village on the site of the present town of Sheraizi, which they re- 

named the “ Little Shiraz,” after the capital of Fars. As tho Persian 
“power waned before the Seljukian ‘Turks, and os the Arabs recovered 


complexion und different pbysiognomy, it is oyideut they maintain 
themselves as a separate community and keep aloof as much as 

from the Arabs, seldom mingling, rarely intermarrying with them, and 
nover descending into the plains. Though they are said to bo a dis- 
sipated and dopraved raco, they are » peaceable and quiet folk. Thoir 
industry has boon concontrated on agriculture, and tho elaborate work 
of terraces, if not originally designed, has boon at least vastly improved 
by them. It must not be forgotten, also, that they have conferred a 
henofit on the country by the introduction of many valuable fruits, as 
the pomegranate and the vine, the walnut and the peach, and the 





ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN, 487 


Bait Radaida, the residence of Sezxid Hamad bin Hilal, a second cousin 
of H.H. Sezzid 'Tarky, and an amiable and intelligent youth of sixteen, 
who welcomed me in the most friendly and hospitable manner, = 

T was accommodated at first, after the usual complimentary interview 
and coffee, in a little mosque within the castle precincts, until a room: 
had been prepared for me upstairs, our arrival here having been entirely 
unexpected. In the mean timo I had leisure to look round and seo tho 
castle, which ix of similar size and style to Bait el Felej, near Muskat, 
Surrounded by au exterior wall which forms the courtyard, the Bait 
consists of « long rectangular structure, two stories high, protected by 
dofensive towers at the angles, and enclosing an innor quadrangle open 
to the air. Inside the courtyard are quarters for the garrison, and in 
one dorner is a small mosque, If well guarded, it could woll resist an 
Arab force, unprovided with artillery; but it was at this time in sad 
want of repair. The cause of this was not difficult to discover, tho 
young prince being a ward of the Muskat government, and little care 
being exercised to guard his interests and protect his revennes and 
property. At thin time, howaver, the boy was in high favour with 
the Sultan, and had lately been presented with a small iron gun, of 
which ho was immensely proud. Bait Rudaida is close to the town of 
Birket ¢l Muz, or “ Pool of Plantains,” from which it is separated by a 
low conical hill, capped by a watch tower, placed there to command tho 
water-supply. Around the town is an extensive date grove, inter 
mingled with orchards and cultivation. ‘The population is about 3000, 
and the settlement is divided into three hujrahs, or sections, one belong- 
ing to Sozzid Hurad, and the other two to the El Amair and Beni 
Riyam tribes respectively. 1 

In tho afternoon I walked ovor the Sezzid's ostato with him, and 
then through the town, which owes its prosperity and extent to the 
fostering care and liberality of Sozaid Hilal,on whom it had been 
bestowed when a mere hamlet, as an appanage in addition to Sownik, 
by Sezzid Sultan bin Ahmed. The fields produce the usual kinds of 
corn and vegetables grown in Oman, but wore not so regular or well 
tilled as in most other parts. The product in which Sezzid Hamad 
seemed to take the keenest interest was sugar-cane, and he did not 
neglect to show me over his luxuriant plantations, He possessed a rude 
mill for extracting the juice, and made mapy inquiries a= to the best 
method of refining sugar. Tho cane is propagated hore, as in India, 
from cuttings, not from seed, and it is believed to have existed in Oman 
from time immemorial. Frequent and copious irrigation is 
for the successful production of sugar-cane, and tho Sezzid’s fiolds were 
watered by a feloj or subterrancan stream drawn from the hills, The 
foloj is @ kind of artificial river, and is one of tho most ingenious institu. 
tions for bringing wator to stimulate tho prodigal hand of nature that 
could possibly be conceived. 





ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 480 
the rightful owner, Sozzid Hamad, Lerenspscacid Aso by BemdiA 
‘Turky. 


ane 

Round {tisbrpsondoSong ied/ran ni Nsnediproasan etsallfcxtraialsbeeia 
ranged 4 misccllancous gathering of lumps, clocks, china, medicine- 
bottles, ote. and among. these curiosities was a dusty heap of Arabic 
manuscripts, of which I made a careful list. They were mostly reli- 
gious works, and belonged, I found, to a learned Ibadbi Mulla, 
known as the Kazi, to whom had been entrusted the guerdianship 
and education of Svzzid Hamad. This prince was devoid of political 
ambition. He never interfered, when he geew up, in the jealous 
intrigues and factious quarrels so rife among the chieftains of Oman, 
but Ted a quiet homely life, absorbed in books and country pleasures, 
until bis retirement to East Africa, where he died in early manhood. 
His father, Soxzid Hilal bin Mohammed, of whose noble disposition 
and generous spirit somo account was given by Lieut. Wellated, was a 
notable personage in his day, and a warm friend of the English. He 
held a foremost place in general estimation as 4 membor of the ruling 
family, and was regarded aaa man fully worthy to guide the destinies 
of the nation had he been called to the throne. His memory was long 
cherished in the country, and seldom, I believe, has a man's death been 
moro sincerely lamented in Oman than whon Sezzid Hilal was treache- 
rously murdered by bis cousin Kais in 186-4. priate 
was related to me as follows:—~ — 

About two years before the close of the reign of ELE, Sezai 
‘Thowaini, who was murdered by his eldest son Salim in 1866, Sezxid 
Kais of Rostak formed a plot to destroy him and seize the government 
of Muskat himself, He communicated his plan to Sezzid Hilal, who 
‘was too prominent and influential a personage to. be iguorod, but the 
latter, having always been loyal to Sezzid Thowaini, indignantly 
refused to join, and denounced the plot. Sexxid Kais then determined 
to be revenged, but, failing to find an assassin, had to undertake the 
task himself. Approaching his cousin Hilal, who, unlike most men of 
his rank, seldom wore a sword, in an apparently friendly manner, Kais 
suddenly drew his sword and struck him savagely on tho head. Stag- 
gered by the unexpected blow, Hilal recovered sufficiently to plunge 
his dagger into the bowels of his assailant, who fell dead. Hilal was 
removed to Sowaik, where he expired shortly after. Tho fort at 
Sowasik was then assaulted by the adherents of Kais, and, though 
gallantly defended by Hilal’s sister, was captured and annexed to 
Rostak, 


We managed to get the camels ready and make a start at six the 
next morving, though our courteous young host, Sezzid Hamad, was 
loth to let us depart, and insisted on accompanying us a good part of 
the way on horeeback before he would take leave. Qur road lay over 
@ level pluin dotted with acacia and scant herbage, and intersected by 














ACROSS THE GREEN MOUNTAINS OF OMAN. 497 


rock, giving an unfailing supply of water, and in the keep is a capacious 
resorvoir, always kept filled. I counted eight iron guns in the fort 
all throe mounted on field carriages, the others dismounted, 
Tho castle was in a battered and shattered condition at this time, 
having sustained a bombardment during the zecent operations under- 
taken by the Sultan to recover possession of it from a rebellious relative, 
but tho wali informed me he had received orders from Maskat to repair 
the breaches in the walls. The wali is tho castollan as well as the 
governor of the district, but does not reside in tho castle, the guardian- 
ship of which is entrusted to the akeed, who at this timo was a Bolooch 
with sixty mon under him. Sozzid Nasir told me he took care to intor- 
fore as little as possible with the tribesmen, and confined himself to 
maintaining peace and order and settling disputes. I gathored that 
the position he held was one demanding much tact, patience, and dis- 
cretion, and was not a very enviable one, but he was evidently treated 
with great deference and respect by all, 

Onur host's hospitalities ocoupied all the forenoon, and I found my 
party extremely reluctant to make a move; but, though the day’s march 
before us was no shorter than that of the provions day, I resolved to 
push on, and having taken leave of my courteous friend Sezzid Nasir, 
I mounted my camel and started. 

From Semail castle the road winds down the valley in a north- 
north-sasterly direction for 12 miles, as far as Serur, from whenoce it 
rans nearly due north. Serur is a rich and pleasant oasis of some 
extent in the possession of the Beni Hina tribe. At this point the 
stream disappears from sight, and sinks in the porous soil to flow undor- 
ground for some distance, when it again reappears. A mile beyond 
Sernr is the hamlet of Malita, and at another mile we came to Bidbid, 
a charming little onsis with a multitude of dates, rising like a green 
islet out of the broad barren sandy bed. In the centre is an old fortlet, 
untenanted, and fast crambling to dust, Below Serur the hills begin 
to retreat from the river-bed, especially on the western or left bank, 
and the valley now gradually merges into a broad and open plain, 

At Mizra, a village with an isolated rock and watch tower, the road 
to Muskat branches off to the right; but I may as well continue, from 
notes made on a subsequent trip, the description of the valley down to 
Sib, before going on with the narrative of the present journey. After 
leaving Bidbid, the path runs along the left bank over stony ground 
for about 5 miles, and then leads into a populous and thriving oasis 
called Fanja, the wady at this part being knows as Batha Fanja. This 
town belongs to the Boni Hina and Hedadebeh tribes, and is surrounded 
by « luxuriant belt of palms and well-cultivated ficlds, oxtonding per- 
hapa 3 miles in length. It lies 20 miles from Somail, and the popula- 
tion exceeds three thousand, Tho town owes ite prospority to the 
existence of excellent potter's clay in the neighbourhood, suitable for 

No. V.—Novexnre, 1901.) 2L 































in the vicinity of Semail by a low pass, a 
tive and short road to the Batina plain. 
and the sea, a distanoo of about 12 1 


uninteresting. ’ 
Resuming our journey from Mizra,* we ook ane 
and skirted on our right the hill range, wi 
coast, the path leading over a tract of 
irksome to the camels, and necessitating 
ridge known as the Nojd ol Shubba, we 
narrow maritime plain, much furrowed i 
having soveral hamlets belonging to petty 
@ palace built by Sezzid Thowaini, now in 
late, but in another hour or #0, passing Rui 
arrived at Mutrah. 


THE CRUX OF THE UPPER Y 

By ARCHIBALD LITTLE. — 
Apeure to see the upper Yangtse in flood-time indi 
upon @ voyage from Ichang to Kweifu and on to’ 
the four great gorges and the principal rapids | 
care to brave the perils of navigation, The up 
to Chung-king practically comes to a stop by 


* This is not the Mizra at 8 


THE CROX OF THE UPPER YANGTS8. 499 





84. PIONKER GOING UP THE YENTAN, THE WOEST APID, ON HER FIRST VOYAGE. 


is not resumed before the middle of September or later, according to 
the condition of the river and the amount of rainfall in West China. 
‘Those who, in the usual course of travel, have ascended the upper 
YVangtse only in the winter season, when the junk-traflic is at its 
highest, would not recognize the river in summer, when the freshets 
have come down and entirely changed its aspect, from that of a clear 
mountain stream, interrupted by a serios of falls or steps with long 
amooth reaches between, to that of a huge brown torrent entirely filling 
its bed and bounded throughout either by vertical oliffa or by steep 
mountain slopes—rocks all “submerged full fathoms five,” and deep 
water everywhere, The innumerable winter rapids are cither oblite- 
rated entirely or metamorphosed into swift races; a rare jank is seen 
here and there sailing up in the eddies and long backwaters, or creep- 
ing slowly, towed by a double gang of trackers, round some awkward 
point; but generally the river appears deserted, the exuberant life 
and animation that surrounds the rapids in winter has entirely vanished, 
and the sleepiness of summer heat appears to have invaded the sparse 
towns and villages, while in between, for days at a time, one might 
imagine one's self to be exploring a new aud uninhabited country. 
‘The cause of this cessation of trafic in the summer season is not so 
much the danger (that from the huge whirlpools is really serious), and 
which, to do Chinese boatmen justice, would barily prove a deter- 
rent, but the expense of the voyage is doubled; heavier crews are 
needed, and theese have to be paid and fed for two, and sometimes three, 
242 


hours on June 12, 1900, We, on 
ling rapid, 35 miles distant from 
was wrecked on the very o 


Sui-heiang r 
Ichang. This “ pierced mountain” rapid is ca 
the Grand Mitan gorge passing through a nost. 
in winter the river forces its way in numerous 
June these rocks are deeply submerged, and 
boiling water as the 7-knot current sweeps o 
spent by us in reaching this point was due to 4 





‘THE TUNG-LING RAPID AT ENTRANCE TO MITAN GObdE AT HIGH WATE | 


LE, =—| 


THE CRUX OF THE UPPER YANGTSE. SOL 


“ Yao-tea-ho” below, as the winding reach, some 15 miles in length, 
which connects the Ichang and Mitan gorges, is called by the boatmon, 
‘The river valley hero widens ont, and, whereas in the two gorges the 
stream has cut its way down through the limestone mountain, making 
itself a passage with vertical walls 1000 to 2000 feot in height, in 
this connecting reach the river has to contend with a granitic forma- 
tion, which it has disintegrated and broken up into piles of gigantic 
boulders, which lie strewn along the floor of the here widened valley 
in vast moupds such as none but Yangtse trackers, trained to them 
from childhood, would attempt to climb over. ‘he “points” thus 





‘THE TONG-LING RAPID AT LOW WATER. 


formed conyert the Yao-tsa-ho into # continuous rapid, which the junk 
bas to surmount without over being able to gain # straight lead for 
its tow-lines; hence a perpetual struggle, which the imperturbable 
Chinaman calmly accepts as all in the day's work, but which is most 
exasperating to the impationt foreigner. ‘lo the geologist this roach 
is peoaliarly intorosting as tho one point in the navigablo Yangtao at 
_ which ignoous rocks lio athwart the river's course, and whore « dyke of 
porphyry has been cut through by the stream. Immediately above the 
Mitan gorge the valloy, though still bounded by precipitous mountains 
Tising to 3000 and 4000 fost, opens out, leaving a bench on either hand 
upon which are built the busy village of Hsin-tan (Now rapid") and 





ah 


the large * four-roomed " kwatsze, as the upper 
called, 80 feet long by 12 feet beam, 4 feet a 
abont 2 feet, easy to tow, a fast sailer with 
light cotton lugsail. We have forty-seven men 
manent crew of ten always on board, twenty-fo 
eight men in the tender constantly shifting the 
to the shore, and from one bank to the other, « 
side stroams and past otherwise impassable 

crew of five men in the lifeboat, which follows 
case of disaster, Above the Yeh-tan our p 
was very bad, and the whirlpools at times b: 
Niu-ko or Ox-head rapid, at the point where | 
whirled against the rock bank and had her fore 













+ 


* Fifty feet rise at the Shin-tan mesus a rise of 25 feat abo 
at Ichang, where alone necurate mesturoments are taken by the officers 
customs, the water being dammed wp above the narrows of the 





THE CRUX OF THE UPPER YANGTSE, 603 





‘THE WITCa's GONGE, O WUSHAN usta. 


smashed in; this last was later rebuilt on the spot by her able com- 
mander and gallant crew—her engineer especially—and thus against all 
expectation she was onabled to pursue her voyage to Chungking. The 
record of this noteworthy evont, which her crew painted in huge letters 
on the rock at the time, was submerged as we passed up, Then through 
the 22-miles-long “ Great Gorge of Wushan," which it took us three 
whole days of hard struggle to surmonnt, into the comparatively open 
water that unites this chasm with the still worse chasm of the last of 
the four great gorges, the Bellows" gorge, situated three miles below 
the celebrated city of Kneifa, and on the left-hand portal of which 
stands whut is left of the “ White Emperor's City.” 

Before reaching the lower entrance of the Bellows gorge, and 
opposite the Hoang-tsang-pei, a awirling rapid caused by one of the 
innumerable huge “ cones of dejection,” which small innocent-looking 
side streams appoar to have vomited into the main river as the result of 
4 one-time cloud-burst in the mountaios behind, a very remarkable cleft 
in the 3000 fect which here forms the river's right bank, compels the 
admiration of the traveller. This cleft, the opposing cliffs of which may 
be half # mile apart, is well named by the natives the * Tao-kis Hein,” 
or “False Gorge," the logend being that when the Emperor Ya cut out 
the gorges through the mountains, that isolate Szechuan from tlie rest 
of China, and so drained off the great red basin, heat first set to work on 


Shanghai to Chéngtu (of which a continoous 
guns, has been flowing west for two years 
rock bank on the right and stove in and 
the roof of the junk being j 


be salved when the water falls. 








‘THE CRUX OF TRE UPPER YANGTSE. 505 


ladon with cotton yarn, sailed up the swift rapid in splendid form and 
disappeared in the twilight. I asked onr pilot, who had now secared 
our boat for the night, why he too did not take advantage of the fair 
wind, which was still increasing in strongth, to got through this 
dificult gorge. He replied that he could not feel sure of getting through 
before dark, At this moment a shout from our men, and just as the 
sudden darkuess of tho latitode had shut in, the big junk drifted 
by on her beam ends, having capsized in mid-stream. She was barely 
visible, but the cries of * Chin Ming!" (* Save life!” ) were heartronding, 
just andible above the roar of the rapid. It was now pitch dark, but I 





TURN IX MUTAN GOROE, 


suggested to our accompanying lifeboat to go after thom; the helix. 
man, however—and rightly, I think—said he dared not confront the 
whirlpools in the dark. ‘I'wo days later we learnt in Kweifu that about 
half the crew had been thrown overboard and lost, and that the boat 
herself, if still floating and not wrecked on the way, could hardly be 
brought up nearer than in the tranquil water off Iohang. 

‘The Bellows gorge averages 800 yards in width, but ix narrowed 
by projecting rock-spits in three places to half this width, and below 
these rage, at this season, foaming whirlpools. ‘The spit under which 
we were moored for the night was composed of a very hard limestone 
and chert, and had the appearance of furnace slag. Rising some 30 











GEOGRAPHY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, GLASGOW, 1901. 501 


¥.%8.; Dr. F. Moreno; H. Yule Oldham; Stafl-Commander Dubois- 
Phillips; Prof. A. F, Renard; T. G. Rooper; A. L. Rotch; Prof. G. 
F, Scott-Hltiot; Bli Sowerbutts. et lie 

As usual, the section met on four days, and, in addition to the 
Prosident’s address, twonty-seven papers and reports were read, several 
being followod by important discussions. ‘The following is a summary 
of tho procecdings on the several days :— ~ wee 

12,—Mr, Ravenstoin gave an account of the old 
hor, Martin Behaim of Niirnburg, best known as the constructor 
of the celebrated globe of 1492. Tt was shown to be exceedingly doubt- 
fol whether, as is stated by Barros, Behaim was a pnpil of Regiomon- 
tanua, though it is possible that he did accompany the agtronomer José 
Visinho on bis voyage in 1484 to the Guinea coast, for the purpose of 
dotormining latitudes by the aid of the ustrolabe. Bohaim claimed to 
have accompanied Cio on his second expedition (1485-86), but Mr. 
Rayenstein showed that this claim cannot be allowed, though quite 
pomibly Bebain took part in the expedition, algo of 1485-80, of Jomo 
Affonso d’Aveiro, which reached the Benin coast. Photographs and 
drawings of the famous globe wero exhibited at the meeting, and it 
‘was announced that @ fall description and facsimile would shortly be 
published, 

Mr. Ravenstein next presented the anaual report of the Committee 
on the Climate of Tropical Africa, which, he said, had now completed 
ten years’ work, and would not seek re-appointment, arrangements 
being under consideration for the publication of the results of observa- 
tions in future under Government auspices. The final report gives 
returns from twenty-one stations in Africa, distributed between Hgypt 
and the Sudan (2), Nigeria (1), Nyasaland (4), and British East Afrioa 
(14, including the four lake-stations in Uganda), It also includes the 
results of seven years’ observation on the rainfall at Mengo (Uganda), 
taken from the unpublished journal of the late Mr. A. M, Mackay, as 
woll us a table giving the rainfall since 1590 at a number of stations. 

‘The ten years’ work of the Committee has resulted in the publica- 
tion of meteorological observations from seventy-one African stations ; 
bat of these only fifty-six show records for a complete yoar, and eleven 
only give a full five-ycars scries. Those latter aro Lauderdale, Dan- 
raven (reinfall only), Kisimayn, Malindi, Lamu, Tokoungu (rainfall 
only), Mombass, Chuyn (or Shimoni), Machako’s, Fort Smith (Kikuyn), 
and Mongo (Namirembo and Nateto). Especially carofal and full 
observations have, however, been taken for shorter periods at Bolobo 
on the Congo, Kibwozi in British Hast Africa, Old Calabar, and at 
Zomba and Fort Johnston in Nyasaland, where most valuable work is 
being done under the direction of Mr. Mo@lounie, the head of the 
Scientific Department. In the Egyptian Sudan stations are being 
gradually pushed forward hy Major Lyons The report also gives the 





GEOGRAPHY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, GLASGOW, 1901. 511 


Scottish geography, tho first being one by Mr. Scott-Elliot on the 
effects of vegetation on the valley and plains of the Clyde, Investi- 
gations of the kind, though second to none in importance and interest, 
have hitherto received too little attention in thix country, and the 
inclusion in the programme of papers of this character was wu step in 
the right direction, as showing the wide Geld for scientific bed 
open to the physical geographer in our own country, Mr. Scott-l 
began by defining the genoral charactors of the Clyde valley, and next 
traced the successive stages in the formation of the valley slopes, the 
important part played by vegetation in the process being pointed out, 
‘The varying constitution of the flat land was then explained, and the 
work done by various marsh plants in their formation described, 

‘The next paper, by Miss M. Nowbiggin, described a scheme that 
has been sot on foot by the Scottish Natural History Society, at tho 
suggestion of Sir John Murray, for the detailed investigation of the 
Forth valley ; the object being the collection of such facta in regard to 
existing organic conditions in that valley as may supply a basis for 
accurate generalizations in the future. Prof, W.G. Smith then gave 
an account of the Botanical Survey of Scotland, begun by his brother, 
the late Mr. Robert Smith, whose early death has ont short a most 
promising career. We are glad to learn that the work so 
begun is being continued by Prof. Smith, who deseribed to tho meeting 
the main facts of botanical distribution in ‘the areas represented ‘by 

various sheets of the Ordnance Survey. 

In the afternoon Dr. F. Moreno exhibited a fino series of lantern 
slides, Hlustrating chiefly the ethnology of the recently explored dis- 
tricts in the west and south of the Argontine Republic He was 
followed by Mr. Hesketh Prichard, who dealt with the same region, 
describing his explorations last year in the neighbourhood of Lakes 
Buenos Aires and Argentino, as well as his deavent of the Rio Leona, 
and the discovery of a lake which seems not to have been visited by 
previous travellers. 

‘The proceedings closed with a short paper by Mr. Reclus Guyon on 
the map of the world, drawn on « surface correctly representing the 
natural curvature of the globe, to the construction of which Mr. Reclus 
has devoted so much time and attention during the past few years, 

Monday, September 16,—In the first paper of the day, read on bebalf 
of the author by Staff-Commandor Dubois-Phillips, Captain 0. Lemaire 
gave s summary of the valuable scientific results of the Belgian Expe- 
dition to the southern Congo basin, with the main outlines of which 
our readers aro already familiar. Especial attention was called to the 
barometric determination of altitudes, on which an unusual amount of 
caro was bestowed, and which have given results of especial value for 
tho construction of a hypsometrical map of Central Africa, The mothods 
adopted for the astronomical determinations of position and for tho 











GHOGRAPRY AT THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION, GLASGOW, 1901, 513 


followed. Dr. J. S. Keltie sketched the organization and plans of the 
National Antarctic Pxpedition, while Dr. TLR. Mill described the voyage 
to Madeira, and the various arrangements on board for 5 
out of scientific observations Mr. W. & Bruce thom described the 

present position and proposed work of the Scottish Autarotio Expodi-— 
beseech st SIS 
certain noxt year. 

Mr. H. Yule Oldham gave a graphic description of his recent ex- 
perimental demonstration of the onrvature of the Rarth’s surface. 
Like that of Dr. A. R. Wallace in 1870, the experiment was carried ont: 
on the New Bedford river, the 6-mile stretch between Welney and 
Denver being selected. 

Dr. R. Logan Jack read a paper, which will eventually be published 
in the Journal, on a journey through little-known parts of Sechuan, 
across the upper Yangtse, Mokong, and Salwin rivers to Burma. It 
was profusely illustrated with Iantorn viows. A papor by Mr. Arohi- 
bald Little, in which the possibilities of navigation through the gorges 
SERIE Reathe were: 6isenane a ee Ee ee 
ceedings of the section terminated with a demonstration, by M. . Galeron 
of Paris, of the uso of an ingenious colestial globo of which he is tho 
inventor, which permite the movements of the heavenly bodies to be 
followed, as in nature, from within the sphere. 

On Monday, September 16, in addition to the ordinary meeting of 
the section, a special conference was held, jointly with sections C and D, 
to consider the important schome put forward by Sir John Murray and 
‘Mr. Lawrence Pullar for the scientific study of lakes of the British 
Islands. Dr. H. R, Mill was in the chair. It is proposed to execute a 
thorough survey, extending over some years, which shall embrace not 
merely the geographical and morphological, but the biological and 
other scientific aspocts of all the British lakes. It is hoped to secure 
the services of a competent staff of observers, and if successfully carried 
out the scheme should load to the acquisition of most valuable results. 
from the point of view of the various branches of acience represented, 
‘The scheme is rogaried as forming « fitting memorial to Mr. Frederick 
Pallar, whose lamented death has put a stop, for tho timo, to the work 
already begun. Letters! were real from Sir John Murray and Prof, 
Bonney, after which Mr, Thompson (represonting the Zoological section), 
Colonel Johnston, Director of the Ordnance Survey, Mr. lb. N. Peach, 
Dr, H. R. Mill, and others, spoke of tho importance of the proposed) 
researches from many points of view. The proceedings terminated 
with the passing of a resolution expressing the gratification of the 
Conference at the decision to carry on the work, and its appreciation 
of the munificent support accorded to the project by Mr. Lawrence 
Pallar, 

Papers with a more or leas geographical bearing were read sexe 

No, ¥.—Noveouen, 1901.) 





COLONEL ARNOLD'S MAP OF THE BARUE COUNTRY, 515" 


pasturage, while the slopes of the valleys are well wooded, and tho 
lower levels are covered with rich alluvial soil well suited for the 
cultivation of sub-tropical products, The elevated tract of land is. 
exceedingly well watered, feeding innumerable rivulets which never 
dry up in the driest souson, It sinks gradually to the north to the 

level of the watershed between the Zambezi and Pungwo- 

eastern edge running nearly due north and south, At the kraal of 
Katandiga the country falls to an elevation of about 2500 feet, the 
open yeldt giving place to on undulating plain sloping gently to 
the south-east, dotted here and there with kopjes and well watered 
by stroams desconding from the platean on the wost. Hero tho palm 
reappears, but the vegetation in general consists of thin bush and- 
mimosa, easily cleared for oultivation. The expedition crossed the 
watershed towards the Zambezi at an olevation of about 5000 feet. 

The streams which flow north to the Zambezi, except those fod by the 

hidden waters of the plateau, are intermittent mountain torrents, but 

the beds of the Mopa and other rivers showed that during the rains 

large bodies of water pass down to the Zambezi, and it is probable 

that the contour af the country would permit the storage of water for 

the supply of the whole countryside. On tho watershed the soil is dry 

and scanty, but at Mungari becomes rich enough for the production of 
coffee, vanilla, rubber, etc. This continues to the exit of the Muira 

from the hills, after which for some miles the country is composed of 
deep rich vegetable soil. 

‘The geological formation of the plateau appears to bo similar to 
that of the country near Masikesso, Granite is visible only occasion- 
ally, the hills between the Gairodzi and Katandiga’s kraal being for 
the most part composed of talcose schist interspersed with quartz veins. 
Farther north the kopjes and visible rocks consist almost without 
exception of banded quartzite with quartz reefs, and this extensive 
formation sooms to be the matrix whence comes the alluvial gold found 
in the lower reaches of streams rnnning into the Zambezi. An export 
examination of this district is much to be desired. 

‘The flora is essentially sub-tropical, Big timber is rarely mot with, 
though possibly that around Inyakafura might prove suitable for 
export, Landolphias wero mot with on rare occasions only. The 
grasses of the plateau are good, and would supply excellent grazing, 
At presont the native cultivation is not extensive, but this may bo 
ascribed to the unsettled state of the country, The climate as a whole 
in healthy. On the plateau it is dry, ocol, and invigorating, and 
consistently tomperate throughout the year. Bven on the lower plains 
colonization by Europeans is, in Colonel Arnold’s opinion, certainly pos- 
siblo—much moro so than in the valleys of Manica, Hven in the rains 
two or more dry sunny days intervene s# a rule between the down- 
pours, while the prevailing winds from tho Indian ocean are cooling 

2u2 


Selatan at sl easel ae to di 
ones without producing effects which would 
formidable traces than those due to glaciation. . 


“* Popor read in Section E (Goography) at the @ 
Association, September, 1901. “ 


a 





AND THR CAUSES OF GLACIAL PERIODS, — éT 


2, General lowering of the mean temperature of the atmosphere, — 
Firstly, tectonic changer. dl 


‘before the Pleistocene period, and J. Gelkle states emphatically that glacial periods 
are characterized by rubmergonce, aud interglacial periods by emergence. Can 


i of the land coused an ice-sheet to ftinh gradually:orer it until abe eurfucs 
‘was depressed, isostatically, by the weight of accumulated ice and the cooling of 
“the crust itself; then the increased temperature at the lower level caused melting 
-of ice, relief from part of the weight, and consequent springing tack to higher 
lovels, when the weight of ice increased again; and so on, till the primary tectonic 
cause of elevation disappeared. But this seems more likely to assist in accounting 
for tho smaller variations occurring during a great glacial period than for the main 
fact of the glacial period itself, The first olevation to the anow-ling, even in 
fairly bigh latitudes, seoms to involve vertical movements which in geographical 
‘relation and in scale are difficult to admit, and we must conclude that the effect of 
such movements as did occur cannot, in the first instance at loast, have been 


The effect of elevation in extending the land areas most also be rejected as an 
efficient primary cause. It is true that if the land sreas are extended continental 
conditions prevall over wider fields, and the winter temperatures are greatly 
reduced, But summer temporatures aro correspondingly increased, and at the 
‘sninc time the precipitation in the form of snow is diminished by the anticyclonic 
conditions induced during winter. Hence we get nearly tho same mean tempera 
‘ture, with less snowfall, and the occurrence of ice-sheots over such regions is 
contrary to experience ; witness Siberia, Note here that these conditions are not 
‘te be confounded with the conditions of high pressure induced aa the effect of an 
ice-sheet, as in Greenland, or, a8 seems probable, on the antarctic continent. 

thas been argued that the extension of land surfacea might so alter the positions 
‘of the centres of high and low barometric pressure that glacial conditions might 
‘de induced by the change of direction of prevailing winds. We have already seen 
‘that the cstablishment of an ice-sheot within continental anticyclonic aress is 
unlikely. But if the land area is Increased the sea area is diminished, and the 
ascending vortices or cyclones during tho winter foxsons must increase correspond~ 
ingly in number and intensity in order to feed the increased volume of the 
descending currents over the Iand, The tendency would therefore be to increase 
‘the smount of condensation taking place within the cyclones, while their oppor- 
tunity of penetrating into the land would be diminished rather than increased, 
‘Thus the proportion of cyclonic precipitation received on the land in the form of 
snow would be lose, the total enowfall would probably not bo increased, and, in 
‘any case, it would tend to be deposited on the eastern sides of the land areas rather 
‘than on the westero. Finally, the ascending currenta over tho continental areas 
during summer would induce strong descending compensating currents over what 
was left of the oceana, which would then be occupied by enormously exaggerated 
-aystems svalogous to our  AUantic anticyelone,” greatly ralsiog the summer 
temperature of tho maritime regions. 

We are therefore lat to inquire, secondly, whether the nature and distribution 








by further reeearch, a long way to show that the cold were of plane- 
tary and protably simultaneous origin, and that they were not primarily due to 
changes in the Jand or eva surfaces, 


the general movement is slower, and, the land and sea influences being relatively 
stronger, the contrast of oceanic and continental types of climate is increased. 
‘Thos on the whole the variation in latitude is diminished, and climate becomes 


a result again agreeing with Geikie's account of the inter-glacial periods. Over 
Europe the oceanic influence would be much more restricted to the western coast, 
and the continental climate would probably extend over the greater part of 
Germany and France, and perhaps also Sweden, # result again agresing with 
Geikie, who remarks that during inter-glacial periods the climate of western 
Burope was that of a steppe. We might expect, from the direction of the main 
eyclone tracks, that during such a period the climate wonld in the higher latitudes 
be milder to north-cast of the oceans, especially the Atlantic, than to north-west, 
I am not aware whether there is evidence of any such difference between, ég., 
eastern Greenland and Labrador, but it would suggest that the glacistion of north« 
eastern America would be more intense and protracted than elsewhere. 























description, by Dr. H. V. Sliunin; with a map, 32 
graphs, St. Petersburg, 1900) are probably the most 
ever published on the far North-East of Asis. Itis no 
a4 Minister of Finance, may be said to direct the 
material progress, takes great interest in the developm 





* + Mount Omi and Beyond! By Archibald Little, 


Po 





REVIEWS, 525 


the recent avnouncement of the now railway to be built from Irkeutal to Yalutek, 
which may possibly be contiquod in course of time t> Behring 


and the letterpress of his travels and observations demonstrates the care with 
Mi on tag erm ar non ot Asiatic: 


Dx. Forrenen’s Jounser rinovan Asta.* 

‘This first volume (pp. xxv., 545) of ‘Erfabrangen, Forschungen, und Sammlan- 

gen’ is devoted to an account of the author's journey, in company with Dr. Holderer, 
pat Wha Oasplan to the Pacis, and forms, hia owe works, ari ol Gooyrophiehe 
Charakler-Bilder, It is illusteated by 203 photographs in the text, 40 separate 
plates, several olevation plans showing portions of the oe, sad gece) agp, fe 
which the whole of tho itinerary, from Karlsruhe to Shangbai, is marked with o 
mney da red line on a rather sketchy and indistinct chart, 

Dr. Putterer’s route, after leaving Osh in Furgbaoah and the comparatively 
settled distelets of Russian Turkestan, lay over the Terek-Davan pass, through 
Kashgar, alovg the valley of the Tarim, by way of Aksu, Karashar, Turfan aod 
Hawi, across the Gobi desert from Hamil to Su-cheu, along the Great Wall to Liang- 
Chu, thenes to the Koko-Nor district, neroas the uppermost waters of the 
through North-Eastern Tibet, and 30 down to Singanfu, Han-kau, and the mouth 
of the Yang-tse. This most interesting ond important journey is admirably 
nero by one of thf beet and most judiciously eolected series of Asiatic views 
and types that could be readily found; and in general it forma no unworthy 
parallel to tho work of Sven Hedin, Especially noteworthy are the chapters on 
the northern valley of the ‘Tarim and the Eastern ‘Thian-shan, on the Gobi in its 
central portion between the Barkul-Hnmi oasis and the end of the Great Wall, on 
the Koko-Nor district, and on the mountainous region between Koko-Nor and the 
King-ho (chaps. iv., ¥., Vis, Vii Vli.), Great attention has been,paid 10 describing 
and illustrating the geology and zoology, a8 well as the geography and anthro- 
pology, of the countries traversed, ‘The lucidity of the text, the sclentific and 
appreciative spirit evident throughout, is no loss admirable than the clearness 
and representative character of the illustrations. In every reapect, except, indeed, 











* ‘Durch Asien,’ By Dr. K. Futterer. Reimer, 1901. 





comes in for a fair share of attention, although the 

in some respects have bom moro clearly expressed, 
projection upon the horizon of London (p. 53), Similar 
‘books, and many will doubtless consider that the 





* ‘Mapa: their Uses and Construction, A short 











THE GEBMAN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


529 
desoribed is to be proferred to that which Mr. Morrison gives, and ix certainly 
more intelligible, Sper a at 


ly 

“its Principles are understood. Many will therefore probably fad it difficult to agreo 
witha the author when he states “that it is more of a mathematical curiosity then 
raga “map projection” (p. 83). At any rate, those who have occasion to deal 
\ Saeed aeatie with mathematical geography have long since learnt to 
appreciate its tis 

ey ices is somewhat summarily dismiseod, and the explanation of 
the principle upon which it is based sa dimapeblig, though it is atated that 
“s little consideration” of the imperfect description given will show that the 


the same mark aprliee tooth: bles whieh ate neosary forthe contruction of 
described, euch as the table giving the value of a degree of 
ob parallel of latitude, which is usually given with such worka, None of 
need hare been long, and cortalnly a dozen additional pages would have con- 
all that wore necessary. 
Saree paca ana cata oF De cont eee 
a Eros nothing fa eaid about the 





Pac tScally imporsible to describe a circle with compansos, and when curves of the 
' are not obtainable, In connection with this projection, especially the table of 
| Teength of a degree of longitude on each parallel of latitude already raferred to 
Would have been a valuable addition, and enabled any one to construct it without 

Mar Sixng to refer to another work, which it will be now necessary to do, 
“Phe various forms of the elliptical projection might have been referred to, as 
Of thoes are usefal for showing the physical features when it is desirable that 
whole surface of the globe should appear on one map without the distortion 

| Semmssioned by Mercator's projection. 

Ex conclusion, however, it should be stated that Mr, Morrison’s little book 
oR-fains much useful information, and if in some respoots it appears to be ey 
defictont, it ia to bo hoped that, in another edition which it may 
“*Pected will be called for before long, these deficiencies will be apa asa hs 
Work: rendored of more practical value than it is at present. 








THE GERMAN ANTARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


Wx have received an official communication from the Lords Commis- 

of the Admiralty reporting the publication, in Germany, of an 

‘P_rial decree relative to the German Sonth Polar Expedition. It is 

by the Emperor to the Chancellor of the Empire, and is here 

ced as showing the status held by the German Expedition and 

its ‘Sficial moognition by the German Government. It runs as follows:— 
V.—Novuwnrn, 1901.) 2x 








THE MONTHLY RECORD. ‘531 


boundary of the hills? Do thoy extend below Hath? If 90, how much? (3) 
What is tho south-east boundary’ in the direstion of 


‘Burford, 
‘Witney, Chipping Norton, etc., considered ns | of the Cottoswolds? If #0, 
what are the limits of this Oxfordshire tract to the east and north? If not, what 


terms aro desired: Oxford Downs, Valo of Borkoley, Valo of Gloucestor, Vale of 
Evesham, Vale of Moreton, Vale of tho White Hore. Also the name or names 
of the country between Bristol, the Avon, and the Vale of Berkeley. ‘The inquiry 
fs not merely of local interest, but should bs valuable from the wider point of 


have 
modified by the influence of literature. This, however, would be a matter of 
considerable difficulty. It is to be hoped that the: q may be 
made accessible to the public. Information ix to be sent | 
of the club above mentioned, Mr, 8. 8, Buckman, of Charlton Kings, Cheltenham. 


itteilungen. present 

discusses the question of the fluctuations of level of the lakes of Central Asia from 
the Sea of Aral to the Barba, and sezks to compare the results which might be 
deduced with respect to a periodic variation of climate, with the hypothesis of 
Brickner on tho same subject. He points ont that recent Russian investigations, 
such as those of Berg on the Sen of Aral (ante, p. 86), havo indicated as probable 
‘that the fall ia the lovel of the lakes in question, eS 
progress down to 1399, has now given place toan upward tendency. The informa— 
tion obtained by Berg from the local fishermen, who gave the years 1804-08 as tho 
period in which the most marked rive took place, seems trustworthy by reason of 
the importance to his informants of olceely watching tho changes of level in the. 
interests of thelr occupation. Similar evidence of a recent rise was found by 
aaa in lakes Teniz and Kurgaldahin in the Akmolinsk 

‘a trustworthy standard of comparison with former times 
Kirghiz, however, stated that « rise in the lakes began about ty 
had been especially rapid within the Inst few years. 
with regard to lakes Dongiz, Teke, and Kisilleak, a» well os of 
Baraba. Wishing to trace the connection between this phenomenon and the 
‘meteorological conditions in the region in question, Dr. Wosikof examined 
the records for the town of Barnaul, for which » longer series fs available than- 


bis, ocourring at a time reckoned by him as dry. This 65-year cycle, which is some 
20 years longer than Briickner’s, ce2xms to coincide with the fluctuations of the 
lnke-levels, As regards temperature, the cycles seem muck shorter even than Briick- 
nev’s, and bave apparently no decided influence on the flactuations of the lakes, 
Magnetic Survey of India.—It has lately. been announced that tho Indian 
Government has decided to carry out a magnotic surrey of India om the lines 
252 














“Dibet, he had made his way by new routes to the lakes 
‘Ho, which bad been already visited by the expedition in 











to Riachta was to be bogan early in August. Datnils as to the work done by the 
expedition in 1900 are givon inthe Jaly number of La by M. Denker, 
in continuation of the account noticed in the Journal for last (jp. 903),'from 
lotters addressd by the traveller to the Russian Imperial 2 
Tn March the expedition started for Taaldam, proceeding vid Donkye to Koko-Nor. 
From Tsaidam, where a moteorological station was established, the expedition 
‘went south across the Barkhan Buddba range, which was crossed at an elevation 
‘of 14,800 fect. Lake Alik Nor was explored by means of a canvas 

to have a depth of 100 fect. Animal life is very abundant on its banks. On 
June 19, the Arne Kor, the western extonsion of the Amoo-machin of Prjevaleky, 
was crossed, after which the Orin Nor, or Russian lake, was Laity alt 
where tho Hwang-ho makes its exit. This point is at the northern, not at | 
Fatickageos oc ol the’ lake: Social paaisareeera toa eit nN 
entrance of the channel uniting it with the Charing Nor, while this latter was: 
examined by Kazoakoff, who made olmost the complete circuit of the lake. ‘The 
two lakes are soyaratod by a tract of hilly ground about 6 miles wide, and. hava 


islands. ‘The expedition then proceeded south to the upper Yangtee, which was 
croased near Sogon Gomba, and at the time of writing his lust letter Kozloff was at 
‘the village of Cherku, in about 33° N,, 96° 20° 6 , on the road from Sechuan to Lhasa, 


AFRICA. 
‘The Abyssinian Frontier Expeditions.—Majors Austin, and Garner, 
‘who left Omdurman in December on an expedition to Lake Rudolf, arrivod at 


Mombasa early in September, after suffering great haniships during the journey. 
On the early portion of the route much swamp was met with, but on approaching: 
ako Rudolf the country became arid and deserted, aud scarcity of water caused 
much difticalty. During tho last two months the party subsisted almost entirely 
on the donkeys, and out of fifty-nine Sadanese only fourteen survived. Some 
goed survey work was, however, dono between the Sobat and the Inke. Major 
has also continued the survey of the frontier northwards from the Blue Nile, 
and the whole has now been mapped in detail, and # definite frontier line adopted. 
M. Le Roux in Abyssinia—A French explorer, M, Hugues le Roux, has 
Intely returned to France from an expedition, undertaken early in the present 
‘yoar, to the western borders of Abyssinia, where he i sald to have made discoveries 
of some importance. From Addis Abbaba he sooms to havo journeyed to Wallaga 
in @mpany with Major Gwynn, but when that officer proceeded to Khartum, 
‘M. Le Roux undertook the exploration of the region of the Blue Nilo. Descend~ 
fog the steep escarpment of the highlands, he reached the ommflaeace of the Diders 
and Bluo Nile, the latter of which he states has hitherto been confounded with 
one of ita tributaries, flowing in reality a degree further south than bas been 
supposed. From this {t would appear that the Abai must make a still greater 
end to the south (below the points at which it was seen by D’Abbndie and Cecchi) 
‘than was dhown in the map by Mr. Oscar Crosby, published in the July nurober of 
the Journal.* The whole section of the stream from the frontier of Grjam to the 
confinence of the Didesss was aurveyel by M. Le Roux. 
British South Afrioa.—A report has lately beon issued by tho British South 


* Tho latitude of the Abai at this pnrtof its course has been liitherto given ns about 
1032 N. Mr. Crouby placed the southernmost part of the nowly discorurod bend just 
north of 10°, or leas than half a degree south of the course as formerly givwn. ICM. 
Le Roux In correct in shifting it a degre south, it must appronch very near, if it does 
not join, the Angar, hitherto sappored to join the Didesa above ite confluence with the 
Blue Nile, 











Progress, : 
has made a docided stride. “Wheat has boon tried ex 
each district, and other promising crops ate barley, 
‘Tea has been planted in the Melsetter district (ao 
has been formed to start rubber plantations in the Sal 
taken to plant trees throughout the country, and the 
factory. A special report on the rubber industry, 
has alio been printed roparately, is included. It 


regulation and protection of the industry. Much progi 


the development of the system of roads, which has 
miles, Lastly, reference must be made to the official 
names, which, though not quite consistent thro 
tending to secure uniformity. 


™ An oxtonsion of the Inst to Tete ia contemplated, 

t Eg. we tind Neorana and Niunzane, Umguza 
Miskeleli, Ngosi and Zambesi, Among the forms 
(Chills), Kafakwe (river), Basutn, Matabele (tribes). 





= 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. 


535° 
Explorations on Reece aes . 
tion under M. Lesieur, sone dala specs BBs OATES 
number of La Géographie, has introduced considerable | 
of this part of West Africa, which haa been known cbicfly the work | 


tho Ntem, or Temboni) ix in reality « much emaller stream than 

same Byo ha nce the dali on Ita banks bare teen driven stewards by the 
‘Fans, given place to that of Welen (Welle of Crampel). It too D 
gation, The Aina, or Ivindo, rises’at a spot not far from the point where it was. 


will be the main stream. The Jais even said to be the main headstroam of the 
Avindo, being of mors importance than the Aina, 


ateuck east, reaching tho Mbaere, # right-bank tributary of tho Bali, on the 15th. 
‘This stream had « width of 35 yards, with « maximum depth of 10 fest, swampy 
‘banks, and a current of about 4 feet « second. ‘The Bali was struck at the village 
of Bassall, where its width was 85 yards. It fowed amidst a chaos of granite 
rocks, but although everywhere obstructed by rapids, it was found possible to navi- 
gate it in canoes, Its course veered to the east, and thirty-nine days after the 
departure of tho expodition tho explorers found thomeolros at Loko, the highest 
point reached by Vangole on the Lobai, a tributary of the Ubangi. M. Fondiew 
anys that his recent surveys bave confirmed the opinion of M. Jobit, as to the 


Beep mrge ise vod asp eh sccag ices Mase ae ee ne wo 
geography as shown on former maps is entirely modified. 
AMERICA, 


Physiography of Eastern Canada.—An important study of the history 
eaeeaeermcrenint of the. green saris: fetes olsen Neen aes 
Scotia (Acadia) has lately been made by Prof. B, A. Daly, who puts forward his 











scour and other agencies. Thusin both of ' 
of Acadia, he finds that “the denudation was 


cara vn “il, p. 808) to recent A 

of the Shusbiina river, which have revealed 
anh chert granada eter ba rob 
holo of North America. Mr. Dickey, a 
to obteln a sight of the peak, estimated tie beg height os 
identifying it with the old Mount Bulshaia (Big 
Dickey christened tho pak Mount McKinley, 
‘worthily commemorate for all time the murdered 
In & map given in the Journal of the American G 
illustrate explorations carried out in 1897, tho hi 
obtained by Mr. Eldridge of the U.S, Geological Survey, 
since proved too low a figure, for during the summer of 18 
tion was carried ont by Mr. Robert Muldrow, during « new 

Survey. Mr. Muldrow describes the 


National Magazine, 
run up the Shusbitna river, elevations as well as directions 
transit Instrumect reading to minutes. From points on 
location and elevation were obtained upon the mo 
figures varying from 20,068 to 20,874 foot, the weighted mean 
deing 20,464 feet, ‘The position obtained was lat, 68°5' Nk 
distance from the nearest point of observation being 49-4 

‘The Length and Parallelism of South American 
Arldt bas drawn on s Mercator's map the loxodromio lines bi 
or primary point(s of the South American coast, which he c 





& 





adeq 
Seer ee Cea ta ae 
‘thoist sea-breezes ; (6) the suitability of the g 
‘and commodious city. ‘The claims of the 
conclusions arrived 


‘Yass would take the first place, but the water 

‘as could be desired. If soil and climate are 

(or Canobolas) has eieeseeuneen postion 
gards cost of purchase, water-supply, and ac: 
accessibility, Southern Monaro combines more 
than either of the others, and if regard be paid | 
take the first place. A soparate volume of plans 


POLAR REGIONS, 

“The “Discovery.""—The Discovery arrived at © 
having en route touched at South Trinidad island, 
account of the surf, a landing was effected by Captain | 
Koettlitz, who reached an altitude of over aneens 
collection of natural history objects. The ship rn 
bay, whence, on October 14, she sailed for Tytielton, 
Malbourne baving boon abandoned. 





islands to the aouth of South Georgia, and striking south in about 30° W, across 

the Weddell sea. Haro it is hoped to push southwards as far as is prudent without 
involving the risk of the ship being caught in the ice. Much importance will be 
attached, Pesos lercelagial worhs and siationstn, oath Goorzi soe Nhs Caran 
will, if possible, be established. The Sigabeo and Lucas 

An ape erp ena een eee 
68° 34’ S, 12°49! W., where Rose obtained hie much-disputed soundlog of 4000 
fathoms and no bottom. ‘The extent of the great decp discovered by the Valdivia 
between Bouvet island and Enderby Land will also be a subject of investigation, 
On board thore will be a permanent eclentific staff of 6 men, and the marine 
biology of the antarctic, as well as all tho obsorvations essential to an oceano~ 
smaphical expedition, will receive careful attention. Mz. Bruce intends to purchase 
« Scottiah or Norwegian whaler of about 500 tons, and hopes vo start in about 


September, 1102. 

The Peary Expedition.ixtracts from the journal of Mr. H. L. Bridgman 
P= ap hea ye ameter eee er eer 
in the Brooklyn Standard Union of September 20. ‘The quotations are somewhat 
disconnected, so that it is somewhat difficult to obtain a complete ontline of the 
events of the voyage, but the following particulars supplement the accounts 

‘The Erik had on the whole a fair passsge across Melville 
bay, though on two occasions the advance was all but given up, owing to obstrac~ 
tion by the ice. At Onpe York, which was reached three days after leaving 
Upernavik, the first tidings of the Windward and her crew wore obtained, it being 
ascertained that the ship had wintered in safety on the weat side of Smith sound. 
‘The meeting seema to have taken place during Peary’s absence at Olrik’s bay, to 
the neighbourhood of which Mr. Bridgman, to judge from the fraginenta of bis 
Joureal published, proceeded in the Windward for the purprse of hunting caribou, 
which abounds on the peninsula between Olrik’s bay and Academy bay. Here 
commonication was opened with Peary on or about August 19, though whether 
this was the firet occasion on which the parties had met ix not made clear. Since 
the arrival of the Xrit, as announced in our Inst number, the Windward also has 
arrived in southern waters, having put in at Brigus, Newfoundland, on September 
26. Sho will wail again next year oa her final voyage north in connoction with 

Baron Toll's Expedition.— According to news printed in Pelermanns 
, there seema a probability that Baron Toll may be forced to modify in 
tome degree the programme of his expedition, owing to the partial fallure of his 


in the similarities of the 


studied planta of the Rhmtio buds of these tro now 
A New Formula for the Rate of Currents 


proposed @ new formula for determining the speed o 
formula of Ganguillet und Kutter, which has been 


material than Kutter bad at his disposal, According 


= 7h 





‘THE MONTHLY REQORD. oe 
Producing the curreat in streams and channels depends solely on the slope of the 
‘bed of the channel. 


corresponds to a given normal depth (T) and slope (1), and the fundamental 
equation for the speed V" of a normal stream becomes— 
va Tat 
Boul 


the 
fee of corrections of the value of V!, Siedek’s final formala for velocity V is as 
follows -— 


u T=% I= ht 
5 angel Sait 


when T, and I, are the “normal” values corresponding to B, and «, A 7 are 
coefficlents, the valnes of which are given in tables, depending on the actual slope 


‘or flood profiles, which do not require special compatations as in the case of Kutter's 
expression. ‘The accuracy of the new formula bas been tested by comparison with 


& 
g 
We 
i 
i 
i 
; 
i 
i 
i 


, and besides discussing class-room and open-air methods of teaching, 

‘will contain articles on such subjects as ordnance mays, typical reglons of the 
BS Seconds 2 the British domfnions, the great cities of the empire, and the 
Geographical literature, maps, and appliances will ales be 

Meciiae tron is wean pra eee? ‘The paper should prove of great value, 


the detailed mapping of Uganda and neighbouring 

work to our Society in November, 1896, and in the fo 

recognized by the award of the Murchison Grant, I 

the East African medals and clasps, together with the D 
Lieut. Vandelour had not becn many months in 

new appointment, this time in West Africa, where 

ho was engaged in the military operations against the: 

boing again mentioned in despatches, and receiving the 

clasps with the brevet rank of major. At the close of 

summoned to Rgypt, where he served till 1899, being 

Atbara and Omdurman, at the former of which he was 

short period of service as A.D.C. to Lord Methuen, then 





OBITUARY. 04S 
District, he went out to South Africa, whero a oto eine 


See Sees 






to the mak 


Trish Guards on the formation of tho regiment in October, 1900, ; 
phere hadcketierrs beh og ap airy ete ey 
in 1898, 0 work , ‘Campaigning on the Upper Nile and Niger.’ I 





General M. I. Venukoff. 
‘The well-knowa Russian geographer, Geocral Michaal Ivanovich Venukoff, died 


vartoas journeys in other parte of the world, visiting at one time or auother China, 
Jupan, Asiatic Turkey, Algeria, Tunis, Senegal, Brazil, otc, spending some time 
in China and Japan in 1868-69, He was och in writer, his publications in- 
eluding both books and articles in scientific and other periodicals. Of the former, 
the most important was, ‘Travels on the Confines of Russian Asia," published in 
Bossian in 1868, General Venukoff had resided in Paris for some years before his 
death. He bad been an Honorary Corresponding Member of our Society since 1886. 
A short sketch of his life, with portrait, appears in the Doutache Rundschaw for 


: Jakob Erhardt, 


‘The veteran East African missionary, Jakob Erhardt, one of the zealous band 
by whose labours public attention was firat directed, more than balf a century ago, 
with results of such far-reaching importance, to the interior regions of Eastern 
Equatorial Africa, died in August Inst at Stuttgart, at an advancrd age. Erhardt 
waa associated with Krapf and Rebmann in tho work entrusted to them by the 
Church Missionary Society, which commenced operations in East Africa in 1843, 
and he actively participated im their labours fora number of years. During their 
intercourse with the natives of the coast region and the Arab traders then 
into the interlor, the missionaries, as is well known, collected many reports on the 
geography of those mysterious regions, and it was toEzhardt that was duo the firat 
attempt at a cartographical representation of the facts which had been gleaned. 


‘This was published in the Church Missionary Intelligencer for 1855, and soon 
attracted wide attention, Rumours had reached the ears of the minsionaries of the 
three great lakes of the interior, Nyasa, Tanganyika, and the Victoria Nyanza; 


and by combining these into a singlo lake, Erhardt obtained a huge inland sea of 
singular outline, which, if it had really existed, would baye dwarfed the proportions 
of all the other freshwater lakes of the globe. Tt was to the interost aroused by 
this publication, which was repeated with some modifications In the accond volume 
of the then newly started Pelermanns Mitteilungen, that tho ultimate despatch of 
the great expedition of Burton and Speke was largely due. ‘Brhardt has long out- 
Jived bis brother missionaries, Robmann having died in 1876, and Krapf in 1881) ~ 





“hoe ee ee Rep 


Eater 1000 Sie 10.0, pes. ites Oa. Pee 


Setanta pra Globus 79 (1901): 26 
Fostile Kamelo io Ruminion und di c 
Von Prot Dr A. Nebing. dh Muaatbna 

Borope—Historiea. Hee. Witonique 78 (1001): 
=e ptadttte — une 


rere ae Froncia L. of Prance to the: 
‘8 counterpoise to the power of the Emperor Charles Y. 
Faroe Telands, Deuteche Rundachan G. %8 (1902) 

Die Farier, VonG. Schoener, With 

Based upon a work lately published int Copenhagen. 
France, B.S.G, Marseille 95 (1901): 7-19 

‘Lo bassin de Marseille, edographie ot géologle. Dar M. Mi 
‘France. Ta Gy BBG. Parte S O60) 

La réfeotion du Cadastre ot In carte do France, 

eeaieyyiter oan tie movement lately ae en 


the experimental o 
rere tne the tas pe) Newilys -Plaisance wear 


éi 





548 GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 


United Kingdom— Ordnance Survey. 
Catalogue of the Maps end Plans and other Publications of the Ordnance Surrey 
of England and Wales and the Isle of Man to January 1, 1901. London, 1901 
Size 94 x 6, pp. 810. Indez-mape. Price le. 6d. 

United Kingdcm—Barrey. Terreld. 
Surrey. By Walter Jerrold. With special articles on the Bird-Life, Flowers, 
Entomology, Geology, Cycling, ote., of the County. London: J. M. Dent & Co, 
ELS, pe qi fg pp. xi xiv. and 316. Mape and Illustrations. Price 4s. 6d. net. 


A separate got up guite to the scenery and other attractions of Surrey, which 
should prove useful to the increasing number of Londoners and others who seek their 
recreation within its borders. 

United Kingdom—Yorkshire. J. Manchester G.S. 16 (1900): 244-257. 
The Yorkshire Dales: Wharfedale (Rievaulx Abbey) and Ryedale. By J. J. 
Gleave. With Illustrations. 


ASIA, 


. National @. Mag. 19 (1901): 281-290. MoGee. 
Asia, the Cradle of Humanity. By WJ McGee. 

Asia—Exploration. La G., B.S.G. Paris 4 (1901): 2! 
Récentes explorations russes en Asie. Par J. Deniker. 

Asia—Exploration. Deutsche Rundschaw G. 28 (1901): 446-468. ‘Teitemer. 
Fortachritte der geographischen Forschungen und Reisen im Jahre 1900. I. 
Asien. Von Dr. J. M. Jiittner. 

Central Asia. B. Comite Asio Frangaise 1 (1901) : 99-105. Saint-Yre, 
L’état actuel des rapports anglo-russes dans I’Asic centrale. Par G. Saint Yves. 
With Mapa. 

uplon-Veddabs, Hiller and Furnes. 

B. Free Museum Soi. and Art, University Pennsylvania 3 (1901): 69-87. 
Notes of @ Trip to the Veddshs of Cuylon. By Dr. H. M. Hiller and Dr. W. H. 
Furness, With Illustrations. 

Chins. Cordier 

Histoire des Relations do la Chine aveo les Puissances Oocidentales 1860-1900. 
L'Empereur T’Vang Tebé (1861-1875). Par Henri Cordier, Paris: F. Alcav. 
1901. Size 9 x 6, pp. 570. 

This accurate account of thesrelations betweon China and the European Powers 
during the past thirty years is likely to prove of much value at the present time. 
Chins. J. Franklin I. 152 (1901): 141-152. Garrison 

Some Effects of Deforestation in China. By F. Lynwood G1 mn. With Map. 

‘Tho writer is ono of those who still hold to the belief in the effect of deforestation 
on rainfall. says, “doubts that drought, flood, lace famine follow 
doforcutation as surcly'ae night succeeds day, let him visit China. . 

China. BS.G. Marseille 96 (1901): 20-40. Monod. 
En Chine. Par M. H. G. Monod. 

Account of a journey in Yunnan, Kwoichan, and part of Seohuan. 

China--Minerals. B.S.G@. de U Eat 21 (1901): 548-550. 

Les ressources minérales des provinces chinoises voisines du Tonkin. Par A. 

Leclére. 

China—-Newchwang. Fulford. 
Trade of Newchwang for tho year 1900. Foreign Office, Annual No. 2646, 1901. 
Size 9} x 6, pp. 8. Price $d. 

China—Yang-tse-Kiang. Globus 80 (1901): 55-60. 

Der Yang-tee-kiang, die doutechen Interessen und die Bedeutung des Stromes fir 

die Erschliersung Chinas. With Illustrations. 

China—Yunnan. B. Comité U Asie Frangaise 1 (1901): 141-158. —— 
Le chemin de fer du Yunnan. Par R.C. With Map. 

The project for a railway from Tong-king to the capital of Yannan was ratified by 
the French chambers in June and July Inst. 





‘Deniker. 


























Imp. and Asiatic Quarterly Rev. 12 (1 
The Congo Free State. By H. R. Fox Bourne. 
State, Mouvement G, 18 (1901): 383 
Lea populations errantes da I'Etat du Congo, Par 
An extract from 4 larger worl Intely published at Br 














556 x NEW MAPS. 


Voloances. MLV. Erdk. Letpsig (1900): 1-26. Wagler. 
Die Geographisohe Verbreitung der Vulkane. Bemerkungen zu den Karten ater 
die geographische Verbreitung des Vulcanismus. Von Dr. C. W. Wagler. Mape. 

‘A note on this paper appears eleowhere (p. 540). 


ANTHEOPOGEOGRAPHY AND HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY. 


Colenisation. Rev. G. 48 (1901): 241-258, 488-450; 49 (1901): 97-123.  Brugidre. 
‘expansion européenne pendant le XIX* sitole. Par F. Brugitre. 
Kolon, Z. (1901): 228-225. Moineske. 
he Aufgaben. I. Hebuog der Produktion der Kingeborenen. Von 






ommereial Geography. Nautical Mag. 70 (1901): 442-149. Turner, 
‘The World’s Great Ports, By W. Turner. 

The writer calle attention to the enormous strides made within recent years by the 
port of Hamburg, which in 1900 for the first time stood first of all the porte of the 
world in the over-sea trade. 

Commercial Geography—Coffee. La @.. B.6.G. Paris 8 (1901): 471-488. Lecomte. 
Le Culture du café dans le monde. Par H. Lecomte. With Maps. 


‘Man and the Ocean. G.Z,1(1901): 241-250. Kirehhof 
Das Meer im Leben der Vélker. Vortrag, gohalten am Institat fir Meereakande 
mm Berlin. Von Alfred Kirchhof. 

Mountain Passes. B. Amerioan G.S. 38 (1901): 124-187. 191-203. 

Mountain Passes. A Study in Anthropogeography. By Ellen C. Semple. 
Seo note in Journal for September (p. 316). 

Notional development. Rev. G. Italiana 8 (1901): 432-448. Biasutti 

‘La Base economica delle conquiste geografiche. Nota di Renato Biasutti. 
On the influence of economic factors on the expansion of peoples. 


GENERAL. 

Bibliography. Bavonsan. 
Dixitme Bibliographic Géographique Annuelle, 1900, publiée sous la direction de 
Louis Raveneau. Annales de Géographie, No. 53, 10° Année, 15 Septembre 1901. 
Paris: Armand Colin. Size 10 x 64, pp. 820. 

This latest volume of the useful geographical bibliography contains the titles of 

908 works or papers, most of which are analyzed at greater or less length. 





NEW MAPS. 
By E. A. REEVES, Map Ourator, B.G.B. 


EUROPE. 
England and Wales. Ordnance Burvey. 
Onoxaxce Souver or Exczaup ayo Waters: Revised sheets published by the 
Diroctor-General of the Ordnance Survey, Southampton, from September 1 to 31, 

1901. 

Lino! 
With hills in brown or black: 181. 137, 148, 169, 193, 195, 211, 229 (engraved), 
1s. each. Printed in colours: 10, 20, 23, 175, 181, 182, 184, 188, le. each. 
Pembroke, 228, 245 (combined), 18. 64. 

‘Towns and country eround, with roads printed in colour: Wolverhampton, 1s, $d. 

@-inch—County Maps 
Bedfordshire, 26 8. 
23 wx, 31 x.w. Derl 
G@lamorganshire, 13 w.w., 43 &.8., 47 N.w. Merion 














35 N.w., N.E. Cumberland, 
48 ow, 49 0n., 57 8E 
shire, 1 a.W., 8.8, 6 W.W., HE, 








NEW MAPS, 55t 


ey peas ys 2, AW AR, LL Oy 1S OF. 
BE, 18 Ey eae pe at a) 


%, 25 ¥w. ‘is 26 XW y Biting He 
he] Hite, A aw. OF a, 87 Mary Ry 


















5 
ea 


sneer 
eae 


4 









wy 
Bat oe 
aay cra 


Bartholomew. 
ea Ee Salter ts Sai Bartholomew. Scale 1: aie anaes 
etal, ith & Sovs, 1901. Price 2a. Prevented by 


Saini eae ciiten, wlan saan Ree added to bring it up to dato, 


England and Wales. Johnston. 
Croling tnd Aatomobile Map of London and the North, Scale 1 or 
8 stat, miles tw an inch, London & Edinburgh; W. & A. kK we 
Price 14, Gd. each sheet. Presented by the Publishers. 


Another of W. & A. K. Johnston's cycling of districts round London, 
prepared from their Three Miles te an Inti" map of ad Wales me snclades 
the country from Croydon on the south Tpit tive Set} 
pre a ere ee cia SGT ‘op the seals 


erase cies 


ASIA, 
—— Russia. oe Government, 
vay the Southern Frontier of Asiatic Russis. Seale 1: iL or 
miles t up inch. & 2, Astrakhan and Oreatg itary 


Moeegeeniieal Dopartmont, St Petersburg. 1901. 

According to the index, this pase in now sehr: bael stead there being only two 
more sheets to be publiahod. The sheet just issued embraces tho region between 
Bimbirsk on tho north and the Caspian on the bree babeaae Oe ‘olga on thy 
weet and Ufa on the east 


Chine Quarter-Master Genoral's Department, Simla, 
Preliminary Mop of the China Fiell Force, Seale 1: 126,720 or 2 atat. miles to 
Sasa Quarter Mater General's tment, Totelligesce Branch, Simin. 


Yinengraphed wt tho Survey of India }, Culoutta, August, 1901, 
iy the devistant Quarter-Master Gore Jbl Br ‘Bima. 

‘The area inciaded in this map is ay from 36 miles Jo tho weet of Pekin 
to the Gulf of Po-ehill, nnd fan 40° 10 N. lat to Tlentain, and ekeon Mt eopeiete 





NEW MAPS, 559 


GENERAL, 
ch Colonies. Pelet. 
‘as des Colonies Frangaises. Dressé par ordre du Ministére des Colonies. Par 
‘ul Pelet. Paris: Armand, Colin & Cie. Livraisons 7. Price 8 francs. 
‘he seventh part of this atlas, which as. jost been issued, contains a mep of Mada- 
ar in four sheets, on the scale of 1 : 2,000,000, in addition to which there are many 
tof neighbouring islands on enlarged scales’ Although only recently published, 
nap is dated January, 1900, and is consequently in some already behind the 
i information it Contains. ‘This is especially notioe- 
rblished this year by the Service 
aphh yue du Corps d’Occupation gives a good deal of information, although the 
0 is left almost a a blank on this map. 





aaa 


mlty Charts. iydrographis Department, Admiralty. 

arts and Plans published by the Hy: ar Department, Admiralty, during 

py and August, 1901. Presented by the Hydrographio Department, Admiralty. 
Inches. 





69 England, east const:—River Thames, Woolwich to Erith. 24. 6d. 

14 Norway, south coast:—Nevlunghavn to Torbidrnakier. 38. 

14 Norway, south coast :—Torbidrnekier to Jalen. ; 

14 Norway, south coast :—Torbidrnskier to Raud, 2s. 6d. 

1-0. Spitsbergen :—Magdalena bay to Red bay. 2s. 6d. 

072 Denmark — Copenhagen road and harbour. 24 
29 Plans in tho gulf of Genoa:—Rapallo bay. 1 6d. 

O8 River St. Lamrenco:—West point of Anticosti to Saguenay river. 



















91 Africa, south-west coast Table bay to Donkin bey, Plan 
added :—Lambert bay. 
D. Potter, Agent.) 
No. 
cee Maplalons bay to Red bey... . . 9003 
om this sheet. 
ee Pies of Portofino on this\New plan. 
Rapallobay. 2 2... 2. . 8210 


Me Cape Chatte toBivislana,{ West Point of Anticosti to Saguenay river 807 


38 Plan of port of Guan-\New plan. 


ve Sage bay to point in chart. 
Moni 
tanamo on thie sheet. } Gobntaaamo bay . bob bbe dng ol aide 6008 





28 Plan of port Nipe on this\New plan. 
sheet. ‘Nipe bay (eastern part). . . . . . . 1380 
48 Port of Santiago de Cuba, a plan. 

El Portillo. Santiago hasbour . eee ee O68 
04 Blowfield lagoon. ot Bieateid lagoon igeleie eae tar ape SOR 


82 Lantau to Lankit islands. 


Charts that have received Important Corrections. 


2, 1188, The World :—Coal and telegraph chart. 2007, Scotland, wost coast :-— 
wer Clydo from Dumbarton to Glasgow. 62a, Channel islands:—Jersey. 2100, 


» New 
howe, Port Hunter: a) Native feat, Duke af re 
emerge et Go 10) Sacred canoe, Port 
Bea of Work alan} C18) Sioall native chute, Dike. 
1) Native houses, New Britain: 
ireland 460 neers ‘(. faced smicty): 
New Britain, 1879; (19) Natives of 
Payette 











BARUE COUNTRY 


ROM INYANCA TO THE 


ZAMBEZI RIVER 
from a survey by 
ONEL A.J. ARNOLD.DS.OJ 


October - November 1900. 


10 20 30 
1:1.000.000 or 18-78 miles«1 inch. 














SEES ta 








SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER. 563 


During the first seagon, assisted by Lieut. L, ©, Jackson, Rx, I 
carried a survey from Roseires on the Line Nile to Fashoda on the 
White Nile, joining Major Austin’s work on the Baro, about 70 miles 
io a straight line above Nasser. A reduction of the maps then made 
has already been published in this Journat, with Major Austin’s paper.” 
Since this map was published, I have, however, had an opportunity to 
determine tho longitude of Rossires, my starting-point, by telegraphic 
comparison of times, The result is to move the whole of the topo- 
graphy between that point and Abajala on the Garre (a tributary of 
the Sobat) 1’ 41” of arc to the west, Considerable additions have been 
made to the map between Dul and the Blue Nile, and the spelling of 
zome of the names has been revised. 

Last winter 1 accompanied Colonel Harrington, the British Agent 
and Consu!-Goneral in Abyssinia, to Addis Abbaba, and proceeded thence 
to the frontier ulong the road originally explored by Mr. Weld 
Blandell, joining my previous work at Fazogli. Having spent somo 
weeks in surveying in greater dotail the country between Razogli and 
Dol, T turned north and carried the survey across the Dinder and 
Rabad valleys to Gallabat. Thence, as the rains had well set in, it 
was necessary to return to Khartum. ‘The most northerly place, which 
was well fixed, was Doka, and unfortunately it was not possible, in the 
time available, to rigidly connect that point with the point at Gedaref 
tolegraphically determined by Colonel Talbot, %.%, 

‘The positions of Wad Medani, Sennar, and Roseires are now tele- 
graphically determined, so the considerable error in longitude which 
existed on all old maps has been eliminated from the position of the 
Blue Nile. South of Roseires to the Baro,* along the western scary 
of the Abyssinian plateau, the longitude depends on a continuoux 
line of latitudes and trae azimuths, The position of a number of 
prominent peaks has been intersected and calculated from a series 
of latitude bases, and the detail survey has been mado on « plane- 
table working from these points, 

The instrument used in this portion of the survey was 4 5-inch 
transit micrometer theodolite, by Messrs, ‘Troughton and Sims. The 
altitudes given in this portion of the map depend on a boiling-point 
value for the summit of Jebel Fazogli, from which other altitudes have 
been worked by vertical angles corrected for curvature and refraction, 

North of the Blue Nile to Jobel Doka vid Gallabat, the survey also 
practically depends on a line of Jatitades and azimuths, bat in the first 
instanco the distance from Jobel Fazogli to Jobel Gubba, determined 
from a latitude base, was taken as the base for « triangulation run with 
a 3-inch transit theodolite to Jebel Belula, south-east of Gedaref. The 
points on this triangulation were used in the plane-table survoy of 

* Soo vol. xvii. p. 572. 
2e2 


these pointe, The closing error on 
previous year was approximately 2 
error has been eliminated, and a 
at Addis Ababa has been plotted. As, he 
run with a very small (3-inch) theodolite, 
observed to were unsuitable beacons, I do n 
warrant for rejecting Captain Swayne's valu 
have not, however, considered it worth while to 
as it probably was not gradually accumula 
definite points which thore is no means of 
given between Addis Abbaba and the fr 
readings. Vertical angles were to a certai 
the results have not yot been computed, 

A list of the points determined is 
accessions to the Intelligence Department list of | 
tudes, and can be seen in the Society’s library, 


nN 








SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER, 565 





AUDIENCE CHAMBEN, PALACE ADDIS ABBABA, 


Norms ox tux Jounsnys. 


Leaving Omdurman on November 19, 1899, Lieut. Jackson and I 
sailed up the Blue Nile to Roseires with our escort of Sudanese in 
three gyassas. Owing to the ly low Nile, progress was 
painfully slow and frequently interrapted by eandbanks. 

The men, however, were available for towing, and better progress 
was made by us than by the boats we passed, which had to depend on 
thewindonly, ‘The river winds considerably, and oven though tho wind 
comes pretty steadily from the north, there were few days on which it 
was favourable throughout, ‘Ten mules were brought from Omdurman, 
but it became obvious, after the first day, that they could easily keep up 
with the boats, and they were consequently landed, giving a very 
welcome amount of room on the overcrowded boats, Short halts wore 
made at Wad Medani and Sennar to fix the position of these places 
telegraphically, and at the former place we received the news of the 
Khalifa’s death, At Karkoj large number of donkeys had been col~ 
Jected for our trausport, and six weeks’ supply of grain was procured 
there for our journey south from Roseires. The donkeys, seventy in 
number, were marched without loads to Roseires, and the provisions 
were carried by water. On December 14 we gladly parted from our 
boats at Roscires, as our numerous boxes and stores had left us little 
elbow-room, and the awning, never of the best, had almost disappeared, 
Rats and cockroaches bad increased and multiplied on the voyage, and 
neither the hont nor its crew had become more savoury. Looking back 
on the voyage now, however, one can realize the possibility of having & 


thwarts help to prevent the boat spreading. | 
south through Keili, skirting the foot of the Ber 
Population is sparse, and the races mach mixed. 


rally descended from the Fung or other tribes ff 
nally came into the country as traders. The 






BAPTLE OP ADUA: MURAL DECORATION IN CHURCH AP RRPRE, 


and Buruns, who live among the rocky hills, thoir houses w 
among the huge sionite boulders in the most inaccessible 
Bertas are the more numerous, and the Buruns live very 


SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER. 57 


| further out from the foothills. ‘The Bertas are a very black race, large, 
wall made, but slothful and stupid toa degree. Going up to their villagos 
in the hills, one finds them stretched out sunning themaclves on the 
rocks, looking for all the world like great black snails. Funny little 
black pigs and stringy fowl share the huts on equal terms, Durra 
must be grown somewhere, but there is little sign of cultivation 
anywhere among the low-growing forests which cover the face of 
rough stony country. Of course near the river population is thicker, 
and a good area is tolerably farmed. 





ABYSSINIAN VMIRST, LEREMPTI, 


As far south as Kirin there is groat scarcity of water, and no 
perennial streams are met with, with the oxception of one flowing at 
the northern’side of Jebel Dul. The tilt of tho strata appears to turn 
all the water from the Beni Shangul platean back into the Tumat and 
Yabus valleys, for one finds delightful little atreama running: east from 
the very edge of the escarp. South of Kirin in Amam there is a break 
in the scarp, and perennial streams run both ways. This conntry is - 





SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER. 562 


At Gidami we camo on tho tracks of another explorer—-the ill-fated 
Bdttego—and our camp was for some time at the foot of the hill on 
which he met his death. One of his books, a modical handbook, was 
presented to mo, and the natives gave apparently an accurate desorip- 
tion of the unfortunate conflict. There can be little doubt that if 
Rdttego had consented to relinquish his design of pushing north to 
Kassala, and had consented, as the natives desired, to go to Addis 
Abbaba, no attack would have been made on his party. The Gallas 
were, however, afraid of incurring the Emperor Menelek’s displeasure 
by allowing an armed force to pass through their country without autho- 
rity, and consequently attacked when Hdttego insisted on proceeding. 





GUMY VILLAGE AT JEnEL MATONGWH 


Leaving the Lega Galla country, we descenied the groat southern 
scarp of tho Kusai range, which projects like a wall for somo 30 
miles st right angles to the general line of the scarp to the platean. 
Once more we entered an almost uninhabited, waterless tract, and 
it was with great difficulty that we were able to obtain guides. This 
is w groat elephant country, and, indeed, game of all sorts appears to 
abound, though, as our provisions were none too plentiful, and the 
accounts of the difficulties likely to be met with on foot were not 
reassuring, we did not dare to waste time shooting, but pushed on as 
fast ns possible. 

On March 15 we reachod the Baro at Kaich, which is apparently 





SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER. 571 





BAMMOO-COVERED COUNTRY, ANAM. 


Jovenxy vrom Apis Anvava To GaLLavaT vid Fazoout. 

On March 12, 1900, I started from Addis Abbaba to Fazogli with a 
few Abyssinian and Somalis as personal attendants. His Majesty the 
Emperor Menelek had given personal orders that evory assistance 
should be given me on my way to the Sudan, and his orders were 
obeyed in the most liberal spirit. Little need be said about the country 
traversed, as it has recently been described by Mr, Weld Blundell and 
in M. Michel's most interesting account of the Bonchamps mission in 
his book * Vers Fachoda,’ That the country to the east has suffered 
much in the Abyssinian wars is evident when it is compared with the 
extreme westerly districts, which surrendered their independence without 
a struggle. I should doubt, however, if at the best of times the more 
central part of the plateau had equalled the Didossa and Yabus valloys 
in fertility. To the east and in Shoo the old Galla organization has 
boon completely broken up, though districts and subdistricta bear the 
old Galla tribal nomex, At Lekempti, however, Dejajmach Kumea 
ia a pure-bred Galla, and his subordinates are Gallas too, though he 
has to support three thousand mon of Dejajmach Demasi’s Abyssinian 
frontior army, Here one begins to find the same type of country and 
state of things as in the Lega Galla conntry described above. The 
country is probably quite as fortile, but the population has evidently 
been considerably reduced. Crossing the Didessa valley, which, like 
that of the Yabus, is a low marshy game country, one ascends a 
formidable scarp bounding Wallega on the east, The whole of the 
sonthern portion of Wallega is thickly inhabited and fertile, but the 
northern extremity of the peninsula between the Yabus, Blue Nile, 


572° SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABISSINIAN FRONTIER. 


and Didessa has been depopulated by the Dervish raids. Near the 
Yabus itself the black population is found on both banks of that river. 
Owing to heavy rain and pressure of time, I was unable to do any- 
thing to amplify Mr. Weld Blundell's interesting discovery as to the 
course of the Blue Nile, but native report fally confirmed his 


4 
the distinguished French author and journalist, and M. le Baron de 
Souci, who wero travelling to visit M. Ilg’s gold-mining canoessimn. 
I have heard that M. le Roux fully explored the eo 
noighbonrhood of the Dideesa Blue Nile junction, and hi 
will, I hope, do much to extend our knowledge of the | y 
this region, which till now has been very indifferently charted. 

Passing through Deol Shangul, 1 seach Ee 3, asi, 


Tuspector of the Sennar district, proceeded to map more: 
northerly portion of the district traversed during the previous yer, 
and to extend the survey in the direction of Gallabat, In the district 















COTTON MARKET, Ginastt. 


SURVEYS ON THE PROPOSED SUDAN-ABYSSINIAN FRONTIER, 573. 


immediately north of the Blue Nile the aboriginal Guniz tribe lives 
under very much the same conditions as the Bertas do in the country 
south. They are « smaller race than the Bertas, but appear to be more 
active and intelligent. Their rulers are usually aliens, The Gubba 
group of mountains docs not form part of the genoral Abyssinian 
scarp, but is an outlying group of vory rocky hills intersected by 
flat narrow valleys. A remarkable feature of the seenery ix the 
number of bare needle-like rocks, some of them, like Jebel Matongwe, 
rising straight ont of the plain, Jobel Abu Ramla is a curious mountain 
Dlock with an almost crater-like summit and steep sides. We marched 
east from Abu Ramla up the Dinder valley to Dankur. Tho chief 
village is about in the same latitude as is assigned on existing maps 
to Dunkur, but this village is really about 10 miles south of tho old 
village, which was consequently very much out of position. In fact, 
the old maps of this region, both as regards topography and tribal 
information, aro quite worthless. From Dunkur we turned nearly due 
north and skirted the foothills of the Kwara plateau, which, with the 
great mountain masses of Jebel Kobai, Jebel Belia, and Jebel Bafa, form 
the true limit of the main plateau. The country traversed was thickly 
wooded with low trees even on the hilltops, and thoroughly un- 
satisfactory to survey. Ont to the west, however, the detached hills 
stood up boldly from the plain and formed good landmarks, Tho 
country is thinly, and for many miles entirely, uninhabited, Dervish 
Taids having almost depopulated it. 
Gallatat is a place rapidly recovering its old importance, and it is 
interesting to find that the majority of the inhabitants are settlers 
(Cor the doscendants of settlors) from Darfur, who, returning from Mekka, 
Brave formed a colony here. 
From Gallabat we returned by the prosperous town of Gedaref (Suk 
NX bu Sin), which has already recovered its position as a great commercial 
‘Sontre, and thence struck across the desert to the Blue Nile to Wad 
“Medani, where we fonnd a steamer waiting to take us to Khartum. 
Wad Medani was hardly recognizable as the squalid native town whore 
Jackson and I had spent two unhappy days a year and a half beforo, 
At Fazogli the immense difference a little over a year had made in the 
general prosperity of the district had struck one. There, it was doubt- 
‘Tess the sense of security of a settled government which had brought 
about the chango, without any particular effort on the part of the govern- 
‘ont; but at Wad Medani new buildings and gardens gave ocular 
evidence of the existence of a government. 








NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEOGRAPHY OF ARGENTINA, 575 


loess in close association with the bonos of extinct animals, The con- 
fusion produced as to the epoch of extinction of these mammals by the 
exploration of the Mylodon cave in South Patagonia would require a 
long explanation, which time does not permit of to-day; neither will 
the question be discussed whether this primitive man is of the same 
type as the Eskimo, or whether he is only a descendant, or whether 
they are both representatives of entirely different peoples eeparately 
doveloped. But as introduction to this short account, I will only say 
that the Pampean sea, the Moxos lake of Bolivia, and tho Amazonian 
lacustrine area, so well described at the Bristol mecting, and at the 
er gaan Society, by Colonel George Earl Church, havo had 

great influence on the geographical distribution of man in the early 
history in South America. By these broad waters the Brazilian land- 
mass was separated from the Andean land-mass. There is no doubt 
that man lived in South America in early pleistocene times, and it is 
also undoubtedly a fact that during the pleistocene period a great 
part of that continent had not the same physical features which it 
beara to-day. Very probably the Caribbean sea had not its present 
extension. The Andes had not reached their present elevation, and 
lands existed to the west and to the south-east ; these are all geographical 
features necessary to explain many facts observed in the distribution 
of man in America, 

In the southern part of the Brazilian or eastern region, which very 
probably was more extensive than at present, the dolichocephalic or 
long-headed type developed; in the Andenn region, the brachycephalic 
or round-headed type; and a third intermediary type came later on 
from the Columbia-Venezuela region in the north. ‘The first two types 
developed separately, till, with the slow decrease of the Pampean sea 
and of the big lakes, inter-communication was possible, In those times, 
with the appearance of the pampean loess above the sea, other lands in 
the neighbourhood sank, the great mammalian fauna commenced to 
decay, and the Atlantic coast took its present contour (leaving only as 
proofs of the past existence of the lost lands, the polishing of rocks by 
wind-blown sands from these lands); sea arms advanced 300 miles to 
the north of its present boundary, sufficiently deep to allow the passage 
of whales, and great rivers flowed into the large bays of San Borombon 
or Bahia Blanca; hundreds of lakes extended on the now low lands, 
and then mon of the east and of the west met, and the mixture of the 
types commenced. 

In that ago tho climate was different from that of tho prosent. 
The Andes had not formed their present continuous barrier between the 
Atlantic region and the Pacific region ; vast glaciers still existed in the 
northern lands, descending to the valleys of the western highlands and 
giving » damp climate to tho arid regions of to-day. In Patagonia the 
glaciers advanced eastwardly. While the geographical conditions were 





NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEOGRAPHY OF ARGENTINA. 577 


‘third type, mesocephalio, represents the Faegion type of the Yagan and 
tho Alakalufs which, while speaking two different languages, seem to 
be of the same race. A fourth typo is that of tho Onas of Tierra del - 
Fuego. A fifth represents the Tehuelches of the old race; a sixth the 
great Patagonians or the Ahineckenkes; the seventh the Gennakens 
(or tho true Pampas); and eighth a type very much resembling the 
Calchaquis and Huarpes of the north-west part of Argentina. These 
are normal types, but there are othors showing artificial deformations 
‘not less interesting. Every kind of skull deformation is represented in 
‘these graves—those of the Aimaries, the Pampean races, the 

the old Pernvians, those of the North American Indians, and some also 
of Central Asia and Europe. 

Some of these types represent races that have arrived in Patagonia 
from the north, following the Atlantic coast. In the burial-grounds 
which I have explored in the western regions I discovered only tho 
Ahoneckenke, the Gennaken, and the Araucanian type, while somo in 
the neighbourhood of Lake Buenos Aires pertained to the Chonos Indians 
of the Pacific coast. It is also necessary to say that in the old encamp- 
ments to the south of Chubut, from which the La Plata moscum has 
obtained a good number of human remains, the number of types diminish. 
There are in tho extreme south only those of natives still existing, 
which soems to show that the other types became extinct before 
reaching these latitudes. 

I will now try to show who are the present representatives of these 
men.and the places in which they now live. Of the primitive dolichooe- 
phalic type there does not now exist any living individual ; it belongs 
to an extinct race. This is not the case with the first mesocephalic type 
which is represented by the Yagan and the Alakaluf. I have known 
personally the two individuals who have boon photographed, and can 
state certainly that they do not in any way answer to the popular idea 
of the inferiority of these races. They both learned to read and write, 
took an interest in drawing, spoke a little English and sufficient Spanish. 
The Yagan was amiable, sensible, and kind, while the Alakalnf was 
somewhat gloomy, inclined to theft, but kind with children ; both were 
interested in all they saw; the second was extremely skilled in the 
making of stone arrow-heads, while to the first the La Plata museum 
‘owes the possession of many very valuable palmontological specimens. 
This apparent inferiority is due to the land environment in which they 
obtain their food, principally by fishing in the fjords in their canoes ; 
but a certain number of Yagans now work in the Argentine settlements 
of Beagle channel, and several have beoome good sailors, It is im- 
possible to decide to-day whether theso two races proceed from tho 
southern Brazilian stock ; but several of their usages undoubtedly bolong 
toa formor manner of living. Their masked dance, and ornaments, for 
example, are remembrances of an old sunny fatherland. In their present 

No. Vi—Decewrr, 1901.) 2q 





NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEOGRAPHY OF ARGENTINA. 579 


is possible to trace it from the northern plains of Argentina south- 
ward to the centre of Patagonia, where its last representatives are 
now found. These were the men who lived in Patagonia and Tiorra 
dol Fuego at the timo of the voyage of Magellan ; the Arancanians were 
confined to the two slopes of the Andes between 35° and 41° 8. Int, 
and some few Chonos occasionally passed from the western channels 
to the eastern valleys by the Andine reaches of the south; the mummi- 
fied Indian which I discovered in 1877 in the Take Argentino being 
the single proof that the enigmatic men bearing the macrocephalic 
deformation, whose remains I obtained from the Rio Negro burial- 
extended as far as 50° south. 

‘The anthropological types which I have mentioned as having lived 
in the southern extremity of America were men of very low culture, but 
amongst them, however, were representatives of higher types. Thers 
have been discovered in the ancient encampments a few fragments of 
somewhat elaborate pottery, evidently brought with the migrators, for 
neither the Pampean, the Patagonian, nor the Fuogian tribes were 
potters. In the La Plata Museum we have some vessels in a good state 
of preservation from the Chubut valley, analogous to those used in the 
provinces of the north-west of Argentina, and with the same bave been 
discovered perforated turquoises, which undoubtedly come from the 
ame provinces, as there, in the old times, this stone was extremely 
‘appreciated for uso as necklaces and mosaics. Were this pottery and 
these turquoises brought by migrants, or were they the result of 
commerce? I am inclined to think that they were brought by the 
nomadic Patagonian and Pampean tribes in their periodical marches 
to the north and south. 

T have said that amongst the remains buried in the ancient encamp- 
ment of the Rio Negro were skulls showing a great number of types of 
artificial deformation skull. These remains caused me to look for the 
northern races of Argentina, The man represented by the fossil 
remains diecovered in the Pampean mud pertains, as it has been said, 
to tho primitive type discovered also in Brazil, but as wo advance 
further north remains of other men appoar, and the tupi-guarani type 
takes the principal place. 

Along the littoral of the La Plata estuary it is possible to follow 
the southerly march of all these prehistoric races by their remains. It 
4s still a mystery who were the ferocious Charruas inhabiting the 
Atlantic coasts of Uruguay; whether they were of the Guarani stock 
or the result of a mixture with the primitive type. Some of their 
stone implements resembled those found in the Rio Negro valley, 
and their peculiar stone clubs have also been discovered there as 
well as in the Chubut valley. In the La Plata Museum there are 
some stone axes and some zooform stones from Uruguay similar to 
those discovered in the Calchaqui region, but difforont to thone of 

2q2 





NOTES ON THR ANTHROPOGROGRAPRY OF ARGENTINA. st 


Bes ee ee they were stopped by semi-civilized 
and warrior peoples, the population boing great, and agricnltnral 
pursuits and irrigation practised everywhere. In the San Juan and 
Mendoza region, to the west, thoy also found large “popu- 
lation. Moreover, the ancient chronicles tell us that in the countrios 
settled by these populations there were ruins and other remains of 
unknown peoples upon which later discoveries have not thrown much 
light, In the Argentine region bounded on the east by the Chaco 
forests, on the north by the salt plains, by the pampas on the south, 
and on the west by the crest of the Andes, numerous sites are found 

specimens of ancient arts and industries, Argentina thus 
forms one of the most interesting of fields for anthropological research. 
Proceeding from tho south, we see the ancient settlement of Cordoba 
and San Juan, where beautifal oarthenware, human and animal figures 
in pottery and stone, stone arrow-heads and axes perfectly polished, are 
exhumed, and not infrequently human remains—the first sometimes in 
the same bed and at the same depth as the remains of extinct mammals. 
In Mendoza I have photographed isolated petrographs, remarkably 
similar to those found in the south-west of the United States, Mexico, 
Columbia, Guiana, and in Northern Argentina. Further to the north, 
proceeding along the mountains, the same petrograph becomes more 
numerous, and in many points rocky walls are covered with these 
probably mythico-religions figures. In the neighbourhood of the town 
of San Juan, I have explored some ancient encampments, In the plain 
were human remains of the type of the common Tehuelches and Genna- 
kens, while in the mountain valloys the remains wore of a more 
advanced agricultural people, and the anthropological type was also 
different, approaching the Calchaqui of the north. In the lower valleys, 
close to the eastern foot of the Andes, I explored some very old places in 
which several bodies were adorned with Pacific marine shells and with 
wooden ornaments, containing mosaics of turquoises, evidently extracted 
from a neighbouring hill. ‘The great South American road called “the 
Incas road” passes along this valley at the foot of tho mountains, to 
the Uspallata gorge, through which it turns westward to the summit 
of the Cordillera and crosses to Chile. Stone walls are in every part 
by the side of this round, and numerous petrographs show that the road 
was made by the same race who used to carve the stone. 

This so-called “Incas road” was, I believe, built before the Incas 
settled in Peru. Moreover, in the Andean gorges I have seen extensive 
rains whore today life is extremely difficult or impossible during, a 
great part of the year, and extensive irrigation works are to bo seen 
where to-day one could not possibly find a drop of water, showing that 
tho climatic conditions of these regions have changed, and that tho 
waters must havo diminished. It is known that a century ago the 
emall lakes of Guanncache, between San Juan and Mendoza, were much 





NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEOGRAPHY OF ARGENTINA. 583 


of the Argentine native population, the Calchagui, who merit more 


fhaifeasiern. side ‘of -the’ suuthern! prolangettoulof the Helivien 
Andes in the north-west is wooded and well irrigated by nature, 
and slopes gently to the pampean and Chaco plains; Heke 
the high mountains of the Aconquija range, penetrating by the 
valley of Guachipas, or to the south by the dry salt plains of the 
Lianos lary deepest selma Teepe en PEC es 
regions of very different aspect. A series of parallel ridges, very 
Setismsierocted; stsrp, andl rondhingacestkcas 26 bu Meeorsideaaey 
Tuns north to south as the termination of the central Andes of 
Bolivia. ‘To the east is the Iong valley of “ Calchaqui,” extending from 


snowy border of the Pana of Atacama. ‘The valley is sometimes 
narrow, sometimes broad, with subsidiary valleys which communicate 
with the Puna of Atncama on the west, with Salta and Jujuy region 
‘on the east, whilo towards the south it expands into a dry basin in 
‘which ond other small valleys from the north and west, and to the 
South-west it narrows into a gorge communicating with the vast ancient 
Lacustrine basin of Catamarca. Tho Puna plateau highland, the lowest 
point of which is at an elevation of more than 10,000 fest, is covered to 
an extent of nearly 60,000 square miles by some low ridges half buried 
Gn the ashes and lava of hundreds of volcanoes, several of which reach 
an altitude of 20,000 feet, and are still active; salt dry lakes, whore 
“borax is now being dug, also lie in this region. To the south of the 
Avonquija knot is the valley of Singuil and Catamarca, which ends in 
tho salt plains of Rioja and Cordoba, To the west the Ambato chain 
separates from the broad old lacustrine basin called las Salinas of 
Catamarca, in the north-east corner of which is Andalgula, and in the 
north-west corner Belen, at the gate of the gorge before mentioned, and 
Londres, of Catamarca, a very humble village s0 named by the Spanish 
conquerors when Philip II. of Spain was husband to Mary Queen of 
England. 
‘Po the west and south-west stretches a mountain ridgo, with « 
Projecting spur to the south ; the latter is cut by the river of Tinogasta, 


regions of the United Statos of North As 
























temperate, 
I have said that the Calchaqui valley, 
from the Argentine-Bolivian high platean to | 
whore the land reaches an average elevation 
remains of very large settlements once oc 
so-called Calchagui, Aimara, and Peruvians, 
commences for my purpose in the region to the 
Acai, which is an elevation of 15,000 foot. 


to Calchaqui valley, and, following it to 
gap, I came again to the Puna, reached Mount 
then, returning straight to the south, again re 
Sierra, visited the Calchaqui ruins near the poor 
ward across the crest of the Cordillera de los 

to the sonth-weat across that dead region, re 
province of Catamarca, along the longitndinal vs 
reached the gorge of Belen, coming from Santi 


NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEROGRAPHY OF ARGENTINA: 585 


by Catamarea, Pilciao, and Andalgalé; and in 1895, ponetrating from 
Jo Rioja, I examined the western valleys and the south of the high 
volcanic plateau, till I reached the placo [ had arrived at in 1893, T 
then returned to Tinogasta by the narrow gorge of Ws 

mentioned, and thus am acquainted with noarly all the Calchaqui 
region, in which traces of that former American civilization may be 
seen to-day. 

Ido not think that tho remains which are found in every part of 
that region all pertain to one race or to one opoch; but, on the 
contrary, they belong to many epochs and to different peoples 
representing many centuries of human settlement, the latest peoples 
being subdued by wild tribes who came from tho oagt and south, 

At the eastern foot of the mountains every day specimens of human 
culture aro discovered, sometimes very deep, in the open ground close 
to tho stream. Numerous hollows in the rocks show that long ago 
corn and algarroba beans were there pounded ; burial-grounds are met 
everywhere, and their contents show not only reverence for the dead 
and their religions beliefs, but also great skill in pottery. Stone 
hammers and axes arc very common, and animal forms carved in 
stone, sometimes in hard basalt. In the caves and rocky walls carved 
and pictured figures, still enigmatic, are preserved, and from time to 
time great boulders covered with the same aro found. Theso evidences 
of a cultured and artistic people are more numerous in the valley near 
the town of Catamaroa. The proofs of a large population are observed: 
at once; from the old settloment of Chumbicha at the south end of the 
valley, to the Pacara at the base of Mount Aconquija, archeological 
discoveries are daily made, including objects in copper and sometimes 
in gold. The ruins of towns and villages are still visible, and when 
the traveller has roached the high hills of Singuil and arrived at tho 
narrow gorge of Pucara, dominated by the extensive ruins of that name, 
he has passed across a country that once formed a continuous line of 
villages and busy towns, bordered at the two sides by massive mountains 
and defended at the extremity by the military posts of Chumbicha and 
Pucara, Pucara is undoubtedly the largest ancient fortress of Calchaqui, 
and I think that its purpose was to dofend the valley of Catamarca and 
the western one from the invasions of the peoples of the eastern plains 
of Tucuman and Santiago, although it was unable to check them, 
according to old traditions. I have passed some days among these 
interesting ruins, the walls of which extend for nearly 2 miles, dominat- 
ing by 1000 foot another valloy situated to the north, onclosod by 
mountains, and where the remains of walls and agricultural grounds 
show that tho population numbered tons of thousands, To-day the 
waters of tho valley aro scanty, and used only by a fow doscondants 
of the natives, possessing only a few goats and a little maize. In former 
times rains must have been frequent and water more abundant than it 






























cleo 
hia old lake received the watara of no 
the gorge of Belen. I have passed through it: 
that it would be a good investment for an irri, 
the water that passes through the gorgo, givin 
region its past agricultural activity, Hxtrem 
small valleys near the northern entrance to 
made collections which show how mixed were 
this part in past times, At Yacutula Id 
tho extreme of tho two human typos, the 
skull and the most normal of tho brac 
tina; the first was that of a woman, pro 
were broken probably at tho moment of 4 
skull ofa man, buried in a painted jar. 
Tn La Puerta I found the most artistic 
Plata Museum, and a beautiful mortar ad 
San Fernando and Corral Quemado I had pro 
plomenta which are frequent in the Calchaqui gr 
but were smelted and cast on the spot; I 
the slag from the melting-pot. 
‘Hualfin contains one of the most important ru 





NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGEOGRAPRY OF ARGENTINA, 587 


was the headquarters of part of the Calchaqui army, and the centre of 
@ great agricultural district. Hualfin has been in that basin what 
Pucané, on the road between Andalagalé and Tucuman, was—tho wostorn 
fortified gate of the Calchaqui civilization. Thoslopes of the mountains 
that enclose the southern basin are rich in rains of towns and villages. 
‘The western slope of the Aconquija is covered with them, and in the 
contral valloys there have been discovered megalithic monuments 
which seem to have preceded thoso of ‘Tiahuanaco, on the shores of 
‘Titioaca, 

In the valley, and in the mountains that olose it in to the west, are 
still more ruins of forts and towns, once agricultural centres. In every 
gorge, in the mountains, in every small valley at their foot, are seen 
rnina, and more ruins. I will mention only those of the Cajon ridge 
to tho oast and west, whore nearly all the abrupt slope is covered with 
walls and steps, where the natives sowed their crops and protected 
themselves by numerous military posts and forts. To-day very little 
water runs at the foot, Famabalasto and Fuerte Quomado are steep 
rains, the existence of which implies a much damper olimate ; s0 also do 
tho remains of agricultural districts and towns of Santa Maria, Villarica 
and Jujuy, somo in the low plains, others in the top of small tablelands, 
or “megas,” all of them to-day cut by deep ravines. There we have # 
scenery which reminds mo of what I bave seen in the pictures from 
North-West Mexico and Arizona, and Dr. H. Ten Kate, my travelling 
companion in 1893, who had visited those regions and the ruins of the 
ancient civilization of the Shiwi or Zuilis, was astonished at the similarity 
of the two landscapes, and the same charactoristic features may be 
seen all over the north-west regions of Argentina. 

In the neighbourhood of Santa Maria will be found the chief remains 
of the Calchaquis, and Fuerte Quomado is indeed the most interesting 
of its rains; these are situate on the top of a precipitous hill, with steep 
access by a single narrow passage. ‘The most oxtensive ruins are those 
of the ancient town of the Quilmes, a little to the north. Here are the 
stone walls of thousands of houses, overgrown to-day by cacti and 
bosbes. The museums of La Plata and Buenos Aires have obtained 
‘excellent collections of specimens from these ruina ‘Tradition suys that 
the Quilmes were not Calchaquis, but of Chilian descent, but I have 
seen no evidence to justify such a tradition, ‘To the north of Quilmes, 
the traveller continues to meet with ruins at Colalao, Tolombon, Cafa- 
yate, Molinos, Payogasta and in every little village, or whorever thore 
was a probability that man could settle. 

Copper instruments havo bocome more numerous in that part of tho 
valley, as aleo in tho vicinity of Salta and Jujuy, Culchaqui ruins in 
the wost aro found ot Antofagasta de la Sierra and at Antofalla. In 
the valley of Antofagasta de la Sierra to-day thore aro soarcely fifty 
inhabitants. Antofalla is deserted ; only occasionally an Atacama Indian 





beautiful bronze diske 

_ In Antofalla one of my assistant 
‘tottloment. Pussing to th 

meena eeepc 

places are common in every 


IL, 
All that I bave said in this paper 4! 
of Argentina, and how 
connected with the geography of the sou 
says altel the remains bi 
not its t relief and co 
pig sete sreaiprty while 
rogions of the west at tho ond of the 
‘the old people pushed to the south, where 
ants, and amongst thom we note an exty 
never observed in any other country of the 
‘in caves with extinct mammals, as man lived it 
Pleistocene poriod, and other people mign 
tremity of the American continent. We find! 
elements mixed with the Patagonians; Poly 
Cslcbagui and old Peruvian culture, Advani 
complicated civilization which is impossible to 
type, yet presenting an astonishing similarity | 
that of people who lived in the same latitude 
sphere, and in a land of similar physical 
able analogy between the potrographe oxtendis 
Patagonia, on both sides of the Andes, and | 
arta and mytha In intermediate countries there: 
with races of the south and of tho east. In 
‘Tiahuanaco and other similar ruins have no ant 
which they are referred, the one that used the m: 





y ai 


NOTES ON THE ANTHROPOGELOGRAPRY OF ARGENTINA, 589 


has its representatives from Vancouver to Patagonia, In the old Pera- 
viun pottery the human types are not all those of the natives of to-day, 
but those of Patagonia, Ticrra del Fuogo, and Chile—in this same pottery 
Mexican types sppoar represented as prisoners. Soveral small artistic 
terra-cottas, so common in the old Moxican towns, have boon discovered 
in the pampas of Buenos Aires, while other Mexican objects are the 
sime as some of Calchaqni; Calchaqni remains extend from the Atlantio 
to the Pacific, and from Patagonia to Poru, and inter-Andean trado 
existed in those remote epochs, showing the enterprise of the peoplox 
which maintained such relations across so great a barrier. When we 
remember all these facts, we cannot bnt believe that man has oxiated 
from a very remote period in South America, and that inter-continental 
and, more, interoceanic communications have been maintained from pre- 
historie times until the day that the Spanish conquistadores continued 
the work of the wild tribes in destroying the older prosperity when 
other civilizations commenced to decay. 

Now, who are the Onas, the Tehuelches, the Gennakens, the 
Araucanians, the Misiones and Chaco tribes, the Calchaquis? It is 
impossible to auawer this to-day. I have indicated the importance of 
these investigations in the hope that it may conduce to the solution 
of these problems, but I begia to think that we are already in presence 
of the elements which formed the old and lost civilization, the ruins 
of which are spread over the whole continent of South America. Tho 
anthropologist, treating of North America only, and ignoring what 
cau be seen in South America, supposes that the latter continent waa 
peopled by tho races of the former, and that the ancestors of the 
Pueblos were also the founders of the old civilizations of Peru and 
Bolivia, but I think that the South American origins are the older, 
and that there is ample evidence to support my contention. I remem- 
ber that the science of palmontology has demonstrated that the pampean 
mammals migrated from south to Mexico and the United States, and 
it is not impossible that men may have taken the same northward 
route. It is true that the mastodon is a Buropean and North American 
mammal, but it is not to be forgotten that its remains are also abundant 
in South America, in beds of the same age as that of North America 
and Enropo. 

Undoubtedly the study of the geographioal conditions of South 
America during the latter part of the tertiary age and the commonce- 
mont of tho pleistocene period will help very much to the solution of so 
many interesting problems. 

















pending 
value of the disjointed efforts which are now being made | 
for administrative purposes in various parts of the 
opinion that the following considerations, none of 
outlay, should be especially brought to the notice of H 
inasmuch as immediate attention to them would o 
attainment of the end primarily in view—viz. the eon 
and consistent geographical map of that part of Africa 4 
interests. 


tions who have already 





HOW ARE WE TO GET MAPS OF AFRICA? 501 
administration, and every effort should be made fn tho first instance to secure a 


iuto one homogencous map, it is most desirable to draw the attention of local 
administrators to thia point; and, wherever local surveys havo alroady been com- 
‘moncod, to test the accuracy of their lincar measurements by the adoption of a 
geodetic base, Such a base need not be measured by the cumbersome procerses 
which have made the measurement of geodetic bases #0 Inborious and expensive in 
the past. New methods and improved means haye lately been introduced which 
eee thn wie, Goh os es cmeliny Ne ooo ene 

It would, therefore, be advisable that the same instruments, under the 
same personal supervision, should be used in every case, Unity of scale and of 
linear measurement is absolutely essential to final compilation in such vast areas as 
Africa presents, and much good work now in progress may be rendered valucless 
for general map-making purposes if such unity is not secured ab initio, 

(B) It is the earnest desire of the Royal Geographical Society that those 
travellers and explorers who use their instruments and accept their assistance 
financially should add to the practical outcome of mapping material in Africa, 
For this purpose the Society has established tnuining classes in practical geography, 
and keeps # record of the names of those who are qualified to work as 
surveyors. But in order to atilize their work to the fullest extent, it is ewsential 
that the geographical data determined by such professional surveyors as from time 
to time are went to Afrion under the direction of the Intelligence Department 
a ee and it is therefore most desirable that all such 

material (indispensable for the proper location of field surveys and for check on 
final positions) as may be collated at the Intelligence Oflico may be placed at the 
Aisposal of the Reyal Geogmphical Society, Attention should very specially be 
drawn to the great amount of geographical mapping (at presont disconnected and 
wanting in topographical dotall) which is annually turned ont by 
pias ‘The value of this might be largely increased if it were based on exact 


(4) One of the most important factors in dealing with the vast arca of our 
African possessions in the matter of geographical (or first) surveys is the absolute 
necossity of reaorting to native agency for ite topography. Effective topography 
can never be wecured without the assistance of surveyorsand dranghtamen specially 
trained to this particular branch of map-making. European agency (except for 
purposes of supervision) is out of the question on account of the expense, Indian 
native agency is cqually impossible for more than comparatively restricted ares, 
‘The vast mass of African mapping must be secured through the agency of natives 
of Africa, just na Asia has largely been mappod by Asiatice. 

‘There is apparently no reason why natives of Afrien, trained in mission aud 
other schools, should not be as effective in the field of survey as Africans generilly 
‘ave proved in the field of arms. 

It is suggested that in the earlier stages of the formation of such an agency 
scientific socletics might be willing to take the initiative. It is to the interest of 
the Royal Geographical Society, for instance, to secure the assistance of native 
topographers for oxplorers. What is immediately wanted is the initistion of : 
training achool; and it seems probable that, if one or two promising pupils wer 
selected from each protectorate for training, an invaluable achool oak tae Wwe 





HOW ARE WE TO GET MAPS OF AFRICA? 593, 


bidvast nateeihven eben teteun neers sth 
of territory which require scourate geographical mapping for military 
and administrative purposes. This, of course, implies that wo do not 
trouble ourselves about districts under the protection of other European 
powers than that of England, only confining our attention to territories 
about which it is absolutely essential that wo should possess accurate 
information. It is dificult to compare this mass of prospective map~ 
ping with any results achieved elsewhere under conditions sufficiently 
similar to justify the recommendation of definite methods in order to 
attain similar results. Probably the general physiography of Africw, 
and its conditions of life (regarded from the surveyor's point of view) 
moré nearly approach those of Asia than they do those of Hurope or 
Amorica, It is true that in Asia oar direct national interests do not, 
extond anything like ax far. All the poningula of India, ineluding the 
Native States and Burma, with the Himalaya on tho north, hardly cover 
a million and a half square miles, If, however, we include the trans- 
borderland of the west, and the trane-Himalayan plateau or highland 
country (all of which is directly related to India, and has already 
fallen within reach of exploratory survey), we shall more nearly 
approach the weight and value of that huge geographical enterprise 
which lies before us in Africa, and we may find ourselves finally 
justified in drawing on our Asiatic experiences for certain general 
deductions to guide us in tackling the great African problem. It is 
idle to make comparisons between the physical conditions of Asiatic 
and African geography ; equally idle to balance the idiosyncrasies of 
the Asiatic races against those of Africa, considering the enormous 
aroa of infinitely varied physical aspect and the wide diversities of 
race and nationality which distinguish both continents. Special methods 
to meet apecial conditions will bo requisite in Africa just as they have 
been needful in Asia. It is only possible to indicate the general cha- 
racter of those methods of map-making which are likely to be just as. 
applicable to the greater part of the African continent as they have 
proved to be in Asia. One thing at least is cloar, ic. that every factor 
that can be utilized to multiply the great sum of geographical map 

making in Africa should be utilized to the very utmost, 

‘The first, and perhaps the chief, of those factors is to be found in 
those Government surveys which have already been initiated in many 
parts of tho continent, and which are to be carried out under a recog- 
nized system of technical dotail which will ensure a high standard of 
accuracy in the field ond of final expression in the shape of maps. 
With this organized system—or rathor with those many units of it 
which at presont appoar to be independent of each othor and of any 
eontral control—the Royal Geographical Socicty has little to do. It 
involves, in the firat inetance, an elaborate programme for a “ geodetic 
aro” which is to extend from “the Cape to Cairo,” the triangulation 

No. VI.—Deormarr, 1901. 2k 























spring | 
spring again yet minor systems, until ah 
with a network of points ; and finally thoto 
to. the mapping. Thisis the 
tion Ww! accurate and 
necessary for economic purposes; and it 
will be just as necessary in Africa as it h 
But all this systematic and regular process | 
and directed by Government, and it will ni 
tedious process, Money must be raised fo 
officers and assistants organized to carry 
years to train a really efficient staff of topo 
are to judge by the average rate of progress 
when systematic surveying of this nature has 
not reasonably expect to possess even # firs! 
protectorates on # scale sufficiently large for mili 
purpores within the next half-century at soo 
are prepared to maintain that the primary basis: 
constructed survoy, covering such « vast arcd a8 
African protectorates, must be triangulation of mu 
to be called geodetic in tho strictest scientific 
do not all of them advocate the principle of 
of these important states until that geodetic 
would bo well, no doubt, if xo satisfactory a 
quent operations conld be secured, but the 
clues aa will serve the purposes of adm 











£2 





| 


HOW ARE WE TO GET MAPS OF AFRIOAT 595, 


of military movement is far too urgent to permit of the delay that must 
be involved in preparing it. Accurate gedyraphical maps are the grea 
necessity of the present, and there is not an administrator in A 

who is not crying out for them and doing his best to get them. ‘Thus 
it happens that there is a vast amount of mapping already in progress— 
some of it under Government direction, and some of it colonial—which 
(good or bad) will form another factor in the final sum of African map- 
making. All of it is equally independent of that geodetic basia which 
has been claimed as the sine gud non of a continental survey, and tho 
question arises whether all this material can be finally pieced together 
and fitted into the complete map product without confusion and difficulty 
when the time comes for the inevitable compilation. 

This deponds on what other system of triangulation, or what 
substitute for triangulation, has boon made uso of in the absence of 
tho strictly geodetic class; it also dopends, to a certain oxtent, on the 
adoption of unity of scale and of Hnear measurement throughout the 
varied areas of survey. Itis to these important points that the reso- 
{ution of the British Association was designed to draw the attention 
of those administrative authorities under whom scattered surveys in 
British protectorates are now being pushed forward; and there is reason 
to hops that administrative authorities of foreign territories adjoining 
those of England will also recognize the advantage of these proposals, 
tending to the attainment of a scientifically accurate map of Africa as 
a whole, But the colonial surveys, which are already far advanced, 
have not recognize] these principles. Strange as it may seem, although 
South Africa (ie. Cape Colony and Natal) has for somo years been 
traversed by a magnificent system of geodetic triangulation of the very 
highest value (the only true geodetic triangulation in Africa), none of 
the colonial surveys have been either based on it or adjusted to it, At 
present it stands alono as an abstract scientific enterprise, with no 
practical or utilitarian outcome whatever. And tho result is that 
when the great accumulation of colonial estate maps were patched 
together in order to compile a practical military map, it was found that 
(possessing no general basis of triangulation) there were internal dis- 
crepancies which absolutely invalidated the map for military purposes. 
Sich a combined patchwork of local surveys is of little or no value us 
# general map of the country even for ordinary civil and administra- 
tive purposes, For instance, it would be unadvisable to depend on it 
for the allignment of « railway or a boundary. ‘Very considerable 
expense and delay must be incurred before a really satisfactory map 
(even on 4 small scale) could be constructed out of such matorial. The 
Government surveys in the protectorates, in the Transvaal, and in 
Egypt (equally independent of a geodetic besis) are conducted on the 
more or less rogular lines of preliminary triangulation and subsequent 
topography, and they should not only be effective firat mapa of the 

222 


| a i 


























braiore enien rip cs caerulea 
will be greatly 


development » 
general seein hac aon i of the o 


no necessity to enter into details of 
surveying. A most excellent book on surve 
cael aed aapece soniye. 
are treated for the first time as distinot brane 
topography.” ‘he main pointe to note ar, ( 
veying depends as much on sound tri 

Gnas an nad attention to.ascuncpsied i 
that it can be made to fit with certainty into i 
ordinated in latitude and longitude) wh th 
by geodetic measurement ; (3) that it is exe 
ment and comparatively cheap, All those 


That coated ont for horadlary ype poses Satin 


which, under Major Jackson, Captain Clo 
alroady spread ovor a great part of tho Tr 
surveys in so far as they have been condue 
maps on small scale for illustration of the fe 
a wholo, and not for purposes of local defence, 
sands of square miles of territory on the Ind 
surveyed on abt op- Sons raga hy raed 


© ‘Topographic Surruying, including Goograplil 
toying? By H. M. Wilton. "John Wiley & Sona, New 


. Bee also list of works bearing on the subject of 


‘the oad of this article. 








HOW ARE WE TO GET MAPS OF AFRICA? 597 


the recognized system for topographical surveying which is common to 
all countries so far as is practicable, do not pretend to adhere to any 
rigid form of procedure whore the recognized systems are impracticable. 
Tn days that have hardly yet passed by, opportunities which are now 
utilized for a geographical survey would have resulted in a thin line 
of traverso flanked by wide blank spaces where no feature was deline- 
ated, although much of the pbysiogmphy of tho country must have 
beon within casy range of vision. The difference between those efforts 
on the part of early explorers and the infinitely mote comprehensive 
illustration of the topography of a country which is now demanded, is 
due partly to the immense improvement in the graduation of the 
smaller classes of instruments, but chiefly it is undoubtedly due to 
the thorough knowledge which is now acqnired of the capabilities of 
the plane-table by well-trained topographere. Instead of the thin red 
Tine of traverse, we demand square maps showing every topographical 
detail which is appreciable on tho seale of survey; and we further 
démand that hundreds of square miles of mapping should be turned 
out where ten sufficed before; and that all of it should be so fitted 
within certain well-fixed points that we can determine with certainty 
the co-ordinate position in latitude and longitude of every feature of 
the map to a degree of exactness that betrays no error on the small 
scale of the mapping, when the mapping is tested by the rigorous 
methods of final geodetic, or firut-class, triangulation. ‘This is what 
wo call geographical surveying, and it is a class of surveying whioh is 
but half appreciated in England, because in England there is no oppor- 
tunity for its practice or illustration, It is, however, well understood 
in America, Russia, Germany, and France, and it has been invaluable to 
India. Geographical surveying should specially appeal to the members 
of the Royal Geographical Society, for it places an agency within the 
reach of every member of the Society which may result in most useful 
additions to the sum of our geographical knowledge, not only in Africa, 
‘but wherever that knowledge is weak. So far as Government surveys 
are concerned, the B.G.S, can hardly ofler any assistance which pro- 
mises to be practically usofal, It can at most but ropresent the opinion 
of an influential body of geographers in favour of any method which 
will ensure unity of scale and homogeneity in the final map-results, 
But in the broad realm of geographical exploration there is ample room 
—room, indecd, so ample that it seems hopoless to expect that it will be 
adequately filled for many years to come—for those expeditions, con- 
duoted either in commercial interests or for the simple sake of adven- 
ture, which, extending far beyond the rogion of settled administration 
and regulation survey processcs, might result in the acquisition of 
geographical map information quite good enough to take its place 
in lino with the permanent map records of Government. It has 
been so in Asia, and it may be so in Africa. If every independent 





| 





HOW ARE WE TO GRP MAP3 OF AFRICA 599 


and far larger spaces it is probable all that will be practically wanted 
for many decades to come. It is, at any rate, sufficient to indicate in 
what directions such closer examination is dosirable, and consequently 
‘it is of infinite practical valus. But for Africa, where are we to got 
“the trained topographers who must oventually furnish the grit and 
backbone of African mapping as they have furnished it in India and 
‘beyond the borders of India? ‘There ig-no topographical. staff in 
as there is in Russia or Amorica or India, and there is no 
opportunity within the restricted area of Great Britain for the training 
‘ef such a staff. How are we to get the men we want? It is true that 
very great advance has been made in late years towards the training 
of officers, There is a most excellent school at tho Royal Enginoers’ 
headquarters at Chatham (organized and suporintended by Major 
MacDonnell), which has at any rate led to a far wider and more 
comprehensive grasp of the whole subject of military map-making by 
oor military authorities than ever existed before; and there is a train- 
‘ing class connected with the Royal Geographical Society which hax 
heen working towards the same end for years, But it cannot be too 
often repeated that the limited and restricted practical instruction 
which is all that is possible in Hogland can never turn out topographers 
such as may be found in numbers in tho field of geological survey in 
Canada or the United States, or on the borders of Russia (wherever 
she extends those borders), or on the wide extended frontiers of India 
‘from Persia to Burma. Neither can Africa draw on India to any great 
extent for assistance. ‘he requirements of India are sufficient to occupy 
‘her whole staff, even if financially it were possible to burden India 
with the cost of training men for foreign service. It is, moreover, 
foubtful how far the native of India would be successful in dealing 
with the native of Africa, Much of the success of the Indian system 
ia due to the practice of training natives of all nationalities for the 
special object of working within the limits of their own countries. So 
far as Indian nativos have boon omployed in Africa, the oxporimont has 
been distinctly successful, and the record of their work on the part of 
administrators has been invariably favourable. But they have not been 
ntilized much for purposes of exploration, and it is on this capacity that 
their assistance now is so urgently needed. The most that can bo 
expected from India is the advantage of the Indian training school for 
purposes of instruction. In this direction (and in one other which will 
be noted presently) it is possible that India may extend a helping hand 
to Africa to some practical purpose. 

‘There are two distinct classes of topographers needed in Africa, viz, 
European and native, and it must, I think, be recognized as a necessity 
that the practical training-ground for both should be Africa itself. 
Already the Transvaal and the Orange Kiver colony have afforded our 
military surveyors the opportunity for, at least, a partial training in 





ah 











usefully 
the namos of all auch mon at the Society's 
reoord of the names of all men whom 
‘mend in connection with their own school), a1 
from time to time amongst those offices 
organization of surveys in Africa or elaewhere 
to say, that the Society may undertake to 
the “demand,” but will of course go no farther 
On the whole the prospect of gradually r 
European workmen in the field of topo 
means a hopeless one, But for ono European 
Tndia, there are at least four or five natives. 
efficiency, makes it a sine qué non that most of 
trana-border countries should be carried out by n 
in fuct, India could never do without them. No st 
yot been adduced against a similar omploymer 
Africa, Tt will certainly take some years before 
direction can be satisfactorily concluded, because it 



















HOW ARE WE TO GET MAPS OF AFRICA? 601 


the first instance to select likely pupils (although the sources from which 
they may be drawn aro as infinitely varied in Africa as thoy are in 
Asia), and still more time to train thom; but tho broad assertion that 
there are no natives of Africa who will exhibit the same 

for geographical map-waking which is #0 marked « in natives 
Sr eatrcpre bar town Mest ara esate 
experiment is tried.“ But it must be remembered that the experiment, 
to be satisfactory, must be on a considerable scale and thoroughly oom- 
ploto. It is not evory native of India who possoanos the idioayneracies 
of an oxplorer, and a special aptitude for topography. On the contrary. 
the process of selection is one demanding infinite resources of time and 
patience. One great success is asuredly balanced by at Jonst twenty 
failures; but then, the one suecess is well worth all the timo and 
patience bestowed on those twenty failures, We can but hope that the 
settlement of South Africa will lead to a full and careful consideration 
of the best means to procure that great desideratum —a thoroughly 
accurate and homogeneous geographical map of all our African possas- 
sions; and that the training of veal ts native topographers will be 
admitted as one of the means to the end in view. Whether they are 
trained in a contral topographical school analogous to that at Dehra in 
India, which is, I understand, already contemplated; or whether the 
experiment is made by the formation of a topographical party for the 
special object of geographical exploration, seems to be a matter of detail 
of no great importance, Both methods have been found to work 
efficiently. What is wanted eventually (say in four or five years’ time) 
is a capable and extensive staff of topographors for Africa, both 
Enropean and native, on which explorers, whether they are Government 
officials or bound on private enterprise, may indent (as they indent in 
India) for that assistance in the technical details of map-making which 
it is quite impossible that any but a fully trained topographor can give. 
With that assistance every geographical society in Great Britain could 
lend a useful hand towards the evolution of the map of Africa. 


Lasr or Pustications neauxo ox Groauarmcan Sunvering. 

* Handbook of Professional Instructions for the Topographical Branch Survey of 
India Department.’ Prepared by Lieut.-Col. St. G. C, Gore, xe. Published In 
Caloutta. 

« Aid to Survey Practice.’ By L. D'A. Jackson, a.s.1.c.8. London, 1889, 

R.GS, ‘Hints to Travellers,’ Woodthorpe’s article on plane-tabling. 

Professional Papers Royal Eogincers (Occasional Paper Series), vol. xill, paper v. hy 
Holdich; vol. xiv. paper ii. by Talbot ; vol. xxvi. paper i. by MacDonnell. R.E. 
Institute, Chatham. 

* Tow certain oxtent it has already been tried. A Jarge ares of most useful geo- 
gruphical mapping in West Africa hos been contributed two goography by « native of 

Afrien—Mr, Fergusson. 





604 LHASA, 


ix hardly warranted by the accesories of the picture, amongst which we 
find a two-wheeled conveyance of the nature of the Indian ekka drawn 
by a pair of horses | 

According to Chandra Das, who entered Potala by the astern wate 


oy) 


Remas 





way on his visit to the Dalai Lama, he first “ walked through a Tong 
hall, on either side of which were rows of prayer-wheels, which every 
passer-by put in motion, Then ascending thres long lines of stone 
steps, wo . , . prooooded towards the palace. , .. We had to climb up 
five ladders before we reached the ground-floor of Phodang marpo, or 


«i ail 





LHASA, 605 


“the Red Palace,’ thus called from the exterior walls being of a dark 
red colour. Then we had half dozen more ladders to climb up, and 
wo found ourselves at the top of Potala (there are nine storeye to thie 
building), where we saw a number of monks awaiting an audience.” 
Nine storeys of, say, 20 feot would account for 180 feot of altitude 
within tho building itself, which obviously extends above the hill ax 
well ax down its upper slopes, so that an estimate of 300 feet for the 





YOFALA, THE PALAGK OF THE GNAND LAMA, 
(Prom Rircher's " China,* 1607.) 


actual height of the hill seems to be fairly well supported by the 
phe. 

Potala derives ita chief interest from the fact that it is the residence 
of the head of all the great Budhist hierarchy, the Dalai (or Tule) 
Isma, who is represented in the flesh by a child of tender years. In 
1811 Manning describes the Grand Lama as a well-educated, princely 
child about seven years old. In 1846 Hue says thut the Dalai Bama 
was nine years of age, and bad been Grand Lama for only six years, 
In 1866 Nain Sing describes him as @ fair and handsome boy of thirteen 
years of age, cntircly dominated by the Gyalpo or tomporal ruler of 
Thaso, Thus one re-incarnation at least must have taken place between 








LHASA. 607 


is oval in shape, with the longer axis from east to west), there is little 
apparent difference of opinion. It is 6 or 7 miles in circumference, 


IVPALA, THE TALACE OF THE GRAND Lama. 
(Prom a photograph by « menter of the Nepat Budaiay t2 Pobing.) 





and contains a population variously estimated from 25,000 to 50,000 
souls. 











REVIEWS, 609 


cause must bo extremely slow, and it would be safer to attribute the fluctuations of 
Jerel to alternate poriods of excess or deficiency in the smow- and rain-falle, 
‘Mr. Lynch's ese le So lhe ey a ee Rasctephio te Oey 
it is comewhat disappointing, In the descriptions of scenery there 
‘such a flow of words that the reader is apt to be wearied and lose ‘ee 
which the writer intends to convey, And in the two chapters specially devoted 
‘to geography, which are based on the researches and theories of Abich, Naumann, 
‘Suess, and the author, close reading ix sometimes required to grasp the meaning. 
‘The series of really beautiful photographs, illustrative of the scanery, the monu- 
“ments, and the people, which are reproduced with much artistic taste and technical 
ee a oen WS work WBE ts Rrmelltog athe i are 
‘of travel. ‘OW. W. 


Eant Penor’s * Astattc Turkey.'* 


Lord Perey; who has travelled in Asiatic Turkey on two previous occasions, 
hore describes s visit to the wild Alpine district near the Persian frontier, which 
“Chaldean and Kurd arcane pete ies crane Ne ray 
From Konia, which was reached by rail, the @uthor's route lay through Nigdeb, 
‘Kaisariyeb, Geuksun, Kharput, and Mush to Bitlis, crossing Anti-Taurus, and 
erosting and re-crossing the Tantus range. From Bitlis the Chokh Dagh was 
‘crossed to Kochanes, and the journey was continued by Julamerk, the Jelu Dagh, 
‘Dizs, Neri, and Rowandiz to Altun Keupri, where a raft was constructed for the 
‘eail down the Lessor Zab and the Tigris to 

‘Renders of tho author's interesting and suggestive ‘Notes from a Diary in 
Asiatic Turkey, will find the present volume <quslly attractive and deserving of 
‘attention. The vivid pictures of deily life amongst the hardy mountainears who 





‘official reports. ‘The work should be studied by every politician who wishes to 
‘understand the relations between Turk, Kurd, and Christian in a district’ which at 
avy moment may give birth to political questions of grave importance. ‘lo the 
geographer its value lies in the clearly worded topographical remarks on tho 
‘various localities visited during tho long journey eastward, and especially ia 
the descriptions of the grand scenery of the truly Alpine district, of which the Jelu 
Dagh is approximately the centre. The illustrations of scenery, otc., reproduced 
‘with grent technical ekill from excellent photographs, are as beautiful and remark- 
‘able as those in the larger work of Mr. Lynch, ‘It ia to be regretted that the 
ssathor has not always adhered to the TLG.S. system of spelling place-names. In 
-some instances the French dj and ow bave been used instead of the simple j and 
‘w; and there are uncorrected printer's errora, such as Meviana for Mevlana, Za for 
Su, Adaya for Adalia. On p, 24 Isnik Geul is clearly an error for Sabanja Geul, 
ms tho railway does not run near the former. OW. Ww, 


Dn, McCarxpre’s * Axcrmer Ixpra."t 


‘The comparatively small world of Indian antiquarian scholars, no less than the 
“Larger world of intolligent travellers, owe a debt of gratitude to Mr. MeCrindle for 
having placed within easy reach of them a compact and handy series of references 


© Highlands of Asiatic Turkey.” By Earl Pereyyax. 1 vol. F Aroold, 1901. 
+ ‘Ancient India.’ J. W. McCrindle, m.4., 11.0, A, Constable & Co,, Westminster, 
No. Vi —Drcensen, 1901.) 2s 























are able to appreciate the wide extent of those early 
spread through Central Asia (partly by the process 
partly by voluntary exile) centuries before the 
Indeed, it may fairly well be doubted whother any 
aclearer idea of the ethnographical and geographical af 
tribes inhabiting Asia between Syria and Indo-China at | 
which was possessed by Herodotus four centuries and a 
knowledge, although it bears but indirectly upon 





REVIEWS. ol 


called “vague and meagre." Strabo and Pliny are treated with more lberality, and 
the book contains not only copious extracts from thelr works, but many valuable 
notes ilastrating the text of them. Bat there are, now and thon, indiestions that 
the author is not fully acquainted with the results of Peace arleriis hare 
made, during the progress of recent surveys in Afghanistan and Baluchistan, into 
‘the antiquarian on of he euston ‘This in probably due to the official 
“confidential system " of preserving records, It ls unnecessary, for instances, to quate 
Bunbury (p. 87) to the effect that the direct route between Herat and Kabul has “not 
‘been described in detail or traversed by any modern traveller.” It was not only 
traversed, bat surveyed by the officers of the Russo-Afghan Boundary Commission 
no less than fifteen years ago, Information to this extent at least ts public 
property, although seers that commission have been labelled “ confidential” 
for & most unnecessary length of time. Nor ean we admit any longer that Bampur 
representa the ancient capital of Gadrosis, seeing that the site of that ancient 
capital has been identified, and may be recognized under its ancient name con- 
siderably to the east of Bampur, and is so placed in the most recent survey maps, 
‘Such small items for criticism as these in a book #0 full of information, however, 
merely indicate its value asa whole, McCrindle’s series has probably done moro to 
awaken a general interest in the antiquarian records of the most interesting part 
of Asia than any work which has hitherto appeared. Tt should not only bave its 
placo in every geographical library, but part of it, at any rate, should be a familiar 
addition to the personal equipment of the Indian frontier official; for it is on the 
frontier chiefly that the light of antiquity is required to assist in unravelling the 
‘ethnogrephical problems of the present. An entire revision of our map knowledge 
of ancient India is one of the requirements of the ago, and to this, again, tho study 
of MeCrindle's translations is almont a necessary introdnetion. TH, 1 


Meranacuer’s ‘Caucasus.’ * 
Hear Menznacuer's two very substantial volumes comprise a detailed account of 
the journeys of s mountaineer in the Central and Eastern Caucasus (that is, in the 
regions between Elbruz and the Dariel, and between that pasa and the Caspian), and 
an abstract of the information the author has, with the most praiseworthy energy 
and perseverance, collected from the many literary sources available in Russian or 
European literature. In the first volume, which deals with tho Contral Caucasus, 
he has been anticipated to 4 certain extent by the papers and volumes of our own 
Alpine Clubmen, and the English reader will find himself among familiar names and 
scenes where comparatively little is altogether new to him, The German traveller 
and his companion, the late Herr Partecheller, made, however, several new ascents 
and visited ove or two valleys which bad not been described by Mr. D. Freshfield 
and his comrades. He has collected and collated from Russian sources a variety 
of fresh details with respect to the mountain tribes. In the matter of mountain 
nomenclature and altitudes, he bas been at great pains to revies the work of bis pre- 
Gecessors, With regard to matters of nomenclature, Horr Morzbacher might 
perhaps have done well to give more weight to the following considerations. 
Todividual summits not consplouous from u valley have, as a rule, n> distinctive 
ames apart from the ridge to which they belong, while peaka prominent from 
the valleys have often as many names as there are valleya from which they 
are visible. When one of these names has been adopted in literature or in a 


* ‘Aus den Hochrogionon dea Kankasua’ Wanderungen, Erlobnisse, Beobach- 
tungen, you Gottfried Merzbachor. 2 vols, Leipeig: Duncker und Humblot. 1901. 
232 

















ma lofty ome frcegel gas 
foe-elad and | ( 

‘local traffic, and but foobly 

{ht om hom th tar mowatl eek people 


The 
‘that what they gain in pleturesquonesr, from 
‘an artist, is lost in the accuracy of detail, which only 
supply. 
‘Tbe work os 8 whole is most creditable to its 
Aime nor trouble has been spared to make it as 
‘without avy consideration for the of 
of ‘circulating library” readers. Perhaps they do no 
eerfous reader aud the sclentific mountaineer, Herr 
are @ perfect storehouse of information, given 
interspersed with personal ndventure, An admirable in 
‘consulting them. 
AMERICA. 2 
Coxway's ‘Boutviay Axogs! 
‘This valuable and entertaining book of travels, 
‘a welcome relief from the many dull and superficial 
confusion of knowledge regarding South Aterica, 


* ‘The Bolivian Andes.” By Sir Martin Conway, 
$ For the chief goographical resulta of the expedition, 
xiv. p. 1 





REVIEWS. 618 


Sir Martin Conway, accompanied by two Alpine guides, loft Southampton 
July 18, 1898, for La Paz, Bolivia, by the Panama route, Noting the vast 


accumulations of wreckage of the Fanamacanal enterprise, he ventures the opinion 


that the present canal company has made such progress that the “famous 
Culebra catting appeared practically finished ; . . . it hae boon excavated to the 
level of 45 metres above the sea.’ mera tis probably not agree with 

; Panama 


yet, comparing 

with Nicaragua, that undoubtedly it would be well to have two canals," there 
not belng sufliclent commerce in sight to pay 4 net profit of two per cent, ov one, 
‘The author ie right about the deadly climato of the isthmus of Panama and ite 
mortuary rival Guayaquil. At the Istter place, the writer hereof,in 1881. was 
shown the statistics of the death rate for a period of many years. “ When we haveno 
epidemic, it averages 150 per 1000,” said the cadaverous-looking doctor. At Lima, 
Sir Martin Conway “made haste to ee the desiccated body of Pizarro in a glass 
box.” Tho pious guardians of the remains of the polycephalous conqueror of Peru 
derived a considerable revenue, frown 1868 to 1872, by selling the skull to any 
Innocent traveller for two silver soles, ‘The monotony of steamer life on the weat 
const, the Oroya railway, the abandoned terraces of Inca times near Lima, the 
soroche sickness in ascending the mountaing, the wonderful brightness of the stars, 
the side by rail from Molendo to Puno, on Lake Titicaca, the first sight of the 
great dome of Sorata, the steamboat voyage on the lake, 12,500 fect above sea- 
lovel, the arrival at the “Alto” of La Paz, and the unique appearance of the city, 
lying in a gigantic gorge 1600 feet below, the view of Ilimani, and dotails of life 
en route to La Paz, are described with tho accomplished ease of an old traveller 
who has got very close to life and its surroundings daring numerous voyages. 

‘The author confirms the observations of many explorers regarding the former 
‘vast area of Lake Titicaca, which he believes once extended to “27° S. lat,” 
which would carry it far into the Argentine Republic, despite the fact that the 
Lipor barrier, 22° 30/ lat., seems clenrly to define its ancient southern limit, 
although, before the uplifting of the Andes to their preeent level, thers is abundant 
evidence that Lake Titicaca drained southward into the Colorado river of tho 
Argentine Republic, which then flowed into the Atlantic at the preseat port of 
Bahia Blanca. 

Sir Martin Couway bas much to say about the Indian population of the Titicaca 
tabloland and vicinity. He found!some of the Aymaris “ not unlike the natives 
in the barren gorges of tho Kashmir Himalayas.” Speaking of the fines, or country 
estates inv Bolivia: A inca isa social unit. ‘The land belongs to a proprietor, 
and so in a sense do the Indians dwelling upon it, but the proprietor’s ownership 
fs subject to a multitude of rights possessed by the Indianr. ‘They cultivate the 
owser's land, he providing the necessary veed. Each Indian, in retum for his 
labour, yearly receives a cortain amount of land for hie own use.” This sounds 
vory arcadian, but it may be safely anid that the yoke fastened to the neck of tho 
Aymaré and Quichua Indian by the Spanish Conquistador still remains there. 
Even the papal bull of Paul IfL., in 1537, declaring him “a mon capable of under- 
standing tho faith and the Christian religion,” did not groatly lighten bis load, and 
he is still n beast of burden, holding his oppressor in deadly hatred. Hence, when 
Sir Martin Conway was making an instrumental sarvey past certain Indian villages, 
the inhabitants hostilized him and drove bim to seck military protection, fearful 
that even their pantheistic gods were being insulted by the white man. One of 
Sir Martin's Alpine guides, Maquignaz, bit the nail when he said, “The white 
folks give employment, and so are the masters.” 

‘The author now gives us a five dercription of bis axcent of Hlimani, ono of the 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. 615 
works, is perhaps not widely known among the general public, ‘The first idea ofsuch 


)manusaripts : 
been destroyed by damp and vermin had not King James learnt of their existonce 
Gnd ordered that they should be duly cared for. The work was next taken up by 
Sir John Scot, a landed proprietor and politician, born in 1685. He urged King 
James to have the sheets published, and undertook the superintendence of the 
work, For the revision and completion of Pont’s maps he secured the services of 
Robert Gordon, a» man of some noto in the political affairs of his time, and an 
‘excellent geographer and cartographer, as is shown by his manusoript work still 


Amsterdam, was brought about through the constant communication with Dutch 
scholars kept up by Sir John Scot, who had entrusted to Willinm Blaeu the 
printing of two volumes of poetry by Scottish writers. Blneu was considering the 
possibility of obtalning maps of Scotland for bis famous Atlas, and an agreement 


Armasterdam to assist in the literary part of the work. Tho Scottish volume, with 
some maps of Ireland, was first issued in 1664, when it formed the fifth volume of 
the whole Atlas, In the final form, first issued in 1662, Scotland formed the 
sixth volume in a set of eleven or twelve, Mr. Cash gives a detailed account of 
the maps, of which 46 are detailed topographical maps of districts of Scotland, a 
river being frequently taken as the topographical unit. 

Relief of the Ardennes.—Mr. Henryk Arctowsk! believes that the plateau 
of the Ardennes is a plain of marine denudation. He points out that the rivers 
Lease, Ourthe, Siite, and Vierre, which radiate from the Serpont monadnock, all 
suddenly turn, at intervals, at right angles-to their normal course, and these bonds 
He in concentric circles as if the region has been denuded in concentric waves. In 
the Condroz region the parallel tributaries of the Hoyoux flow mainly in synolines 
of carboniferous Nmestone, and erosion has intensified the relief. No faultings 
explain the course of the Meuse across the Cambrian mass of Rocroi, which is an 
exnmple of superposed drainage. 

The Pre-glacial River-system of Thuringia.—In a paper printed in the 
Mittettungen for the present year of the Geographical Society of Halle am Saale, 
and also issued separately in pamphlet form, Dr. E. Wilst endeavours to reconstruct 
the ancient drainage system of Thuringia from a study of the old river-deposita 
still traceable. He points out that, as the material brought from the far north 
during the glaciation of the country has become mingled with all the more recent 
river-deposits, the presence or absence of northern material may be taken as deter- 
mining the age of such deposits in general, whether formed before or after the first 
glaciation of Thuringia, He then describes the position and apparent relations of 
the chief deposits now existing from which northern rock-matorial is absent. A 








THE MONTHLY RECORD, 617 


material. What, It is asked, must be assigned ax the cause which bas led to this. 
churncteristic of the lakes? Dislocation might be adduced, but it can be shown 
that the deep-water line dozs not coincide minutely, desi tec Soren 
the dividing line between the two main Lenin eens 
culties also exist in the way of sapposing the ees eae 
lowed out by glacial erosion, though both this and dislocation may havo had 
something to do with thelr formation. It is considered more probable that they 
‘were in the main carved out by fluviatile erosion, the river system having appar- 
ently presented the same general features as at the present day long before thu 
glacial epoch. The maintenance of the desp basin to the west may be attributed 
to the conservative action of the ice aftor ite partial retreat, while the country to 
the cast was largely covered by moraine material, the same action possibly also 
taking effect with respect to the post-arcbaan formations to the west, and so 
accounting for the general agreoment between the geological and morphological 
boundaries. From the above, it would seem that many points of analogy exist 
betwoon the lakes of Lapland and those of the English lake district. 
cee Northern Sweden. —Mr. Axel Hamberg, who accompanied 
Prof. Nathorst on his voyage to Spitsbergen, haa published in Yimer an account, 
which has also been printed separately, of bis investigations in Sarjekfjiillen. This 
district, which Nes not far from the Norwegian boundary between the basins 
of the Stor ond Lilla Luleiilf, is the moat mountainous in Sweden, though 
ita highest point, the Sarjektjacko, 6858 feet above sea-level, 4 lower than the 
Kebwekalse, 7003 feet, in the same range about 35 miles further north, which is 
the highest summit in Sweden. Mr, Hamberg describes the rocka—granitic, meta= 
morphic, and Silurian—and discusses in great dotail the effects of erosion during the 
Glacial Period and in later times, the present denudasion, and the extating glaclere. 
A proof of the care with which Mr, Hamborg oxamined the district is the fact that 
he climbed about fifty summits, varying in height from 5500 to nearly 5900 feet, 
some of them several timer. Sarjek had been ascended before—in 1879 by G. W. 
Buebt, and in 188L by Charles Rabot. Many virgin summits still, however, re~ 
main to tempt the alpinist. 

Changes of the Coast-line of Sweden.—In the Proceedings of the Geological 
Society of Upsala, Mr, Artur Hollender treats of the elevation of the land from 
an archmological stacdpoist. Hoe has collected data respecting the localities where 
implements of the stone age have been found, and regards tho lino along which 
these occur in greatest numbers as the ancient coast-line, bellewing that In ancient 
times, as at tho present day, people settled in greater numbers along the shore, 
because of the easier means of communication afforded by the sea. ‘This view is con- 
firmed by the fact that further inland, where archmological finds are less rich in the 
number of implements, the stone axes with shaft-holes are more numerous relatively 
to those without shaft-holes, whonco it may be inferred that man did not pene~ 
trate into the interior till a Inter ago. From hik data the author has drawn a map 
showing the coast-line at the time when man first settled in Sweden. It diverges 
more and more from the present line as it proceeds northwards, and on the whole 

| corresponds to the post-glacial limits of Sweden and Finland, 


AGIA. 


The Fedchenko Expedition to the Pamirs—(lobus (vol. 80, No. 18) 
quotes from the Turkestan Viedomosti details respecting the expedition to the 

| Pamir under O. A, Feichenko, the despatch of which was recorded in the Journal 
@ faw months back, On July 8 (Now Stylo) the expedition left Osh, in Ferghana, 


tke, 


: 
cee a ae 
sey 


= 





Lake Aral—A small expedition, which was sent out Inst summer by the 


)now 
‘back at St. Petersburg, having continued its accurate surveys of the lake and ite 


sheff. The samples were taken from a spot situated to the east of Pyevtaofl’s 
route from Kobdo to Guchen (1876), te. to the eouth of the Neish-naiman hills, 
‘Vi miles east of Gashiuk, and 7 miles north-west of Nyursu. There appear at 


upon which Nyursu fs built, The former aro fall of fossils, but in a alate of din 
integration, so that Klementa was compalled to take big blocks of sandstone, from 
which the following fossila were obtained: Some Bryozoa (Polypora, Fenestella), 
badly preserved; the polypes Stenopora columnaris, Schloth, var. ramosa multi- 
gemmata, Wang.; and the shells of Productus purdoni, Dav., 2. asperulus, 
Wang, 2. mexricanus, Schum, Choneter transitionés, Krot., Rhynchopora athitint, 
Chern., Reticularia léneata, Mart,, Martiina semiglobova, Charn., Spirifer came- 
ratus, Mart, Bairdia curta, M'Coy, and several other undefined forma The 
character of this fauna is similar to that of the Artinsk horizon of the Urals 
te between Permian and Carboniferous), even more so than the fossils 
Drought home by Loczy from Yerkalo, in the Lan-tsan-kiang valley, as woll as from 
‘Tse-de in the province of Se-chuen, and from Chung-tlen and ‘Tali-sbau, ia Yun- 
nan. It is also worthy of notice that the sandstones and conglomerates of Nyursn 
are petrographically as well similar to those of the Urals (Memoirs of the St. 
Petersburg Mineralogical Society, vol, xxviii, 2, 1900). 
Glaciation of Northern Siberia.—tn the Verhandlungen of the St. Petors- 
‘burg Mineralogical Society (xxxvili. 2), A. P. Gherasimoff gives a further con- 
firmation of tho extensive glaciation which took place in the highlands of the 


i=, 





THE MONTHLY BECORD. 62h 


Spanish official maps and charts, should be followed. In accordance with this 
Jecision, a list of about four thousand coast-wise names has been drawn up and 
published as a special report of the board above mentioned. Another list of about 
#ix thousand names has been drawn up under the direction of the Rey, Juss Algae, 
4 of the Manila Obsorvatory, and printed by tho Const and Geodetic Survey, 
fan introduction to its ‘ Atlas of the Philippine Islands.’ It has been 
aceepted by the Board of Geographic Names, whose own list, which in. part over= 
lapped the other, has been brought into harmony with it by the alteration of the 
‘spelling in the few cases where a difference existed. In the adoption of the board's 
int, uniformity of spelling rather than facility of pronunciation bas been kept in 
view, and in the case of both a knowledge of Spanish neage will be necessary in 
order fo arrive at a correct pronunciation. Even in the cate of Malay words, the 
‘Spanish spelling is retained, which is perhaps to bo regretted owing to the unusual 
pronunciation of certain letters, especially y, =, ¢, and J, in that language, By 
tule 7 of the B.G.8. system, it ix laid down that the orthography adopted by 
other powers in the case of native names in countries under their dominion is to bo 
dieregarded, and the British aystem substitated, a strict adherence to which,would 
forbid the use of the board's system in this country. But the case is perhaps one 
which would call fur a special exception, 


APRICA. 

‘The Dakbla Oasis.—The oxcellent monograph on the Farafea oasis (ante, 
p 442), written by Mr. H. J. Boadnoll, and pabliabed 28 a part of the report of 
the geological survey of Egypt for 1890, has bien followed by another on the onsis 
of Dakhis, to the survey of which two months were devoted in the eummer of 
1895 (Survey Report, 1899, part tv.), Although written in 1000, the report: has 
only been issued during the present year. It supplemeots in many ways the 
roport on the oases of Dakbla and Kbarga, writton Inst year by Mr. A. R. Guest, 
and summarized in the Journal for December last. Mr. Bendnell bezins by 
describing the caravan routes connecting Dakbls with the other oases near, and 
with the Nilo valley at Beniadi, Besides those frequented at the present day, traces 
of others, now disused, were seen, including one running west from Mut, the most 
southerly village in the oasis, which the author supposes to have once led to the 
distant oasis of Kufra, though the great extent and height of the dunes in this 
direction would probably make the route Impracticable at the present day. The 
main topographical feature in the surroundings of the onals is the bold ercarpment 
facing eouthwards and runoing geverally W.N.W. and E.S.B, for at least 125 
miles, It separates two entirely different types of country—to the south the low- 
lying oxpanso of sandstone, gently undulating and rising imperceptibly to the 
-south; and to the north the high limestone plateau stretching with little alteration 
of character some 250 miles to the neighbourhood of the Fayum. The cliff is 
‘broken into a number of promontories with bays between them, at the extremities 
of which the teds are cut back so that @ gradual slope to the plateau is formed, 
One of these baya, that to the east of Birbaya, proved to run back further than 
had been supposed. Owing to differences of character, the lower beds of the cliff 
stand out and furm a low subsidiary plateau and escarpment, the edge being from 
2 to 4 miles from the main cliff. The cultivated lands and palm groves, which 
execed in extent those of either of the other onges in the Libyan desert, lic, with 
the villager, on the low ground to the south. ‘The cultivated area, separated 
into an enstern and western portion by astrip of barren devort, bas an extent of 
#1 square miles, the cultivable but unused land one of 34 square miles, while 
salines, saliferous land, marsh, and pools, make up other 1} square miler, The 














which allusion was made in the Journal a few months back, was 
ieee i aes de ne deorzel dom moclle eel ae 


oy pasielrecblly ‘alistacysshe Mba, ha craree’ of wlell hea Biers 
been laid down on our maps from. hearay only. ‘The dlatict ip inbited by the 


of the position assigned to it on chief having 
apparently shifted his residence. From this point Evecetiin: turned south- 
‘west, through grass-land, towards the Mbam; a hitherto tributary, the 


‘Mpem, a stream of some importance, being crossed en route, ‘Tho Mam ian was 
found to be obstructed by rapids both above and Velow the crossing-place. The 
country in front was intersected by hills, varying in hoight aboro the sca from 
5000 to 6500 feet. Though used to some extent by the natives, the path to the 
‘west was found with some difficulty. The people, roa ene nike Cee 


eee elite wil ucts pak for trade, Much was beard of an important 
town to the north, sacl ala ot ro ae which fabulous accounts were 


number of the Deutsches Kolonialblatt also contains an tnteresting account of a 
recont visit, by Horr Dichl, to tho Manonguba range, which bounds the Vuri 


high plateau, topped by still higher mountains, An isolated wooded mountain, 
6500 fect high, was noticed to tho south-east. Both the ages = 
a favourable impression, and, the climate being comparatively temperate, Herr 
Diehl considers that European settlers might find there a scope for their energies, 
‘The Lenfant Expedition on the Niger—Soms account of the expedition 
ander Captain Lenfant, which ascended the Niger in a flotilla of boats during the 
spring and summer of 1901, for the purpose of carrying supplies to the now 
military territory botweon the Niger aod Lake Obad, is given in the October 
number of the Bulletin of the Comité de l'Afrique Francaise, Although the navi 
gation of the river was successfully accomplished, it was only after heroic efforts 
that the difficulties arising from the low state of the water could be overcome, 
‘The stores wero tranesbipped from the ocean steamer at the French enclave on the 
Forcados mouth of the Niger, the journey as far as Geba (twelve days) being made 
on & stora-wheeler placed at the disposal of the expedition by the Niger Company. 
‘Phe personnel and stores (amounting to 60 tons) were then embarked on ten barges, 
which had been towed go far, and the difficulties of the voyage at once began, the 


Soest 
thirds of the whole output. But » more rapid pri 
shown by the other districts (Cariboo, Cassiar, 
mest of which have more than doubled their 
‘Enst Kootenay has risen from $161,000 worth 
‘Both io 1899 and 1900 the miners! production o| 
of all tho other provinces of the dominion (¢ 
luis 
The Grand Cation of the Colorado.—In | 

Labs woeks in the Grand Colorado regi 

is trip in the American Journal of Science for 
a fuller description of it in the geological seri 
Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy 
summary of previous work, and a bibliography, 
Prof. Davis's results. ‘The flexures and faults may hi 





the erosional history of the region, and almost exclasively before the cafon cycle. 
‘Two denudation stages can be traced—(a) the great denudation, which wat far 
adzucsl pile the epllfi;cabich: yas Eltfrad no @) 2s salon Pha eAARTSEA 
the stripping of the weak strata from the plateaus. During the great erosion re- 
peated movements took place, after cach of which erosion may have reached an 
advanced stage, before the occurrence of the great series of disturbances. Theso 
have yet to be fully analyzed, The main river may be antecedent to some of the 
many dislocations, bat is mainly consequent on displacements caused by faulting 
in the latter part of the great denudation and the form of tho surface at that time. 
None of the side streams appear to be antecedent. The floor of the Toroweap 
valley is raised by heavy lava-flows which have withstood erosion of wet-weather 
floods. A wetter climate in the past has been assumed to explain certain features, 
but Prof. Davis thinks that the facts cited in support of this hypothesis may be 
interpreted without it. 

‘The Koppename Expedition in Dutch Guiana.—The November number 
* la get eana te sama hae hr eaety Peclenr akS! 
Mr. L. A. Bakhuis on the progress made by his expedition up the Koppename 
Tec down to the ea O€ Aedes ahh date ther partyiaune Sd Goa Geet bOLS 
hood of the Raleigh falls. On August 5 the baggage and boats of the expedition 


‘the next day. ‘I'he boats were then towed up the river by a steam-launch as far 
as Koppenkrisi, beyond which the state of the river made it necessary to proceed. 
by rowing. On August 12, the Raleigh falls, where a.camp had been made by an 
advance-party of the expedition, wero reached, Here, while the boats and baggage 
were being moved above the falls—a 2-mile stretch strewn with rocks and islands 
—Mr. Bakbuls and the surveyor of the expedition made the ascent of the Volts- 
berg, an excessively ateep isolated summit, in order to take bearings of the country: 
in advance. A path bad been cut through the bush, bat the summit was inacces- 
sible on the north and west, and it was only on going round to the south side that 
‘the ascent could be effected. A neighbouring summit waa also climbed, and, the 
distance between them being measured trigonometrically and used as a base-line, 
it was possible to lay down the positions of the mountain range to the south-west, 
which forms the watershed of the Koppename, and of various other summits. The 
highest peaks of the rangr, hich bad Dishes lo Kaen pail ne oe een 
down at about 3600 fect in height. The upper course of the 
only be conjectured, only a strip in the immediate neighbourhood dere kor 
falls being visible. Meanwhile the boats had ascended the river to the next falls, 
distant two days and a half by rowing, and had discovered am important tributary 
entering om the right bank, ‘This was to be ascended for two or three days, if 
potsible, while the baggage was transported beyond the second falls. Mr, Bakhuis 
proposed, if possible, to make his way to the range forming the water-parting, and 
to croas over tothe Sararoakka river, following the Intter on his return to the coast. 
Austrian Explorations in Brazil_—Prof. von Wottstein, loader of the 
Expedition to Brazil of which mention was made in the February number of the 
Journal (p. 195), has reported aa follows to the Vienna Academy of Sciences on 
the work accomplished. From the city of Sio Paulo os headquarters, excursions 
were first made for the purpose of gaining a general acquaintance with the surround~ 
ing country, special attention being paid to the transitional forms between the 
primmyal forest of the coast region and the flora of the “campos” in the interior 
of the state. The slopes of the Serra. do Mar—between Silo Paulo and the coast— 
clotbed in the richest tropical vegetation, wore visited, after. which, ia June, = 
longer excursion was urdertakea for the thorough examination ef tho eastern 
No. VI.—Deceweza, 1901.) 27 





THE MONTHLY RECORD. 627 


and Gurlog a sloige expedition of a hundred and six ays much of the Interior was 
traversed for the first time, lnites and rivers being discovered, meme 





the northward of Bering Strait by captains of whalers; and farther attempts 
‘were afterwards made by the revenus tga arp maa eee ee 
This year Captain Tuttle, of the Hear, has renewed, his efforts, with the result that, 
fo spite of the dificalty and danger of adventuring among tho pack for the 
purpose, some fifteen more casks have besn successfully placed on solid icefloce 


is hoped that other casks may have this year been deposited by whalers to the 
north of Point Barrow, 

‘The Swedish Antarctic Expedition.—The Antarctic, with De, Olto Nor- 
denskidld’s expedition on board, left Gothenburg on October 16, and finally sailed. 
for the south polar regions from Falmouth on the 20th. Dr. Nordenakitild landed 


Journal. Dr. Nordenskivld’s well-known qualifications in various branches of 
‘science, and especially geology, justify the anticipation of valuable results from 
the expedition. 

New South Greenland. —In the Bolletino della Soc. Geogr. Italiana, July, 
1901, Signor Faustino calls attention toa discovery said to have been made by an 
American whaling captain named Johnson. In lat. 67° 50’ 8. and long. 48° 10’ W. 
Be fell in with a large extent of land, which he named New South Greenland, and 
lis discovery was confirmed by Morrell, who in 182% followed the coast north- 
eastwards for 140 miles, and published a narrative of his voyngs in 1832, Much 
doubt hiss been thrown on this discovery, and Johnson has even been regarded by 
some asa fabulous person. Signor Faustini maintains that there is no reason £0 
roject Morrell’s statoment, and chiefly on the ground that no navigator has since 
‘visited that part of the Antarctic where the discovery was made. Morrell, having 
advanced as far as 70° 14’ 8, Int., retraced bis course to 65°, and then, near the 
meridian of 48° W. long., sailed south to 67° 52', where he turned for the last time 
northwards and followed the coast till it made bend to the north-west. Of 
subsequent navigators, Captain Larsen has reached the highest latitude in this 
ea, namely, 65° 10'S, lat,, but 10° of longitude farther west than Morroll’s position, 
Perhaps Mr. W. 8. Bruce may solve the problem. 


272 


OBITUARY. 629 
cre se Solos his chiof at Lislai, he undertook s still more important 


| was present at the meeting in December last, at which Major Gibbons gave the 
scoount of his expedition to the Society, and aided a short narrative of his own 


‘ns. His-regiment having been ordered to South Africa in January last, 





Cav. L. M. d'Albertis. 


‘The death occurred on bor 2 last of Cav. Luigi Maria d’Albertiz, ono 
‘of the beat known of the early explorers of the interior of New Guineas, Sig. 


i 
: 
| 
A 


0. ‘The south-west 
const was the district chosen as thé scene of operations, and here Sig. d'Albertis 
penetrated some distance towards the Arfak range, living for abouta month in 4 

| Papuan hut ut a height of 3000 feet, and reaching, during his excursions, an 
altitude of 5000 fect. 111 health compelled the abandonment of work for a time, 
but early in 1875 the traveller settled for aome months on Yule island, near Port 
Moresby, obtaining valuable zoological collections from that previously almost 
unknown spot. In November of that year he joined Mr, Macfarlane in bis pioneer 
voyage up the Fly river in the mission steamer £/langowan, and to the following 
‘year returned to the river ina amall steamer placed at his dinpows! by the Now 
‘South Wales Government. On this occasion ha was able to ascend the river almost 
to its sources—a distance of over 500 miles from the sea—and thus, for the first 
time, carried an itinerary to the centre of the vast blank which had hitherto 
marked the unknown interior on our maps. He also proved satisfactorily the 
great importance of the Fly river in the hydrographical syatem of the islaad, A 
third visit to the river was made ia 1877, after which Sig. d'Albertis returned to 
Farope, and in Novemter, 1878, presented an account of his explorations to the 
Society in a paper published in the Orst volume of the new series of its Proceedings. 
A fall account of his wanderings was given to the public in 1880, in two large 
‘volumes, entitled, “New Guinea: What I did and What [ saw,’ which long remained 
‘one of the principal sources of our kuowledgo of the people and natural history of 
‘the island. 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH, 631 


‘Alpe _Monphcloe. G27. A901): 447-459, 
‘Vober die Oberdlachonformon der Hochal; Nach en Unlerchongen Baar 
Mictters Vou alfred Hottaer, ay 

Austris—Dalmati, Mim. A, Dijon 7 (1800-1000): 188-187, Rotin: 
Selae jours de orcistre sur let cotes de Dalmatia. Par Albert Robin, With” 





Central Fortwightly Rev. TO (1901) : 695-014. Coubertin. 
The Problem of Contral Rarope, By Raron Piorre do Coubortin, 
On the race-problem in Austria-Hungary. 7 
oe. Europe. G.Z.7 (1901) : inate 435-407. Gradmann, 
iets he ee 
‘Thin will be specially noticed. 
‘Danude—Historical. Ertesits 21 (1901); 28-34, ‘Milleker. 


‘Trois forts maine wu Bas-Danube, Par Félix Milleker. [Ia Huvgusian.} 
. La G., B.SG. Paris 3 (1901): 398-413, 507-514, Dervéengaix. 

‘Des cartes EE vropo en 1900, Par Général Derrécagalx, 

Se en ee eee Furopean countries. 
Francs 8, Languedoc. G, 28 (1900): 308-829, Grayer. 

MatEObitiaande Dir Par M. Poul With Tilustrations. ves 
Franco—Auvergue. Jahrb, Schwets. Alpenclub. 26 (1900-1901): 132-148 Zaller. 

Peameasreg i Vulkangebict der Auvergne. Von Dr. R. Zeller, With Iifustra- 


GZ, 7 (1901); 250-271, ‘Credaer. 
Armorika, Kin Vortrag von Dr. Hormann Oreducr. 
A sketeh of the phyaical history of Brittany. 
France—Speloology. = La G., B.S.G., Paris 4 (1901): 35-45. Martel. 
‘Treizitme campagne souterrainc. Par EA. Motel. With IUuatrations 


Germany. 
Der Wilrmseo (Starnber, 4 Vern ft Bedbune 
Willi Ule. Seaeente eiaaed Genet ee preeae e fie unde 
Carl pron sat re Loij 


as ie ae 
ereins 
1901, "sie 10x ails i) vi Paes 
2, 0p cats 1a} 12), 
‘This will be the subject of 6 special 
Germany. Notisblatt V. Brdk. Darmetadt (4) 21 (1900): 4-10. Klemm. 
Bemerkungen zu F. Kinkelins Arbeit “Boltriige zur Geologlo der Umgegend 
you Frankfurt A.M." Von G. Klemm. With Plates, 
‘The writer criticizes somo of the views exprossed in the work roferred to. 

a aa ‘Schwabach. 
‘Trade of Germany for the 1900. Foreign O1 Annual No, 2671, 1901, 
Sino OF 36, pp. th, Prine 3p. isi? s 

In spite of « reaction from the unprecedented commercial activity which panies 
at the leaaiog of 1801, ‘tho trade of Gormany still shows an es for Se 
Germany. Deutsche Rundechau G. 28 (1901): 481-490. 

a pecan und ihre Thiter im Ober-Eleass. Von 1. H. Werner, wise 


‘Wast. 
Boltrige xur Kenntois des Flussnelzes Thiringons vor der ersten Vereisung dos 
Laniles. Von Dr, BE. Wist, (Sonder-Abdruck aus den Mitteilan, Teva Vereins 
fir Erdkunde 1901.) Malle a. S., Tousch & Grosse, 1901, Bise S x 64, pp. 18, 


Map. 
This is the subject of u note (ante, p. 615). 
Broslaa. —- 
Breslau. Lage, Netur a, Entwickelun Eine Festzabe dem xiii. Deutschen Geo- 
entaze dargcboten wm Orteanesa Ortanussebasso. Breslau: U. 1. Wiskott, 1901. Size 
Px 5h With Mope and Itlustrations. 








GBOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 633° 


Morway. La G., BSG. Parts 8 (1901): 515-520. Rabot. 
OS ocd aparece alsin fa am airy a Sage Lied 
So oh a a Vogt in Norges gloat Unrate. 1 

roped (uno) sta a 
Sulitelma, Py Victor H. Gatty, Wath Map and Hustration. vibctna 
Forelgbige Result af Folketalli LM on Aperga 
oe tou, rerltta te rocoaseseat ME dtcoming 9 7O0 5 
af dot Statistiske Contral Barcau. 'H, Aschshong & Co, 
Siz 10 x 6}, pp. iv. and 22 
“heme GZ% (1901): H14-52S_ Noukiroh. 


al la der Ziblung vom 3 Dezember 1900, Yoo Dr. 


Karl Neukirch. 
‘Norway—North Capo. Deutsche Rundachan SPA ioe aes 
Eine Reise nach dem Nordeap. Von L. D. With Ilustration. 


ow Revised Eslition. 
‘Ealited by the Skien~ ifeiemarkens Tourat Club “RUD, 10t” ‘Size 7 x 5, pp. 7H 
ies decry of Ske go it wines «Sami Tasca 
oo Ete lb eepalbh t contre through the lakve-| Meanie eae 


Metallurgical Industries of Russia. Foreign Ofiec, Miscollaneous, 

Noesuy, 1001 Soh OPP ae ee ekee 2 Hanh 

EBussis, Tear, G. 49 (1901); 839-357, Barri, 
Le peuploment ot 1a colonisation de l'Empirornse. Par Panl Harré, 

Zemlevedente $ (1901): 27-89, 
Journey to Dughestan, 1808. By N. Andrasolf. Map, Sections, an nd uheleon 
‘Bossis—Finlond. GZ. 7 (UW1); 181-498, ‘Rosberg. 

Geographiiche Charaktorbilder aus Finland. Dr. J. E. Rosborg. 

Bussia—Pochora, :eestiya Im jetski Ruse. 6.8, ieee 182-155, ‘Novosilteoff. 

(la Russian.) 


Petersburg und Umgelungen, Handbuch flr Teigonde, vos K. Bander 
Liven Bish 1901. Size 6} x 4$, pp. xxiv. and 126. Maps and 


‘This ix Redo from the now, fifth, edition of Bacdekor's Rossin. 

Bussis—Ural Mountains. Le Glebe, Mem. S.G. Genéve 40 (1901): 1-53, Duparo, 
“end at shpat tyre MES (Rasteaskoya Dateha.) Par le professeur 
Touis Duparo, With Mop. 

‘Scandinavia. 


Hitcheook. 
Our Trade with Scandinavia, 1890-1900. By Frank H. Hitchcock. (U.S. De- 


boii ricultare, Pin Penni ae oe Deperens No. Wash- 
ino 9 x 6, pp. 124, tent af Agriculture. 
BRS.G, Madrid 43 aon, Te 


d " ba. 
De "Dery lo Koyaia, por Abu-Abd-allé-Mohamed-Al-Klrisi, traduelda, por. 


Spain. B.RS.G, Madrid 43 (1901): 52-61. Pires. 
Semeide xisipe por por Bouts Do Villona i Alcoy y Sierm Aitana, Por D. 
Soler 
Spain—Rio Fela. BRSG. Madrid 43 (1901) : 62-113. Valbuene, 
Sobre ol origen del rio Fala, Por D, Antonio de Valbucua. 
py Data re fears. Estala) is tho principal tributary of the Duero, 
aabiay: 


Fane Beh BOecte Deproasien known. a8 «La: Rosso de Cap Doton;” and) the 

iver Valle ance and Spain, By Profesor J. Logan Lobley. 
ray lize 8} x 5h, p= 14. Presented b iy the “inthor. 
‘he wathor supports the conclusions of Prof. Hull as to the origin of the submarine 

depression off the month of the Adour, alducing further arguments in their favour. 





GHOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 687 
wo. ii i, and 5 vol. fi. ‘xii, 438, and viii). Ran; 1901, Size 
Tons Pp vl a hte eh ees Fora oF oon, 
ee aes a ogra etry era me were noticed in the last 

volume of the Journal (p. 


Lei elena rears 
ny of the ica pep Ver one boats a vest 
umount on j hnlatory, et an! those 
vali s rte 8 


‘The articles, su 
complete monographs of the iplnoes dealt wil 
India—Earthquake. Naturw. Wochensohrift 1 (1901) ; 2-4. ‘Walther, 
Die geclogischen W! des indischen Erdbebens yom Jahre 1897. Von Prof, 
Johannes Walther. ak Tt etic a on 


Indian —Famine Provonticn. Imp, and Asiatio Quarterly Rew, 12 (1901): 33-01, Tunes. 
Prevention of Famine in India, By 1. C. Innes. 
‘Urgca the importance of re-forestation as « preventive of drouglit. 


Workman. 

In the loo World of Himélaya. Among the Peaks and Pasios of Ladakh, Nu 
ae Faas Ge ne Sm we te ee 

er Unwin, 1903. an 

. Prios bs. "Preeened bythe Putian oe 

A fern, 93 without modification, of the work noticed in 
od parently » alroady 

Tadia—trrigation. Cotton, 


sla nk eth eee Fe tae 
* ° © ont ‘means of prov. 
Famine, after Seventy-hteo Near study of the ject. x ner EC TFC 
Ga London; ingions, x 5 
pees e St Opn a8 Price 
Tndia—Lushat Hille, Records Bolonieal Sure. India L (No.18) (1901): 891-909. Gage. 
‘A Botanical Tour in the South Lushai Hills, By Lieut, A. 'T. Gage. With Map. 
ana The Jurey hero briety enerbed wan made inthe wpring of 1800, ‘The bulk of 
voller consists of a list of the plants collectid, with statements on to their 





Tndin—Madras. Globus 80 (1901) 87-01. 
«neared yon Mimallapuram oder Seven Pugodas. Von Prof. G. one 
ag O'Conner, 


Routes in Sikkim sored in the Intelligence Branch of the Rexterrerics 
Genar's Department in pe. By ae in W. F. O'Connor, Culeutla: 1900. 
Size BiaeriB-x 8}. pp. 80. Mops. Prewnted by the Aavist. Quarter-Master-General, 


Intelligencs 
‘This is malate = the Journal for August (p. 161). 


Davison. 
ibe Gnat Tore pric wor probidip eg eh a bo bere Hee 
fo, (From tho Gropraphtoal Journal for June, 1901.) Size 10 x 6}, pp. 22 
Diagrams and Itustrations. 

Korea, Fetermanns M, 47 (1901): 179-182. ‘Broteohneider. 
Boussland uod Korea. You E. Brelachneider, 

Analysis of the important Rossian work on Korea, published last year under the 

Guspicen of the Russian Minister of Finance, 

Korea, Cubbins, 
‘Frade of Corea for the year 1900, Foreign Office, Annual No. 2687, 1901. Size 
9} x6, pp. 26. Sketch-map. Price 34d. 

Malay ato ime seny7 Baron. 

i. K, Ned. dard. Genoots. Ameerdam 18 (1901); 678-687. 
ee yan het schiereiland Letimor volgens W. Mickler. Door J, van 


f th ith Amboina ff out 
cor pee ern portion of Amboina from a surrey carried by 











GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 641 


‘Kamerun. Deutsch. Kolonialblatt 12 (1901): 550-553. Diehl, 
Reisebericht des Richters Diehl. 
Xamerun. Deutsch. Kolonialblatt 18 (1901) : 548-550. ‘&himmelpfennig. 


Expedition v. Scbimmelpfennig. Wih Sketoh-maps. 
‘Theve two papers are dealt with in the Monthly Record (ante, p. 623). 
Kamerun. Deuteche Kolonialseitung 18 (1901): 245-247. Scholze. 
Das Bakwirivolk. Von J. Scholze. 
‘The Bakwiri inhabit the southern slopes of the Kamerun range. 
Archer. 
Lagos t for 1899. Colonial Reports, Annual No. 921, 1901. Size 9} x 6, 
Pree. Price 2. 


‘Tho interior is reported to be settling down and accepting civilization peaceably. 
‘Moroeeo. B.R.8.G. Madrid 48 (1901): 112-143. Dias. 
Por Expaiia! Memoria premiada en el eatamen de Melilla. Presentada por D. 

Francisco de Francisco y Di 
Ditcatses the importance of Melilla for Spanish relations with Africa , 
‘Merooco. Ann. @. 10 (1901): 380-845. Flotte-Roquevaire. 
Essai ssa carte hypsométrique du Maroc. Par M. R. de Flotte-Roquovaire. 
With Me 
Sahara. Questions Dipl. et Colon. 12 (1901): 65-72. Terrier. 
Les denx rives frangaises du Sahara. Par Auguste Terrier. 
‘The writor shows into whet intimate relations with the Sabara France has becu 
brought by recent events, in the south no leas than in the north. 
Senogal. La G., B.S.G. Paris (1901): 1-20. __Cligny et Rambard. 
Le ool du Sénégal. Par Cligny et Rambaud. With Mops and Illustrations, 
Transvaal. Tijds. K. Ned. Aard. Genoots. Amsterdam 18 (1901): 628-667. Hettoma. 
Geschiedenis van het grondgebied der Zuid-Afrikaausche Republik, Door H. 
Hettema, jun. With Map. 
A aketch of tho historical geography of tho Transvaal. 
Tunis. Ana. G. 10 (1901): 846-369. Monchioourt. 
‘Le Massif do Mactar, Tunisie centrale. Par M. Ch. Monchioourt. With Plates. 
Uganda. J. Anthrop. I. 81 (1901): 117-130. Roscoe. 
‘Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda. By the Rev. John Roscoe, 
‘West Afrioa—Sailing Directions. 
Afries Pilot. Part ii, Containing Sailing Directions for the West Coast of Africa, 
from the Rirer Cameroon to the Cape of Good Hope, including the Islands of 
Ascension, St, Helena, and Gough, and the Tristan da Cunha Groupe, Fifth 
Edition. “London: J.D. Potter, 1901. Size 9} x 6, pp. xxii. and 886. Index 
charts. Price 3s. 6d. | Presented by the Hydrographer, Admiralty. 











NORTH AMERIOA. 


America, Deutsche Rundschaw G. 88 (1901): 498-507. Tattner. 
Fortechritto der geographischen Forschungen und Reisen im Jahre 1900. 2. 
Amerika. Von Dr. J. M. Jiittuer. 

Candde—Eskimo. B.S. Neuchateloise @. 18 (1901) : 158-176. Pittard, 


Contribution & I’étade anthropologique des Ezquimaux du Labrador et de la baie 
a'Hudson. Par le Dr. Eugene Pittard. 
@aneda—Nowfoundland. Clétare. 
A travers le Monde, Tour du Monde 7 (1901): 209-211, 217-219, 225-227. 
La Question du French’Shore. Par Joseph de Cléture. Mup and Illustratio 
Canads—Oatario, T, Canadian I. (1901): 139-186. ‘Wilton. 


Physical Geology of Central Ontario. By Alfred W. G. Wilson. With Maps and 
Tustrations. 


Mexico. Biorkland. 
‘Trade of Mexico for the ycar 1900. Foreign Office, Annual No, 2693, 190]. i: 
F pear ae erty ign Office, 698, 190]. Bize 
No, VI.—Decempar, 1901.) 20 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE’ OF THE MONTH. B43, 
‘ Mostatne: A’ study ta 
The AncloSaxons of the Keotacky a Sore 
To aes Pare eee "Misarsitone igs > 
‘United States—Lakes. Rep, (U8) Chirf of Engineers (1900): 9817-5401, = —— 


‘orth-W Laleee—Corveting and leming Ck 
0 clea ing and iemning: arte= Surveys — 


¥ .* ae eee eee 165 (1900): pp. 212, 


of Maine. By Henry S. Williams and Herbert B. 
een With Mops and and Fae, 


i Ri Derby. 

Bep. ( 1 Bi of Hain ci): 4551-4556. 
pusbatala Flood Heights, Fourth District, Misvivsippi River. By Maj.G. McG. 
‘This Je an eppendts te the Anaraa) Repettof the Mieimippt River: Consitstion, 


oh to 
Betti cact asia tes tiga eae eae 


i 
aes ai tte tan f ema earn, 


CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, 


Annuaire satistique de ln Ville de Boénos-Ayres, X™* Année. 1900, Bune | 
a jue de fe. 
Kyra, 1901. Sise 104 x7, ppexteit and SUE, 


ee Rev. @.49 (1901) ; 229-298, Daireaux.. 
Décourarteegiogrpbinyen i ea dane be le Ripablans Aree Argentine & Voccasion du conflit 


Tho titlo ix somowhat minlonding, the pa cteiege 4 general eketeb of the progress 
etl knowlodge in Argentina, and of there origin of the boundary question 





ad clos eal. Invent Porlamentaria sobro Agricultura, Ganaderia, 

2 aden 70 izacién, ‘Knexo B. Provincia de Buenos Aires, 

L Oeiastic’ Be teenie D, Francisco Segui, Buenos Aires, 1898, 

Size 10} x 7, pp. xiv, and 458 Map. Presented by Dr. F. P. Moreno. 

An exhaustive report on the resourced of the grovinad'e? Bnenns Artes, Asi on Bis 
Dest means of developing them, 
Argentine Republic—La Plata Estuary. ‘Herrmann, 

‘Ann. Hydrographie 29 (1901): 813-815. 
Die Gozeitenverbiiltoisss in der La Rinse Maacungs und ibe gas anf dio 


ead Nach “ Estudios sobre puertosen Ia provincia de Buenos Aires,” 
Von SHorennnn. With Chart, 2 
Argentine Republic—Sants Fé Brandt and Pommerenke, 
Repiblicn Argentina, | La Provincia de Santa WE en et pri del siglo XX, 
Compilado r Emesto Brandt y Guillermo Pommerenkw. 1901. 


Bataoe Aires: Compaitia, Bud-Amerioana de ‘Tillotes de Ban , a0. Rizo | 
7% 104, pp. 380. Map and Mustrations. Presented by Dr. B. P. 

A nkeful description, profusely illustrated by reproductions of of tho. 
tale of ono of tho most flourishing uae ts of the Argent pcr 
Prtarsabjoots touched upon toclade potitoal orgealzatian, eduoalioot oo potter rh 

S29 fndustries, agriculture, ets. 


Greaves, 
Peioa, ne for 1900. Colonial Reporis, Annual No. $26, 1901. Sizo 9} x 6, 
pp. 26, Price Aa 
U 


GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 645 


‘West Indics—Bash Fires, West Iilian B, 2 (1901): 79-26. ‘Nicholls, 
tural Conference, 1901. Legislation to Control Bush Fires. By HW. A. 
Nicholls, 0.1.6, eto. 


‘West Indies—Rubber, West Indian B, 2 (1901): 100-113. 
Rabber Cultivation in the West Indies, By J. H. Hart, v.t.8. Illustrations. 


AUSTRALASIA AND PACIFIC ISLANDS, 


‘Australis. Rev, G49 (1901) + 239-264, 322-336, ‘Maistre, 
L'Australio; origine ot constitution de la Commonwealth, Par Panl Maistre, 
With Map. 

Caroling Talands. 


Jahres. Frankfurter V.G. u. Statistth 64 ant 05 (1899-1901): 163-166, 
Dio Karolinen, Von Dr. Max Friedriohsen, 
German Now Guinea, ‘Hesse-Wartege, 
Jahresh. Frankfurter V.G, u, Statistik 64 and 65 (1899-1901): 159-160. 
Dnrch anbokannte Gebiote im Bismarok-Archipel. Von Hesso-Wartegg. 


German Now Guinos. Globus 79 (1901): 256. ‘Parkinson. 
Die Intel St, Matthias (Dismarck-Archipel), Vou I. Parkinson. With May, 
Birds, Bryan. 


Hswaii. 

to the Binds of the Hawaiian Grou William Alanson Bryan, Hono- 
ina: Bishop Muscum Preas, 1901. aise INE 76. Plates. 

Marshall islands, Hep. Smithsonian I. (1899) : "187-508 ‘Winkler, 
On Sen Charts formerly uscd in the Marshall Islands, with noticos on the 
Navigation of these islanders in general. By Captain Winkler, ith Mwdtrations. 

‘Translated from the Marine Rundichau, Berlin, 1898. 





New Hebrides. Miss. Catholiques 33 ort a Loh S15, 852, 346, 36: Doniau, 
‘Croyanoes Roligionses ot Moours des Indi do Pie Malo Ionralloe-Hsteedeay 
Par le R, P. ‘Alfred Deniau. 


‘New S2uth Wales, Pittmann, 
ah Sarvey of New South Wales. Tho Mineral Resources of New South 
By Edward F. Pittman. Sydney, 1901. Size, pix Sh; re crittaas 
WR op and” atrtione ‘Presented by tho Agent-Goneral for New South 


‘Bow Zealand, 
‘New Zealand: notes on its Geography, Statistics, Land System, Scenery. Sport, 
andthe Maori Hace. ‘By It, A: Toughnan, Wellington, N. cam 1901, Bize 6 x 10, 
mnie Wan Mae andi en vali Praca by Minider for Lands, 
‘and Wellington, N. 





na Anthrop. T. 31 (1901 145. ‘Thomson. 
Scinuee upon the Natives of Savage faland, or Niué. By Busil Thomson, 


Queensland Gov. Mining J.2 (1901): 118-122, 162-170, 212-216. 
Geology of the Dawson and Mackenzie Rivers. With Special Reference to the 
eccurrence of Anthraeitic Coal, Report by Mr, B, Dunstan, With Diagrams, 
‘Western Australia, oS 
Glasgow Intorvational Exhibition, 1901. Tlustrated Handbock of Wester 
‘Ausiralis. Perth, W.A,, 1901. Sito &} x 54, pp. viii. and 178, Map, Plan, and 
Mstrations. 





POLAR REGIONS. 
Antarctic 


Shipley. 
‘The Abyrmal Fauna of the Antaretic Rogion. By Arthur E, Shipley. (Boprinted 
from the * Antarctic Manual,’ 1901, chuptor xviii. pp. 241-279.) Size 9 x 6, pp. 39. 
London, 1901. 
Antarctio—Belgian Expedition, Your du Monide 7 (1901); 318-408. Gorlache, 


ninze Mois dans !’ Antarctique (Le premier Hivernage dans 1a Banquise australe). 
ME, Adrien de Gerlache.” With Mops and Ilustrattma, ‘. 2 


a 





— 


GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. oF 
Time-determination, Ann. Eixdeorophia 81900): 872-878. « ~ swine 
Zoitboatimmung und Chronometerkontrole vine Hébendifferens, 
‘Curl W. Wirtz, = 
Agricultural zones, G2, 7 (1901) = 271-281, 338-842. ‘Hottnor, 
Die Landbauzonen der Lander, Nuch dea Untersuchungen 


Th. H, Engelbrecht’ Von Prof. Dr, Alfred Hettner, 
ee of the Journal 


Climate. LR. Metearolog. 8, 9 (1901): 160-181. Mau. 
ails ond the waste ot Clioate By Dr. H.R, MUL With Iuatrations, 

Cormogeny. ‘American J- Set, 1B (1901): 140-142. Fisher, 
‘Mathematical Notes to Bival Theories of Cosmoguny. By O. Fisher,” 

Earthquakes. Geotog, Mag. § (1901) : 449-452, Oldham, 
‘The Periodicity of Farthquakes. By R. D. Oldham. 

Geological History. Coben and Raken, 


KAW, Amaterdam P, Sec, Sot. 8 (1901): 63-00. 
a eer aera al soa-water, By Dr, Ernst Cohen and H. 
en, 


Gives the results of an apd ion undertaken in connection with Prof, 
Daboia's researches ax to the age of the Earth (ave next entry). 
Goologicsl History. K.A.W. Amsterdam, P. Seo, Sei. 3 (1901): beaten a) 

‘The Amount of the Ciréulatioa of the Carbonate of Line'snd tho Ago of 

Earth, By Prof. Eug. D 
Geology. feet 8 (1901): 445-449, 

‘On the Circulation of Salt in its Relations to Geology. By Witla Adkiogd 
Geology. B.S.G, Com, Havre 18 (1901); 821-839, Beaugrand, 
eas eiantnes péclogoes astaeleyt Bein) 0 700,04 le eeegrphie Par Oh. 


mies. Climate (1901): 144-155, ‘Mojoveki. 
For and ngaiost the Tafluence of, the Moon on the Life of the Earth and its 
Atmosphere. By Zdislaw Majowaki,, 

‘A summary of tho views of the chief writors on the subject, ‘The euthor his 
verdict fn tnd the sapped Salles of ie meen pu charetadiecs aoe 
‘Meteorology. fonthly Weather Mev. 29 (1901): 152-139, 806-807, Pookels. 

Mi ry ot the tan pectin mountain slopes. By Prof. F. 


tho abectate elovation. Pho artic inal 
der ad in roproducod also in the Meteorol. (1901, pp. 300-212). 


Phyto-goography. Die Natur 50 (1901) : 987-840, Roth, 
Vober dio Vegotation der Gowasser, Yoo Dr. EB. Roth. 

‘Waves. Nauttoal Mag. 70 (1901); 429-442. Allingham, 
Abnormal Seas, By William Allingham, 

‘The bulk of the paper is taken up with instances of exceptionally high seas, which 
ho verter nttributes ta the aclion of tho wind rather than te submarine earthquakes 
Zoogeography. Naturw. Wochensohrift 16 (1902): 304-806. — 

Dik Bipolaritét in der Verbreitung der Mocresorganismen, 

Based on an article in Ymer by Prof. Wf, Théol. 


ANTHROPOGEOGRAPAY AND HISTORIQAL GEOGRAPHY. 


Commercial Geography, Die Natur 60 (1901): 231-284, 244-248, 256-258, Messmer, 
Bitumon und Asphalt, Von Herm, Messmer, 





GEOGRAPHICAL LITERATURE OF THE MONTH. 4D 


fee ae those aaa tas Sa 
Catalogue of Scleatifie Literature, oats 


ore used. Tho \ 
whore we find such jae” West. from Moroceo to the Congo; 
Ties dr retain 


Empire. 
ke srowih of ihe Eyl. Pesta peek the of Greater Britain. 
Arthur W. Jose. Blue 8% Sh, pp. avi. aad 
Maps. Price te. Ponetted by ie 


of te Britin| this work has a higher value through the our 
beoa mado to Sth pr ies at wor it the course of that sd 


Testing with tho British ra 
Census Rorults, FR. Statistical 8. 64 (1901) > 48-526, Baines, 
‘Census Notes. By J. A. Baines, ost. 
On the broad features Lrought out by recout censuses, 
Edueation—Methods. Scottish G. Mag, 17 (1901): 393-399. Reelus, 
‘The Teaching of Geography, Globos, Discs, and Reliofa By M. Elieée Reclus. 


i 


‘Hoiderich. 
Oestorrvichischo Binlenespeee Erster Theil: Fir die L, IL, und TIL ee 
dor Mittelscbulen. “You Pesan Deiterobi Wises a Holeel, 1901, Site 9x 6, 
pp. viand 304. Plates. the Publisher, 
‘This is o well-arrangod text-! idee Efreibeses ot middle-grade schools, Racers 
into two scotions, the first dealing = pisces principles of athematioal 


French Colonies. ‘Zimmermann. 
Die urvpiiischen Kolonion, Vierter Band, Dio Koloniatpolitik Frankreichs. 
Von den Anfingoa bie zur Gegenwart, Von Dr. Alfred Zimmermann. Berlin: 

B.S. Mittler und Sohn, 1901. Size 0} x 6, pp. xiv. and 488, 

A valuable historical sketch of French colonization from ite first in the 
fourteonth contury. Tneldentely it-deala Ukewiso with savy Frensh <xploraticn, 
‘especially in North America, 

Geographical Congress. Hev, G. Italiana 8 (1901): 217- au 304-936, 409-419, —— 
T Qnarto Congreso Geografico Italiano, 

Geographical Congres, Notional @, Mag. 12 (1901): 351-857. 
on Internationa! Geographion! Congress to be held in Washington. wn 

‘ortrails, 

Contains & sketch of the past history of brag pel Soh nad some suggestions respeot- 
ing the programme of the Washington meeting. 

Goographical Errors, _B. American G.8. 93 (1901): 259-264 Gannett. 
Certain Persistent Errors in Geogrophy. By Henry Gannett. 

Mr. Gannatt classes as errors # certain number of ideas abont which expert opinion 
is, to sny tho lonst, divided, «.g, tho effect of foresta, not only on rainfall, but on the flow 











faa ze Roe = 


jansorerwer ve 
des Deutschen Reichs. Seale 1: 7,000,000 or 115 stat. milor to an inch. Peter- 
muenne Re ee ee Sepa Jabrgang 1901, Tafel 17. Gotha: J. Perthes, 


Potormanns Geographischo Mitteilungen. 
Vebersichtakarte der gine atte on dor Murman-Kista. Scolo 1: 2,000,000 
or SiG stat. miles to on inch—Uebersicht des Kathsrinon-Hafens., Scale 1 : 
80,000 or 0'5 stat. mile to an inch.— Dio Niederlassupgen ain Katherisen Hafen, 
Scale 1 : 20,000 or 0-3 atat. mile to an inch —Skizze doe Nordbahn, 
‘Seale 1: Came or SUG stat miles to an inch.  Petermanns slvche 
Mitteélungen, Jobrgang 189, Tufel 9. Gotha: J. Perthes. Presented by the 


Shevelovuim. 
ano European Russia and Siberia. Scale 1 3 23900,000 or 474 stat. miles to an 
itp A. Shevelevnim, St, Petersburg, iw “4 shea! 
In addition to the general map of Es Russia, , which — rail con- 
structed and projected, there is an Tost of tio Russia, fei 
and the Trand-Stborian railways, There are also several insote of plang “eltiog aad 
towns, and thoir immediate eurroundings. 
















NEW MAPS, 653 
Viet of all the authoritien consattel fa givan in tho volume of letterpress whieh accom 
eeeioe hse p en whch she gives omariptse ce haga st 
Whack and white. Altitudes the Y 
See ts oe 





i 








a 


tho formule 
Gi ee 
Feta only sew peer ne aco 
siderable distance many 
would put theme! whew Weyeat 


it 





‘been more clearly. it out. Names of 
of in connection with the war, and some sites of ‘are indion 


AMERICA. 
district Seale 1: 145,728 or 2°8 stat. 
of Cope Ni and adjacent mini ita, = or 4 
tosninob. By b Galisen: Soatile, Washington: ‘Tie 0.P- Andemen Map 

E Blue Print Vo. Price 30 cents. Presented by HL. T: Burle, Eng. 


wale ia « blue print showing the mining datica of the neighbourhoo! of Capa 
Ore, 


Aluks. Kemp and Kingsbury. 
Map cf Crpe Nome and Golovin Bay, and Cape York Mining districts. Scale 
a: of 12 atat. miles to an inch.’ By Charles Kemp and A. G, % 
Seattle, Washington: Lowman and Hant Stationary & Printing Co,, 1900, 
Presented by H. 7. Burls, Exq. 

Givos nleo, as insota, geological actions, and plans of the El Dornilo mlaing district, 

‘Nome city and vicinity. 

‘Haiti, 


‘Tippenhauer. 
r Republik Halti zwischen 
00,000 oF 1°6 stat mile to am 





Grande Riv2re und Maiseade. Seale 





ihiache und goologische Karto eines ‘Tile 
Genetver, 

















ai 





Cr 3 


* Denotes Articles and Papers. 


A 


sera, 
Sberertintie? Coptain W. BR. Copper 
ae Expedition, 288+; se 


Dake of the, Arctic 
a ee 
Voyage of the Polar Star, 458+ 
Sete oan aaa 
Expedition to the Westorn Borders of, 
‘by H. lo Roux, 333 ‘4 
Ex in, Belgian and French, 


. v. Erlanger in 
den Golla-Liindorn, 890+ 
thorn = Erlanger ond Herr 
‘Neumann's in, att 
"Twist Sirdar and Menelik, by tho Inte | 
Captain Wellby, 496 
Adams, Prof. F. D., Gi weno 


7088, 
Aiddross to the Royal Geogrnphical 
Society, by Sir C. R. Markham, 1* 
Adirondacks— 
Lacs Frangals des Adirondacks, Aux, 
pare le Beaumont, 457+ | 
Admiralty Charts, 119}, 349 t, 999; 
Surveys during 1900. .1 | 
‘Mission Blanchet dans V'Adrar, par M. 
Jouinot-Gambetta, 330 
Afghanistan, vou Dr, N. Syrkin, 634 ¢ 
‘Afrioa— 
Adazirally survoye off the const of, 82) 
British Central: A J from 
Jameson to the Kafuo Iver, by 0. 
P. Chomayo, 108+; Présis of In- 
formation concerning, by Major ©, D. | 
No, VI.—Decrauxn, 1901.] 














lon a 
829; Uobor dua Ruflyi-Delta, you 
2x 

















‘Ainefe, par Prof. Gantier 1084 
Datu ie a Alt par Lilet. do 
ma slscgente lo pow 

ran Notes, by D, Randall-Maciver 

‘and A. Wilkin, 231 
eee 

‘Central Axis, 588 
Alaghtay We tAnnorma! Sets O17 f 


Almanac— 
poet Almanac, 1901, Appendix to, 


Nautical Almanso and Aatronotnical 
Ephomeria for 1904..238 + 
Alpine Cinb, Now Russian, 628 


Glaciers des Alpes, Les Variations 
one cs eg par Dr, Forel, Dr, 
Pie id et BE. Muret, 690 ¢ 
Saint-Hornard ot Nopoléon, par 
‘Capitaine Perrean, 453 + 
Mittololterlicher Verkehr und Handel 











_ 





INDEX. “661 
An & Arotio—oontinued. me 
Scottish Expedition under W.S. Bruce, | Pflanzen Grose ee 
529 Le ee ty 
South rons, To eA von J. Wiesner, 339 ee 
Bega eect ade’ De Far a apt Leute D. Onler 
is Quadrant, 17 eee ee 
‘Weddell Qundrant, 21 ‘Tei Sommr i Norra Tshafvet . .. cfter 
Ai —— i Nordistra Gronland, af G. 
Me Race: a Study of the ‘Nat + 
ee ok eee aaa es eS ee eres do Lapparent, 


Seasonal variations in tho climate of, by 
H. H, Kimball, 583+ 
Arabin— 


Quelques notes sur |'Arabio, par Baron 
Aa d?Ay 
Aral, Bea 


Peary's, 447, 889: Ponry Auxiliary. 

218: Prof, Baldwin’s, 217,447; Barca 
SB Bet iva 

x] ions Polaires jues, Inter~ 

rationales ot Simultandes, parE. 


Paynrt, 237 + 

Italian Arctic Expedition, 1899-1900,, 
282; Voynye of the Polar Star, by the 
Dake of the Abrozzi, 458 ¢; Nearest 
tho Pole, Commander Cayni's own 


Account, 438 t 
+ Nordenskidld’s voyages in the, 450~ 


ri 

N ian North Polar Expedition, by 
Fanon, review of, ake ator 

int lar Expedition, 1893-1896, 

by B. Plamatoad, 1317+ 

Peary’s work in 100 and 1901, 646 









ere + 

Reliet do 1’ Quelquos mots 

‘atte s Pade de ee reel 
820; note on, 
‘Republio— 

AW DERE Motean 

Anuario do In Direceléa Goncral de 
Estadistica, 


457t 
Buenos Aires al M. 
emcee Aton Pe 


clade, Parlamentarin 
sobre Agricultura, ote, del F. Segui, 


otha 
nolla Provincia di 
Cordoba, del O. Prancisel, 457 + 
viques dans In 
he ique Argeotine, par KE, 
ix, ES + 
Domarcacion de limites entre lax 
ar oes 


do Santa Fé, von 8, Lhiez, 


Evolution économique et sociale de Ia 
SS par EB, 
anal dal Viner, Baker do te 
por . 
Mi 558 
Memoria el Ministerio de Marina cor- 
diento al ejerciclo 1900-1901, 
|. O. Betheder, 558 
Fé, La _Provinci 


Vioje do Explorecién del Azopardo al 


‘izona, Tho Petrified Foreate of, by L. 
¥, Ward, 642 F 








INDEX, 


Atmosphero—eontinued. 
” Meteorology of tho Upper Atmosphere, 
‘Dr. Hann on, 218 . 
Aulagnon, M. C., La Sibérie ooeidentale 
wt ccatraier 826+ . " i 
AN fgenommen 
ferdlichtphotographien au 
in Bossckop, 
ptr ‘Die ersten, » vou O. Ba: 
Ler Caer Ng aaa f 
Austin, Bright, and Gernor, Majors, ox- 
‘pedition to Lake Rudolf, 533. 
Austin, 1. H., Survey of the Sobat 
erin ¢ 


Australasia Old and 
Groy. 504 


aEshe, by Ina Contin teen 458+ 


Now, by J. G, 


Australia ond Tasmania, Birds foand 
breeding in, Nests and Kegs of, by 
A. J. North, 554 ¢ 


Burges im abricah Karst, 
at on Karst, 
you iy, Traimpler, 224 ¢ 
ncaa a Tene question des, 
© conn of, 2007” 
Erdbeben-Commitsion. Mittheilungen 
rjaisovics, 


der, you Dr. E. y. Mo) B20, | 
met 








Onan, 
of the Northe? 


States, £52 f 
the 


Bakhiuis, 1. A. 
ma ziver ta Detch Gulate, 025 


‘name river in 


‘of Franz Joset Land, 555 ¢ ; 
Hie Regiona, 217, 447 


Dagrerhanl van ‘cone reis van den resi- 
dent van Balien Lombok, 280 + 








‘Reiso nach den ‘und engli> | 
schen Sslomons-Inseln, 236 + 
Bense, KE, M,, The Civilising Race, 342+ 
Bontloy, Rov. W. H., | 
Desens stries oft eae 
Berbers of Algerin, Among, they 
arabia moview of, by 
Berg, 1.8 , exploration of the Seu of Aral, 
Borg, L. et P. Ignatow, Les laos 
oe ‘Deoghis , . . dudistrictd’Omak, 
P.. Die Lufta 


Borlia— 
Vetiaadtengen des Sisbenton. Ioter- 
ionalen Geogmphon-Kongresses, 


out 
Barnet, ‘Report for 1900 (Colonial Rep.), 


Bernacebi. L., award not : To the 
South Polar Regions, 51 ¢; review 


Berard, A Les torritoires du (hari et 
Teouvee de M. Gentil, 109 
rnirdex, M., De Buenox Aires al 


if 
ele Capa B,, A Caondisn Polar 


Berwa nd Bt, Drs, high balloon 


Dies Bib Dilliographin, Glographique 


" 

Tolornational, Oat Catalogue of” of Sctentite 
Literature, ote, 619 > 

aoe ‘Ta péndtration rosse en Chine, 


Biclaweki, J.,nnd V. H, von Hartenthurn, 
Dio hischen Arbelien im west= 
rassischen Grenagebiete. 547 ¢ 

Bielukha, Mount, Altai Range, Mt Sa- 

Bizha Thar, Clive, Year in China, 6354 

im, Clive, ‘ear in ina, 
oH Nigeria sd ie Tra, 914 
Bineowueton Tvory Const), 239 
gba 
How t ‘the Welsh Water will come to Bir- 
mingham, by W. H. Y. Webber, 517¢ | 





Position, Produots, and Prospects, 64% + 
pativis oad Bras 5 
‘Cuestién internacional del Acre, por J. 


‘T. Camacho, 835 + 
immites 


oserations made at 
inder the direction of N. A. F. 





Boy, 337 ¢: mote ons 46 
Borema mnge, Blue Nile, 48 




















1800, by A. 
54 of, - 
° Pica Bit ta eh ten: ‘rof, J, Norman. ‘ 


Mountain Region. of, 
iofeat Blarre Nevada, by Ho Darser, | THeanrd of the, by St 


at 


























park de, expedition in ee 
‘map of the 


bina — 
American ‘in China, by W. B. 

Parsons, 
inh a Meee, G Selby, 
‘ow, of China, and the Routes 


ona hs ‘A. Obrucheft 29 
Eumpe, par FE. Levansour, 


of the Yaugise, by A. 
came Hf he, Upper by 


323 
Lui Kang Tao, Wei-Hai-Wof, Records 
of Tompuratire, Barometer ind Raln- 


fol, S24t 
‘Manzi, Une visite h I'ancienne eapitale 


par A. Vissibre, 

A ae of the China 
Field Foros, 557 t; Waterways near 
Shanghai, by 245 


Minéiles 
voisines 
548} 





Omi, 





Arehaological in the 
vicen se ms 
pega 


Ostt 
Oe Baco, The, by K. M, Benge, 


Clapardde, A. de, Coup d'auil sar la Géo- 
pa et oe divin 





Marvoille, géo- 
ate io, BABt 
Seat @ tags ry Surveys Report, 


dew 
du "Tolkin: yar par at Lecter, | Chinn (see 


aleo 
Climate and Cora, by HB, Ween, 239 + 














INDEX. 673 
“Feige in ne cod 0 
= Er Ousa by picks em 
Hsia ot er SP | pendcbiialen ti Oacoamenet 
Ago of the, Amouut of the by HL W. Seton-Karr, 120¢ 
OC the Carbonate of Lime and the, by | Publications, facet 7 
Prof. E. Dubois, 647+: Solubility of | _ Publle Works 
Sirossriiegay | Mat ny me a 
Age of tho Earth and the ‘ofthe | Trade, St gg fot 
A. R. Hunt, 289 Nt 
nied eeteaan, | peace pe 
Se Hota 
fad 
Tnduence do l'homme terro, o eaorald Mines lotter from HL 
Prot A. Wodlket OY ve on, 97 
of natives and 
She ln an White Miley and 
Mohammedaansche Voraten Sobat Major . 
lancndls, door Wan de at co 


Bert Hore i H,, on the Selehes in the 


agli of, by A. Mack.Lwee, 


eeeibetoont Systems of the Chief 
{Colonia ofthe British Faapiro 218 + 
yu. ipeuiuaye erac dg 

107 t 
belt vor Wr in ‘Agypten, von R. 
Dain Otte and Geo. 


pee dell" Egitto di "Omar tbo 
aaa eet dol Prof, C. A. 


jevort of, Notes on the Geo- 
ee re 
‘ls Hinterland, by F. W. 
Wie review of, fas Prof. say 
Ei 
ay waite "Grately iin 
is th 


pall 
rit 
er ty His “ah om, 


oa ce eset eT 
Dente 238 


Handbook for Ese pe Lower and — 


Uy , edited by Mary Brod- 
ae yy Mary 


Upper Nile, 
ton, 6994; 
by E.G. Marea, 

inétration anglaise ' en Bayle, De 
Soe tos fortes ¢apéelalen te Ia par 


No. VI Serna 1901.) 





Maps and Plans eto, Sist 


mers 


fhe Chanel eh 
| Erhardt, Jakob, culseary on siat 
Eritrea— 


4 d'infuensa Me eas in Afrioy 
Karte von Afrika” di. 


Ratio of BaMinland, 42 
Etinde Volcano, yee Dr. Esch’s 
researches on the, 444 


2x 


| 





INDEX, 


Hallock, C., One of Canada’s Explorers 
(Dr. B. Bell), 242 ¢ 
Hamberg, Axel, explorations in Sarjek- 
fjallen, Northern Sweden, 617 +; Geo- 
logiska och Fysiskt-Geografiska Under- 
sdkningar i Sarjekfjallen, 634 + 
Hammer, B., Sgopmaslinger under Island 
og Fargerne, 108+ 
Hann, F.. Exploration in Western Aus- 
tralia, 338 + 
Hann, J., Klima der Westkuste von 
Marokko, 110+; on the Meteorology of 
the Upper Atmosphere, 218 
Hanotauz, G., Le Havre dans Vhistoire 
do France, 225+ 
Hanusz, Istvin, Az ipariizéa {6ldrajzi 
elosztakozisa ' Magyarorsxégon, 102+: 
Dic Eretarkung unserer Nation in 
Alfold, 103 + 
Harding, W. H., Death of, in Barotse- 
land, 312 
Harmer, F. W., The Influence of the 
‘Winds upon Climate during the Pleis- 
tocone Epoch, 555 + 
Harrison, J. J., A Journey from Zeila to 
Lake Rudolf, 258 * 
hhberger, J. W., An Ecological Study 
of the New Jersoy Strand Flora, 234 t 
Hartoshi Kurds, 124 
Harvie-Brown, J. A., On a Correct Colour 
Code or Sortation Code in Colours, 
B42t 
Hastie, Prof. W., Kant’s Cosmogony, 
edited by, review of. 80 
Hatch, F. H., The Kolar Goldfield, 230+ 
‘Haughton, Lieut -Colonel John,A Memoir, 
by Major A. O. Yate, 343 + 
Hauser, F., L’Annam central et Ia colo- 
nisation, 229 + 
Hauser, Prof. H., Etudes be lea colonies 
ogaises, 933+; Colonica portu- 
Pe d’Extréme-Orient, 231 ¢ Be 
Hauthal, R., Ein Profil der argentinisoh- 
obilenischen Cordillere, 457 ¢ 
Hautreux, H.. Lo céte des Landes do 
Gasoogne, 225 + 
Havass, Dr. R., Die Slovakisierung des 
Urigarischen Oberlandes, 102+ 
Haverfield, F., On an inscribed Roman 
ingot of Cornish tin, 104 
Hawaii— 
Birls of the Hawaiian Group, by W. A. 
Bryan, 645 
Piantagioni di Canna di Zucchero nelle 
Isole Hawaii, del F. Rossi, 113+ 
awash rivor, North-East Africa, 262 
Heath, Dr. E. R., exploration of the Beni 
rivor, 150, 151 
Hebridean Waters, In, by H. Smart, 228 + 
Hecquard, H., par M. 'H. (‘ordier, 460 ¢ 
Hedin, Dr. Sven, explorations in Central 
Asia, 212, 288; ‘isebericht aus Cen- 
tral-Asien, 105 ¢ 
Hegner-Rezelfeld, Dr. J. v.. Die Reform 
des Kalenders in Russland, 104 ¢ 
Hoiderich, F., Oesterreichische Schul- 
geographie, 649 ¢ 











679 


Heim, A., Der Schlammabeatz am Grunde 
des Vierwaldstattersce, 322 + 

Heldring, E., Surinasmeche belongen, 
235 


Henkel, Dr. L., Die Verbreitung der 
Schriftarten in Europa, 101 t, 244+ 

Henri lo Navigateur et I'Académio Portu- 
give de Sagres, par Dr. J. Mees, 212, 
64 


Hepburn, M. L.. The Influence of High 
Altitudes in Mountaineering, 344 + 

Herberteon, A. J., Outlines of Physio- 
graphy, 341¢ 

Herteman, P., Etude présentéo & la Société 
de Géographie de Lille, 634 ¢ 

Hessen : sce Germany 

Hettoma, H., Goschiedenis van het grond- 
gebied der Zuid-Afrikeensche Repub- 
Tiek, 641 ¢ 

Houdebort, L., Au pays des Somalis et 
des Comoriens, review of, 300 

Hiller and Farncss, Dre., Notes of « Trip 
to the Veddahs of Ceyion, 548+ 

Himalaya— 
Tee World of, In the, by Fanny Work- 

man and W. H. Workman, 637 + 

Hinde, H., The Masai Language, 930+ 

Hinde, 8.’ L. and H., The Last of the 
Masai, 550 

Hints to"Iravellor, edited by John Coles, 
5 


Hinxman, L. W., The River Spey, 105 + 

Hiogo and Osaka, Trade of (Foreign 
Office Rep.), 106 + 

Historical— 

‘American Relations in the Pacific and 
tho Far East, 1784-1900, by J. M. 
Callahan, 241} 

i di’... inaugnrazione delle . . - 
« io a P. Toscanclle e Am. 
Vespneci, 241 + 

‘Vasco da Gama, Pedralvarez Cabral o 
Giovanni da Nova nelle crouica dé 
Kilwah, del Dr. C. C. Rossini, 241 + 

Hitchcook, 'F. H., Our Foreign’ ‘Trade 
in Agricultural’ Products, 553+; Our 

‘Trade with Japan, China, and Hong- 

ong, 220+: Souroes of the Agrical- 

tural’ Imports of the United Btates, 
34 








Hiort, Prof., Fishery and Marine Investi- 
‘gation in Norway, 84 

Hoohstetter, Dr. W., Die wassorwirtechaft- 
Tiche Vorlage in Prenssen, 225 + 

Hofmeicr, S., Yangtze-Fabrt eines dout- 
schen I.inienschiffes, 

Holdich, Colonel Sir T’, H., Reilway Con- 
nection with India, 324+; The Greek 
Retreat from India, 244; The Geo- 
graphy of the North-West Fronticr of 
India, 455 +; How are wo to cet maps 
of Africa? 59); Lhasa, 602 * 

Holland— 

Census of, 208 

Grenzen van do provincie Overijsel en 
hare landschappen, door B. Schuiling, 
821t 








ag 
der al 
lung, 


ma 


ne, 
= ee 

Haka, Balog, 32 
+ 


ur a 
oat Low! oF aay af, 


Guinea— Pie 
British : a ‘urvey Department, 
German in Sait Bemerk. 

ie = 
—— sie Sa Bier teshipel, 
Goureraeurs ‘nach dom’ Biden’ Yon 
Deutech-Now-Guises, 337+; Durch 
unbdckannte Gebiet im Bismarok- 

Heane-We 


Archipel, von GA ts 
Dio Insel St. Matthiog, von Kk, Purkin- 
ton, G45 ¢ 


New Jersey— 
‘Geological Stody of the Now Jersey 
No, V1.—Drcewnen, 1901.) 












No" oy. W. Marte, 


Pigo, Barons of, hy CF Ba 





Nikitin, 8., La valléo do 1 kts 
Det sob piesa: 


eux ‘noma 
Hes du magndl terreatre dana le 
wv. do Kourek, 104 + 

Irrigation Projects on the Uppor Nilo, 
22 























INDEX, 


Sweden—eontinued. é 
Svenska Turistforeningens ‘Arsskrift 
for Ar 1901..228 
‘Trade of Stockholm and Enstern Coast 
of Sweden (Foreign Office Rep.), 


322+ 

‘Vorkommen des Pferdes in der rchwe- 
dischen Steinzeit, von R. Palleske, 
633 


Sweden and Norway— 


Etude présentée '& la Société do Géo- ; 


graphie de Lille, par P. Hertemun, 
63tt 


Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 448 

Swedish Expedition for the Degree 
‘Measurement in Spitsbergen, 626 

Swettenham, Sir F. A., Annual Report 


for 1899 0n the Federated Malay States, ' 


326+ 
Switzerland— 
Census Reports. Some Recent, 208 
Handbook for Travellers, by K. Baede- 
xt 634 t ee aia 
tzensees, Beitrige zur Biologie d 
von O. Amberg, 322+ eee 
Liitzelsee und das Lautikerried, von T. 
Waldvogel, 323 + 
Recensement fédéral de ln population 
en 1900, Résultats provisoires du, 228+ 
Schlammabsstz am Grunde des Viet- 
waldetittersee, von A. Heim, 322 ¢ 
Topograpbischer Atlas der Schweiz 
(Swiss Federal Staff), 117+ 
Syria, Trade of Beirut and the Coast of 
(Foreign Office Rep.) 639 + 
Szinté, Dr. K., Die Geschichte der 
Btromregulierunz im Oberen Ceallé- 
kz, 102 ¢ 





vT. 


Taixan, Trade of (Foreign Office Rep. 
230 + ay F 





Tanganyika and Mwera, Lakes, Altitudes 


of, Captain Lemaire’s calculations of | 


the, 443 





‘Tangut, Marco Polo's, by E. H. Parker, | 
549+ 


Taraelli, Prof. 'T., Di alcune delle nostre 
valli epigenetiche, 227 + 

‘Tosmania— 
Copper, native, at Mount Lyull, Notes 
an, the’ occurrence of, by G. ‘Thareas, 





Récite de voyage au Marco, 


‘Taylor, B., A Century of Sea Commerce, 
460 f: Maritime Expansion of Amerie, 
553 

‘Téglés, G., A Romaiak clei 
Alaina obb 





di uitja az 
partjén Dacia elleneben, 
102+; A Marvsra és a Tiszéra vonat- 
ko26 legrézibb fEldrajzi alatok, 102+: 
Die iltesten Namenevariationen des 
Flusees Karas, 102 ¢ 











699 


Tehuelches tribe, Argentin, 578 
Telegraphs— 
Carte Générale des Grandes Communi- 
cations Télégraphiques du Monde, 
654 


Submarine and Land Telegraph Systems 
of the World, 241 > 

Telcki, Comte Paul, Histoira de le 
découverte de Ia” Nouvelle-Zemble, 
10st 

Telephotography, by O. E. Shea, 315¢ 

Toleskoie Lake’ Russian’ Bxpedition to, 
212 

Temperature, Mean, of the At 
and the Causes of Glacial Pe 
H. N. Dickson, 516 * 


here 
is, by 


' Temple, BR. C., An unpublished Eighteenth 


Century Document about the Andamans, 
455+ 

‘Temple. —, Report on the State of Moran- 
hi 


140, 
Terrestrial Magnetism— 

Peter Apians Bestimmung der Mag- 
netischen Miseweisung v. J. 153% 
und die Niirnborger Kompesemacher, 
von H. Wagner, 240+ 

Terrier, A.. La région da Cheri ot Ie 
Mission Gentil, 109+; La flottile du 

Bra-Niger & Say, 880+; Le territoire 
militaire de Zinder et 1a Conveution 
de 1898 ..329 ; Les deux rives frangaisce 
du Sahara, 641 ¢ 

Toxas— 

Rio Grande Coal Fields of, Recon- 
naiseance in the, by T. W. Vaughan, 


33it 

‘Thessaly, Trade and Agriculture of 
(Foreign Office Rep.), 225 + 

Thiele; L. F. K., von, Through Iceland on 
‘a Bide Saddle, 821+ 

‘Thirlmere Reservoir, Beach Formations 
in the, by B. D. Oldham, 105+ 

‘Thonnar, A., Les populations errantes de 
TEtat du Congo, 550 t 

Thoroddson, Dr. ‘T., Das Erdbeben in 
Teland im Juhre 1896..226+; Island, 
245+; Uppdrattur Islands, 346 + 

Thoulet, M. J., Projet d’une carte générale 
dos grands profondeurs océniques, 114 + ; 
Sur le mode de révolte des échantillons 
du sol eous-maring, 555 + 

Thuringia— 
Pre-glacial River-System of, Dr. E. 

Wiist on, 615 
Tian Shan, Visit to Some Glaciers of the, 
y Y. Korolkov, 635 


by 
Tibet— 
Expedition in, under Lieut. Kozloff, 620 
In Tibet and Chinese Turkestan, by 
Captain Deasy, reviow of, 526 
Voyage on Pays Thibétains, par T. 
Monbeig, 549 + 
Tides— 
Now Theory of Tide, by E, Plumatead, 
240 


Sand-waves in Tidal Currents, by 
Vaughan Cornish, 170 * 



















00, 309° fag 
m Galondl Gracey, S80; 2018 


‘the, 
bit 
te, ll, ee Warn Surber) 


Loto recone rg 


T etke death Goa 
py Lact W iin 


Geo; artheieation affecting the 
omar of he (2 426 

Council, Report of the, 
Metco Meee oy Ces iaee 
Miser Induetry of tho 2 


‘Vornges of the Early Celta'to and from 
the Britiah Isles, by J, 1, Nevins, 
Uoltod Stator et Bhatas | 
“Gey F ‘het Hcl 2 ae | 
ee 
Banmwoll-Produktion- 


atronom 
‘at the United States Naval Observu 
tory, 55% + 

Boet Sugar Industry in the (Foreign 


Bontedaee the. and of sie Several 
eo and Territories, by H. nett, 


Brame ot ‘Territorial Acquisitions, 


onl ts in tho, 434, 
Const and 


Gooid my the Fegan ad Geodetio 


or Hes by F. G. Bromberg, 


dete ore  eportof | 





| Us 
i} 


ened 
in ity Jn the (Borelgn Oftico 


‘Tureau, Report of the Ohief of 


it (hocatatn— 

a — exploration dane | Yours, 
L, Dupare, 683+ 

iota af hanes | Moun- 


Topo oom Sw 


A. J, Anales Di 
peers 


jzielli, f. Amerigo Vespucet 
davanti alla cntiza storicn, 242+ 








INDEX, 703 


WhiteFrasor & St, Cyr, Mouare, report 
on survey of the British Columbia- | 
‘Yukon Boundary, 312 

Whymper, Ed, Chemonix and the Range 
of Ml ont Blanc, 820+; The Valley of | 

Zermatt and the Matterhorn, 323 + 

Wichmann, De A., Nog eens de Doif- 
eilanden, 107 ¢ 

Wienoke island, Antarctic, 369 

Wiesner, J., Untersuchungen iiber den 
Lichtgenuss der Pflanzen im Arktischen 
Gebiete, 339 + 

Wildeman, E, ‘Quettes sont Jos plantes 
gi jaisent Jes divers caoutchoucs 

1a Congo, 281 ¢ 

Wilkin, A, The Berbers of Algeria, re- 
view of, 305; see Randall-Maciver 

Wilkinson, F. J., On the Means of 
Popalarising Geography as « Study, 
Bat 

Williams, T., The Liok Relations of 
South-Western Asia, 638 t 

Willson, Beckles, The Newfoundland 
Question, 112 + 
ison, H. M., Topographic Surveying, 

aot 


Wilson-Barker, Captain, Photographs of 
the launching of the Discovery, 248 ¢ 
Winkler, Captain, On Sea Charts formerly 
‘used in the Marshall Islands, 645 + 
Woeikoff, Dr. A, Klima und Féhue der 
Danemark-Insel, 114 ¢; on the Periodio 
Fluctuations in'the Level of Central 
Asiatio Lakes, 581; De T'influence de 
Vhomme sur Ia terre, 648 + 
Woodford, Mr. Report on the British 
Solomon Islands Protectorate, 94, 338 + 
Workman, Fanny aud William, in the 
Tee World of the Himalaya, 637 + 
Wren, H. B., Climate and Corn, 239 + 
Wright, Prot. G. F., Beoeat Geological 








Changes in Northern and Central Asia, | 


326 ¢; note on, 212 

Wiist, Dr. E., Beitrige zur Kenntnis des 
Flussnotzes Thiiringons vor der ersten 
Nerelsung des Laude, 681; note on, 


Wyatt Captain F. O., The Western Glacis 
of India, 326+ 

Wylde A” Be Modern Abyminia, reviow 
of, by Prof. A. H. Keane, 297 

Wyndham, —, Trade of Chicago and 
District (Foreign Office Rep.), 112+ 





YY. 





Yastoxor mountains, Transbail 
Yogen tribe, Argentina, 577 
Yangteo— 
Crux. of the Uppor Yaogtec, by A. 
Little, 498 * 


lia, 87 


| 


Yangtse—continued. 

Der Yang-tse-kinng, die deutschen 
Interessen, und die Bedeutung des 
Stromes, ete., 548 ¢ 

Yangtze-Fahrt cines deatachen Linien- 
‘seviffes, von 8. Hofmcier, 635 + 

Yate, Lieut.-Colonel, Kuurasan and 

Bistan, review of, 528 

Yate, Major A. ©., Lieut.-Colonel Jobn 
Haughton : a Memoir, 313 ¢ 
‘Year-book— 
Geographisches Jahrbuch, von H. 
‘Wagner, 461 ¢ 
Yenisei River, Atlas of the, by Lieut. 
Colonel Vilkiteki, 462 + 
Yokoyama, Dr. M., Der Ausbrach dos 
Vulcans Adatara in Japan, 106+ 
Yorkshire— 

Dales, by J. J. Gleave, 548 ¢ 

East, Geological History of the Rivers 
of. by F. B.C. Reed, 323 +; note on, 


209 
args Trade of (Foreign Office Rep.), 
Saket and British Columbia Boundary. 


Yannan— 
Chemin de fer du Yunnan, par R. C. 
Bt 





Ressources minitres da, par A. Leclére, 
B2tt 


Zz. 


Zas river, Kurdistan. 180 
Zaborovaki, M., Lea Finnois, 241 + 
Zakwale mountain, North-East Africa, 265 
Zanzibar, Annual’ Report of the Agri- 
cultural Department, 108 ¢ 
Zaraf, Bahr el, Nile, 399 
Zeoh, Graf, Ueber Kola in Westafrika, 
111 ¢; note on, 90 
Zehden, Prof. Karl, obituary of, 223 
TZolla to Lake Rudolf, A Jouruey from, 
J. J. Harrison, 258 * 
Zale to Khartum, Notes on a journey 
from, by O. T. Crosby, 46 *, 531 ¢ 
Zermatt— 
Valley of, end the Matterhorn, A Guide 
by Ed. Whymper, 323 ¢ 
Zikki town, Oman, 490 
Zimmermann, Dr. A., Die Kolonial- 
ik Frankreiche, 649 ¢ 
Zinjini river, Abyasinis, 50 
loogeography— 
Bipolaritét in der Verbreitung dor 
[ocresorganismon, 647 
Correct Colour Code’ or Bortation Code 
in Colours, by J. A. Harvie-Brown, 
342 





t 
Zvegintzov, A., Journey in Northern 
Korea, 106+ 
Zyma, Lake, Marooco, 92 


(704 


INDEX TO 


) 


MAPS. 


RUROPE. 


Austria, Ship-canals in, Sketch-wap, 
Hapland it illustrating Sand-waves Teel 


Mawdach Estuary, 172; 





asta. 


Jebel Akhdar,or Green Mountainsof Oman, 
ing route of Colonel Miles, 469 


amuica, 


Abyssinia, Sketch-map of Mr. Crosby’s | 
route from Tatea to Bumbeda, 49 
Abyssinia and the Sudan, Mup of Part of, 
! 


656 
Africa, Map of, 65 
Sabre Gebel, * toatrating irrigation 


projects, 464 
Barue Country from Inyanga to the Zam- 


Kafue River, Sketch-may 
Sebunga and Mafurga 


Findhorn Bay, 178: Montrose Basia, 
179; Dun Sands, The, 185; Dorey 
Estuary, 191 


| Kurdistan, Central, 243 


bezi River, from a survey by Lieut- 

Colonel Arnold, 560 

Allgstrating an 
. Grey, 67 

i Districts. fom 

Molyneux, 35? 


Expedition to the, b; 


8 surve; 
Zeila to Les Btefanic, to illustrate o 


journey by J. J. Harrison, 352 


AMERICA, 
Bolivia, Northern, illustiating Colonel | Great Bear Lake, from @ track-survey by 


Panco’s explorations, 248 


J. M. Bell, 352 


ANTARCTIO. 





neo Land, Belgica Strait and Palmer 
Archipelago, Sketch-map from a survey 


ancTic. 


by Captain Lecointe, 464 


Baffinland, South Coast of, Preliminary Map of the, 120 


INDEX, 


ILLUSTRATIONS AND DIAGRAMS. 


asta, 


Babrein— 
Meeque at, of Persian origin, 293 
Kurdistano— 


Des, Valley of, showing Suringa Kale, 
187 

Ibrahim Bey, chief of Takuri Kurds, 
127 


Jel range from’ the north-west, show- 
ing Geliashin peak in the centre, 185 

Kochannes, residence of Mar Shimun, 
the Nestorian patriarch, 131 

Kordish tent on a *yaila” in Nurdos, 
1 


Mukaus, Village of, 129 
Nestorian Christians, Group of, 133 


Kardistan—continued. ; 
Shattakh, Pass leading into, 125 


Plan of, 603; Plan of the city of, 604 

Potala, the palace of the Grand Lame, 
Yangtse, Upper— 

‘Mitan gorge, View in, 505 

Shintan, 504 

8.8. Pioneer going up the Yehtan, the 

‘worst rapid, on her first voyage, 499 
‘Tung-Ling rapid, 500, 501 
Witch's gorge, or Wushan Heia, 503 





‘APFRIOA. 
Sudan- Abyssinian frontior— Victoria Nyanza— 
Abyssinian priest, Lekempti, 567 Diagrams illustrating the fluctuations 
‘Audience chamber, Palace Addis in the level of the, 404, 405 
Abbabs, 565 Zeila to Khartum— 


Bamboo-covered country, Amam, 571 

Battle of Adua: Mural decoration in 
church at Lekempti, 566 

Blue Nile between Wad Midani and 
Sennar, 504 

Cotton market, Gidami, 372 

Gumz village at Jebel Matongwe, 569 


Birr river, tributary of Bluo Nile, 55 

Blue Nile near Tarso, 57; Blue Nile at 
crossing near Tarso, 59 

Debra Markos, capital of Gojam, from 
south-east, 51 

Monkuesa, o typical Gojammi village, 52 

Muggar river, 53 


AMERICA, 


Great Bear Lake region— 
Dramlins (glacial mounds), Barren 
Lands, 257 
Fort Confidence, Old, 254 
Great Bear lake, Oid shores of, 250, 


Great Bear Lake region—continued. 
Tundra country, south of Coronation 
Gulf, 255 
Wind-covered trees, east shore, Russell 
bay, 258 


ANTARCTIC. 


Belgica Expedition— 
Aspect of now hummock produced by 
the compression of two floes, 886 
Attempt to penetrate the pack, 37 
Belgioa during the winter night, 382 
Characteristic antarctic coast, 371 
Drifted snow burying old hummocks, 


Edge of the pack, 375 
Formetion ot “Rassol flowers” on the 
new ice, 888 


No. VI.—Dzcemper, 1901.] 





Belgica Expedition—continued. 
Tatectinge of tho ios produced by pres- 
sure, 884 
Ousifraga gigantea, Bob island, 367 
Prossure-ridge in the pack, An old, 885 
Rookery of small penguins, Pygoscelie 


papua, 365 
Tabular iceberg with grottoes, 874 


Wiencke island, Cape Astrap (Fig. 1), 
Special forma of glacier seen on 
iencke island (Fig. 2), 368 


Ba 


706 INDEX. 
Anerio. 
Baffinland— Baffinland—continued. 


Canyon inlet, Looking up, 39 
Eskimo kayaking near Amadjusk bay, 
42 


Northern inlet, North bay, Head of, 35 
South coast of, typical view, 31 


GENERAL, 


Nordenskidld, Baron Adolf Erik, Portrait 
of, 4500 
Sand-waves— 
“Ball” at Mundesley, Norfolk, 183 
Chain of pools, Annat sand, Montrose, 
Fig. 12, Plate I., 170 
Dovey estuary, Figs. 21, 22, 24, 26, 
Plate IL, 192; Plan of two wave- 
fronts, 192; Plan of five ridges 
showing positions on four succeeding 
pi ie 
an sands, interpenetrating ri 
ion the, Fig. 18, Plate 1, 170 widgee 


Sand-waves—continued. 
on the, 186; Horizontal scale, 
7 


18 

“Low” at Mundosley, Norfolk, 184 

North Goodwin, Bidges on the, Fig. 
19, Plate I, 170 

Tidal sand-ridges, Barmonth. below 
bridge, Fig. 1, Plate I. 170 

Were-formed, ripple-mack with triple 

crests, Grange, 193 

'Wave-lengths, Mawdach estuary, 173, 








175; Montrose basin, 181; ditto, 
position of wave-fronta, 182 


END OF VoL, XVUI. 





PRINTED EY W 





MI CLOWKS AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BECCLES,